Kuvempu University

Kuvempu University

Jnana Sahyadri Shankaraghatta 577 451

(Shivamogga District, Karnataka)

Web: http://kuvempu.ac.in

Regulations Governing the Post-Graduate Programmes of Kuvempu University under

Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)

2

Preamble Kuvempu University is the first affiliate-type university in the State to offer its Post-Graduate Programmes under Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) from 2005-06 academic year successfully. However, during this four-year period, it has experienced some practical difficulties and also obtained the feedback from its stakeholders including the student-community which is the major stakeholder group. This necessitated a thorough and comprehensive revision of its Regulations governing the Post-Graduate Programmes. Hence, this Regulations.

Draft Regulations Governing the Post-Graduate Programmes of Kuvempu University under Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)

01. Title: This Regulation shall be called Kuvempu University Regulations Governing the Post-Graduate Programmes under Choice Based Credit System, 2010.

02. Commencement: This Regulation shall come into force from the date on which it is assented to by the Chancellor.

03. Definitions: In this Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires, 3.1. University means Kuvempu University, 3.2. Post-Graduate Programmes means Master’s Degree Programmes excluding P.G Diploma, M.Phil and Ph.D Programmes,

3.3. Student means the student admitted to Post-Graduate Programme under this Regulations, 3.4. Degree means Master’s Degree, 3.5. Board of Studies means the Board of Studies (Post- Graduate) of Kuvempu University in the discipline/subject concerned,

3

3.6. Academic Council means Academic Council of Kuvempu University, 3.7. Fee means the fee prescribed by the University for the Post- Graduate Programmes from time to time, 3.8. Course means a logical part of a subject matter of the programme. Alternatively, this shall be called a paper, 3.9. Hard Core Courses means fundamental courses which every student admitted to a particular Post-Graduate Programme should study and complete successfully, besides other courses, to be eligible to receive the Degree and which cannot be substituted by any other course/s, 3.10. Soft Core Courses means the courses in a stream of specialization which a student selects out of two or more streams of specialization offered by the Department. In some specialized academic programmes such as MTA (Tourism Administration), MBFI (Banking, Finance and Insurance), etc, the Soft Core Courses shall mean the allied courses, 3.11. Elective Courses means the inter-disciplinary courses offered by a Department for the students of other Departments, 3.12. Advisory Committee means the Advisory Committee in the School constituted by the University,

3.13. Credit means the unit by which the teaching/course work is measured. For this Regulation, one Credit means one hour of teaching work or two hours of practical work per week for 16 weeks in a semester. Each course shall be designed with different pedagogy such as lectures, tutorials, case studies, laboratory work, seminars, practical training, report and/or assignment writing, viva-voce, etc to meet effective teaching and learning needs, and the credits shall be assigned accordingly, and

4

3.14. Grade means an index of conversion of marks secured by a student after completing prescribed credits and relevant examination in each Course. Grade shall be computed by considering both the marks secured and the credits earned in each course, semester and the whole academic programme.

04. Eligibility to Apply for Admission

4.1. The students who have successfully completed the three- year Degree programme or any other Degree programme of this university or of any other university recognized as equivalent thereto by this university shall be eligible to apply for admission to the P. G programme/s of this University provided they possess the minimum percentage of marks as may be prescribed by the University from time to time, and

4.2. The admission to any P. G Programme shall be based on the Admission Rules of the University considering the %age of marks in cognate or any other subject/s at the Graduate Studies, total intake fixed for each P. G Programme, reservation of seats to different sections of the society as per the Reservation Policy of the Government, etc and/or the performance of the applicants in the entrance test.

05. Duration of the Programme

5.1. The Programme of study for the Post-Graduate Degree shall

normally extend over a period of two academic years (in the case of M.Ed, it shall be one year; and three years in the case of M.Tech and MCA), each academic year comprising of two semesters, and each semester comprising of 18 weeks which shall include 16 weeks for class/course work and the immediate next 2 weeks for conducting semester-end examination,

5

5.2. No student shall be permitted to obtain P. G Degree earlier than four semesters (in the case of M.Ed, not earlier than two semesters; and six semesters in the case of M.Tech and MCA) or to take more than eight semesters (in the case of M.Ed, it shall be four semesters; and 12 semesters in the case of M.Tech and MCA). That means, the student shall complete the academic programme within four years (in the case of M.Ed, it shall be within two years; and six years in the case of M.Tech and MCA) from the date of admission to the first semester of Post-Graduate Programme, and

5.3. Whenever the curricula are revised, and whenever a candidate

is reappearing, within the above maximum period (5.2), he/she shall be allowed to reappear for the P. G Degree examinations according to the pre-revised curricula (i.e., the curricula in which he/she has studied the Course/s as regular student).

06. Attendance

6.1. Each course shall be taken as a unit for the purpose of calculating the attendance,

6.2. Each teacher shall mark the attendance in every hour of

teaching of each course. The attendance shall also be notified on the Notice Board of the Department during first week of every subsequent month,

6.3. Certain portion of internal assessment marks shall be allotted

for the regularity of the student in attending the classes, 6.4. A student shall be considered to have satisfied the

requirement of attendance for each course, if he/she has attended not less-than 75% of the number of classes held up to the end of the semester including tests, seminars, group discussion, practical, tutorials, special classes and lectures, etc,

6

6.5. However, if a student represents his/her Institution, University, State or Nation in Sports, NCC, NSS or Cultural or any other officially sponsored activities, he/she shall be eligible for the attendance benefit for the actual number of days participated subject to a maximum of 20 days in a semester based on the specific recommendations of the chairperson of the Department concerned. This facility (attendance benefit) shall also be extended to the students who were absent due to accident/serious illness leading to actual hospitalization. In both the cases, the %age of classes attended shall be determined (for the purpose of Regulations 6.4 and 9.9) by dividing the number of hours of classes attended by the number of hours of classes engaged (excluding the classes held on the days he/she was not present due to hospitalization or participation in sports, etc), and

6.6. A student who does not satisfy the requirements of

attendance (atleast 75% in each course) shall be ineligible to appear for the examination of that course/s. And the student shall repeat that course in the subsequent year/s as regular student at his/her own risk.

07. Medium of Instruction: The medium of instruction shall normally

be English except in relevant/concerned languages such as Hindi, Kannada, Sanskrit, Urdu, etc.

08. Structure of Academic Programmes and Min-Max Credits

8.1. There shall be four categories of courses viz., Hard Core

Courses, Soft Core Courses, Elective Courses and Soft Skill Courses for every P. G Programme,

8.2. Hard and Soft Core Courses shall be the courses offered by the concerned Department. Each student shall compulsorily undertake project work leading to Project Report and it shall be a part of Hard Core Courses,

7

8.3. Guiding of every 10 students or less of final semester in their Project Report shall be treated as equivalent to one hour of teaching work per week subject to a maximum of 2 hours per teacher per week,

8.4. Elective Courses are the courses offered for the students of

other Departments. Further, these courses, offered by Science Departments, shall be without laboratory practical as the group of students taking these courses is diverse,

8.5. Soft Skill Courses

8.5.1. Besides, there shall be three Soft Skill Courses viz., Communication Skills, Computer Skills and Life Skills. These Courses shall be offered by the Departments of Studies in English, Computer Science and Commerce respectively for the students of all the Departments of P. G Studies with necessary financial and other support from the University,

8.5.2. Each of these three courses shall carry one credit and there shall be no semester-end examination for these courses,

8.5.3. Further, the credits of these courses shall not be considered for computing the Cummulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) which is the base for the declaration of result of the students,

8.5.4. However, to successfully complete the Master’s Degree, every student must complete these courses earning three credits within the first two semesters. The chairpersons of the respective Departments (i.e., the Departments conducting these courses) shall compile the credits and certify the successful completion of these Soft Skill Courses, and

8

8.5.5. However, the students who have studied atleast one course on Computer Skills at the Graduate Studies and/or the students who are required to study atleast one course on Computer Skills/Applications as either Hard Core or Soft Core Course at their post-graduate studies shall be exempted from Computer Skills course. Similarly, the students of M.A (English) shall be eligible for exemption from Communication Skills course. In both the cases, the Chairpersons of the concerned Departments (i.e., the Departments in which these students have taken admission for their P. G Programme) shall send a certificate to this effect to the Registrar (Evaluation) who shall, in turn, take steps to include one credit in the marks statements of these students.

8.6. The credits for each Hard Core Course shall range from 3 to

6 and that of Soft Core Course from 2 to 4. In the case of Elective Courses, each course shall carry 2 credits. Further, in the case of Science subjects, each practical for 2 hours per week for 16 weeks in a semester shall carry one credit,

8.7. A student shall register for a minimum of 18 credits and a maximum of 32 credits per semester,

8.8. The minimum and maximum (min-max) number of credits

for the Master’s Degree Programmes shall be as detailed below,

Sl. No

Academic Programme

Duration (years)

Minimum Credits

Maximum Credits

01 M.Ed, etc 01 40 50

02 M.A (in different disciplines), M.Com, M.Sc (in different disciplines), MSW, MTA, MBFI, MBA, M.P.Ed, LL.M, etc

02

80

100

03 M.Tech, MCA, etc 03 120 150

9

8.9. Within the above Min-Max Credits, the Boards of Studies in

different disciplines/subjects shall prescribe the structure of academic programmes – number and titles of Hard and Soft Core Courses, course inputs, course-wise credits and weekly teaching hours, examination duration, question paper pattern, maximum marks, Elective Courses and their course inputs, etc, and

8.10. Elective Courses

8.10.1. Each Department of P. G Studies shall offer, for the students of other Departments, a minimum of one and a maximum of two Elective Courses with two credits per course in the II (even) and III (odd) Semesters,

8.10.2. Students of all P. G Programmes shall select, study and successfully complete atleast one Elective Course (out of a number of Elective Courses offered by other Departments) each in II and III Semester earning atleast four credits, and

8.10.3. Students from the same Department shall not be eligible to select the courses offered as Elective Courses by their Department.

09. Continuous Assessment Programmes and Evaluation

9.1. Out of the total marks for each course, 25 marks shall be

earmarked for Continuous Assessment (Internal Assessment) and the remaining 75 marks for the semester-end examination,

9.2. In the case of Project Report, it (Project Report) shall be

evaluated for 75 marks and the viva-voce examination shall be conducted by the Board of Examiners for the remaining 25 marks,

10

9.3. In the case of elective courses, each elective course shall carry a maximum of 50 marks comprising of 40 marks for semester-end examination and 10 marks for internal assessment. Internal Assessment marks shall be awarded to the students based on a test (5 marks), assignment-cum-group discussion (2.5 marks), and regularity of the students in attending the classes (2.5 marks as per Regulation 9.9 below),

9.4. Each course/semester shall have continuous evaluation which

shall include tests, seminars/group discussion, field work-based/library-based assignments, and regularity to the class work,

9.5. Session Tests (minimum of two for each course per semester)

for the internal assessment at regular interval shall be conducted. Any student who could not attend any of the session tests due to medical reason or due to extra-ordinary circumstances, a separate test shall be conducted before the end of semester classes by the course teacher under intimation to the chairperson of the Department,

9.6. For the purpose of uniformity, first session test shall be

conducted during 9th week of the semester for the syllabi covered till then. And the second session test shall be conducted during the 16th week of the semester for the entire syllabi,

9.7. The marks obtained in the tests shall be displayed on the

notice board of the Department. The tests and assignments for each course shall be written in a separate book and after evaluation, the same should be shown to students,

11

9.8. 25 marks earmarked for continuous assessment in each of the Hard Core and Soft Core Courses shall be distributed among different activities as follows,

Sl. No

Continuous Assessment Programme

Maximum Marks

01 Two Session Tests (5 marks per test)

10

02 Seminar/Group Discussion (to be assessed on the basis of writing, comprehension, communication, articulation, and presentation skills)

05 03 Field Work and/or Assignments 05

04 Regularity and Attendance 05

9.9. Five marks in each course earmarked for regularity in

attending the classes shall be awarded as follows,

%age of Class Work

Attended

Marks to be Awarded

Hard and Soft Core Courses

Elective Courses

< 75 00 00

≥ 75 < 80 01 0.5

≥ 80 < 85 02 1.0

≥ 85 < 90 03 1.5

≥ 90 < 95 04 2.0

≥ 95 05 2.5

9.10. Students seeking the attendance benefit/condonance of attendance shortage (as under Regulation 6.5) shall produce attendance/medical certificate/s from the concerned authority and that period shall be considered for the award of marks as under Regulation 9.9,

12

9.11. In each of the activities pertaining to the internal assessment

marks, complete transparency shall be ensured by the course teacher, and the student who is not satisfied with the marks awarded to him/her can make an appeal to the chairperson of the Department with justifiable reasons. On receipt of appeal, the chairperson of the Department shall convene a meeting of the Departmental Council and redress the grievances of the student appropriately, and

9.12. In case of candidates who appear for improvement

examination, the marks obtained in the internal assessment shall not be revised. There shall be no improvement for internal assessment.

10. Semester-end Examination and Evaluation

10.1. There shall be semester-end examination of three-hour duration for 75 marks for each of Hard and Soft Core Courses. However, in the case of Elective Courses, the semester-end examination shall be conducted for 40 marks for 1 ½ hours for each course,

10.2. Project Reports and answer scripts of the semester-end examination shall be evaluated by two examiners (preferably, one internal and another external; however, under no circumstances a script/Project Report shall be valued only by two internal examiners). The marks awarded to that answer script/Project Report shall be the average of these two evaluations,

10.3. If the difference in the marks between two evaluations exceeds 20% of the maximum marks, such a script/Project Report shall be valued by a third external examiner. The marks awarded to that answer script or Project Report shall be the average of two nearer marks out of the three evaluations,

13

10.4. In the fourth semester, the Project Report shall be evaluated for 75 marks by both internal and external examiners. And for the remaining 25 marks, project viva-voce examination shall be conducted by the Board of Examiners, and

10.5. In the case of the academic programmes in the Faculty of

Science and Technology, there shall be semester-end practical examination for 3 - 4 hours duration carrying 50 marks per practical.

11. Challenge Evaluation: A student who desires to challenge the

marks awarded to him/her in the semester-end examination may do so by submitting an application along with the prescribed fee to the Registrar (Evaluation) within 15 days from the date of announcement of the result. Such candidates shall be provided with a photo copy of the answer book after concealing the name and signature of the examiners. The challenged valuation script shall be got valued by another external examiner. The marks awarded to that answer script or Project Report shall be the average of two nearer marks out of the three/four evaluations.

12. Carry-over Facility

12.1. CBCS is a fully carry-over system,

12.2. However, the P. G programme should be completed by the

students within double duration of the normal course period,

12.3. During the normal course period, the candidates shall normally be permitted to take examination of odd semester courses at the end of odd semester, and examination of even semester courses at the end of even semester, and

12.4. However, in the case of the students who have completed the course period and also those who are in the final semester shall be permitted to appear in the cross semester examination (i.e., odd semester courses with even semester course examination and vice-versa) after paying an additional fee per course as prescribed by the University from time to time.

14

13. Minimum for Pass and Provision for Improvement of the Result

13.1. Minimum for pass in each course shall be 45% (both the internal assessment marks and semester-end examination marks put together), out of which atleast 35% (26 marks out of 75) shall be from semester-end examination,

13.2. A candidate shall be exempted from re-appearing for the examination in a course in which he/she has secured not less-than 45% in the previous examinations as above (Regulations 13.1),

13.3. A candidate who has secured atleast 45% marks in each of the courses prescribed for the academic programme and who has earned the minimum credits (as specified in Regulations 8.5.4, 8.7, 8.8 and 8.10.2) shall be considered to have passed the Master’s Degree, and

13.4. The candidates who seek to improve their results of any of the semesters shall do so by submitting a representation along with a prescribed fee to the Registrar (Evaluation) and surrendering the Degree Certificate/Provisional Pass Certificate/Original Marks Cards of that semester/s within the maximum period as specified in Regulations 5.1 to 5.3.

14. Grading and Declaration of Result

14.1. Grade means an index of conversion of marks secured by a

candidate after completing the prescribed credits and relevant examination in each course,

14.2. Grade and Credit Points are computed for each course considering the marks secured and the credits earned in each course. Grade Points shall be computed by dividing the marks secured by the candidate in each course by 10% of the maximum marks for that course. And Credit Points are determined by multiplying the Grade Points in each course by the credits of that course. Both the Grade Points and Credit Points shall be computed for each course in each semester,

15

14.3. Grade Point Average (GPA) shall be computed and given to

each candidate based on his/her semester performance. This shall be determined by dividing the sum of credit points earned by the student in all the courses of a semester by the total number of credits for which the candidate has taken examination in that semester,

14.4. Cummulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) is computed for the whole academic programme considering the aggregate of Credit Points of all the semesters earned by the student and dividing this sum by the total credits of all the semesters,

14.5. The CGPA obtained as above (14.4) shall be the base for the

determination of Grade and for the declaration of the result as follows. However, the overall %age of marks shall be shown in the marks statement of final semester.

CGPA Result, Grade

Description of Result Grade

< 4.50 D Fail

≥ 4.50 < 5.00 C Pass

≥ 5.00 < 5.50 B Second Class

≥ 5.50 < 6.00 B+ High Second Class

≥ 6.00 < 6.50 A First Class

≥ 6.50 < 7.50 A+ High First Class

≥ 7.50 A++ First Class with Distinction

16

15. Schools of Studies

15.1. For the successful implementation of CBCS, the Departments of Studies shall be classified into ten Schools of Studies as specified below. However, it shall be noted here that the list presented below is only indicative but not exhaustive and the University shall have the power to add any new Department of Studies as and when established into the relevant School of Studies,

Sl. No

School Faculty Departments

01 Bio-sciences Science and Technology

Applied Zoology, Applied Botany, Bio-Technology, Microbiology, etc

02 Business Studies

Commerce Commerce, Institute of Management Studies, Tourism Administration, etc

03 Chemical Sciences

Science and Technology

Chemistry, Industrial Chemistry, Bio-chemistry, etc

04 Earth and Environmental Sciences


Applied Geology, Environmental Science, etc

05 Education Education Physical Education, Education, Adult Continuing Education and Outreach Extension etc

06 Engineering and Technology

Engineering and Technology

E & E, E & C, Information Technology, Computer Science, Civil Engineering, Environmental Engineering, etc

07 Languages and Literature

Arts English, Hindi, Kannada, Sanskrit, Urdu, etc

08 Law Law Law, etc

09 Physical Sciences


Mathematics, Computer Science, Physics, Electronics, Library Sciences, etc

10 Social Sciences

Arts Sociology, Political Sciences, History and Archeology, Economics, Social Work, Journalism and Mass Communication, etc

17

15.1. Every School shall be headed by a Director who shall be nominated by the university for a period of two years among the Professors on rotation basis according to seniority in that School. If senior most Professor is Dean, then the next senior most Professor shall be appointed as Director,

15.2. Each School shall have an Advisory Committee consisting of

all Professors and Readers, and one Lecturer from each of the constituent Departments of School on rotation basis according to seniority for a period of two years,

15.3. The Advisory Committee shall meet at least twice in a

semester. In the last meeting of each semester, the committee shall finalize the internal assessment marks of the students of all the constituent Departments of the School and also that of colleges offering P. G Programmes for the semester. Under the circumstances of drastic variations in the Internal Assessment Marks, the Advisory Committee shall be competent to bring in the normalization,

15.4. However, the Chairperson of the Departmental Council shall

continue to function as the administrative and academic head of the concerned Department. And, the Director of the School shall co-ordinate and integrate the academic programmes and all logistics for the successful implementation of CBCS in a particular School. Further, the Director shall also be in-charge of the common facilities like, instrumentation centre, seminar hall, computer centre, lecture halls, common laboratories, etc so that all the common facilities are utilized to the maximum extent,

15.5. Similarly, the Deans of Faculties shall continue to function as

per Karnataka State Universities Act, 2000, and

15.6. The existing structure and modalities of Boards of Studies, Faculties and Boards of Examiners shall continue to function as per the existing rules/Provisions of KSUA, 2000 even under CBCS.

18

16. Repeal and Savings

16.1. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Regulations, the Provisions of any Order, Rule or Regulations in force shall be inapplicable to the extent of their inconsistency with this Regulations,

16.2. The University shall issue such orders, instructions, etc and

prescribe such format, procedure, etc as it may deem fit to implement the Provisions of this Regulations, and

16.3. If any difficulty arises in the implementation of this Regulations,

the Vice-chancellor shall, in consultation with the Deans, be competent to issue necessary clarification. And he/she shall, at the earliest possible opportunity thereafter, report the action taken by him/her to the Academic Council for ratification.

* * * * *

Assented by the Chancellor on 16-08-2010 From the academic year 2010-11

1

Kuvempu University

Department of Chemistry M.Sc. Chemistry Syllabus – 2019-2020 (CBCS Scheme)

M.Sc. Course Pattern and Scheme of Examination under CBCS approved by PG-BOS in Chemistry held on 25-01-2019

Course Pattern: Semester Theory

code Hrs/Week Credits Practicals

code Hrs/Week Credits Total Credits

per Semester

I

Hard core ChHC-1.1 ChHC-1.2 ChHC-1.3 ChHC-1.4

4 4 4 4

4 4 4 4

ChHCL-1.1 ChHCL-1.2 ChHCL-1.3

4 4 4

2 2 2

22

II

Hard core ChHC-2.1 ChHC-2.2 ChHC-2.3 ChHC-2.4 Elective ChEL-2.1

4 4 4 4 2

4 4 4 4 2


4 4 4

2 2 2

24

III

Soft core ChSC-3.1 ChSC-3.2 ChSC-3.3 ChSC-3.4 Elective ChEL-3.1

4 4 4 4 2

4 4 4 4 2

ChSCL-3.1 ChSCL-3.2 ChSCL-3.3

4 4 4

2 2 2

24

IV

Soft core ChSC-4.1 ChSC-4.2 ChSC-4.3 ChSC-4.4 Project Work ChPR-4.1

4 4 4 4 8

4 4 4 4 4

- - -

- - -

- - -

20

Total Credits : I - IV SEMESTER (90) + Soft Skills (03) = 93

2

Theory and Practicals (M.Sc. in Chemistry - CBCS): ChHC-1.1: Analytical Chemistry-I ChHCL-1.1: Inorganic Chemistry Practicals-I ChHC-1.2: Inorganic Chemistry-I ChHCL-1.2: Organic Chemistry Practicals-I ChHC-1.3: Organic Chemistry-I ChHCL-1.3: Physical Chemistry Practicals-I ChHC-1.4: Physical Chemistry-I ChHC-2.1: Analytical Chemistry-II ChHCL-2.1: Inorganic Chemistry Practicals-II ChHC-2.2: Inorganic Chemistry-II ChHCL-2.2: Organic Chemistry Practicals-II ChHC-2.3: Organic Chemistry-II ChHCL-2.3: Physical Chemistry Practicals-II ChHC-2.4: Physical Chemistry-II ChEL-2.1: Chemistry Elective-I ChSC-3.1: Analytical Chemistry-III ChSCL-3.1: Inorganic Chemistry Practicals-III ChSC-3.2: Inorganic Chemistry-III ChSCL-3.2: Organic Chemistry Practicals-III ChSC-3.3: Organic Chemistry-III ChSCL-3.3: Physical Chemistry Practicals-III ChSC-3.4: Physical Chemistry-III ChEL-3.1: Chemistry Elective-II ChSC-4.1: Analytical Chemistry-IV ChSC-4.2: Inorganic Chemistry-IV ChSC-4.3: Organic Chemistry-IV ChSC-4.4: Physical Chemistry-IV ChPR-4.1: Project Work

3

Kuvempu University

Department of Chemistry M.Sc. Chemistry Syllabus – 2019-2020 (CBCS Scheme)

M.Sc. Course Pattern and Scheme of Examination under CBCS approved by PG-BOS in Chemistry held on 25-01-2019.

Examination Pattern: Theory Practical Semester Paper Duration

(hrs) Max. Marks

IA Total Paper Duration (hrs)

Max. Marks

IA Total

I

Total

ChHC-1.1 ChHC-1.2 ChHC-1.3 ChHC-1.4

3 3 3 3

75 75 75 75

25 25 25 25

100 100 100 100 400


4 4 4

50 50 50

- - -

50 50 50 150

II

Total

ChHC-2.1 ChHC-2.2 ChHC-2.3 ChHC-2.4 ChEL-2.1

3 3 3 3 1.5

75 75 75 75 40

25 25 25 25 10

100 100 100 100 50

450


4 4 4

50 50 50

- - -

50 50 50 150

III

Total

ChSC-3.1 ChSC-3.2 ChSC-3.3 ChSC-3.4 ChEL-3.1

3 3 3 3 1.5

75 75 75 75 40

25 25 25 25 10

100 100 100 100 50

450

ChSCL-3.1 ChSCL-3.2 ChSCL-3.3

4 4 4

50 50 50

- - -

50 50 50 150

IV

Total

ChSC-4.1 ChSC-4.2 ChSC-4.3 ChSC-4.4 ChPR-4.1

3 3 3 3 Project Report

Project Viva

75 75 75 75 75

25

25 25 25 25 - -

100 100 100 100 75

25

500

Theory + Project Marks:

1800

Practical Marks:

450

Total Marks:

2250

Total credits

90

4

Question Paper Pattern – 2019-2020 M.Sc. Examination

(CBCS Scheme) CHEMISTRY

Paper Title and Code: Time: 3hrs] [Max. Marks: 75

Note: 1) Answer Part-A and any FIVE questions from Part-B. 2) Figures to the right indicate marks.

PART - A

1. Answer the following: a), b), c), d), e), f), g), h), i) and j) 10 x 2 = 20

PART – B (Answer any FIVE questions) 5 x 11 = 55

2. a) 5 Marks a) 4 Marks b) 6 Marks b) 7 Marks






8. a) 5 Marks a) 4 Marks

b) 6 Marks b) 7 Marks


*******

5

Question Paper Pattern - 2019-2020 M.Sc. Examination

(CBCS Scheme) CHEMISTRY (Elective Paper)

Paper Title and Code: Time: 1 ½ hrs] [Max. Marks: 40

Note: 1) Answer Part-A and any THREE questions from Part - B 2) Figures to the right indicate marks.

PART - A

1. Answer the following: (At least 03 Questions should be selected from each Unit) a), b), c), d), e) 5 x 2 = 10

PART – B

(Answer any THREE questions) 3 x 10 = 30






*******

6

M.Sc. Chemistry Syllabus - 2019-2020 (CBCS Scheme)

Revised Regulations -2010 I - SEMESTER

ChHC-1.1: ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY - I Total: 64 hrs UNIT-I: EVALUTION OF ANALITYCAL DATA 16 hrs Relevance of analytical chemistry, classification of analytical methods – qualitative, quantitative, instrumental, non-instrumental methods. Limitations of analytical methods, classification of errors (to be discussed in brief), normal error curve and its significance. Accuracy, precision, average deviation, standard deviation, coefficient of variance, reliability of results, confidential interval, comparison of results (student’s t-test, F-test), comparing the mean of two samples, paired t-test, number of replicable determinations, correlations and regression, linear regression, errors in the slope and intercept, error in the estimation of concentration, standard additions, non-linear regression, comparison of more than two means, experimental design, two-way analysis of variance, chemometrics and experimental design, factorial design, Yates’ method, interaction effect – alternative calculation, factorial design – critical appraisal, optimization methods, sequential simplex optimization, critical appraisal, treatment of multivariate data, factor analysis, quick statistics. Sampling: Sampling techniques, sampling statistics, variability in the sample, sample stability, regulation and legislation, terminology of sampling, methods of sampling for gases (vapours), liquids and solids, effects of sampling uncertainties, sampling hazardous. Need for quality assurance; ISO 9000 series of quality system. Significance and importance of six sigma concepts in maintaining the quality. UNIT-II: TITRIMETRIC AND GRAVIMETRIC METHOD OF ANALYSIS 16 hrs Titrimetry: Theoretical considerations, titrimetry, theory of indicators, indicator action, preparation of indicator solutions, metal ion indicators, mixed indicators, primary and secondary standard solutions and their preparations. Classification of reactions in titrimetric analysis, neutralization titrations (strong acid-strong base, weak acid-strong base, weak base-strong acid, weak acid-weak base, polyprotic acid-strong base), choice of indicators in neutralization reactions, titrations in non-aqueous solvents, indicators for non-aqueous titrations, complexation titrations – EDTA titrations (direct and back titrations, titration of mixture of ions), precipitation titrations, detection of end point in precipitation titrations, oxidation-reduction titrations, detection of end point in redox titrations. Gravimetry: General principles, requirement for quantitative separations, the process of precipitation, saturated and supersaturated solutions, nucleation, crystal growth, conditions of precipitation, completeness of precipitation, factors influencing solubility of precipitate, purity of precipitate, effect of digestion, adsorption of ions on precipitates, co-precipitation, occlusion and post-precipitation, Gravimetric estimations of – chloride as silver chloride, calcium as calcium oxalate, iron as ferric oxide, nickel as nickel-DMG.

7

UNIT-III: ELECTROANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES 16 hrs Introduction, electrochemical cells, electrical double layer, faradic and non-faradic current, mass transfer in cells, schematic representation of cells, galvanic and electrolytic cells, anodes and cathodes, potentials in electroanalytical cells, thermodynamics of cell potentials, liquid junction potential, electrode potentials, nature of electrode potentials, standard electrode potentials, standard hydrogen electrode (SHE), standard calomel electrode (SCE). Classification of electroanalytical techniques. Polarography: Theory, principle and applications classical polarography, dropping mercury electrode, polarogram, polarographic measurements, polarographic current, Ilkovic equation, current and concentration relationship, half wave potential, oxygen interference- advantages and limitations. Qualitative and quantitative analysis. Derivative polarography. Amperometry, amperomtric titrations, Coulometry at controlled potential and at constant current. Cyclic voltammetry-basic principles, cyclic voltammogram of K4[Fe(CN)6] system , irreversible and quasi-reversible curves, instrumentation and applications. Electrogravimetry: Theory, electrode reactions, over-voltage, characteristics of a good deposit, completeness of deposition, separation of metals at controlled cathode potential. Estimation of copper and nickel in Cu-Ni alloy. UNIT-IV: CHROMATOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES - I 16 hrs General description of chromatography- classification, chromatograms, retention time, relation retention factor, capacity factor, selectivity factor, band broadening and column efficiency, methods for describing column efficiency - plate theory. Theory of band broadening, van Deemter equation, column resolution, variables affecting column resolution. Paper Chromatography (PC): Principle, Rf, Rx and RG values, techniques of paper chromatography, two-dimensional paper chromatography, visualization and evaluation of chromatograms, quantitative estimations, sources of errors, precautions, applications, experimental paper chromatography. Thin-layer Chromatography (TLC): Superiority of TLC, theory of TLC, techniques of TLC, applications. Gas Chromatography: Introduction, an overview of GSC and GLC, instrumentation, hyphenated techniques in Gas chromatography (GC-MS), derivative gas chromatography, pyrolysis gas chromatography – advantages and applications. HPLC: Introduction, superiority of HPLC, instrumentation, applications. Super critical fluid chromatography (SFC): Instrumentation of SFC, comparison of SFC with HPLC and GLC. Ion-Exchange chromatography (IEC): Ion-exchangers, cation-exchange resins, anion-exchange resins, ion-exchange mechanism, factors affecting ion-exchange equilibrium, ion-exchange capacity, affinity scale, instrumentation, techniques for ion-exchange, liquid ion-exchanger, applications of IEC, experimental IEC.

8

REFERENCES:

1. Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, J. Mendham, R.C. Denney, J.D. Barnes, M. Thomas, B. Sivasankar, 6th Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi, India, 2012.

2. Instrumental methods of Chemical Analysis (covering UGC Syllabus), H. Kaur, Pragathi Prakashan, New Delhi, India

4. Quantitative Chemical Analysis, Daniel C. Harris, 6th Edition, W.H. Freeman and Company, New York, USA, 2003.

5. Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, D.A. Skoog, D.M. West, E.J. Holler, S.R. Crouch, 8th Edition, Thomson Aisa Pvt. Ltd., Singapore, 2004.

6. Instrumental Analysis, D.A. Skoog, E.J. Holler, S.R. Crouch, 11th Indian Reprint, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2012.

7. Analytical Chemistry – Theory and Practice,, R.M. Verma, 3rd Edition, CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, India, 2007.

8. Quantitative Analysis, Day and Underwood, Prentice/Hall Pvt. Ltd. 6th Edition (1993). 9. Vogel’s text Book of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, Revised by G.H. Jaffery, J. Bassett, J.

Mendhrn and R.C. Denny, ELBS 5th Edition (1998). 10. Analytical Chemistry, Gray D. Christian, 5th Edition, John Wiley and Sons, Inc 11. Introduction to Chromatography- Theory and Practice, V.K. Srivatsan and K.K. Srivatsan,

S. Chand Company Ltd. 4th Edition (1991).

ChHC-1.2: INORGANIC CHEMISTRY - I Total: 64 hrs UNIT-I: PERIODIC PROPERTIES OF ELEMENTS 16 hrs A brief review of – division of elements into s, p, d and f- blocks. Atomic properties, covalent radius, periodic trends in covalent radii, Van der Waals radius, ionic radius, periodic properties. Chemistry of transition metals: d-Block elements, electronic configuration, general characteristics and correlation with electronic configuration, comparative study of 3d, 4d and 5d elements by taking titanium sub-group as example. Chemistry of inner-transition metals: Lanthanides series - general characteristics of lanthanides. Extraction of a mixture of lanthanides from monazite sand, separation of lanthanides by – fractional crystallization and precipitation, solvent extraction, change of oxidation states, ion exchange chromatography and complex formation methods. Uses of lanthanides. Lanthanum compounds – lanthanum oxide, halids, chloride, bromide, iodide, sulphate, nitrate and carbonate. Actinide series – Introduction, electronic configuration, sources of actinides, properties of actinides – oxidation states, ionic radii, colour, formation of actinides compounds. Comparison of actinides with lanthanides. Magnetic properties of lanthanides and actinides. Absorption spectra of lanthanides and actinides. Trans-uranium elements, further extension of periodic table, super heavy elements (SHE). UNIT-II: CHEMICAL BONDING 16 hrs Introduction, brief review of – octet rule, ionic bond, electrovalence, inert pair effect, covalent bond, maximum covalency rule and its applications, failure of octet rule. Valence bond theory, Heitler – London theory, Pauling – Slater’s theory, orbital overlap theory, sigma and pi-bonds,

9

non-polar and polar covalent bonds. Coordinate bond, concept of resonance, polarization of ions, Fajan’s rules, variation of acidic, amphoteric and basic character of the oxides and hydroxides of elements of group IIIA, bond length, bond energy, Pauling’s formula, odd-electron bonds, odd-electron molecules and ions. Molecular orbital theory (MOT): Salient features of MOT, variation of electron-charge density with inter-nuclear distance in H2 molecule, characteristics of bonding and anti-bonding molecular orbitals, comparison between - i) bonding and anti-bonding molecular orbitals, ii) sigma and pi molecular orbitals, iii) atomic and molecular orbitals, bond order, molecular orbital configuration of H2, H2

+, H2¯, He 2, determination of molecular orbital configuration of A2 type species (Li2, Be2, B2, C2, N2, N2

+, O2, O2+, O2¯, O 2

2-, F2, Ne2), molecular orbital configuration of CO, CN, CN¯, NO, NO +, NO2+, NO¯, HF species, Coulson molecular orbital configuration of CO and NO+, comparison between VBT and MOT. UNIT-III: VALENCE-SHELL ELECTRON-PAIR REPULSION THEORY 16 hrs Postulate of VSEPR theory, hybridization, structure and geometry of – AB2 type species (BeCl2, CO2), AB3 type species (BCl3, SO3), AB4 type species (CH4, NH4

+, SO42-), AB5 type species

(PF5), AB2(lp) type species (SnCl2, PbCl2, SO2), AB3(lp) type species (NH3, PH3, PCl3, ClO3¯ ,),

AB2(lp)2 type species (H2O, SCl2, SeCl2, NH2¯ , ICl2

+), AB4(lp) type species (SF4, TeCl4, SeCl4), AB3(lp)2 type species (ClF3, BrF3, ICl3, IF3), AB2(lp)3 type species (XeF2, ICl2¯ ), AB5(lp) type species (IF5, BrF5, ClF5, [SbF4]2-), AB4(lp)2 type species (XeF4, ICl4¯ ). Formation of adducts (H3N BF3, H2S BF3), hybridization, structure and geometry of inter-halogen compounds (ICl, ClF3, (ICl3)2, IF5, IF7), structure and geometry of xenon compounds (XeF2, XeF4, XeF6, XeO3, XeO4, XeOF4, XeO2F2, XeO3F2, XeO3F4). Structure and geometry of –, PCl6¯ , P2O5, P2O10, SOCl, SO2Cl, SnCl42-SnF6

2-, AlF6¯, SbF 52-, SbF6

3-, SeO2, SeO3, TeO2, TeO3, PoO3. UNIT-IV: STRUCTURE OF SOLIDS 16 hrs Structure of solids: Introduction, brief review of classification of solids (true, pseudo, crystalline, polycrystalline and amorphous solids). Properties of solids – conductors, insulators and semiconductors (n-type and p-type extrinsic semiconductors), superconductivity and super conducting materials, Magnetic properties – paramagnetic, diamagnetic, ferromagnetic, anti-ferromagnetic and ferromagnetic substances, dielectric properties, ionic crystals, metallic crystals, atomic and covalent crystals, molecular crystals. Isomorphism and Mitcherlich’s law of isomorphism, allotropy, structure and type of ionic crystals – AB type (NaCl, ZnS, CsCl), AB2 type (CaF2, TiO2, CaC2, FeS2), A2B type (Na2O). Lattice energy, Born-Lande equation, salvation process and salvation energy, hydration process and hydration energy, hydration process and hydration energy, stoichiometric and non-stoichiometric crystals, defects in crystals, atomic and point defects, Schottky and Frenkel defects, non-stoichiometric defects, normal spinal structure, inverse spinel structure. REFERENCES:

1. Inorganic Chemistry – Principles of Structure and Reactivity, James E. Huheey, Ellen A. Keiter, Richard L. Keiter, Okhil K. Medhi, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, Indian Edition, New Delhi, India, 2013.

2. Inorganic Chemistry, Peter Atkins,Tina Overton, Jonathan Rourke, Mark Weller, Fraser Armstrong, 5th Edition, Oxford University Press, UK, 2013.

10

3. Inorganic Chemistry – Principles of Structure and Reactivity, James E. Huheey, Ellen A. Keiter, Richard L. Keiter, 4th Edition, Pearson, Indian Edition, New Delhi, India, 2004.

4. Inorganic Chemistry, Gary L. Miessler, Donald A. Tarr, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi, India, 2004.

5. Inorganic Chemistry, Keith F. Purcell, John C. Kotz, First Indian Reprint, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, India 2010.

6. Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 5th Edition, J.D. Lee, Blackwell Science Ltd., London, 2003. 7. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, Volume-I, Satya Prakash, G.D. Tuli, S,K, Basu, R.D. Madan,

S. Chand and Company, New Delhi, India, 2008. 8. Principles of Inroganic Chemistry (UGC Syllabus), B.R. Puri, L.R. Sharma, K.C. Kalia,

Milestone Publishers, New Delhi, India, 2008. 9. Inorganic Chemistry, James E. House, First Indian Reprint, Academic Press, USA, 2010. 10. Basic Concepts of Inorganic Chemistry, D.N. Singh, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2010. 11. Advance Inorganic Chemistry, F. Albert Cotton, Geoffrey, Wilkinson, Carlos A. Murillo,

Manfred Bochmann, 6th Edition, Wiley Student Edition, John Wiley and Sons, INC, New York, 2004.

14. Environmental Chemistry, A.K. De, 6th Edition, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, India, 2008.

15. Environmental Pollution Analysis, S.M. Khopkar, Wiley International Publishers.

ChHC-1.3: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY - I Total: 64 hrs

UNIT-I: BASIC ASPECTS OF ORGANIC STRUCTURES AND PROPERTIES 16 hrs Electron delocalization and Resonance: Delocalized electron in conjugated systems, resonance hybrid, resonance energy, stability of allylic and benzylic cations and radicals, effect of delocalized electrons on pKa. Aromaticity: Concept of aromaticity, Huckel’s rule, aromaticity of benzene, dienes, cyclopentadienyl anion, tropylium cation, cyclopropenyl cation, annulenes, azulene, heterocyclic compounds. Aromatic dications and dianions. Aromaticity due to polar structure. Concept of homoaromatic, nonaromatic and antiaromatic compounds. Aromatic Electrophilic Substitutions: Arenium ion mechanism, Nitration, Sulphonation, Halogenation,Friedel-Crafts alkylation and acylation, Diazo-coupling, Vilsmeir Hack reaction, Gatterman Koch reaction, Von Richter rearrangement and their applications in organic synthesis.

11

Energy profile diagrams. Orientation and reactivity. Effect of substituent’s on aromatic ring system. UNIT-II: REACTION INTERMEDIATES 16 hrs Reactive intermediates: Formation, structure, stability and reactions of carbocations, carbanions, free radicals, carbenes, nitrenes, arynes, ylides (phosphorous and sulphur ylides) and enamines with representative examples. Methods of determining reaction mechanisms: Kinetic method, identification of products, detection of intermediates, study of catalysts, isotopic labeling, cross-over experiments and stereochemical evidences with suitable examples. Aliphatic Nucleophilic Substitution: The SN1 SN2 and SET mechanisms. The neighbouring group mechanism. Classical and nonclassical carbocations, phenonium ions, norbornyl system, common carbocation rearrangements. The SNi mechanism. Nucleophilic substitution at an allylic, aliphatic trigonal and a vinyl carbon. Reactivity effects of substrate structure, attaching nucleophile, leaving group and reaction medium. Electrophilic Substitution: E1, SE2 and SEi. The SE1mechanism, electrophilic substitution accompanied by double bond shifts. Effect of substrates, leaving group and the solvent polarity on the reactivity.

UNIT-III: ADDITION AND ELIMINATION REACTIONS 16 hrs

Addition Reactions: Addition to carbon-carbon and carbon-hetero atom multiple bonds. Addition involving electrophiles, nucleophiles and free radicals, concerted addition. Mechanism, orientation and stereochemistry of addition reactions. Addition of hydrogen halides to alkenes. Addition of HCN, bisulphate, Grignard reagent, hydride, amino compounds, alcohols and thioalcohols to C=O. Acid catalyzed hydration and related addition reactions. Addition of halogens, sulphenylation and selenenylation. Addition reactions involving epoxides – epoxide from alkenes and peroxidic reagents, subsequent transformation of epoxides. Elimination Reactions: E1, E2 and E1CB reactions, regioselectivity in -elimination reactions (orientation of -bonds), and stereochemistry requirement in -elimination reactions. Saytzeff and Hoffmann rules, elimination vs substitution, E1, E2 and E1CB comparative study, 1,1-elimination ( -elimination) - dehalogenation of vicinal dihalides, elimination reactions without involving hydrogen like dehalogenations and related reactions, decarboxylative eliminations. Pyrolytic eliminations; Chugaev and Cope eliminations.

UNIT-IV: STEREOCHEMISTRY 16 hrs

Stereoisomerism: Introduction, molecular structure – projection formulas (Fischer, Newmann, Sawhorse and Flying wedge), interconversion of projection formulas. Molecular symmetry and symmetry elements. Chirality and steroisomerism. Enatiomers, diastereomers, epimers, anomers (definition and examples). Racemic mixture, Racemisation involving - carbonanion, carbocation as intermediates, Walden inversion, rotation about carbon-carbon single bond. Resolution (racemic modification) – mechanical separation, preferential crystallization, biochemical,

12

chemical and chromatographic method. D,L-configuration threo, erythro – configuration. R,S-nomenclature for isomers with more than one chirality centre.

Optical isomerism: Conditions for optical isomerism: Elements of symmetry-plane of symmetry centre of symmetry, alternating axis of symmetry (rotation-reflection symmetry). Optical isomerism due to molecular dissymmetry: Eg. allenes, spiranes, biphenyls, alkylidine and cycloalkanes. Geometrical isomerism: Due to C=C, C=N and N=N bonds, E, Z conventions, determination of configuration by physical and chemical methods. Geometrical isomerism in cyclic systems. Conformational analysis: Elementary account of conformational equilibria of ethane, butane and cyclohexane. Conformation of cyclic compounds such as cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclohexanones and decalins. Conformational analysis of 1,2-, 1,3- and 1,4- disubstituted cyclohexane derivatives and their effect on the course and rate of reactions with examples. Meaning and examples of stereospecific reactions, stereoselective reactions, diastereoselective reactions, regioselective reactions, and enantioselective reactions with examples. REFERENCES:

1. Organic Chemistry, J. Clayden, S. Warren, N. Greeves, P. Wothers, 1st Edition, Oxford University Press, UK, 2001.

2. Organic Chemistry – Solution Mannual, S. Warren, Oxford University Press, UK, 2009. 3. Advanced Organic Chemistry, Part-A: Structure and Mechanisms, 5th Edition, Francis A.

Carey, Richard J. Sundberg, Springer, New York, 2007. 4. Principles of Organic Synthesis, R.O.C. Norman, J.M. Coxon, 3rd Edition (First Indian Reprint),

Nelson Thrones, UK, 2003. 5. Advance Organic Chemistry – Reactions, mechanisms and structure, Jerry March, 4th Edition,

Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2008. 6. Organic Reaction Mechanisms, V.K. Ahluwalia, R.K. Parashar, 3rd Edition, Narosa Publishing

House, New Delhi, 2009. 7. Pathway to Organic Chemistry – Structure and Mechanism, P. Bhattacharjee, Arunabha Sen

Books and Allied Pvt. Ltd., Kolkta, India, 2012. 8. Organic Chemistry, Paula Yurkanis Bruice, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, Sai Printo Pack Pvt.

Ltd., New Delhi, India, 2007. 9. Organic Chemistry (As per UGC Syllabus), S.M. Mukherji, S.P Singh, R.P. Kapoor, R. Dass,

Vol. I, New Age International Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010. 10. Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds – Principles and applications, D. Nasipuri, Revised

2nd Edition, New Age International Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009. 11. Organic Reactions and their Mechanisms, P.S. Kalsi, 2nd Edition, New Age International Pvt.

Ltd., New Delhi, 2007. 12. Organic Chemistry, Solomons, Fryhle, 8th Edition (Wiley Student Edition), Brijbasi Art Press

Ltd., Noida, India 2004. 13. Organic Chemistry, G. Marc Loudon, 4th Edition, Oxford University Press, UK, 2000. 14. Organic Chemistry, R.T. Morrison, R.N. Boyd, 6th Edition, Pearson Education (Singapore Pvt.

Ltd.), Delhi, Indian, 2005. 15. Organic Chemistry, L.G. Wade, JR., 5th Edition, Pearson Education (Singapore Pvt. Ltd.), Delhi,

Indian, 2004. 16. Organic Chemistry, M.A. Fox, J.K. Whitesell, 2nd Edition, Jones and Bartlett Publishers,

Sudbury, Massachusetts, London, 1997.

13

17. Organic Chemistry, M. Jones, Jr., 2nd Edition, W.W. Norton and Company, New York, 2000. 18. Organic Chemistry, Francis A. Carey, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,

New Delhi, 2004. 19. Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis, W. Carruthers, 3rd Edition, Cambridge University Press,

UK, 2004.

ChHC-1.4: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY - I

Total: 64 hrs UNIT-1: THERMODYNAMICS 16 hrs The laws of thermodynamics (Statements and significances), concepts of free energy, enthalpy and entropy, thermodynamic criteria for equilibrium and spontaneity, variation of free energy with temperature and pressure. Maxwell’s relations (Derivations), thermodynamic equations of state (Derivations), principle of equipartition energy. Entropy of vapourisation and Trauton’s rule, limitations of Van’t Hoff’s equation, Nernst heat theorem, determination of free energy change. Third law of thermodynamics, determination of third law entropies, concepts of residual entropy. Thermodynamics of systems of variable compositions, partial molar properties, partial molar volume and its determination (Intercept method), partial molar free energy – chemical potential and its significance, Gibbs-Duhem equation, thermodynamics of ideal and real gases and gas mixtures. Fugacity - its variation and determination, activity and activity coefficient. Gibbs-Duhem-Margules equation and its application. Thermodynamics of ideal and non-ideal dilute solutions. UNIT-I: STATISTICAL THERMODYNAMICS 16 hrs Maxwell-boltzmann distribution law (sterling’s approximations), Types of statistics - Maxwell-Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein, Fermi-Dirac statistics. Evaluation of Lagrange’s undetermined multipliers, Molecular partition function for an ideal gas, evolution of translational, rotational, vibration, electronic and nuclear partition functions. Thermodynamic properties in terms of the partition function. Thermodynamic properties of an ideal monoatomic gas and diatomic gas. Molar partition function of a system. Partition function of a real gas. Calculation of thermodynamic functions and equilibrium constant in terms of partition functions. Entropy of mono atomic gas, Sackur-Tetrode equation. Comparison of third law and statistical entropies. Statistical thermodynamic properties of solids, thermal characteristics of crystalline solid, heat capacities of monoatomic crystals, Einstein theory of heat capacity, Debye theory of heat capacity, Debye-T3 law. UNIT-III: CHEMICAL DYNAMICS 16 hrs The rate of reactions, the rate law and the rate constant, order of a reaction, integration of rate expressions [first, second, third and zero order reactions], half-life of a reaction, methods of determining order of a reaction [differential, integral, half-life and isolation methods], order and molecularity of a reaction, mechanism of complex reactions, collisions and encounters, effect of temperature and catalyst on reaction rates, the Arrhenius equation. Theories of reaction rates [collision theory and activated complex theory of bimolecular gaseous reactions], the Erying

14

equation, the Lindemann theory of unimolecular gaseous reactions. Kinetics of complex reactions [reversible, consecutive, and chain reactions]. Kinetics of reactions in solution [diffusion controlled reactions-the Debye-Smoluchowski equation]. Influence of ionic strength and solvent on reaction rates. Kinetic isotopic effects. Kinetics of fast reactions: flow methods, pulse method, flash photolysis method, pulse radiolysis method, relaxation method (Temperature-Jump Method), Femtochemistry. UNIT-IV: ELECTROCHEMISTRY 16 hrs Electrolytic solutions, . Activity and activity coefficients, mean ionic activity coefficient, dependence of activity coefficients on ionic strength (Debye - Huckel limiting law), Debye - Huckel equation for appreciable concentration [Debye - Huckel - Bronsted equation]. Thermodynamics of electrolytic cells, polarization and over voltage, decomposition potential. Half cell reactions, reversible electrodes, single electrode potential, standard electrode potentials, electrochemical series, Nernst equation. Electrochemical energy systems - introduction, fundamentals of batteries, dry cell, alkaline MnO2 batteries and other secondary batteries, Lead acid and alkaline storage batteries. Battery charging-theory and practice. Energy economics, Fuel cells – types, electrochemistry of fuel cells.

REFERENCES:

1. Quantum Chemistry, R.K. Prasad, 4th Edition, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2010.

2. Quantum Mechanics for Chemists, David O. Hayward, The Royal Society of Chemistry, UK, 2002.

3. Principles of Physical Chemistry (Comprehensive UGC Syllabus), B.R. Puri, L.R. Sharma, M.S. Pathania, 46th Edition, Vishal Publishing House, Jalandhar, India, 2012.

4. Physical Chemistry – A Molecular Approach, Donald A. McQuarrie, John D. Simon, 3rd Edition (Viva Student Edition), Viva Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.

5. Elements of Physical Chemistry, B.R. Puri, L.R. Sharma, M.S. Pathania, 1st Edition, Vishal Publishing House, Jalandhar, India, 2013.

6. Quantum Chemistry, John P. Lowe, Kirk A. Peterson, 3rd Edition, Academic Press, London, UK, 2009.

7. Quantum Chemistry, Donald A. McQuarrie, 1st Indian Edition, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.

8. Physical Chemistry, N.B. Singh, S.S. Das, R.J. Singh, 2nd Edition, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.

9. Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, Peter Atkins, 8th Edition, Jolio De Paula, International Student Edition, Osford University Press, New York, 2010.

10. Physical Chemistry, Ira N Levine, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2007.

11. Physical Chemistry, R. Stephen Berry, Stuart A. Rice, John Ross, 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, New York, 2007.

12. Quantum Chemistry, Ira N. Levine, 5th Edition, Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004. 13. Chemical Kinetics, K.J. Laidler, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004. 14. Electrochemistry – Principles and Applications, Porter 15. Electrochemistry, B.K. Sharma , Krishna Prakashan Media (p) Ltd, 1998.

15

16. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, Colin N. Banwell, Elaine M. McCash, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2008.

17. Thermodynamics, Kinetic Theory, and Statistical Thermodynamics, Francis W. Sears Gerhard L. Salinger, 3rd Edition, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 1998.

18. An Introduction to Electrochemistry, Samuel Glasstone, Litton Educational Publishing, Inc., New York, 2008.

19. Industrial Electrochemistry, D. Pletcher and F.C. Walsh, Chapman and Hall, 2nd Edition, 1984. 20. Industrial Electrochemistry, F. C. Walsh D. Pletcher, Kluwer Academic Pub, 2nd Edition, 1990.

M.Sc. Chemistry Practicals I – SEMESTER

ChHCL-1.1: Inorganic Chemistry Practicals – I 64 hrs.

COMPLEXOMETRIC TITRATIONS

1. Estimation of the amount of Calcium and Magnesium ions present in the given solution complexometrically by using EDTA solution.

2. Estimation of copper ions complexometrically using EDTA solution. 3. Estimation of Lead ions complexometrically using EDTA solution. 4. Estimation of Nickel ions complexometrically using EDTA solution.

REDOX TITRATIONS

5. Estimation of the amount of Fe (II) and Fe (III) present in the given solution using K2Cr2O7. 6. Estimation of the amount of Fe (II) and Fe (III) present in the given solution by using ceric

ammonium sulphate solution. 7. Estimation of the amount of Fe (II) and Fe (III) present in the given solution by using Vanadium

solution. 8. Estimation of Chromium and manganese in a sample.

GRAVIMETRIC ESTIMATIONS

9. Estimation of copper as copper thiocyanate gravimetrically. 10. Estimation of Sulphate as Barium sulphate gravimetrically. 11. Estimation of Nickel as Nickel Dimethyl glyoximate gravimetrically. 12. Estimation of lead as leadchromate gravimetrically

REFERENCES:

1. Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative analysis, - J Mendham, R.C. Denney, J.D. Barnes M.J.K. Thomas, 3rd, 4th , 5th and 6th edition.

2. College practical Chemistry, - V K Ahulwalia 3. Analytical Chemistry, - G.D. Christian. 4. Practical Inorganic Chemistry, - K. Somashekara Rao. 5. Principles of Inorganic Chemistry,- Puri, Sharma, Khalia.

16

ChHCL-1.2: Organic Chemistry Practicals – I

64 hrs. I. QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS Systematic separation of organic binary mixtures of solid type using chemical and physical methods. At least six experiments from the following combinations, Acid + Phenol Phenol + Base Base + Neutral Acid + Base Phenol + Neutral Acid + neutral

References

1. Advanced Practical Organic Chemistry N K Vishnoi , Second edition, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 1996

2. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry: Preparation and Quantitative Analysis Renu Aggarwal, V. K. Ahluwalia, Universities press (India), 2001

3. Systematic Laboratory Experiments in Organic Chemistry Arun Sethi, New Age International, 2003.

4. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry: Qualitative Analysis Ahluwalia V.K. Sunitha Dhingra, First edition, Orient Longman, 2004

5. Practical Organic Chemistry: Qualitative Analysis Bhutani S.P. Chhikara A, First edition, ANE books-new Delhi, 2009

6. Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry Brian S. Furniss, 5th Edition, Pearson India, 2005.

7. Laboratory techniques in Organic chemistry V.K. Ahluwalia , Pooja Bhagat & Renu Aggarwal, I.K. International Publishing House Pvt.Ltd.

8. Laboratory Manual of Organic Chemistry Raj K. Bansal. 5th edition, New Age international, 2008

9. Practical Organic Chemistry F.G. Mann, B.C Saunders, Fourth edition, Pearson India,2009.

ChHCL-1.3: Physical Chemistry Practicals – I

64 hrs.

1. Study on the effect of catalyst on the rate of reaction of acid catalyzed hydrolysis of an ester. 2. Reaction kinetics (i) To study the effect of ionic concentration on the rate constant of the

reaction. 3. Reaction kinetics (ii) To study the effect of ionic concentration on the rate constant of the

reaction. 4. Conductometric titration of a strong acid v/s strong base. 5. Conductometric titration of a weak acid v/s strong base. 6. Conductometric titration of mixture of a strong acid + weak acid and strong base. 7. Potentiometric redox titration (K2Cr2O7 v/s FAS). 8. Potentiometric redox titration (KMnO4 v/s FAS).

17

9. Potentiometric titration (CAS v/s FAS). 10. Determination of pKa value of weak electrolyte (acetic acid) by conductometric titration. 11. Determination of pKa value of weak electrolyte (formic acid) by conductometric titration. 12. Determination of pKa value of weak electrolyte (acetic acid) by potentiometric titration. 13. Determination of pKa value of weak electrolyte (formic acid) by potentiometric titration. 14. Isoelectric point of glycine. 15. Polymer viscosity.

References:

1. Advanced Practical Physical Chemistry, J.B.Yadav. 2. College Practical Chemistry, V.K. Ahulwalia, Sunitha Dhigra Adarsh Gulati. 3. Experimental Physical Chemistry, V.D.Athawale, Parul Mathur. 4. Practical Physical Chemistry, B. Vishwanathan, P.S.Raghavan 5. Experimental Physical Chemistry: Laboratary Text, Arthur Halpern, Geoge McBane, 3rd Edition. 6. Physical Chemistry Practical, Saroj Kumar Maity, Naba Kumar Ghosh. 7. Vogel’s Quantitative Chemical Analysis, J Mendham. 8. Practical Physical chemistry, Findlay Alexander, 17th Edition. 9. A Text book of Practical Physical Chemistry, K Fajan, J Wust. 10. Experiments in Physical Chemistry, Carl Garland Joseph Nibler, David Shoemaker, 8th Edition. 11. Practical Physical chemistry, James Brierley firth. 12. Findlay’s Practical Physical chemistry, B.P. Levitt, 9th Edition. 13. Experiments in Physical Chemistry, J. M. Wilson, R. J. Newcombe, A. R. Denaro, 2nd Edition. 14. A Manual of Practical Physical Chemistry (Classic Reprint), Francis William Gray.

M.Sc. Chemistry Syllabus - 2019-2020 (CBCS Scheme)

Revised Regulations -2010 II - SEMESTER

ChHC-2.1: ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY - II Total: 64 hrs UNIT-I: ELECTRONIC SPECTROSCOPY 16 hrs Introduction: Nature and interaction of electromagnetic radiation with matter, types of molecular spectra, selection rules, characteristic features for absorption or emission of electromagnetic radiation, band width, factors contributing to the band width, Doppler broadening, intensity of spectral lines and transition probability, factors influencing positions and intensity of spectral lines, energy dissipation from excited states. Electronic Spectroscopy: Energy levels, molecular orbitals, theory of electronic spectroscopy, Frank-Condon principle, transition probability, types of transitions, types of absorption bands, solvent effect on electronic transitions, electronic spectra of polyatomic molecules, chromophore and auxochrome, Woodward-Fischer rules for calculating absorption maximum, calculation of absorption maximum in conjugated dienes, trienes, polyenes, poly-ynes, eneynes, , -unsaturated carbonyl compounds, benzene and substituted benzenes, other aromatic hydrocarbons, heterocyclic systems. Stereochemical factors in electronic spectroscopy – biphenyls and binaphthyls, cis- and trans-isomers. Angular distortion and cross-conjugation,

18

steric inhibition of resonance. Instrumentation for electronic spectroscopy. UNIT-II: INFRARED SPECTROSCOPY AND RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY 16 hrs Vibrational motion of a diatomic molecule, force constant and bond strengths, vibration-rotation spectroscopy, characteristic features. Infrared (IR) spectroscopy: Origin of IR spectrum, IR regions (finger print and group frequency regions), normal modes of molecular vibrations, factors influencing vibrational frequencies (physical states of the sample, vibrational coupling, electrical effect, inductive effects, hydrogen bonding and ring structure), metal-ligand vibrations, instrumentation – FTIR, sampling handling techniques, interpretation and examination of IR spectrum, group frequencies of - alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, aromatic hydrocarbons, alcohols, phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, acid halides, acid anhydrides, acid amides, amino acids, amines, isocyanates, thiocyanites, esters, lactones, ethers, epoxides, peroxides, nitro and nitroso groups, heteroarmatic compounds, sulphur and silicone compounds, applications of IR spectroscopy. Applications of IR to inorganic complexes – amino, sulphato, thiocyanato and thiourea complexes. Raman spectroscopy: Introduction, quantum mechanical theory of Raman effect (Rayleigh scattering, Raman scattering - Stokes and Anti-Stokes lines), classical theory of Raman effect, rotational and vibrational Raman spectra, rule of mutual exclusion, instrumentation, Raman effect in solids, liquids and gases, applications of Raman spectroscopy (Inorganic, Organic, Physical and Polymer chemistry), Resonance Raman Spectroscopy (RRS) and its applications, Resonance Raman Effect (RRE), non-linear Raman effects, Coherent Anti-Stokes Raman Scattering (CARS) and its applications. Comparison between IR and Raman spectroscopy. UNIT-III: FES, AAS, AES, MOLECULAR LUMINESCENCE SPECTROSCOPY 16 hrs Flame emission spectroscopy (FES): Basic principles, flames and flame temperatures, excitation profiles and chemical reactions in flame, spectra of metals in flame, instrumentation (single beam and double beam), evaluation methods in flame photometry, factors affecting intensity of emitted radiation, interferences, background correction methods, applications, flame emission experiments, limitations of FES. Atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS): Basic principles, absorption of radiation energy by atoms, instrumentation (single beam and double beam), detection limits, interferences, advantages of AAS over FES, some typical AAS determinations. Atomic emission spectroscopy (AES): Basic principles, advantages and disadvantages of AES, origin of spectra, instrumentation, measurement of light intensity, applications. Molecular luminescence spectroscopy: Basic principles of fluorescence and phosphorescence, excitation and deactivation processes (energy level diagram), factors affecting fluorescence and phosphorescence, quenching of fluorescence, fluorescence (or phosphorescence) intensity, fluorescence and chemical structure, instrumentation for fluorimetry and phosphorimetry, application of fluorimetry and phosphorimetry, fluorescent indicators, comparison between fluorimetry and phosphorimetry, chemiluminescence. UNIT-IV: SEPARATION TECHNIQUES 16 hrs Size exclusion (Gel) chromatography: Introduction, theory and principles of size exclusion process, materials for size exclusion process, application in polymer chemistry (weight average and number average concept). Affinity chromatography: Introduction, classification, Selection of matrix, role of spacers, affinity ligands, applications of affinity chromatography in the separation of biomolecules.

19

Solvent extraction: Theory of extraction, mechanism of solvent extraction, aqueous phase, organic phase, factors favouring solvent extraction of inorganic species, extraction involving ion association complexes, synergic extraction, solvent extraction by crown ethers, cryptands, calixarenes, applications of solvent extraction (determination of copper as diethyldithiocarbamate complex, determination of iron as 8-hydroxyquinolate). Solid-phase extraction: solid-phase micro extraction (SPME), advantages of SPME. Electrophoresis: Free solution, paper and capillary electrophoresis, theory, instrumentation for capillary electrophoresis, separation of amino acids by capillary zone electrophoresis, applications of capillary electrophoresis, experimental paper electrophoresis. REFERENCES:


2. Principles of Instrumental Analysis, D.A. Skoog, E.J. Holler, T.A. Nieman, 5th Edition, Thomson Aisa Pvt. Ltd., Singapore, 2004.




6. Introduction to Spectroscopy, D.L. Pavia, G.M. Lampman, G.S. Kriz, 3rd Edition, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2008.

7. Spectrometric Identification of Organic Compounds, R.M. Silverstein, F.X. Webster, 6th Edition, Wiley Student Edition, New Delhi, India, 2007.

8. Applications of Absorption Spectroscopy of Organic Compounds, John R. Dyer, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, India, 2007.


10. Molecular Structure and Spectroscopy, G. Aruldhas, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, India, 2007.

11. Symmetry and Spectroscopy of Molecules, K. Veera Reddy, New Age International Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, India, 1998.


13. Vibrational Spectroscopy – Theory and Applications, D.N. Sathyanarayana, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, India, 2004.

14. Organic Spectroscopy, William Kemp, 3rd Edition, Palgrave, New York, USA, 2004. 15. Basic Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy, J. Michael Hollas, Royal Society of Chemistry,

Cambridge, UK, 2002. 16. Quantitative Analysis, Day and Underwood, Prentice/Hall Pvt. Ltd. 6th Edition (1993). 17. Vogel’s text Book of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, Revised by G.H. Jaffery, J. Bassett, J.

Mendhrn and R.C. Denny, ELBS 5th Edition (1998). 18. Analytical Chemistry, Gray D. Christian, 5th Edition, John Wiley and Sons, Inc 19. Introduction to Chromatography- Theory and Practice, V.K. Srivatsan and K.K. Srivatsan, S.

Chand Company Ltd. 4th Edition (1991).

20

20. Instrumental Methods of Analysis-Willard, Merrit and Dean, 7th Edition, (1998). 21. Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis-B.K. Sharma, Goel Publishing House. Meerut,

(2000).

ChHC-2.2: INORGANIC CHEMISTRY - II Total: 64 hrs UNIT-I: CONCEPTS OF ACIDS AND BASES 16 hrs Arrhenius concept, Bronsted-Lowry concept, conjugate acid-base pairs, amphiprotonic substances, leveling and differentiating solvents, Bronsted base, variation of basicity of the anions (CH3

¯ , NH2¯ , OH¯ , F¯), variation of acidity (H2O, H2S, H2Se, H2Te), order of acidity of

HX molecules in aqueous solution, stability and acidity of the oxyanions (ClO¯ ,ClO2¯ , ClO3

¯ , ClO4

¯ , BrO¯ , BrO3¯ , IO¯ , IO3

¯ , IO4¯ , NO2

¯ , NO3¯ , SO4

2-, SO32-), Relative strength of oxy acids

(HClO, HClO2, HClO3, HClO4), relative acids strength of oxy acids of the elements of the same group (HClO3, HBrO3, HIO3), acidic strength of H3PO2, H3PO3 and H3PO4, solvent system (auto-ionization) concept, examples of ammono acids, ammono bases, Lewis concept – electron pair acceptor-donor concept, Lewis acids and bases, relative order of Lewis acidic strengths (BF3, BCl3, BBr3 and BI3), relative order of Lewis basic strengths (NH3, H2O, HF and Ne), relative order of Lewis basic strengths of NH3, PH3AsH3, SbH3 and BiH3, Pearson’s classification of Lewis acids and bases into hard and soft acids and bases, HSAB principle, Usanovich concept.

UNIT-II: INORGANIC POLYMERS AND CAGES 16 hrs Inorganic Polymers: Preparation, structure and reactivity of borazine, substituted borazines (B-trimethyl borazine, boroxine, N-trimethyl borazine), boron nitride. Polymers containing phosphorous – chain polymers and network polymers, preparation and properties of polyphosphonitrilic chlorides, structure of (NPCl2)3, (NPCl2)4, vitreous polyphosphates – phosphate glasses, crystalline polymetaphosphates, structure of HPO3, (HPO3)2, (HPO3)4, polyorthophosphoric acids. Borophosphate glasses. Polymeric compounds of sulphur: nitrides of sulphur, preparation, structure and properties of (SN)4, preparation of S2N2, S5N2. Thiazyl halides – trithiaziyl trifluoride (NSF)3, tetrathiazyl tetrafluoride (NSF)4, trithiazyl trichloride (NSCl)3. Imides of sulphur – preparation, structure and properties. Cages: Structure and properties of P4O6, P4O7, P4O8, P4S3, P4S4, P4S5, P4S6, P4S7 and P4S8.

UNIT-III: BORON HYDRIDES AND METAL CLUSTERS 16 hrs Boron hydrides, neutral boron hydrides, (BH)PHq – structure and bonding, topological approach to boron hydride structure (styx numbers), preparation, structure and properties of B4H10, [B8H8]2-, [B12H12]2-. Structural relationship of closo, nido, arachno, hypo, conjucto boranes. Carboranes - preparation, structure and properties of [C2B9H11]2-. Structure and bonding of metalloboranes and metallacarboranes, isolobal fragments, Zintl ions, carbide clusters. Metal clusters: Dinuclear clusters, structure, synthesis and properties of dinuclear compounds - [Re2Cl8]2-, [Re2Cl4(PMe2Ph4)]+, [Mo2(SO4)4]3-, [Fe2(CO)9], [M2(OR)6] – structure and preparation of [Mo2(OR)6], [W2(OR)6]. Trinuclear clusters – structure, preparation and properties of [(ReCl3)3], [(Fe3(CO)12], [(Ru3(CO)12]. Tetranuclear clusters – structures of [W4(OR)12], [Co4(CO)12], [Ir4(CO)12].

21

UNIT-IV: COORDINATION CHEMISTRY -I 16 hrs Effective atomic number, stability of complex ions, stability constants, factors affecting the stability of complexes (nature of metal ion, ligand, chelate effect), step-wise stability (Kn) and Overall stability constant ( n), relation between Kn and ( n), determination of stability constants from - thermodynamic, spectrophotometric, pH, polarographic, ion-exchange and solubility methods, determination of composition of complexes – Jobs, mole ratio and slope ratio methods, Irving William series. Stereochemistry of coordination compounds with different coordination numbers, isomerism in coordination compounds – structural (hydrate, coordination, linkage, position isomerism), stereo isomerism (geometrical and optical isomerism). REFERENCES:

1. Inorganic Chemistry – Principles of Structure and Reactivity, James E. Huheey, Ellen A. Keiter, Richard L. Keiter, Okhil K. Medhi, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, Indian Edition, New Delhi, India, 2013.

2. Inorganic Chemistry, Peter Atkins,Tina Overton, Jonathan Rourke, Mark Weller, Fraser Armstrong, 5th Edition, Oxford University Press, UK, 2013.

3. Inorganic Chemistry – Principles of Structure and Reactivity, James E. Huheey, Ellen A. Keiter, Richard L. Keiter, 4th Edition, Pearson, Indian Edition, New Delhi, India, 2004.

4. Inorganic Chemistry, Gary L. Miessler, Donald A. Tarr, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi, India, 2004.

5. Inorganic Chemistry, Keith F. Purcell, John C. Kotz, First Indian Reprint, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, India 2010.

6. Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 5th Edition, J.D. Lee, Blackwell Science Ltd., London, 2003. 7. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, Volume-I, Satya Prakash, G.D. Tuli, S,K, Basu, R.D. Madan,

S. Chand and Company, New Delhi, India, 2008. 8. Principles of Inroganic Chemistry (UGC Syllabus), B.R. Puri, L.R. Sharma, K.C. Kalia,

Milestone Publishers, New Delhi, India, 2008. 9. Inorganic Chemistry, James E. House, First Indian Reprint, Academic Press, USA, 2010. 10. Basic Concepts of Inorganic Chemistry, D.N. Singh, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2010. 11. Advance Inorganic Chemistry, F. Albert Cotton, Geoffrey, Wilkinson, Carlos A. Murillo,

Manfred Bochmann, 6th Edition, Wiley Student Edition, John Wiley and Sons, INC, New York, 2004.

12. Vogel’s Qualitative Inorganic Analysis, 7th Edition, G. Svehla, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 1996.

ChHC-2.3: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY - II Total: 64 hrs

UNIT-I: MOLECULAR REARRANGEMENTS 16 hrs

General mechanistic treatment of nucleophilic, electrophilic and free-radical rearrangements. Rearrangements reactions involving migration to electron deficient Carbon: Wagner-Meerwein rearrangement, pinacol-pinacolone rearrangement, dienone-phenol rearrangement,

22

acid catalyzed isomerization of aromatic hydrocarbons; benzil-benzilic rearrangement, rearrangements involving diazomethane and alkanes, Wolf rearrangement, migration of hetero atom; rearrangement of aryl hydroxylamines (Bamberger rearrangement). Rearrangements reactions involving migration to electron deficient Nitrogen: Hoffmann, Curtius, Schmidt, Lossen and Beckmann rearrangement. Rearrangements reactions involving migration to electron deficient Oxygen: Baeyer-Villiger oxidation and Dakin rearrangement. Rearrangements reactions involving migration to electron rich Carbon: Favorskii, Sommlet-Hauser, Neber, Stevens and Wittig rearrangements. UNIT-II: OXIDATION 16 hrs Introduction, oxidation by potassium permanganate - alcohols, alkenes, alkynes, aldehydes, and ketones. Oxidation by manganese dioxide: allylic and benzylic alcohols. Oxidation of alcohols and phenols by chromic acid and potassium dichromate, Jones reagent, chromium trioxide-pyridine complex, pyridinium chlorochromate (PCC), pyridinium dichromate (PDC), oxidation of alkanes, alkenes, aromatic side chains and aromatic rings. Oxidation with per acids – oxidation of alkenes, ketones. Oxidation with miscellaneous oxidants: Ozones, t-Butyl hydroperoxide, aluminium tri-isopropaxide, aluminium tri-t-butoxide, lead tetra-acetate, selenium dioxide, osmium tetroxide, periodic acid, dimethyl sulphoxide, N-Bromosuccinimide. UNIT-III: REDUCTION 16 hrs Reduction: Catalytic hydrogenation; Classifications, reactions and their applications, Homogeneous and Heterogeneous hydrogenation, Hydrogenolysis and their applications – Introduction to Pt, Pd, Ni, catalysts, reduction of alkenes, alkynes and Nitro compounds. Reduction with metal hydrides (LiAlH4, NaBH4, NaBH3CN, B2H6), reduction by dissolving metals (Na-alcohol, Na-liq.ammonia, Mg-Hg, Zn-HCl), reduction by miscellaneous reducing agents (di-imide, hydrazine, silanes, SnCl2, tin-hydrochloric acid, Zn-acetic acid, Zn-NaOH, sodium metabisulphite, sodium dithionite, Mg-alcohol, sodium hydrogen sulphide, formic acid). UNIT-IV: REAGENTS IN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS 16 hrs Reagents and reactions in organic synthesis: Use of following reagents in organic synthesis and functional group transformations: Lithium diisopropylamide (LDA), Gilmann reagent, dicyclohexyl carbodimide (DCC), dichlorodicyanoquinone (DDQ), Silane reagentstrialkylsilyl halides, trimethylsilyl cyanide, trimethyl silane, phase transfer catalyst, crown ethers, cyclodextrins, Ziegler-Natta catalyst, diazomethane, Woodward and Prevost hydroxylation, Stark enamine reaction, phosphorous ylides - Wittig and related reactions, sulphur ylides – reactions with aldehydes and ketones, 1,3-dithiane anions – Umpolung reaction, Peterson reaction.

23

REFERENCES: 1. Organic Chemistry, J. Clayden, S. Warren, N. Greeves, P. Wothers, 1st Edition, Oxford

University Press, UK, 2001. 2. Organic Chemistry – Solution Mannual, S. Warren, Oxford University Press, UK, 2009. 3. Advanced Organic Chemistry, Part-A:Structure and Mechanisms, 5th Edition, Francis A.

Carey, Richard J. Sundberg, Springer, New York, 2007. 4. Principles of Organic Synthesis, R.O.C. Norman, J.M. Coxon, 3rd Edition (First Indian Reprint),

Nelson Thrones, UK, 2003. 5. Advance Organic Chemistry – Reactions, mechanisms and structure, Jerry March, 4th Edition,

Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2008. 6. Organic Reaction Mechanisms, V.K. Ahluwalia, R.K. Parashar, 3rd Edition, Narosa Publishing

House, New Delhi, 2009. 7. Organic Chemistry, Solomons, Fryhle, 8th Edition (Wiley Student Edition), Brijbasi Art Press

Ltd., Noida, India 2004. 8. Organic Chemistry, G. Marc Loudon, 4th Edition, Oxford University Press, UK, 2000. 9. Organic Chemistry, R.T. Morrison, R.N. Boyd, 6th Edition, Pearson Education (Singapore Pvt.

Ltd.), Delhi, Indian, 2005. 10. Organic Chemistry, L.G. Wade, JR., 5th Edition, Pearson Education (Singapore Pvt. Ltd.), Delhi,

Indian, 2004. 11. Organic Chemistry, M.A. Fox, J.K. Whitesell, 2nd Edition, Jones and Bartlett Publishers,

Sudbury, Massachusetts, London, 1997. 12. Organic Chemistry, Francis A. Carey, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,

New Delhi, 2004. 13. Stereochemistry – Conformation and Mechanism, P.S. Kalsi, 7th Edition, New Age

International Publishers, New Delhi, India, 2008. 14. Heterocyclic Chemistry, Thomas L. Gilchrist, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi, India,

2007. 15. Heterocyclic Chemistry, Raj K, Bansal, 4th Edition, New Age International Publishers, New

Delhi, India, 2009. 16. Organic Chemistry, I.L. Finar, 5th Edition (Volume-2), Pearson Education, New Delhi, India,

2009. 17. Organic Chemistry, I.L. Finar, 6th Edition (Volume-1), Pearson Education, New Delhi, India,

2007.

ChHC-2.4: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY - II Total: 64 hrs UNIT-I: QUANTUM MECHANICS - I 16 hrs Particle wave – the Schrödinger equation (one-dimensional time-dependant), the wave function and its physical meaning, condition for acceptable wave function, conditions of normalization and orthogonality. Operators - Algebraba of operators, commumutative property, linear operator, commutative operator. Eigen values and Eigen functions - Hamiltonian property of operators, Postulates of quantum mechanics, some typical theorems relating to basic postulates. Free particle system –

24

position, momentum and uncertainty relations, energy of the particle, motion in three dimensions, formulation of Schrödinger’s equation (application to particle in one- and three-dimensional boxes). Particle in a box – infinite potential barriers, one dimensional box, three dimensional box, particle with finite potential barrier of definite thickness, the quantum mechanical tunneling. UNIT-II: MOLECULAR SPECTROSCOPY 16 hrs The theoretical treatment of rotation, (rigid and non-rigid rotator models), linear poly-atomic molecules. Determination of bond lengths. Isotopic effect on rotation spectra. Vibrational spectra of diatomic molecules, linear harmonic oscillator model. The anharmonic vibrations, Morse potential and potential energy surfaces, fundamental vibration-frequencies, overtones and hot bands, degree of freedom of polyatomic molecules. Vibration-rotation spectra of diatomic and linear polyatomic molecules, PQR branches.

UNIT-III: RADIATION AND PHOTOCHEMISTRY 16 hrs Photochemistry: Photophysical processes, A review of laws of photochemistry (Beer-Lambert law, Grotthus-Draper law, Bunsen and Roscoe law, Stark-Einstein law and Platnikow law). Quantum yield and its determination. Actinometers (Bunsen and Roscoe’s actinometer, Eder’s actinometer, Uranyl Oxalate actinometer, Malachite Green Leucocyanide actinometer, Ferrioxalate actinometer and Reinecke’s salt actinometer), Stem-Volmer equation, Lasers in photochemical studies, photo-electrochemistry, solar energy conversion and storage. Radiation chemistry: Interaction of radiation with matter, method of losing energy and common units, dosimetry (terms and units, chemical dosimeters - Fricke and Ceric sulphate dosimeters). Radiation chemistry of gases, water, aqueous solution and solids. Biological effects of radiation. Safety measures against radiation hazards.

UNIT-IV: POLYMER CHEMISTRY 16 hrs Types of polymer (linear, branched, cross linked and copolymer with example - a qualitative account). Molecular weight distributions: number average and weight-average molecular weight. Thermoplastics and thermosets, fibers and plastics (only qualitative account). Determination of average molecular weight – end group analysis, viscosity method, ultra-centrifugation method, osmotic pressure method [derivation of equations not necessary], sedimentation velocity method, turbidity method and light scattering method [Zimm plot]. Kinetics of polymerization-condensation and step-growth polymerization, kinetics of free radical polymerization, chain transfer reactions, anionic polymerization, co-polymerization. Polydispersivity. Analysis and testing of polymers, chemical analysis of polymers, spectroscopy method, X-ray diffraction study, microscopy and thermal analysis. Physical testing: tensile strength, fatigue, impact tear resistance hardness and abrasion resistance. Properties of commercial polymers-fire retarding polymers-electrically conducting polymers, biomedical polymers, polymer blends, alloys and composites. Polymer additives (Fillers, Plasticizers, Antioxidants, Colorants, Flame Retardants, Stabilizers) and compounding. REFERENCES:


25

2. Polymer Chemistry, Malcolm P. Stevans, First Indian Edition, Oxford University Press, New York, 2008.


4. Principles of Physical Chemistry, B.R. Puri, L.R. Sharma, M.S. Pathania, 45th Edition, Vishal Publishing House, Jalandhar, India, 2012.









13. Quantum Chemistry, Ira N. Levine, 5th Edition, Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004. 14. Chemical Kinetics, K.J. Laidler, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004. 15. Textbook of Polymer Science, Fred W. Billmayer, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons Pvt. Ltd.,

Singapore, Indian Edition, 2007. 16. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, Colin N. Banwell, Elaine M. McCash, 4th Edition,

Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2008. 17. Polymer Science – A Textbook, V.K. Ahluwalia, Anuradha Mishra, Ane Books India, Noida,

2008. 18. Thermodynamics, Kinetic Theory, and Statistical Thermodynamics, Francis W. Sears Gerhard

L. Salinger, 3rd Edition, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 1998. 19. Polymer Science, V.R. Gowariker, N.V. Viswanathan, Jayadev Sreedhar, 5th Edition, New Age

International Publishers, New Delhi, 2005. 20. An Introduction to Electrochemistry, Samuel Glasstone, Litton Educational Publishing, Inc.,

New York, 2008. 21. Industrial Electrochemistry, D. Pletcher and F.C. Walsh, Chapman and Hall, 2nd Edition, 1984.

26

M.Sc. Chemistry Practicals

II – SEMESTER ChHCL-2.1: Inorganic Chemistry Practicals – II

64 hrs.

ORE ANALYSIS

1. Estimation of calcium carbonate in limestone by oxalate method. 2. Estimation of amount of iron present in hematite ore. 3. Estimation of MnO2 present in the given pyrolusite ore. 4. Estimation of amount of nitrite present in sodium nitrite ore solution.

ESTMATIONS 5. Estimation of amount of available chlorine in bleaching powder. 6. Estimation of available O2 in Hydrogen peroxide. 7. Estimation of Chromium and manganese in steel sample 8. Estimation of amount of copper present in CuSO4 solution. 9. Separation and estimation of Copper and Iron in a solution mixture. 10. Separation and estimation of Nickel and Iron in a solution mixture. 11. Estimation of Ascorbic acid. 12. Estimation of Chlorate in potassium chlorate solution. REFERENCES: 1. Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative analysis, - J Mendham, R.C. Denney, J.D. Barnes M.J.K. Thomas,

3rd, 4th , 5th and 6th edition. 2. College practical Chemistry, - V K Ahulwalia 3. Analytical Chemistry, - G.D. Christian. 4. Practical Inorganic Chemistry, - K. Somashekara Rao. 5. Principles of Inorganic Chemistry,- Puri, Sharma, Khalia.

ChHCL-2.2: Organic Chemistry Practicals – II 64 hrs.

I. PREPARATIONS: At least six preparations have to be carried out involving following types of reactions.

1. Preparation of acetanilide from acetophenone 2. Preparation of para nitroaniline from acetanilide. 3. Preparation of para bromoaniline from acetanilide. 4. Preparation of azlactone from hippuric acid

27

5. Preparation of benzilic acid from benzil 6. Preparation of anthranilic acid from phthalimide 7. Preparation of 2-Phenyl indole from Phenyl hydrazine and acetophenone 8. Preparation of 2,5 Dihydroxy acetophenone from Hydroquinone. 9. Preparation of Acridone from 2- Chloro benzoic acid. 10. Preparation of benzoic acid ( Cannizarro reaction) 11. Preparation of Chalcone

II. QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS

1. Estimation of glucose by Bertrands method 2. Estimation of ascorbic acid. 3. Estimation of hydroxyl group. 4. Estimation of amino group. 5. Determination of Saponification value of oils and fats. 6. Estimation of ester group. 7. Determination of Iodine value of fat and oils. 8. Estimation of Nitro group.

References

1. Advanced Practical Organic Chemistry N K Vishnoi , Second edition, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 1996

2. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry: Preparation and Quantitative Analysis Renu Aggarwal, V. K. Ahluwalia, Universities press (India), 2001

3. Systematic Laboratory Experiments in Organic Chemistry Arun Sethi, New Age International, 2003.

4. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry: Qualitative Analysis Ahluwalia V.K. Sunitha Dhingra, First edition, Orient Longman, 2004

5. Practical Organic Chemistry: Qualitative Analysis Bhutani S.P. Chhikara A, First edition, ANE books-new Delhi, 2009

6. Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry (Vol.I,II and III) Brian S. Furniss, 5th Edition, Pearson India, 2005.

7. Laboratory techniques in Organic chemistry V.K. Ahluwalia , Pooja Bhagat & Renu Aggarwal, I.K. International Publishing House Pvt.Ltd.

8. Laboratory Manual of Organic Chemistry Raj K. Bansal. 5th edition, New Age international, 2008

9. Practical Organic Chemistry, F.G. Mann, B.C Saunders, Fourth edition, Pearson India,2009.

ChHCL-2.3: Physical Chemistry Practicals – II 64 hrs.

1. Determination of mean ionic activity co-efficient of weak acid (formic acid). 2. Determination of mean ionic activity co-efficient of weak acid (acetic acid). 3. Determination of pKa value of polybasic acid by Potentiometric titration. 4. pH titration of HCl v/s NaOH. 5. pH titration of CH3COOH v/s NaOH. 6. pH titration CuSO4 v/s NaOH.

28

7. Determination of equivalent conductance at infinite dilution for strong electrolyte (KCl). 8. Determination of equivalent conductance at infinite dilution for strong electrolyte (NaCl). 9. Determination of strength of ZnSO4 solution using BaCl2 solution conductometrically. 10. Determination of strength of NiSO4 solution using BaCl2 solution conductometrically. 11. Partial molar volume of ethanol-water system. 12. Spectrophotometric/Colorimetric determination of Chromium. 13. Spectrophotometric/Colorimetric determination of Manganese. 14. Spectrophotometric/Colorimetric determination of Copper. 15. Heat of solution of benzoic acid. 16. Heat of solution of salicylic acid.

References:

1. Advanced Practical Physical Chemistry, J.B.Yadav. 2. College Practical Chemistry, V.K. Ahulwalia, Sunitha Dhigra Adarsh Gulati. 3. Experimental Physical Chemistry, V.D.Athawale, Parul Mathur. 4. Practical Physical Chemistry, B. Vishwanathan, P.S.Raghavan 5. Experimental Physical Chemistry: Laboratary Text, Arthur Halpern, Geoge McBane, 3rd Edition. 6. Physical Chemistry Practical, Saroj Kumar Maity, Naba Kumar Ghosh. 7. Vogel’s Quantitative Chemical Analysis, J Mendham. 8. Practical Physical chemistry, Findlay Alexander, 17th Edition. 9. A Text book of Practical Physical Chemistry, K Fajan, J Wust. 10. Experiments in Physical Chemistry, Carl Garland Joseph Nibler, David Shoemaker, 8th Edition. 11. Practical Physical chemistry, James Brierley firth. 12. Findlay’s Practical Physical chemistry, B.P. Levitt, 9th Edition. 13. Experiments in Physical Chemistry, J. M. Wilson, R. J. Newcombe, A. R. Denaro, 2nd Edition. 14. A Manual of Practical Physical Chemistry (Classic Reprint), Francis William Gray.

M.Sc. Chemistry Syllabus - 2019-2020 (CBCS Scheme) Revised Regulations -2010

III - SEMESTER ChSC-3.1: ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY – III

Total: 64 hrs UNIT-I: MOLECULAR SYMMETRY AND GROUP THEORY 16 hrs Introduction to symmetry: symmetry operations, symmetry elements – rotational axis of symmetry, plane of symmetry, rotation-reflection axis (improper rotational axis), center of symmetry (inversion centre), identity element, Cartesian coordinate system and symmetry elements, mathematical requirement for a point group. Group theory: Concept of group, properties of group, Abelian and non-Abelian groups, definition of point groups, procedure for classification of molecules in to point groups, group multiplication tables (C2V and C3V point groups). Matrix methods in symmetry: Definition and types of matrices, block-factorization of matrix, matrix representation of symmetry elements, matrix mathematics (addition, subtraction,

29

multiplication, determinants, inverse and diagonalization of matrices), representation of symmetry operations as matrices, product of symmetry operations (in terms matrices), matrix representation of point groups (C2V and C3V point groups), Character Tables: Reducible and irreducible representations, character of a representation, properties of irreducible representations, structure of character tables, construction of character tables (C2V, C3V and C4V point groups), Mulliken symbols for irreducible representations, determination of symmetry species for translations and rotations (C2V and C2h), the standard reduction formula (C2V and C3V). Symmetry of normal modes of molecules: Cartesian coordinate method and internal coordinate method (molecules belong to C2V and C3V point groups), Infrared and Raman activity of molecules belong to C2V (H2O, ClF3, cis-N2F2) and C3V (NH3) point groups. UNIT-II: NMR SPECTROSCOPY 16 hrs 1H NMR spectroscopy: Introduction, nuclear spin states, nuclear magnetic moments, absorption of energy, mechanism of absorption, population densities of nuclear spin states, the chemical shift and shielding. Chemical equivalence, integrals and integration, chemical environment and chemical shift, local diamagnetic shielding (effects of electronegativity, hybridization, acidic and exchangeable protons, hydrogen bonding), magnetic anisotropy, spin-spin splitting, (n+1) rule, Pascal’s triangle, the coupling constant, mechanism of coupling (one-bond, two-bond, three-bond and log-range coupling), comparison of NMR spectra at low and high field strengths, Instrumentation for NMR Spectroscopy. Typical 1H NMR absorption of - alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, aromatic compounds, alcohols, ethers, amines, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, esters, carboxylic acid and amide compounds. Exchange in H2O and D2O (acid/water and alcohol/water mixtures, deuterium exchange, peak broadening due to exchange), tautomerism, protons on nitrogen – quadrupole broadening and decoupling, effect of solvent on chemical shift, chemical shift reagents (High-field spectra), chiral resolving agents, spin decoupling methods (double resonance), NOE difference spectra. UNIT-III: ADVANCED NMR SPECTROSCOPY AND MASS SPECTROMETRY 16 hrs Advanced NMR spectroscopy: Pulse sequences, pulse widths, spins, magnetization vectors, DEPT experiment, determining number of attached hydrogens (methine, methylene, methyl, quaternary carbons), introduction to 2D-NMR, an overview of the COSY technique and how to read COSY spectra, an overview of the HETCOR technique and how to read HETCOR spectra, an overview of Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI), some sample 1H NMR spectra. Carbon-13 NMR: The Caron-13 nucleus, 13C chemical shifts – correlation charts, calculation of chemical shifts, proton-coupled 13C spectra, spin-spin splitting of Carbon-13 signals, proton-decoupled 13C spectra, Nuclear Overhauser Enhancement (NOE), cross polarization – origin of Nuclear Overhauser effect, problems with integration in 13C spectra, molecular relaxation processes, off-resonance decoupling, Carbon-13 NMR solvents, heteronuclear coupling of carbon to Deuterium, 19F and 31P, some sample Carbon-13 NMR spectra. Mass spectrometry: Basic theory, instrumentation, molecular ion peak, base peak, meta-stable peak, modes of fragmentations, McLafferty rearrangement, Retro Diels-Alder reaction, ortho effect, determination of molecular formulas (precise-mass determination, isotope ratio data), nitrogen rule, some fragmentation patterns of – alkanes, cycloalkanes, alkenes, alkynes, aromatic hydrocarbons, alcohols, phenols, ethers, aldehydes, ketones, esters, carboxylic acids, amines, nitrogen and sulphur compounds and alkyl halides, some sample mass spectra. An overview of MALDI technique.

30

UNIT-IV: ESR, MOSSBAUER and NQR SPECTROSCOPY 16 hrs Electron spin resonance (ESR) spectroscopy: Basic principles, instrumentation, experimental technique, FTESRS, double resonance spectrometers, ENDOR and ELDOR, interpretation of derivative curve in an ESR spectrum, ESR spectra of DPPH, intensity of ESR lines, g-value, factors affecting ESR lines, hyperfine interaction, Fermi (or contact or isotopic) hyperfine interaction, hyperfine splitting constant, anisotropic hyperfine interaction, Zero-field splitting and Kramer’s degeneracy, Spin-Hamiltonian, spin densities and McConnell relationship, applications of ESR, ESR spectra of free-radical containing a single set of equivalent protons (methyl, p-benzoquine anion, cyclopentadienyl, benzene, cycloheptatrienyl anions), study of transition metal complexes, biological applications of ESR, spin labeling ESR spectroscopy. Mossbauer spectroscopy: Basic principles, Mossbauer nuclides, spectral parameters required for evaluating Mossbauer spectra, isomer shift, quadrupole interactions, magnetic interactions (time and temperature dependent effect), instrumentation, Lamb Mossbauer factor, application – bonding in Fe-complexes, study of Sn compounds, structure determination, biological applications. Nuclear quadrupole resonance (NQR) spectroscopy: Quadrupole nuclei, quadrupole moment, electric field gradient and coupling constant, theory of NQR, splitting in NQR spectra, Zeeman effect, instrumentation, applications, interpretation of eQq data, effect of crystal lattice on the magnitude of eQq, structural information from NQR spectra. REFERENCES:












31



14. Organic Spectroscopy, William Kemp, 3rd Edition, Palgrave, New York, USA, 2004. 15. Basic Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy, J. Michael Hollas, Royal Society of Chemistry,

Cambridge, UK, 2002. 16. Quantitative Analysis, Day and Underwood, Prentice/Hall Pvt. Ltd. 6th Edition (1993). 17. Vogel’s text Book of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, Revised by G.H. Jaffery, J. Bassett, J.

Mendhrn and R.C. Denny, ELBS 5th Edition (1998). 18. Analytical Chemistry, Gray D. Christian, 5th Edition, John Wiley and Sons, Inc 19. Introduction to Chromatography- Theory and Practice, V.K. Srivatsan and K.K. Srivatsan, S.

Chand Company Ltd. 4th Edition (1991). 20. Instrumental Methods of Analysis-Willard, Merrit and Dean, 7th Edition, (1998). 21. Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis-B.K. Sharma, Goel Publishing House. Meerut,

(2000). 22. Group theory and its applications to Chemistry – K.V. Raman, Tata McGraw Hill 1997. 23. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, 3rd edition – C.N. Banwall, McGraw Hill, Book co,

(UK) Ltd 1983.

ChSC-3.2: INORGANIC CHEMISTRY - III Total: 64 hrs UNIT-I: COORDINATION CHEMISTRY -II 16 hrs Valence bond theory (VBT), crystal field theory (CFT), spectrochemical series, orientation of d-orbitals and crystal field splitting of energy levels in tetrahedral and octahedral complexes, CFSE, factors influencing the magnitude of crystal field splitting – nature of ligands, oxidation state of metal ions, size of d-orbitals, geometry of complexes. Colour of transition metal complexes, modified crystal field theory (ligand field theory), evidence of covalent bonding in metal ligand bonding – Lande’s splitting factor, ESR spectra, NMR spectra, NQR spectra and inter-electronic repulsion. Molecular orbital theory of coordination complexes - Sigma and pi bonding in octahedral, tetrahedral and square planar complexes. UNIT-II: COORDINATION CHEMISTRY -III 16 hrs Crystal field effects on – ionic radii, lattice energy, heats of ligation, heats of hydration, heats of ligation of other ligands, geometry of complexes, spinel and inverse spinel. John-Teller distortion in octahedral complexes. Electronic spectra of atoms – spectroscopic terms, classification of microstates, coupling of single electron angular momenta (spin-spin, orbital-orbital and spin-orbital coupling), Russel-Saunders and j-j coupling, energies of terms (Hund’s rule), Racah parameters, Electronic spectra of complexes – ligand filed transition, spectroscopic terms, correlating terms, energies of weak

32

and strong field limits, Tanabe-Sugano diagrams, Orgel diagrams and ground term symbols (d1 to d10 systems), calculation Dq, B and , nephelauxetic series, charge-transfer bands (LMCT and MLCT transitions), selection rules and intensities (spin and Laporte selection rules), tetragonal distortion from octahedral symmetry. Magnetic properties of complexes by Gouy balance method. UNIT-III: REACTION MECHANISM IN COORDINATION COMPOUNDS 16 hrs Reactions, kinetics and mechanism - substitution reaction in octahedral complexes (associative and dissociative mechanism), types of intermediates formed in associative and dissociative reactions, lability and inertness of octahedral complexes, interpretation of lability and inertness of transition metal complexes – valence bond theory, crystal field theory, crystal field activation energy, factors affecting lability of non-transition metal complexes (charge, size of the central metal atom, charge/ionic size ration, geometry of the complex), acid and base hydrolysis of octahedral complexes, direct and indirect evidences of conjugate mechanism, anation reactions, isomerisation and recimisation of trischelate complexes, substitution reaction in square planar complexes, trans effect, thermodynamic and kinetic stability, theories of trans effect (polarization and pi-bonding theory). Oxidation – Reduction reactions: Classification of redox reactions, inner-sphere and outer-sphere mechanisms, excited state outer-sphere electron transfer reaction, mixed valency complexes, two-electron transfer reactions (complementary and non-complementary reactions). Photochemical reactions: Prompt and delayed reactions, d-d and charge-transfer reactions, transition in metal-metal bonded systems. UNIT-IV: ORGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY 16 hrs Introduction, organic ligands, nomenclature, 18-electron rule, electron counting in complexes, metal carbonyl complexes, preparation and properties of carbonyl complexes, polynuclear carbonyl complexes, carbonylate ions, bridging modes of CO, carbonyl hydride, binary carbonyl complexes, isolobal fragments, nitrosyl complexes, dinitrogen complexes, metal alkyls, carbenes (Fischer and Schrock types), carbynes and carbides complexes, non-aromatic alkene and alkyne complexes, synthesis and structure of complexes with metals (alkene, alkyl, butadiene, cyclobutadiene, cyclooctatetraene, allyl, cyclopentadiene, and arene complexes), substitution reactions in carbonyl complexes, oxidative addition and reductive elimination, insertion and elimination, nucleophilic and electrophilic attack of coordinated ligands, carbonylate anions as nucleophiles, Olefin (sigma-bond) metathesis. Catalysis by organometallic compounds: Importance and mechanism of - Alkene hydrogenation (Wilkinson’s catalysis), hydroformylation (Oxo-process), Monsanto acetic acid process, Wacker process (Smidt process), synthetic gasoline, synthesis of H2 gas, Ziegler-Natta polymerization, Fisher-Tropsch reaction. Fluxional behavior in organometallic compounds. REFERENCES:

1. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, 5th edition, F.A. Cotton and G. Wilkinson, John-Willey and sons 1988.

2. Inorganic Chemistry, principles of structure and reactivity, 3rd ed. James E. Huheey, Ellen E Keithr and Richard L Keither, Harper Collins college pub, 1993.3

3. Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd ed. D.P.Shriver and P.W.Atkins, Oxford University press, 1999

33

4. Comprehensive coordination Chemistry. Eds: G.Wilkinson, R.D.Gillers and J.A.McCleurry, Pergomon Press

5. Synthesis and Characterization of Inorganic Compounds, W. L. Jolly, Prentice Hall 6. Concise Coordination Chemistry, R.Gopalan and V.Ramalingam. 7. Inorganic Photochemistry: Introduction to Photochemical and Photophysical Aspects of

Metal Complexes, Kala Publications, Thiruchirapally, India, 2002. 8. A.W. Adamson and P.D. Fleischauer, Concepts of Inorganic Photochemistry, Johan Wiley,

1975.

ChSC-3.3: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY - III

Total: 64 hrs UNIT-I: NAMED REACTIONS 16 hrs

C–C Bond forming reactions: Aldol condensation, Claisen condensation, Dieckmann condensation, Knoevenagel condensation, Mannich reaction, Michael reaction, Robinson annulations, Stobbe condensation, Wittig reaction, Acylion synthesis. Alder – Ene reaction, Bischler – Napieralski reaction. Coupling reactions: Hiyama cross-coupling reaction, Kumada cross-coupling reaction, McMurry coupling reaction, Negishi cross-coupling reaction, Stille coupling, Suzuki – Miyaura coupling, C–N Bond forming reactions: Buchirer reaction, Buchwald – Hartwig amination, Stork enamine reaction, Doebner – von Miller reaction, Hofmann – Loffler – Freytag reaction, Barton reaction. C–O Bond forming reactions: Dakin reaction, Mislow – Evans rearrangement, Mukaiyama reagent, Bayer – Villager reaction. C–X Bond forming reactions: Chan – Lam coupling reaction, Hell – Volhard – Zelinsky reaction, Hunsidiecker – Borodin reaction. UNIT-II: HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS 16 hrs

Nomenclature of heterocyclic compounds. Synthesis (Each two methods) and reactivity (towards electrophilic and nucleophilic reactions) – Pyrroles, Furans, Thiophenes, Pyridines, Azepines, Oxepins, Thiepins. Fused heterocycles: Synthesis (Each two methods) and chemical properties towards electrophilic and nucleophilic reactions of benzopyrroles, benzofurans, benzothiophenes, quinolines and isoquinolines. Mesoinonic compounds: Nomenclature, synthesis, reactions and applications of Sydnones, Oxadiazolium and Thiadiazolium compounds.

UNIT-III-PHOTOCHEMISTRY AND PERICYCLIC RTEACTIONS 16 hrs Photochemistry: Bonding and antibonding orbitals, singlet and triple states, modes of energy transfers from the excited states- Jablonski diagram. Photoaddition: alkenes to carbonyl compounds (Paterno-Buchi reaction), alkenes and alkynes to aromatic compounds, photochemical reactions: photoreduction, photooxidation, photodimerization, photochemical substitution, photoisomerization. Photochemical fragmentation: Photolysis of carbonyl

34

compounds (Norrish type-I and Norrish type-II reactions), photolysis of diazoalkanes and alkyl azides, di-pi-methane rearrangement, photochemistry of arenes. Pericyclic reactions: Introduction, Classification: Electrocyclic, cycloaddition, sigmatropic, chelotropic and ene reaction. Definition of various terms: Con-rotatory, disrotatory, suprafacial, antarafacial, HOMO, LUMO, etc. Frontier molecular orbitals, formation and properties of molecular orbitals of ethene, 1,3-butadiene, 1,3,5-hexatriene, allyl and pentadienyl system. Electrocyclic reactions – FMO approach for electrocyclic reactions, electrocyclic reactions of butadine-cyclobutene and hexatriene-cyclohexadiene interconversions. Cycloaddition reactions: [4+2] cycloaddition reaction (Diels-Alder reaction), FMO approach for [4 + 2] cycloaddition reaction, intramolecular Diels-Alder reaction. [2 + 2] cycloadditions – thermal and photochemical cycloadditions. Sigmatropic rearrangements: Nomenclature, suprafacial and anatrafacial processes,[1,3], [1,5], and [3,3] sigmatropic rearrangement, Cope and Claisen rearrangement. FMO approach for sigmatropic shift of hydrogen and carbon (suitable examples are to be taken for each class of transformation). Woodward-Hofmann rules.

UNIT-IV: RETRO SYNTHESIS VIA DISCONNECTION APPROACH 16 hrs Organic Synthesis Introduction to synthons, synthetic equivalents, functional group interconversions, Protection and de-protection in organic synthesis – Protection of hydroxyl, carboxyl, carbonyl, amino, thiol groups and their de-protection. Illustration of protection and deprotection in organic synthesis with examples. Disconnection approach: One group C-X disconnection- Carbonyl compounds, ethers and sulphides (Benzyl benzoate, propanil, p-methyanisole, isopentyl benzyl ether, chlorobenside). Two group disconnection- 1, 1- difunctionalized compounds (Acetals, cyanohydrins, amino acids etc.) , 1,2-difunctionalized compounds (1,2-dicarbonyl compounds, - hydroxyl carbonyl compounds). Retrosynthesis: Retrosynthesis of benzocaine, 4-methoxy acetophenone, saccharin, bisvoline, canthredine, lycorane and multstrin. REFERENCES: 1. Modern Synthetic Reactions, H.O. House, W.A Benjamin 2. Some Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis, W Carruthers, Cambridge Univ. Press 3. Principles of Organic Synthesis, R.O.C Norman and J.M. Coxon, Blackie Academic & Professional 4. Advanced organic chemistry.F.A.carey and R.J.sunderberg 5. Rood’s Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, S. Coffey. 6. Organic Synthesis-Concept, Methods and Starting Materials, J. Fuhmop and G. Penzillin. 7. Guide Book to Organic Synthesis, R.K. Mackie & D.M. Smith, ELBS.

35

8. Organic Synthesis, V.K. Ahuwalia and Renu Agarwal, Narosa 9. Synthesis, Approaches in Organic Chemistry, R.K. Bansal, Narosa 10. Advanced Organic Chemistry -Reactions, Mecha- nism and Structure, Jerry March, John Wiley. 11. Designing Organic Synthesis, S.Warren, Wiley. 12. Organic Synthesis , Stuart warren, 2012 John Wieley and sons camebridge University.

ChSC-3.4: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY- III Total: 64 hrs UNIT-I: QUANTUM MECHANICS-II 16 hrs Application of Schrödinger’s wave-equation to harmonic oscillator, rigid-rotor and H-atom (separation of r, , equation and their solutions). Approximate methods – Necessity of approximate methods, perturbation method, the theory of perturbation method – first and second order correction, application to He-atom (first order correction only) – calculation of first ionization potential and binding energy. Variation theorem – statement and proof. Application of variation theorem to a particle in one dimensional box, linear oscillator, H and He-atoms. UNIT-II QUANTUM MECHANICS-III 16 hrs SCF method for many electron systems. Slater orbitals – Effective Nuclear Charge (ENC), expressions for Slater’s orbitals for 1s, 2s, 3s, 2p and 3d electrons (no derivation), Slater’s rules for calculation of ENC – Slater’s orbitals for helium, carbon and nitrogen atoms. Chemical bonding in diatomics, elementary concept of MO and VB theories; Huckel molecular orbital (HMO) theory for conjugated -electron systems and its applications to 1,3-butadiene and benzene. UNIT-III: SURFACE CHEMISTRY AND CATALYSIS 16 hrs Surface Chemistry: Adsorption by solids, types of adsorption isotherms, chemisorption, adsorption of gasses by solids, factors influencing adsorption, Freundlich and Langmuir adsorption theories, BET theory of multilayer adsorption (Derivation of BET equation), surface area measurement, types of adsorption isotherms, adsorption from solution, Gibbs adsorption isotherm, insoluble surface films on liquids, modern techniques for investigating surfaces: LEED, PES, STM, EXAFS and SEXAFS techniques. Catalysis: Introduction, characteristics of catalytic reactions, acid-base catalysis, Michaelis-Menten equation, effect of temperature, pH and concentration on enzyme catalysis. Heterogeneous catalysis: surface reactions, kinetics of surface reactions, unimolecular and bimolecular surface reactions, pH-dependence of rate constants of catalyzed reactions, oscillatory reactions and their applications. UNIT-IV: COLLOIDS 16 hrs Colloids: Colloidal systems, classification of colloids, lyophobic and lyophilic sols, preparation of lyophobic colloidal solutions (dispersion and condensation methods), purification of colloidal solutions, Properties of colloidal systems: Electrical properties – charge on colloidal particles, electrical double layer, zeta potential, DLVO theory of the stability of lyophobic colloids,

36

flocculation values, coagulation of colloidal solutions. Electrokinetic properties – electrophoresis and electro-osmosis streaming and sedimentation potential. Determination of size of colloidal particles, surfactants, hydrophile-lypophile balance (HLB). Emulsions, gels, elastic and non-elastic gels. Micelle formation – mass action model and phase separation model, shape and structure of micelles, micellar aggregation numbers, critical micelle concentration (CMC), factors affecting CMC in aqueous media, thermodynamic approach to CMC, thermodynamics of micellization, micelle temperature range (MTR) or Krafft point. Solubilization – location of solubilizates in micelles, the phase rule of solubilization. Micellar catalysis, importance and applications of colloids. REFERENCES:


2. Polymer Chemistry, Malcolm P. Stevans, First Indian Edition, Oxford University Press, New York, 2008.


4. Principles of Physical Chemistry, B.R. Puri, L.R. Sharma, M.S. Pathania, 45th Edition, Vishal Publishing House, Jalandhar, India, 2012.









13. Quantum Chemistry, Ira N. Levine, 5th Edition, Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004. 14. Chemical Kinetics, K.J. Laidler, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004. 15. Textbook of Polymer Science, Fred W. Billmayer, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons Pvt. Ltd.,

Singapore, Indian Edition, 2007. 16. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, Colin N. Banwell, Elaine M. McCash, 4th Edition,

Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2008. 17. Polymer Science – A Textbook, V.K. Ahluwalia, Anuradha Mishra, Ane Books India, Noida,

2008. 18. Thermodynamics, Kinetic Theory, and Statistical Thermodynamics, Francis W. Sears Gerhard

L. Salinger, 3rd Edition, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 1998.

37

19. Polymer Science, V.R. Gowariker, N.V. Viswanathan, Jayadev Sreedhar, 5th Edition, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2005.

20. An Introduction to Electrochemistry, Samuel Glasstone, Litton Educational Publishing, Inc., New York, 2008.

21. Industrial Electrochemistry, D. Pletcher and F.C. Walsh, Chapman and Hall, 2nd Edition, 1984.

M.Sc. Chemistry Practical III – SEMESTER

ChHCL-3.1: Inorganic Chemistry Practical – III 64 hrs.

COMPLEX PREPARATIONS

1. Preparation of Mercurytetrathiocyanatocobaltate(II)complex. 2. Preparation of Chloropentamminecobalt(III)chloride complex. 3. Preparation of Bisoxalatocuprate(II)di hydrate complex. 4. Preparation of Tris-oxalatoferrate(III) complex. 5. Preparation of Sulphatotristhioureazinc(II) complex. 6. Preparation of Tristhioureacopper(I)sulphate complex 7. Cis and trans Diaquadioxalatochromate(III)complex.

COMPLEX ANALYSIS

1. Estimation of cobalt present in a given ChloropentammineCobalt(III)chloride complex. 2. Estimation of Copper and Oxalate present in a given Bisoxala to Cuprate(II)-di hydrate complex. 3. Estimation of Iron and Oxalate present in a given Trisoxalatoferrate(III) complex. 4. Colorimetric estimation of Fe(III) using thiocyanite as ligand. 5. Colorimetric estimation of metal ligand composition by jobs method of continuous variation. REFERENCES: 1. Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative analysis, - J Mendham, R.C. Denney, J.D. Barnes M.J.K. Thomas,

3rd, 4th , 5th and 6th edition. 2. Concise coordination Chemistry , - R Gopalan , V Ramalingam 3. College Practical Chemistry, - V K Ahulwalia 4. Analytical Chemistry, - G.D. Christian. 5. Practical Inorganic Chemistry, - K. Somashekara Rao. 6. Principles of Inorganic Chemistry, - Puri, Sharma, Khalia.

38

ChHCL-3.2: Organic Chemistry Practical – III 64 hrs.

I. PREPARATION OF DYES AND DRUG

1. Preparation of Methyl Orange 2. Preparation of Fluorescein 3. Synthesis of Crystal violet 4. Synthesis of Phenolphthalein 5. Preparation of paracetamol (acetaminophen) 6. Preparation of phenacetin 7. Synthesis of Sulfanilamide 8. Synthesis of Antipyrine 9. Synthesis of Aspirin

II. ISOLATION AND SEPARATION OF NATURAL PRODUCTS (At least six) 1. Piperine from pepper 2. Caffeine from tea leaves 3. Casein from milk 4. Nicotine from tobacco leaves 5. Hesperidin from peal of orange 6. Cineole from Eucalyptus leaves 7. Isolation of Cinnamaldehyde from Cinnamon 8. Isolation of Eugenol from Clove 9. Isolation of Lycopene from tomato 10. Isolation of Carotene from Carrots 11. Isolation of Cysteine from Hair.

References 1. Advanced Practical Organic Chemistry

N K Vishnoi , Second edition, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 1996 2. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry: Preparation and Quantitative Analysis

Renu Aggarwal, V. K. Ahluwalia, Universities press (India), 2001 3. Systematic Laboratory Experiments in Organic Chemistry

Arun Sethi, New Age International, 2003. 4. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry: Qualitative Analysis

Ahluwalia V.K. Sunitha Dhingra, First edition, Orient Longman, 2004 5. Practical Organic Chemistry: Qualitative Analysis

Bhutani S.P. Chhikara A, First edition, ANE books-new Delhi, 2009 6. Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry

Brian S. Furniss, 5th Edition, Pearson India, 2005. 7. Laboratory techniques in Organic chemistry, V.K. Ahluwalia , Pooja Bhagat & Renu Aggarwal,

I.K. International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 8. Laboratory Manual of Organic Chemistry

Raj K. Bansal. 5th edition, New Age international, 2008 9. Practical Organic Chemistry

F.G. Mann, B.C Saunders, Fourth edition, Pearson India,2009.

39

ChHCL-3.3: Physical Chemistry Practicals – III

64 hrs.

1. To investigate the reaction between potassium bisulphate and potassium iodide by colorimetric measurements.

2. Estimation of Fe+2 ions by potentiometric titration 3. Determination of chemical oxygen demand. 4. Estimation of sulphate using EDTA solution. 5. To determine from solubility measurements the true thermodynamic solubility product of

calcium sulphate at room temperature. 6. Phase diagram for three component system. 7. Kinetics of oxidation of alcohol by K2Cr2O7 Solution. 8. Estimation of iodine in common salt. 9. Adsorption characteristics of acetic acid on charcoal. 10. Estimation of nitrite. 11. Electrogravimetry. 12. To determine the half wave potential of Cd2+, Cu2+ and Zn2+ in 0.1M solution. 13. Corrosion rate measurement. 14. Determination unknown concentration of ZnSO4 by polarography 15. Determination of unknown concentration of mixture by spectrophotometric method. 16. To determine the CMC of SLS from the measurement of conductivity at different concentration.

References: 1. Advanced Practical Physical Chemistry, J.B.Yadav. 2. College Practical Chemistry, V.K. Ahulwalia, Sunitha Dhigra Adarsh Gulati. 3. Experimental Physical Chemistry, V.D.Athawale, Parul Mathur. 4. Practical Physical Chemistry, B. Vishwanathan, P.S.Raghavan 5. Experimental Physical Chemistry: Laboratary Text, Arthur Halpern, Geoge McBane, 3rd Edition. 6. Physical Chemistry Practical, Saroj Kumar Maity, Naba Kumar Ghosh. 7. Vogel’s Quantitative Chemical Analysis, J Mendham. 8. Practical Physical chemistry, Findlay Alexander, 17th Edition. 9. A Text book of Practical Physical Chemistry, K Fajan, J Wust. 10. Experiments in Physical Chemistry, Carl Garland Joseph Nibler, David Shoemaker, 8th Edition. 11. Practical Physical chemistry, James Brierley firth. 12. Findlay’s Practical Physical chemistry, B.P. Levitt, 9th Edition. 13. Experiments in Physical Chemistry, J. M. Wilson, R. J. Newcombe, A. R. Denaro, 2nd Edition. 14. A Manual of Practical Physical Chemistry (Classic Reprint), Francis William Gray.

40

M.Sc. Chemistry Syllabus – 2019-2020 (CBCS Scheme) Revised Regulations -2010

IV - SEMESTER ChSC-4.1: ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY – IV

Total: 64 hrs UNIT-I: STRUCTURAL ELUCIDATION OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS 16 hrs Introduction, basic steps involved in the structure elucidation of organic compounds (molecular formula, molecular weight, elements present, H-index, DBE, presence of nitrogens, presence of chromophore and auxochrome, functional groups, chemical shift values, coupling constants, fragmentation patterns – base peak, molecular ion peak). Structure elucidation of – hydrocarbons (normal, branched-chain and cyclo alkanes, alkenes, alkynes), aromatic hydrocarbons, polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons, alcohols, phenols, esters, epoxides, peroxides, ketones, aldehydes, carboxylic acids, lactones, acid halides, acid anhydrides, amides, lactams, amines, nitriles, isonitriles, azo compounds, nitro compounds, sulphur compounds, halogen compounds, silicon compounds, phosphorous compounds, heteroaromatic compounds (at least one compound has to be studied under each category). UNIT-II: X-RAY, ELECTRON AND NEUTRON DIFFRACTION STUDIES 16 hrs X-Ray diffraction studies: Theory, Mosley’s law, interaction of X-ray with matter, Auger and Coster Kronig processes, instrumentation, X-ray absorption and emission methods, X-ray diffraction, automated X-ray diffractometry, Miller indices, Bragg’s condition for diffraction, X-ray detection and measurement, structural analysis of crystals, Laue method, Bragg’s method, Rotating crystal method, Debye and Scherrer powder method, simple lattices and X-ray intensities, scattering factors, structure factor and its relation to electron density, identification of unit cells from systematic absences in diffraction patterns, predicting diffraction pattern of lattices, phase problem, procedure for X-ray structure analysis, Ramachandran diagram. Electron diffraction: Basic principle, scattering intensity and scattering angle, Wierl equation, measurement technique, elucidation of structure of simple gas phase molecules, electron diffraction studies of some compounds, low-energy electron diffraction (LEED) and structure of surfaces. Neutron diffraction: Introduction, theory, scattering of neutrons by solids and liquids, magnetic scattering, measurement technique, elucidation of structure of magnetically ordered unit cell, applications of neutron diffraction studies. UNIT-III: AUTOMATIC AND THERMAL METHODS OF ANALYSIS. 16 hrs Automatic methods of analysis: specifications and performance of automated methods, automation strategy, advantages and disadvantages of automated techniques, infrared process analyzers, selection of on-line analyzers, on-line potentiometric analyzers, chemical sensors (optodes and microsensors), automatic chemical analyzers, discrete analyzers, continuous analyzers (single channel and multi channel), continuous flow methods, flow-injection analysis, centrifugal analyzers, automatic elemental analyzers, laboratory robots. Thermal methods of analysis: Introduction, thermogravimetric methods, thermogram, factors

41

affecting thermogram, thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) – instrumentation and applications (TGA analysis of polymers and inorganic compounds), static and dynamic thermogravimetry. Differential thermal analysis (DTA) – theory, instrumentation and applications (DTA analysis of polymers and inorganic compounds). Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC): theory, instrumentation and applications, factors affecting DTA and DSC. UNIT-IV: SURFACE CHARACTEIRIZATION TECHNIQUES 16 hrs Surface characterization techniques: Introduction, definition of solid surface, types of surface measurements, spectroscopic surface methods – general technique in surface spectroscopy. Electron spectroscopy: Basic principles, instrumentation and applications of X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) and Auger electron spectroscopy (AES). Secondary-ion mass spectrometry, laser microprobe mass spectrometry, Electron microprobe spectrometry: Basic principles, instrumentation and applications of scanning electron microscopy (SEM), scanning probe microscopes, scanning tunneling microscope (STM) – principles, instrumentation and applications, atomic force microscope (AFM) - principles, instrumentation and applications. REFERENCES:














14. Organic Spectroscopy, William Kemp, 3rd Edition, Palgrave, New York, USA, 2004.

42

15. Basic Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy, J. Michael Hollas, Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, UK, 2002.

16. Quantitative Analysis, Day and Underwood, Prentice/Hall Pvt. Ltd. 6th Edition (1993). 17. Vogel’s text Book of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, Revised by G.H. Jaffery, J. Bassett, J.

Mendhrn and R.C. Denny, ELBS 5th Edition (1998). 18. Analytical Chemistry, Gray D. Christian, 5th Edition, John Wiley and Sons, Inc 19. Introduction to Chromatography- Theory and Practice, V.K. Srivatsan and K.K. Srivatsan,

S. Chand Company Ltd. 4th Edition (1991). 20. Instrumental Methods of Analysis-Willard, Merrit and Dean, 7th Edition, (1998). 21. Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis, B.K. Sharma, Goel Publishing House. Meerut,

(2000). 22. Group theory and its applications to Chemistry, K.V. Raman, Tata McGraw Hill

1997. 23. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, 3rd edition – C.N. Banwall, McGraw Hill,

Book co, (UK) Ltd 1983.

ChSC-4.2: INORGANIC CHEMISTRY - IV Total: 64 hrs UNIT I: BIOINORGANIC CHEMISTRY-I: 16 hrs Essential and trace metal ions in biological process, , bioligands- amino acids, proteins, nucleic acids, nucleotides and their potential metal binding sites; special ligands- porphyrins, chlorin and corrin. Metalloproteins- role of protein and metal ions in metalloproteins; metalloenzymes and metal activated enzymes. Ion transport across cell membrane: Structure and function of biological membranes, concentration of metal ions outside and inside cells, ion transport across cell membrane; crown ethers, ionophores-channel forming and carrier ionophores; active and passive transport; transport Na+& K+ions: Na+/K+ pump- importance and mechanism of action; Ca2+ storage and transport, Ca2+ pump- importance and mechanism of action, role of Ca2+ in muscle contraction and blood clotting. Transport and storage of Fe: Structure and roles of ferritin, transferrin and siderophores; Transport of Cu: - Structure and role of ceruloplasmin. Biological oxygen carriers: Heme proteins - O2 uptake, transport and storage. Thermodynamic and kinetic aspects of dioxygen as oxidant, activation of O2 through transition metal complexation; basic requirements for effective O2 carriers, Structure and functioning of hemoglobin (Hb) and myoglobin(Mb) proteins, O2 binding- cooperativity effect, Perutz trigger mechanism, Bohr effect, role of distal and proximal histidine; role of protein chains; CO and CN- poisoning and treatment. Model compounds for O2 binding and synthetic O2 carriers; non- porphyrin systems- hemerythrin and hemocyanin. Photosynthesis: Chlorophyll: structural features, role of Mg2+; light and dark reactions, PS-I and PS-II, Z-scheme of photosynthesis, oxygen evolving complex(OEC). UNIT II: BIOINORGANIC CHEMISTRY-II 16 hrs

43

Nitogen fixation - Chemical inertness of N2- thermodynamic and kinetic aspects, activation of N2 through metal interaction. Biological nitrogen fixation: Nitrogenase enzyme, structure, N2 binding sites and mechanism of action. Electron transfer proteins: organic cofactors-FAD, NAD, FMN, ubiquinone; Structure and functions of:- blue copper protein (plastocyanin); Fe-S protein- rubredoxin, ferridoxin and HIPIP; heme proteins: cytochromes- cytochrome c and cytochrome c-oxidase. Electron transport chain (ETC) in respiration. Metalloenzymes: Zinc enzymes- nature’s choice of Zn(II) for non-redox enzymes ; structure of active site and function of carboxypeptidase, carbonic anhydrase and alcohol dehydrogenase. Copper enzyme-super oxide dismutase. Molybdenum enzyme- xanthineoxidase. Iron enzyme-catalase, peroxidase and cytochrome p-450. Vitamin B12 and coenzymes: structure of corrin ring, cobalamin unit, reduction of aquacobalamin B12a(CoIII) to B12r(CoII) , B12s(CoI) and their importance; biomethylation and mutase activity of cobalamins. Applied bioinorganic chemistry: Metal ion deficiency and treatment- Fe, Cu, Mn, Zn deficiency and treatment. Metal ion excess toxicity-Fe excess toxicity- African siderosis, hemosiderosis, hemochromatosis (bronze diabetes) and detoxification. Cu excess toxicity: Wilson’s disease and treatment. Heavy metal ion toxicity: Hg, Pb, Cd, As toxic effects – mechanism of toxic effects. Heavy metal toxicity treatment- chelation therapy: chelating agents for Hg, Pb, Cd, As toxicity. Metal complexes as drugs: cis-plain as anticancer agent: mechanism of action and side effects; gold complexes as antiarthritic drugs- chrysotherapy. Metal complexes in diagnosis - Gd complexes in magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). UNIT-III: ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 16 hrs Concept and scope of environmental chemistry, environmental segments, natural cycles of the environment (hydrogen, carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, phosphorus and sulphur cycles), Atmosphere – composition of the atmosphere, Earth’s radiation balance, particles, ions and radicals in the atmosphere, chemical and photochemical reactions in atmosphere – oxygen and ozone chemistry, SO2, NOx, organic compounds, Greenhouse effect (Global warming), ozone depletion (making a hole in the sky), Hydrosphere – the hydrologic cycle, physical chemistry of sea water, aquatic biochemical processes. Chemical toxicology – toxic chemicals in the environment, impact of toxic chemicals on enzymes, biochemical effects of – As, Cd, Pb, Hg, CO, NOx, SO2, Ozone, PAN, cyanide, pesticides, carcinogens), Bio-Warfare agents, environment and public health. Air pollution – air pollutants (CO, NOx, hydrocarbons and photochemical smog, CFCs, SO2, acid rain, particulates, radioactive substances, tropospheric chemistry), Air quality standards – sampling, monitoring, some air pollutant accidents (TCDD Accident at Seveso, Italy – July 1976, The Bhopal Disaster – December 3, 1984, Chernobyl Disaster – April 28, 1986). Water pollution – Aquatic environment, water pollutants, eutrophication, water quality parameters and standards, trace elements in water, monitoring techniques and methodology – (pH, specific conductance, DO, NH3, nitrate and nitrites, chloride, fluoride, cyanide, sulphide, sulphate, phosphate, total hardness, phenols, oil spills, pesticides, surfactants, microorganisms, COD, BOD). Determination of DO, COD and BOD. Treatment of water pollutants – primary, secondary and tertiary processes. UNIT-IV: CHEMISTRY OF NEW MATERIALS 16 hrs

44

Chemistry of new materials: Conducting polymers: Polyaniline (PAN), poly p-phenylene (PPP),), poly-pyrrole (PPP) , poly-phenylacetelene (PPA) - mechanism of conduction, doping, properties, engineering and biological applications. Super conductors- introduction, type I and type II super conductors, preparation of high Tc super conductor-Y1Ba2Cu3O8, BCS theory, Meisner effect, magnetic levitation, applications of high Tc super conductors. Supra molecular chemistry: Definition, nature of supra molecular interactions; supra molecular host-guest compounds, common host molecules- crown ethers, porphyrins, zeolites, pillarenes, clixarenes, Molecular recognition and molecular receptors; Supra molecular catalysis, molecular switches, molecular wires. REFERENCES:

1. Inorganic Chemistry- Principles, structure and reactivity, 3rd ed. James E Huhee, Ellen E. Keither and Richard L Keither,

2. Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd ed. D.P.Shriver and P.W.Atkins, Oxford University press, 1999. 3. Principles of Inorganic Chemistry - B.R.Puri, L.R.Sharma and K.C.Kalia , Mile Stone

Publishers, Delhi, 2010. 4. Principles of Bioinorganic Chemistry, Stephen J. Lippard and Jeremy Berg, Panima

Publishing Corporation, New Delhi, India, 2005. 5. Bioinorganic Chemistry, Bertini , Gray, Lippard and Valentine, Viva Books, Pvt., Ltd. 2004. 6. Bioinorganic Chemistry-Asim K. Das, 2010 Reprint, Books and Allied(P) Ltd, Kolkota. 7. New Directions in Solid State Chemistry , C.N.R.Rao, J. Gopalakrishna, Cambridge

University Press, 1997 8. Introduction to nanoscience, Gabor L. Hornyak, Joydeep Dutta, HarryF.Tibbals, Anil K.

Rao, CRC Press, 2008. 9. Nanotechnology: Importance and applications, M.H. Fulekar, IK Internation al, 2010. 10. Supramolecular chemistry- Concepts and Perspectives, J.M. Lehn, Wiley-VCH, 1995. 11. Supramolecular Chemistr’. P. D. Beer, P. A. Gale, D. K. Smith, Oxford University Press,

1999. 12. Supramolecular Chemistry, J.W.Steed, J.L. Atwood, Wiley, 2000.

.

ChSC-4.3: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY - IV

CHEMISTRY OF NATURAL PRODUCTS-I Total: 64 hrs 16hrs UNIT-I: Carbohydrates: Classification of carbohydrates, D,L-notations, configuration and conformations of carbohydrates. redox reactions of monosaccharides, osazone formation, chain elongation (Kiliani-Fischer synthesis), chain shortening (Ruff degradation), cyclic structure of monosaccharides (hemiacetal formartion), stability of glucose, acylation and alkylation of monosaccharides, formation of glycosides, anomeric effect, reducing and non-reducing sugars. Disaccharides- structural elucidation of sucrose, cellobiose, maltose and lactose, Polysaccharides- structural elucidation of cellulose, starch (amylose and amylopectin) and glycogen.

45

UNIT-II: Amino acids and Proteins: Amino acids: Classification and nomenclature of amino acids, general properties and reactions of amino acids, configuration of amino acids, General methods of synthesis of amino acids – Amination of -haloacids, Gabriel’s phthalimide synthesis, Strecker synthesis, Malonic ester synthesis, Darapsky synthesis, Azlactone synthesis. Proteins: Structure and nomenclature of peptides and proteins, automated solid phase peptide synthesis (Bruce-Merrifield synthesis), cleavage of disulphide linkages, determination of amino acid composition, sequencing the peptide from N-terminus (Edman degradation) and C-terminus, determination of structure of proteins (primary, secondary and tertiary structures). Nucleic acids: Classification of nucleic acids, structure of nucleosides and nucleosides containing pyrimidine and purine bases, sequence of nucleic acids, Crick-Watson model of DNA, structure of RNA (m-RNA, t-RNA and r-RNA), genetic code – salient features.

CHEMISTRY OF NATURAL PRODUCTS- II 16hrs

UNIT-III: Terpenoids - Classification, nomenclature, occurrence, general methods of structure determination, and each one method of synthesis of - Citral, -Terpineol, Menthol, Zingiberene,

Santonin. Flavonoids - Occurrence, nomenclature and general methods of structure determination and each one method of synthesis of Apigenin, Luteolin, Quercetin, and Myrcetin. Vitamins: Classification, nomenclature, biological importance, structure, and each one method of synthesis of Vitamin-B1, B2, B3, B6, B12, Folic acid (Folate), Vitamin-A., A1, A2, Vitamin-E, Vitamin-C.

16hrs UNIT-IV: Alkaloids - Definition, nomenclature, occurrence and classification based on nitrogen heterocyclic ring and general methods of structure elucidation, Stereochemistry and each one method of synthesis of Papaverine, Reserpine, Ephedrine, Nicotine, Atropine, Quinine and Morphine. Steroids - Occurrence, nomenclature, basic skeleton. Diel’s hydrocarbon. Stereochemistry and structural elucidation of Cholesterol, Lanosterol, Ergosterol, Stigmasterol, Androsterone, Testosterone, Estrone, Progestrone, Aldosterone.

REFERENCES:

1. Organic Chemistry, Solomons, Fryhle, 8th Edition (Wiley Student Edition), Brijbasi Art

Press Ltd., Noida, India 2004. 2. Organic Chemistry, G. Marc Loudon, 4th Edition, Oxford University Press, UK, 2000. 3. Organic Chemistry, R.T. Morrison, R.N. Boyd, 6th Edition, Pearson Education

(Singapore Pvt. Ltd.), Delhi, Indian, 2005. 4. Organic Chemistry, L.G. Wade, JR., 5th Edition, Pearson Education (Singapore Pvt.

Ltd.), Delhi, Indian, 2004. 5. Organic Chemistry, M.A. Fox, J.K. Whitesell, 2nd Edition, Jones and Bartlett

Publishers, Sudbury, Massachusetts, London, 1997. 6. Organic Chemistry, M. Jones, Jr., 2nd Edition, W.W. Norton and Company, New York,

2000.

46

7. Organic Chemistry, Francis A. Carey, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.

8. Organic Chemistry, I.L. Finar, 5th Edition (Volume-2), Pearson Education, New Delhi, India, 2009.

9. Organic Chemistry of Natural products, Gurudeep R. Chatwal, (Edited by M. Arora), Vol. 2, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai, India, 2008.

10. Organic Chemistry – Natural Products, O.P. Agarwal, Vol. I, GOEL Publishing House, Meerut, India, 2003.

11. Organic Chemistry – Natural Products, O.P. Agarwal, Vol. II, GOEL Publishing House, Meerut, India, 2004.

12. Introduction to Alkaloids – G.A. Swan 13. The Alkaloids - K.W. Bently 14. Steroids – L. Fiescher and M. Fischer 15. Steroids – Shoppe 16. Chemistry Of Natural Products by Sujata V. Bhat, Bhimsen A. Nagasampagi, Meenakshi Sivakumar 17. Organic Chemistry 2nd Edition, Nick Greeves ), Stuart Warren , Jonathan Clayden

ChSC-4.4: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY - IV Total: 64 hrs UNIT- I: CHEMISTRY OF NANOMATERIALS 16 hrs Introduction: Fundamentals and importance, Metal nanoclusters, magic numbers, theoretical modeling of nano particles, Geometric structure, electronic structure, reactivity, fluctuations, magnetic clusters, Bulk to nano transitions. Semi conducting nanoparticles- optical properties, photofragmentation, coulombic explosion. Carbon nano particles: Introduction, Carbon molecules, Nature of the carbon bond, New carbon structures. Carbon clusters: small carbon clusters, C60; Discovery, structure, crystal, alkali doping, super conductivity, Fullerens, other Bulkyballs. Carbon nano-tubes: Fabrication, structure, electrical properties, vibrational properties, mechanical properties, application of nano materials. Methods of preparation: Plasma arcing, chemical vapour deposition, sol-gel, silica-gel, hydrolysis, Condensation and polymerization of monomers to form particles, Electrodeposition, ball milling, Chemical methods, Thermolysis, Pulsed laser methods. UNIT – II: METAL FINISHING 16 hrs Metal finishing: Electrode potential-standard potential, EMF series and its applications, Deposition potential-deposition from simple salt solution and solution mixtures, polarization and over voltage, effect of polarization on electrodeposition, limiting current density, hydrogen over voltage. Principles of electroplating. Role of anodes in electroplating. Pre-plating process and surface preparation. Hull cell experiment, covering power and throwing power. Electroplating practice for metals and alloys (Cu, Ni, Zn, brass, bronze). Specifications and testing of electroplates - Introduction, thickness-destructive and non destructive testing methods, Adhesion-bend test, burnishing test, file test, grinding test, heat test, peel test, corrosion resistance-salt spray test, acetic acid salt spray test, copper accelerated acetic

http://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=Nick+Greeves&search-alias=stripbooks

http://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_2?ie=UTF8&field-author=Stuart+Warren&search-alias=stripbooks

http://www.amazon.in/Jonathan-Clayden/e/B001H6QRJE/ref=dp_byline_cont_book_3

47

acid salt spray test, corrodekote test, Sulphur dioxide test, porosity-Ferroxyl test, electrographic test, hot water test, hardness test. Immersion (Galvanic) plating, electroless plating. UNIT-III: CORROSION AND PHASEEQUILIBRIA 16 hrs Corrosion and its control: Types of corrosion (atmospheric, environmental and microbial). Galvanic series – merits and demerits, thermodynamics and kinetics of corrosion, corrosion rate measurement, corrosion failure and passivity. Methods of prevention of corrosion, corrosion problems in practice. Phase equilibria: Introduction, derivation of phase rule, applications of phase rule to one-component systems (water and sulphur systems). Two-component systems (potassium iodide-water system and ferric chloride-water system), three-component systems (two solids + one liquid system, and three liquid systems). UNIT-IV: ELECTROSYNTHESIS 16 hrs Fundamentals, generalized electrochemical reaction, reaction variables in electro synthesis, setting up the electrolysis cell – Basic laboratory apparatus, two-electrode cells, three-electrode cells. Electrode material, cell geometry. Selection of electrode potential, divided and undivided cells, preparation of solution for electrolysis – solvent and supporting electrolyte, temperature effects. Electro-organic reactions: Electrooxidation and reductions of hydrocarbons, nitro compounds, sulphur compounds, nitrogen heterocyclic compounds, halogen compounds and carboxylic acids (Kolbe’s synthesis). Some preparative examples - Reductive intermolecular Carbon-Nitrogen bond formation, Carboxylic acids from primary alcohols, cyanation of N,N-Propylpyrrolidine, preparation of 3,6-Dichloropicolinic acid from 3,4,5,6-Tetrachloropicolinic acid. REFERENCES:

1. Introduction to Nanotechnology, Charles P. Poole, Jr., and Frank J. Owens, Wiley -Interscience, A. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 2006.

2. Nanotechnology (Basic Science and Emerging Technologies), Mick Wilson, Kamali Kannangara Geoff Smith, Michelle Simmons, and Burkhard Raguse, First Indian Edition, Overseas Press India Private Limited, 2005.

3. Chemical and Electrochemical Energy Systems, R. Narayan and B. Vishwanathan (University Press).

4. Industrial Electrochemistry, D. Pletcher and F.C. Walsh, Chapman and Hall , II Edition, 1984.

5. A Text Book Of Physical Chemistry, A.S. Negi and S.C. Anand , New Age international Pvt. Ltd.

6. Physical Chemistry, Moore, Orient Longman, 1972. 7. An introduction to Electrochemistry, Glastone, East west Ltd. 8. Basics of Electroorganic Synthesis, Demetrios K. Kyriacou, A Wikley-Interscience

Publications, New York, 1981.

KUVEMPU UNIVERSITY Department of Studies in Economics

CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM

Two year M.A. Course in Economics of 4 Semesters

SYLLABUS (RESTRUCTURED)

With Effect From: 2018-19

Semester Credits Marks

I 23 500

II 20 450

III 24 550

IV 23 500

Total 90 2000






I Semester

Paper No.

TITLE OF THE PAPER Credits

Theory

Marks Practical

Internal Assessment

Marks

Total

Marks HARD CORE PAPERS

1.1(H) Micro Economic Analysis 05 75 - 25 100

1.2(H) Economics of Growth and Development

05 75 - 25 100

1.3(H) Mathematical Methods for Economists

05 75 - 25 100

SOFT CORE PAPERS

1.4(S) Financial Institutions and Markets

04 75 - 25 100

1.5(S) Economics of Social Sector

04 75 - 25 100

Total 23 500






II Semester

Paper No.

TITLE OF THE PAPER

Credits Theory Practical

Marks

Internal Assessment

Marks

Total

Marks

HARD CORE PAPERS

2.1(H) Macro Economic Analysis 05 75 - 25 100

2.2(H) Statistical Methods for Economists 05 75 - 25 100

SOFT CORE PAPERS (2 of the following)

2.3(S) Mathematical Economics 04 75 - 25 100

2.4(S) Agricultural Economics 04 75 - 25 100

2.5(S) Economic Planning 04 75 - 25 100

2.6(S) Karnataka Economy 04 75 - 25 100

ELECTIVE PAPERS (1 of the following)

2.7(E) Karnataka Economic Development 02 40 - 10 50

2.8(E) Rural Development 02 40 - 10 50

2.9(E) Economics of Infrastructure 02 40 - 10 50

Total 20 450






III Semester

Paper No.

TITLE OF THE PAPER Credits

Theory

Marks

Practical

Marks

Internal Assessment

Marks

Total

Marks HARD CORE PAPERS

3.1(H) Public Economics 05 75 - 25 100

3.2(H) Computer Applications in Economic Analysis

05 75 - 25 100


3.3(S) Research Methodology 04 75 - 25 100

3.4(S) Theory of Econometrics 04 75 - 25 100

3.5(S) Environmental Economics 04 75 - 25 100

3.6(S) Demography 04 75 - 25 100

3.7 (S) Managerial Economics 04 75 - 25 100

3.8 (S) Rural Development and Co-operation

04 75 - 25 100

ELECTIVE PAPERS (1 of the following)

3.9(E) Indian Economy 02 40 - 10 50

3.10(E) Human Resource Development

02 40 - 10 50

3.11(E) Economics of Gender 02 40 - 10 50

Total 24 550






IV Semester

Paper

No.

TITLE OF THE

PAPER Credits

Theory

Marks Practical

Internal

Assessment

Marks

Total

Marks HARD CORE

PAPERS

4.1(H) International Economics 05 75 - 25 100

4.2(H) Time Series Data Analysis

05 75 - 25 100


4.3(S) Indian Public Finance 04 75 - 25 100

4.4(S) Operations Research for

Economists 04 75 - 25 100

4.5(S) Indian Economic Policy 04 75 - 25 100

4.6(S) Industrial Economics 04 75 - 25 100

4.7(S) Economics and Law 04 75 - 25 100

4.8(S) Theory of Co-operation 04 75 - 25 100

4.9(S) Economics of Insurance 04 75 - 25 100

PROJECT WORK

(Compulsory) 05

100 ( 75 Marks for Project Report & 25 Marks for Viva-Voce )

- 100

Total 23 500

Contents Paper Nos. Paper Titles Page No

I SEMESTER 1.1 (H) : Micro Economic Analysis : 01-02 1.2 (H) : Economics of Growth and Development : 03-04 1.3 (H) : Mathematical Methods for Economists : 05-00

1.4 (S) : Financial Institutions and Markets : 06-07 1.5 (S) : Economics of Social Sector : 08-09

II SEMESTER

2.1 (H) : Macro Economic Analysis : 11-12 2.2 (H) : Statistical Methods for Economists : 13-14

Any Two of the Following 2.3 (S) : Mathematical Economics : 15-00 2.4 (S) : Agricultural Economics : 16-00

2.5 (S) : Economic Planning : 17-18 2.6 (S) : Karnataka Economy : 19-20 Any One of the Following (For other Dept. Students)

2.7 (E) : Karnataka Economic Development : 21-00 2.8 (E) : Rural Development : 22-00 2.9 (E) : Economics of Infrastructure : 23-00

III SEMESTER

3.1 (H) : Public Economics : 25-26 3.2 (H) : Computer Applications in Economic Analysis : 27-28

Any Three of the Following 3.3 (S) : Research Methodology : 29-00 3.4 (S) : Theory of Econometrics : 30-00 3.5 (S) : Environmental Economics : 31-32 3.6 (S) 3.7 (S) 3.8 (S)

: : :

Demography Managerial Economics Rural Development and Co-operation

: : :

33-00 34-35 36-00

Any One of the Following (For other Dept. Students) 3.9 (E) : Indian Economy : 37-00

3.10 (E) : Human Resource Development : 38-39 3.11 (E) : Economics of Gender : 40-41

IV SEMESTER

4.1 (H) : International Economics : 43-44 4.2 (H) : Time Series Data Analysis : 45-00

Any Two of the Following 4.3 (S)

4.4 (S) : :

Indian Public Finance Operations Research for Economists

: :

46-00 47-00

4.5 (S) : Indian Economic Policy : 48-00 4.6 (S) : Industrial Economics : 49-00 4.7 (S) : Economics and Law : 50-51 4.8 (S) : Theory of Co-operation : 52-00 4.9 (S) : Economics of Insurance : 53-00

Project Work (Compulsory) Note:1) H= Hard Core Paper, 2) S= Soft Core Paper, 3) E = Elective (Interdisciplinary) Paper --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1

PAPER-1.1 (H): MICRO ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

MODULE-1: DEMAND ANALYSIS

Cardinal Utility Approach- Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility, Consumer’s

equilibrium, Derivation of Demand Curve- Ordinal Utility Approach – Utility

Maximization Problems, Indifference Curves; Properties, Consumer’s

Equilibrium, Price, Income & Substitution Effects, Derivation of Demand

Curve; Revealed Preference Theory of Demand; Recent Developments in

Demand Theory- Hicksian Revised Theory, Lancaster’s Characteristics of

Goods approach, Consumer’s Choice under Risk and Uncertainty. Demand

and Supply Equilibrium, Cobweb Theorem

MODULE-2: THEORY OF PRODUCTION AND COSTS

Production Function with one variable input and two variable inputs, Cost

minimizing input choices, Production Functions-Cobb-Douglas, Constant

Elasticity of Substitution Production Function, Trans Long Production

Function, Returns to Scale , Duality theory, Expansion path, Short run and

Long run costs and their relationship in Traditional Cost Theory- Average

Marginal relationships; Modern cost theory, Economies and diseconomies of

Scale

MODULE-3: MARKET STRUCTURE

Perfect competition- features, equilibrium of the Firm and Industry, short

run supply curves; Monopoly- Price and output determination, Degree of

monopoly power, price-output determination under discriminating

monopoly; Bilateral Monopoly and Monopsony; Monopolistic competition-

price and output determination, critique of Chamberlin’s Theory of

Monopolistic competition, The concept of Excess capacity, Selling costs;

Oligopoly- Non collusive (Cournot, Bertrand, Kinked demand curve and

Stackleberg’s solution) and Collusive (Cartels, Mergers and price leadership)

models, Sales maximization model of oligopoly, Theory of Game- The Nash

equilibrium, Neuman Morgenstern game theory.

2

MODULE-4: THEORY OF DISTRIBUTION

Marginal productivity theory; Product exhaustion theorem; Modern Theory

of Distribution- Clark’s Dynamic theory of profit, Schumpeter’s Innovation

theory of profits, Risk and Uncertainty theory; Macro theories of

distribution- Ricardian, Marxian, Kalecki and Kaldor’s

MODULE-5:GENERAL EQUILIBRIUM AND WELFARE ECONOMICS

Partial and General equilibrium- General equilibrium of exchange and

consumption, Edgeworth Box and General equilibrium of production;

Welfare Economics- Pigouvian welfare economics, Pareto optimal conditions,

Kaldor Hicks welfare criterion, Bergson Samuelson social welfare function,

Theory of Second Best- Arrow’s impossibility theorem.

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Ahuja H.L (2017), Advanced Economic Theory, S. Chand and Company

Ltd., New Delhi, Twenty First Edition

Robert Pindyck ,Daniel Rubinfeld (2017),Microeconomics: Pearson

Education, Eight Edition

Dominick Salvatore (2017), Microeconomic Theory Mcgraw Hill

Education Third Edition

Pankaj Tandon (2015), Microeconomic Theory , SAGE Test

Seth.M.L. (2013-14) Microeconomic, Laskhmi Narayan Agarwal

Educational Publishers, Anupam Plaza-I Block No- 50, Sanjaya Place,

Agra

Andrew Schotter (2008), Microeconomics: A Modern Approach,

Southwest Cengage Learning Publication, Mason, USA.

Salvatore, D. (2003), Micro economics; Theory and Applications.

Oxford University Press, New Delhi.

Kotsoyiannis A Modern Microeconomics, Macmillan, London

Daniel. L Resbinfeld : Microeconomics Pearson Prentice Hall, New Jersey

3

PAPER-1.2(H): ECONOMICS OF GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT

MODULE-1: ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AND ECONOMIC GROWTH: AN

OVERVIEW

Economic Growth and Development- Deference between Economic Growth

and Economic Development- Measurement of Economic Development;

Human Development Index(HDI)- Gender Development Index(GDI), Gender

Related Development Index; Importance of Economic Development,

Characteristics of Developed and Underdeveloped Countries (LDCS),

Indicators of Underdevelopment, International Income Inequality

MODULE – 2: THEORIES OF DEVELOPMENT AND GROWTH MODELS

Classical Models-Smith, Ricardo, Malthus, Karl Marx Theory of Social

Evolution, Surplus Value and Exploitation, The Marxian Dynamic Process;

Neo Classical Models-Schumpeter, Harrod-DomarModel, Rostow’s Stages of

Economic Growth, Joan Robinsons Model of Capital Accumulation, Solows

Long Run Growth Model, Kaldors Model of Growth, Lewis Model, Rosentein

Rodan’s Big Push Theory, Balanced and Unbalanced Growth Theory

MODULE - 3: ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

Determinants of Economic Development; Obstacles to Development; Role of

Industry and Agriculture in Economic Development; Resources and

Economic Development; Capital and Economic Development; Determinants

of Capital Formation, Problems of Capital Formation in UDCs, Inflation and

Economic Development International Trade and Economic Development

MODULE -4: TECHNOLOGY AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

Role of Technology in Economic Development- Labour Intensive

Technology, Capital Intensive Technology, Determinants of Capital Output

Ratio - Investment Criteria in Economic Development - Dualism: Social

Dualism, Technology Dualism - Role of Government in Economic

Development

4

MODULE-5: PLANNING AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

Meaning and Definition of Planning, Need for Planning, Objectives of

Planning-Planning Commission and Neeti Ayog of India, Mohalanobis Two

Sector Model –Human Resources and Economic Development- Importance,

Human Capital Formation, Effects of Population Growth – Man Power

Planning- Role of Entrepreneur in Economic Development.

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Todaro M.P & Smith (2007), Economic Development in the 3rd

World, Orient & Longman, London.

Thirlwall A.P, (2000),Growth & Development, 6th Edition ,Wesr press

pvt. Ltd. New Delhi

Higgins Benjamin (1999),Economic Development – Theory

Principles & History, W.W Norton, New York.

Srivastava O.S (1996),Economics of Growth, Development &

Planning, Vikas publication, new Delhi.

Meier.G.M. (1995), Leading Issues in Economic Development (6th

edition), Oxford University Press, New Delhi.

Bhagavathi J and Desai, (1970), India: Planning for

Industrialization, Oxford University Press, Oxford.

Adelman. I (1961), Theories of Economic Growth and Development,

Stanford Universities Press, Standford.

Agarwal and Singh (1958), The Economics of Underdevelopment,

Oxford University Press, New Delhi.

5

PAPER-1.3 (H) MATHEMATICAL METHODS FOR ECONOMISTS

MODULE-1: INTRODUCTION

Importance of Mathematical Methods in Economic Analysis; Some Elementary

Mathematics Number Systems, Sets-Algebraic Expressions, Exponential

Functions, Constants, Variables, Coefficients, Parameters; Relations and

Functions

MODULE-2: SYSTEM OF EQUATIONS AND IDENTITIES

Straight Lines- Equations of Straight Lines, Linear and Non-Linear Functions;

Identities; System of Simultaneous Equations; Graphs of Equations; Market

Equilibrium- Effects of Specific and Sales Taxes on Equilibrium Price and

Quantity. Pareto’s Law of Distribution of Income – Product Transformation

Curve

MODULE-3: MATRIX ALGEBRA

Definitions of a Matrix; Matrix Operations; Special Types of Matrices; Transpose

of a Matrix; Determinants and their Basic Properties; Solution of Simultaneous

Equations Through Cramer’s Rule, Input and Output Analysis

MODULE-4: DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

Limits; Continuous and Discontinuous Functions; Rules of Differentiation;

Maxima and Minima Functions of Two Variables; Partial Derivative - Functions

of Several Variables- Marginal Cost, Marginal Demand, Production Functions,

Homogenous Functions, Euler’s Theorem, Returns to Scale, Cobb-Douglas

Production Function. Elasticity of Demand, Relationship between MR, AR and

ED

MODULE-5: INTEGRAL CALCULUS

Concept of Integration- Indefinite Integration, Definite Integration; Rules of

Indefinite and Definite Integration; Application to Consumer’s Surplus and

Producer’s Surplus

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Yogish.S.N. (2006), Mathematical Methods for Economists, Mangal

Deep Publications, Jaipur

Veerachamy.R.(2002), Quantitative Methods for Economists, Mangal Deep Publications, Jaipur

Renukarya.C.K (2000), Quantitative Techniques,

Monga.G.S (1972), Mathematical and Statistics for Economists,

Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.

6

PAPER-1.4 (S): FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND MARKETS

MODULE-1: NATURE AND ROLE OF FINANCIAL SYSTEM

Money and Finance- Money and Near Money – the Structure of the Financial

System, Functions of the Financial Sector, Equilibrium in Financial Market

Financial System and Economic Development; Risk and Financial Assets-

Types of Risks- Returns on Assets- Risk – Return Trade off - Valuation of

Securities

MODULE-2: BANKING AND NBFIs

Difference between Private, Public Sector and Co-operative Banks; Types

Branch Banking, Unit Banking, Chain Banking - Commercial Banking –

Functions, Credit Creation and its Control, Non Performing Assets- Priority

Sector Advances, Central Bank Credit Control Measures; Development

Banks – NBFIs and their Role and Functions, Insurance and Mutual

Funds; Financial Sector Reforms in India- Recent Issues

MODULE-3: FINANCIAL MARKETS: MONEY MARKET & CAPITAL

MARKET

Role and Structure of Money Market- Call Money Market- Treasury Bill

Market; Commercial Bill Market Including Commercial Paper and

Certificate of Deposits; Discount Market- Govt. Securities Market- Market

for Derivatives; Forwards- Futures Options and Swaps; Structure of Capital

Market - Stock Exchange Markets - Trading Regulations, SEBI – National

Stock Exchange

MODULE-4: INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MARKETS

Foreign Exchange Rates, Determination of Exchange Rate - International

Financial Flows- International Monetary Fund- International Liquidity-

Leading Operation of World Bank and its Affiliates- Working of International

Development Agency and International Finance Corporation; Growth of

Regional Financial Institutions- Asian Development Bank and India- Euro-

Dollar and Euro Currency Markets

7

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Anthony Saunders & Marcia Cornett, (2017) An Introduction to the

Risk Management Approach, McGraw Hill Education; 3 edition

Barbara Casu & Daniela Fabbri & John O.S. Wilson, (2016)

Contemporary Issues in Financial Institutions and Markets:

Volume II, Routledge; 1 edition

Frederic S. Mishkin and Stanley Eakins, (2017) Financial Markets

and Institutions, Pearson Education; Eighth edition

Niti Bhasin (2010), Financial Institutions & Financial Markets in

India: Functioning & Reforms, New Century Publications; 1 edition

Bholey L.M.(2000), Indian Financial Systems, Chugh Publications,

Allahabad

Prasad. K.N. (2001), Development of India’s Financial System,

Sarup and Sons, New Delhi

Bholey L.M. (1999), Financial Institutions and Markets, Tata

McGraw Hill Co Ltd, New Delhi

Johnson H.J.(1993), Financial Institutions and Markets, McGraw

Hill Co Ltd, New York

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=Anthony+Saunders&search-alias=stripbooks

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_2?ie=UTF8&field-author=Marcia+Cornett&search-alias=stripbooks

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=Barbara+Casu&search-alias=stripbooks

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_2?ie=UTF8&field-author=Daniela+Fabbri&search-alias=stripbooks

https://www.amazon.in/John-O.S.-Wilson/e/B00P9ONUZ4/ref=dp_byline_cont_book_3

https://www.amazon.in/Frederic-S.-Mishkin/e/B001ILOAQ0/ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_1?qid=1515485687&sr=1-1

https://www.amazon.in/Niti-Bhasin/e/B001JODD00/ref=dp_byline_cont_book_1

8

PAPER-1.5 (S): ECONOMICS OF SOCIAL SECTOR


Concept of Social Sector and Social infrastructure; Components of Social

Sector- Education, Health, Nutrition, Sanitation and Social Security

concept; Concept and Components of Human Capital; Essential components

of Human development –HDI, Gender Inequality Index and Multidimensional

Poverty Index.

MODULE-2: ECONOMICS OF EDUCATION

Education as an instrument for Economic Growth; Determinants of demand

for Education; Cost Benefit Analysis of Education- Cost of Education,

Private costs and Social Costs, Benefits of Education-Direct and Indirect

benefits, Private and Social benefits, Education as Consumption and

Investment good; Contribution of education to Economic Growth.

MODULE -3: EDUCATIONAL PLANNING AND ECONOMIC GROWTH

Economics of Educational Planning in Developing countries with special

reference to India; Role of Financing in Education; Role of Public v/s Private

Educational Institutions; Implications of Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan, Rashtriya

Madhyamik Shiksha Abhiyan; Development of Education in India.

MODULE-4: HEALTH ECONOMICS

Definition and Scope of economics of Health; Economic Dimensions of

health care; Determinants of Health- Poverty, Malnutrition and

Environmental Issues; The concept of human life value; Institutional issues

in health care delivery; Resource mobilization and utilization for health care

in India, Role of Public v/s Private health care institutions; Nutrition and

Food Security in India

9

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Baru, R.U(1998), Private Health Care in India; Social

Characteristics and Trends,Sage Publications, New Delhi.

Becker, G.S, (1972),Human Capital, 2ndedn, NBER, New York.

Blaug, M.(1972),An Introduction to Economics of Education,

Cambridge University Press.

Henderson, J.W, Health Economics and Policy.

Jandhyala.B.G.Tilak (1987), The Economics of Inequality in

Education, Sage Publishers, New Delhi.

Klarman.H.E. (1965), The Economics of Health, Columbia University

Press, New York.

Panchamukhi, P.R, Economics of Health A trend report in ICSSR,

A survey of Research in Economics, vol.V1, Allied Publishers, Delhi.

Schultz.T.W.(1971), Investment in Human Capital, Free Press, New

York.

V.K.R.V. Rao (1966), Education and Human Resources

Development, Allied Publishers, New Delhi

World Bank(1983), The World Development Report Investing in

Health, Oxford University Press.

10

11

PAPER-2.1 (H): MACRO ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

MODULE-1: NATIONAL INCOME ACCOUNTING

Measurement of National Income and Macro Performance – National Income

Accounts- Accounting Concepts & Identities measuring the cost of Living –

GNP and Quality of life- Importance of National Income Analysis, Circular

flow of Money, Green accounting.

MODULE-2: EQUILIBRIUM MODELS

Classical approach – Full employment equilibrium – Policy implications and

critical evaluation; Keynesian Approach – Effective Demand – Consumption

Function: Debate and Evidences – Investment Function- Equilibrium Income

and output – Role and critique of Keynesian Policies. Multiplier and

Accelerator- Keyne’s Investment Multiplier, Leakages and the Multiplier.

MODULE-3: MONEY AND INFLATION

Money and Inflation: Demand for Money- Friedman, Baumol, Tobin,

Patinkin's Real Balance Effect, Issues regarding endogenous and exogenous

supply of money, R.B.I.‘s Approach to Supply of Money Demand-Pull and

Cost-Push Inflation, Calculation of Inflation, Phillips Curve Controversy,

Natural Rate of Unemployment-Adaptive expectation and Rational

expectation models, Lessons from the Indian Economy.

MODULE-4 THEORY OF BUSINESS CYCLES

Business cycles- characteristics of Business cycles, Phases of a Typical

Business cycle, Monetary Theories of the Business cycles, Theories based on

Multiplier Accelerator Interaction, Kaldor’s Model of Business Cycles,

Theories of Long Waves, Control of the Business Cycle. IS-LM model.

MODULE-5: MACRO ECONOMICS IN OPEN ECONOMY

Balance of Payments- Balance of Trade and Balance of Payments, Structure

of Balance of Payments; Mundell Fleming Model, Role of Interest and

Exchange Rate, Simultaneous Equilibrium and Automatic Adjustment,

Monetary and Fiscal policy in an Open Economy.

12

BOOKS FOR REFERENCES

Ahuja.H.L (2016), Macroeconomics , S Chand & Company

Jhingan M.L (2016), Macro-Economic Theory, Vrinda Publications

Pvt. Ltd Delhi

Burda (2014), Macroeconomics, Oxford University Press

Seth M.L (2014), Macro Economics, Lakshmi Narain Agarwal, Agra.

Richard T Froyen (2005), Macroeconomics, 7th Edition, Pearson

Education. Delhi.

Shapiro Edward (2004) Macroeconomic Analysis, Galgotia

Publications Pvt Ltd, New Delhi.

Mankiw N Gregony (2003) Macroeconomics, Worth Publishers, New

York.

Romer D. (2001) Advanced Macroeconomics. McGraw Hill Book

Company: London,

Gupta S.B. (1994), Monetary Economics, S Chand and Co, New

Delhi.

13

PAPER- 2.2 (H): STATISTICAL METHODS FOR ECONOMISTS

MODULE – 1: COLLECTION OF DATA AND SAMPLING

Meaning and Scope of Statistics; Primary and Secondary Data; Direct

Personal Information; Indirect Oral Interview; Information Through

Agencies, Mailed Questionnaires, Schedules Sent Through Enumerators,

Sources of Secondary Data - Precautions in the Use of Secondary Data;

Framing a Questionnaire; Basic Concepts of Sampling - Sampling

Techniques

MODULE-2: CLASSIFICATION AND TABULATION

Meaning of Classification; Characteristics of Classification; Types of

Classification; Frequency and Frequency Distribution Cumulative

Frequencies; Statistical Series; Tabulation - Types of Tables, Characteristics

of a Good Table, Difference between Classification and Tabulation

MODULE-3: MEASUREMENT ANALYSIS

Measures of Central Tendency; Measures of Dispersion; Correlation;

Regression Analysis; Probability- Elementary Concept of Probability,

Theorem of addition and Multiplication and its Applications, Random

Variable, Expectation of Random Variable

MODULE-4: INDEX NUMBERS

Index Numbers – Problems in the Construction of Index Numbers; Laspeyres

Paaches’s and Fisher’s Ideal Index Numbers; Wholesale Price Index

Numbers and Cost of Living Index Numbers

MODULE-5: STATISTICAL HYPOTHESIS

Formulation of Statistical Hypothesis – Simple and Alternative Hypotheses –

Type I and Type II Errors – Level of Significance – Illustration Suitable

Examples from Economics – Some Statistical Tests of Significance – Z, t, and

X2 Tests and their Applications.

14

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Yogish.S.N. (2008), Statistical Methods for Economists, Mangala

Deep Publication, Jaipur

Gupta.S.P. and Gupta.M.P. (2004), Business Statistics, Sultan

Chand and Sons, Educational Publishers, New Delhi

Veerachami .R (2002) Quantitative Methods for Economists , New

Age Internationals Publications, new Delhi

Monga.G.S (2000) Mathematics and Statistics for Economics,

Vikas Publishing house, New Delhi

Gupta.S.P. (1983), Statistical Methods, S.Chand and Company, New

Delhi

15

PAPER – 2.3(S): MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS

MODULE-1: THEORY OF CONSUMER CHOICE

The Problem Facing the Consumer; Marshallian Cardinal Utility Approach;

Hicks Ordinal Utility Approach; Consumer Equilibrium Demand Functions;

Substitution and Income Effects; Shortcomings of Ordinal Utility Theory;

Revealed Preference Theory; Uncertainty and Consumer Choice

MODULE-2: THEORY OF THE FIRM AND ITS DECISIONS

The Firm: Production and Loss Minimizing Costs for any Level of Production;

Production Function Approach – Profit Maximization; Costs - Modern

Approach– Cost Functions and Profit Maximization in the Long Run – The

Multiple Plant Firm – Multiple Product Firm - The Profit Maximization

Hypothesis ; Production Functions for an Entire Industry

MODULE-3: MONOPOLY AND OLIGOPOLY EQUILIBRIUM

Monopoly and Profit Maximization – Monopoly Profit Maximization Using

Production Functions ; Monopoly and Price Discrimination; The Multiple –

Point Monopolist ; The Multiple Product Monopolist ; Taxing the Monopolist

– Monopoly and Revenue Maximization ; Oligopoly – Profit Maximization

Under Oligopoly ; Assuming Dominant Firm Leadership- Profit Maximization

Under Oligopoly; Assuming Fixed Market Shares

MODULE-4: MARKET EQUILIBRIUM

Competitive Market Equilibrium ; Single Market Equilibrium; Marshallian

and Walrasian Equilibrium Condition; Lagged Market Equilibrium; General

Equilibrium Systems of Walras and Debreu Conditions of Stability of

Equilibrium

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Veerachamy.R.(2002), Quantitative Methods for Economists,

Mangal Deep Publications, Jaipur

Chiang.A.C.(2000), Introduction to Mathematical Economics, McGraw Hill, New York.

Allen. R.GD (1976), Mathematical Economics, Macmillan Publishing

House, London

Monga.G.S (1972), Mathematical and Statistics for Economists, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.

Barry Bressler, A Unified Introduction to Mathematical

Economics

16

PAPER – 2.4 (S): AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS

MODULE-1: NATURE AND SCOPE

Nature and Scope- Agriculture and Economic Development- Difference

between Agriculture and Industry; Farming Systems- Role of Land, Labour

and Capital in Farming; Farm Management Concept and its Significance in

Modern Farming.

MODULE-2: THEORIES OF AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT

Transformation of Traditional Agriculture; Theories of Mellor, Boserup,

Lewis, Fei-Ranis, Dale Jorgenson and Schultz.

MODULE-3: PRODUCTION RELATIONSHIPS IN AGRICULTURE

Laws of Returns- Production Functions – Factor- Product, Factor-Factor and

Product-Product relationships; Cobb – Douglas Production.

MODULE-4: AGRICULTURAL MARKETING AND INFRASTRUCTURE

Marketable and Marketed Surplus- Meaning and Functions of Agricultural

Marketing, Problems of Agricultural Marketing; Regulated Markets, Co-

operative Markets – Nature of Demand for and Supply of Agricultural

Products; Behavior of Agricultural Prices – Cobweb Theory – Terms of Trade

in Agriculture and Industry – Agricultural Price Policy; WTO and Indian

Agriculture; Rural Infrastructure – Capital Formation in Indian Agriculture –

Sustainable Agriculture, Contract Farming, Organic Farming, Issues related

to Indian Agriculture

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Joginder Singh Lekhi.R.K. (2016) Agricultural Economics –An

Indian Perspective, Kalyani Publishers

R.N.Soni (2015), Leading Issues in Agricultural Economics , Vishal

Publishing Co

Amarjeet.S (2015), Fundamentals of Agricultural Economics,

Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi.

Sadhu and Singh (1985), Fundamentals of Agricultural

Economics, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai

17

PAPER-2.5 (S): ECONOMIC PLANNING

MODULE-1: INTRODUCTION TO PLANNING

Meaning and Importance of Economic Planning-Distinction between Planned

and Market Economies - Need for Planning in a Globalized Economy -

Techniques of Planning - Various steps in Aggregate Planning-Input-Output

Analysis-Linear Programming-Cost Benefit Analysis and Project Evaluation-

Choice of Techniques

MODULE-2: PLANNING IN INDIA

The Emergence of Planning in India - Goals and Strategies of Indian

Planning- Mahalanobis Model and Vakil and Brahmananda’s Wage - Goods

Model - Instruments of Planning: Direct and Indirect Controls - A Brief

Resume of Five Year Plans in India with Emphasis on Recent Five Year

Plan - Planning Machinery at the Centre, State and Local levels-Problems of

Plan Implementation

MODULE -3: MOBILISATION AND ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES FOR

THE PLANS

Methods and Sources of Resource Mobilization; Their Merits and Demerits-

Pattern of Financing Under Five Year Planning – Allocation among Various

Sectors - A critical Appraisal of the Resource Mobilization and Allocation

Methods

MODULE-4: SECTORAL PLANNING

Need for Sectoral Planning - Strategy, Progress and Appraisal of Agricultural

and Industrial Development under Plans - Poverty and Planning-

Unemployment in India- (Human Resource Development) HRD and

Population Policy - Regional Imbalance - Planning for Infrastructure

Development in the Indian Economy

18

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Mishra S.K. and Puri V.K (2008), 26th Edition, Indian Economy,

Himalaya Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai-400 004 and Latest

Editions can be referred

Dhingra.I.C. and V.K.Garg (2000), Economic Development and

Planning in India, Sulthan Chand Publications, New Delhi

Agarwal A.N. and Kundanlal (1999), Economics of Development and

Planning, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi

Seth.M.L. and S.P. Singh (1998), Economic Planning: Theory and

Practice, S.Chand and Company Ltd., Ram Nagar, New Delhi

Madan Mohan Batra (1987), Planning in India: development

perspective towards the 21st century, V.K. Publishing House,

Mysore

Desai and Bhale Rao (1986), Economic Planning and Policy,

Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai

19

PAPER – 2.6 (S): KARNATAKA ECONOMY

MODULE-1: INTRODUCTION TO KARNATAKA ECONOMY

Characteristics of Karnataka Economy - Place of Karnataka Economy in

India – Growth of State Income and Per Capita Income; Natural Resources in

Karnataka- Land, Forest, Mineral, Energy and Water Resources - Human

Resources in Karnataka; Demographic Profile of Karnataka - Trends in

Population Growth - Growth Rate - Density –Age- Sex and Size Composition–

Population Policy; Karnataka as Knowledge Capital of India

MODULE-2: DEVELOPMENT OF INFRASTRUCTURE

Physical Infrastructure Facilities; Transportation- Road, Rail, Water and Air

Transport, Information and Communication Technology Facilities, Recent

Developments in Power Projects; Status of Exports and Imports of

Karnataka, Karnataka’s Trade Policy; Social Infrastructure Facilities:

Drinking Water, Sanitation, Housing, Health, Education; Social Security in

Karnataka; Institutional Sources of Finance- Structure and Organization -

Government, Co- Operatives, Commercial Banks and Regional Rural Banks

(Grameena Banks)

MODULE- 3: AGRICULTURE AND INDUSTRY

Importance of Agriculture in Karnataka Economy; Trends in Agricultural

Production- Causes for low Agriculture Productivity- Dry Land Farming-

Cropping Pattern; Agricultural Development Programmes in Karnataka;

Land Reforms in Karnataka; Agriculture Finance in Karnataka -

Institutional and Non-institutional Sources, Cooperative Credit, Role of

Micro Finance in Agriculture; Agricultural marketing and Warehousing in

Karnataka. Agriculture Price Policy, Irrigation in Karnataka. Industrial

Development; Trends and Importance of Major, Medium and Small Scale

Industries-Problems and Prospects; IT Industries in Karnataka; Industrial

Finance in Karnataka; Recent Industrial Policy of Government of Karnataka

20

MODULE- 4: POVERTY AND UNEMPLOYMENT IN KARNATAKA

Concept of Poverty- Causes and Magnitude, Relevance of Tendulkar and

C.Rangarajan poverty indices; Unemployment- Types and Causes for

Unemployment, Measures to Reduce Unemployment, Wage Employment

Programmes, Self Employment Programmes, Recent Special Programs

Initiated by Government of Karnataka, Dr.D.M.Nanjudappa Committee

Report-Issues related to Hyderabad Karnataka, Public Distribution System

in Karnataka

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Adul Aziz and K.G. Vasnki (Eds)., (1998),Karnataka Economy,

Karnataka University, Hampi.

Hanumantha Rao, Regional Disparities and Development in

Karnataka.

Madaiah M and Ramapriya (1988),Karnataka Economy,Himalaya

Publishing House, Girgaon, Mumbai.

Shamashakar N.T.,Karnataka Economy. Chaitra Publications,

Bangalore.

Government of Karnataka, Economic Survey, Latest and Old Issues

Government of Karnataka, Human Development in Karnataka.

Karnataka at a Glance - Annual Publication, Government of

Karnataka.

21

PAPER – 2.7 (E): KARNATAKA ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT


Characteristics of Karnataka Economy - Place of Karnataka Economy in

India –Natural Resources in Karnataka: Land, Forest, Mineral, Energy and

Water Resources - Human Resources in Karnataka

MODULE-2: INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT

Physical Infrastructure Facilities: Transportation- Road, Rail, Water and Air

Transport, Information and Communication Technology facilities, Recent

Developments of Power Projects; Status of exports and imports of

Karnataka, Karnataka’s trade policy; Institutional Sources of Finance-

Structure and Organization - Government, Co- Operatives, Commercial

Banks and Regional Rural Banks (Grameena Banks)

MODULE- 3: HUMAN RECOURSES DEVELOPMENT IN KARNATAKA

Demography of Karnataka; Unemployment- Types and Causes for

unemployment, Measures to Reduce Unemployment, Wage employment

Programmes, Self employment Programmes, Recent special programs

initiated by Government of Karnataka, Dr.D.M.Nanjudappa Committee

Report-Issues related to Hyderabad Karnataka

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Adul Aziz and K.G. Vasnki (Eds)., (1998),Karnataka Economy,

Karnataka University, Hampi.

Hanumantha Rao, Regional Disparities and Development in

Karnataka.

Madaiah M and Ramapriya (1988),Karnataka Economy,Himalaya

Publishing House, Girgaon, Mumbai.

Shamashakar N.T.,Karnataka Economy. Chaitra Publications,

Bangalore.

Government of Karnataka, Economic Survey, Latest and Old Issues

Government of Karnataka, Human Development in Karnataka.

Karnataka at a Glance - Annual Publication, Government of

Karnataka.

22

PAPER-2.8 (E): RURAL DEVELOPMENT

MODULE-1: RURAL DEVELOPMENT THEORIES AND APPROACHES

Meaning and Objectives of Rural Development - Indicators of Rural

Development – Characteristics of Rural Economy – Social, Political and

Economic Characteristics - Unbalanced Growth Theory – Growth Pole

Theory, Dualistic Models of Development – Approaches to Rural

Development in India – Community Development Approach -Target Area

Approach - Integrated Rural Development Approach - Institutional

Approach – Land Reforms and Rural Development in India

MODULE-2: POVERTY AND UNEMPLOYMENT

Rural Poverty – Concept and Measurement – Income and Non-Income

Indicators – Extent - Regional Disparity – Causes – Rural Unemployment –

Concepts – Types and Extent – Regional Disparity – Causes – Review of

Poverty Alleviation and Employment Generation Programmes in India

MODULE-3: DIVERSIFICATION OF RURAL ECONOMY

Agricultural Growth and Rural Development in India – Farm and Non- Farm

Interdependence – Diversification of Agriculture – Livestock and Dairying –

Fishery – Non-Farm Employment in India – Trends – Size and Determinants

– Rural Industrialization – Strategies and Policies

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Dr.Biradar.R.R (2009), Rural Non Agriculture Employment in India:

An Analysis of Its Determinants and Impact on Poverty and

Integrality, Concept Publication, New Delhi

Jain, Gopal Lal (1997), Rural Development , Mangal Deep

Publications, Jaipur

Gopal Lal Jain (1997), Rural Development, Mangal Deep Publication,

Jaipur

Vasant Desai (1988), Rural Development Issues and Problems, (Vol.

I), Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai

Chambers, R. (1983), Rural Development : Putting the Last First,

Longman, Harlow

Dantwala, M.L (1973), Poverty in India: Then and Now 1870-1970,

Macmillan, Mumbai

Dandekar, V.M. and N.Rath (1971), Poverty in India, GIPE, Pune

23

PAPER – 2.9 (E): ECONOMICS OF INFRASTRUCTURE

MODULE -1: INTRODUCTION

Infrastructure: Concept and Salient Features of Infrastructure –

Classification of Infrastructure – Infrastructure and Economic Development

– Infrastructure Development Policy – Role of Government

MODULE -2: ECONOMIC INFRASTRUCTURE

Structure of Transport – Demand for Transport – Principle of Pricing – Inter-

Modal Condition in the Indian Situation – Rural - Urban Transport

Planning; Communication: Concept, Significance and Role of

Communication in Development; Electricity: Significance and Pricing –

Thermal, Hydel and Nuclear Power Plants – National Power Grid- Irrigation –

Investment and Measurement of Benefits –Social Rate of Return on

Investment –Energy Economy Linkages – Demand for and Supply of Energy

Pricing – Energy Crisis – Private Participation – Energy Policy- Urban

Infrastructure - Smart City Mission

MODULE -3: SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE – EDUCATION AND HEALTH

Role of Education in Development – Development of Primary, Secondary and

Higher Education in India – Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan, Skill Development

Mission and Employment: Health Dimensions of Development – Financing of

Health Care – Health Inequalities –Health Security and Health Care Delivery

System in India – Evaluation of National Rural Health Mission; Human

Development; General Issues

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Dev, Mahendra .S (2018), India Development Reprot 2017, Oxford

University Press, New Delhi

Menberu Teshome (2010), Infrastructure and Development, VDM

Verlag

A Kapil (2010), Infrastructure And Economic Development, Deep &

Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd

B.Jayarama Bhat, (ed.) (2008), Infrastructure Development in

India, Published by the Author, Dos in Economics, Kuvempu

University, Shankaraghatt-577 451, Shivamogga District

National Council of Applied Economic Research (1988) India

Infrastructure Report : Policy Implications for Growth &

Welfare, New Delhi

Indian Council of Social Sciences Research (1976), Economics of

Infrastructure, Vol. 6, New Delhi.

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=Menberu+Teshome&search-alias=stripbooks

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=A+Kapil&search-alias=stripbooks

24

25

PAPER- 3.1 (H): PUBLIC ECONOMICS

MODULE – 1: INTRODUCTION

Scope and Methods of Public Economics; Functions of a Modern State;

Public goods- Pure and partial public goods, Private goods and Merit goods;

Externality Theory; Fiscal functions- Allocation, distribution and

stabilization role of government; Positive and Normative aspects of Public

finance; Public finance vs. Private finance.

MODULE – 2: THEORY OF PUBLIC CHOICE

Public Mechanisms for Resources Allocation Voting and Public Choice;

Voluntary Exchange Model; Problems of Preference Revelation and

Aggregation of Preferences; Demand Revealing Methods; Contributions of

Clarke, Groves and Leyard; Tibout Model; Theory of Club Goods; Arrow’s

Impossibility Theorem; Economic Bureaucracy; Rent Seeking and Directly

Unproductive Profit Seeking Activities

MODULE – 3: PUBLIC EXPENDITURE

Causes of increasing Public Expenditure; classification and effect of public

expenditure; Wagner’s Law of increasing state activity; Peacock-wiseman

Hypothesis; Canons of public expenditure; Pure theory of Public

Expenditure; Pigou and Ability to pay theory; Benefit Principle; Lindahl’s

Voluntary Exchange Theory; Samuelson’s Pure Theory; Evaluation of Public

Expenditure; Cost Benefit analysis; Estimates of Benefits and Costs;

Discount rate

MODULE – 4: THEORY OF TAXATION AND PUBLIC DEBT

Sources of Public Revenue- Direct, Indirect taxes, VAT and GST effects of tax

on Production, Distribution and Economic activities; Principles of Taxation;

The Benefit Principle, The Ability to pay Principle, Pigou’s Principle of Least

Aggregate Sacrifice; Proportional and Progressive Taxation; Taxable

Capacity; Incidence of Taxation; Features of Indian Tax system; Tax Reforms

in India; Public Debt- Internal and External; Sources, importance of public

borrowing, effects of Public Debt, The burden of Public Debt, Issues in Debt

Management in India.

26

MODULE – 5: BUDGETARY POLICY AND FISCAL FEDERALISM

Budgetary Policy- Balanced vs. Unbalanced budget, budget as an

instrument of economic policy, Capital and Revenue Accounts; objectives of

Fiscal Policy- Interdependence of Fiscal and Monetary Policies; Fiscal

Federalism- Concept of Fiscal Federalism, Economic aspects of Fiscal

Federalism, Fiscal Federalism in India; Centre-State Financial relations in

India, Finance Commission- Powers and Functions of the Finance

Commission.

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Hajela T.N (2015), Public Finance, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.

Singh S.K (2015), Public Finance in Theory and Practice, S.Chand

and Company Ltd., New Delhi.

Tyagi B.P. (2015),Public Finance, Jayaprakash and company, Meerut,

India.

Gupta Janak Raj (2007),Public Economics in India: Theory and

Practice, Atlantic Publisher.

Anderson. John E (2003), Public Finance: Principles and Policy,

Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston.

Challiah R. et.al. (1996), Trends and Issues in India’s Federal

Finance, Allied Publishers Private.Ltd. CRISIL (The Credit Rating

Information Services of India Ltd.), Princep Street, Kolkata.

Bernand P. Herber (1994), Modern Public Finance, (5th Edition),

Aitbs Publishers, East Delhi, Gurgaon.

Jha, R: Modern Public Economics, Routlege, London.

Musgravw R.A. and P.B. Musgrave (1989),Theory and Practice of

Public Finance, 5th ed,Tata Mc Graw Hills.

Atkinson, A. B. and J. E. Stiglitz. (1980), Lectures on Public

Economics, Tata McGraw Hill, New York.

27

PAPER –3.2 (H): COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

MODULE-1: INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS AND PERIPHERALS

Basic Components of Computer – CPU – Input and Output Devices, Data

Storage and their Applications – Computer Networking – Hardware and

Software.

MODULE-2: DATA PROCESSING TECHNIQUES AND ALGORITHMS

Concept of Data- Types of Data Information-Data Processing- Cycle Types of

Data Processing. Computer Processing Operations-the Data Analysis

Process – Qualitative and Quantitative Data Analysis – Data Base DBMS

and RDMS – Algorithms.

MODULE-3: STATISTICAL PROCESSING TECHNIQUES

Graphs- Generating Graphs - Histogram, Pie Charts, Bar Graphs-

Probability Distributions- Binominal, Poisson and Normal Distributions-

Calculation of Means and Variance.

MODULE -4: ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE AND CO-VARIANCE

Introduction- Meaning - The Basic Principle of ANOVA- ANOVA Technique-

One – way ANOVA and Two-way ANOVA- Setting up Analysis of Variance

Table -without and with Coding Method. Analysis of Co-Variance - ANCOVA

Technique, Assumption in ANCOVA.

MODULE – 5: MULTIVARIATE ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES

Growth of Multivariate Technique- Characteristics-Classification of

Multivariate Techniques- Factor Analysis –Important Methods of Factor

Analysis-Rotation in Factor Analysis- R-Type and Q- Type Factor Analysis –

Cluster Analysis- Path Analysis.

28

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Rajaraman, V. (1996), Fundamentals of Computers, Prentice Hall of

India, New Dilhi

Sinha P.K. (1992), Computer Fundamentals , BPB Publications, New

Delhi

Sanders D.H (1988) Computer Today, McGraw Hill ( 3rd Edition), New

York

Rajasekaran, S. (1986), Numerical Methods in Science and

Engineering , A. H. Wheeler , Allahabad

Wood, M.B. (1983), Introducing Computer Security, Broadman

Associates, New Delhi

Lipschultz, M.M and S. Lipschultz (1982), Theory and Problems of

Data Processing, Schaum’s Outline Series, McGraw Hill,, New York

Intrilligator, M.D (1978), Econometric Models, Econometrics and

Applications, Prentice Hall. Hanglowood Cliffs,

29

PAPER – 3.3 (S): RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

MODULE -1: INTRODUCTION

Meaning and Importance of Research – Research and Theory; Theoretical

Models - Social Science Vs Natural Science Research – Scientific Method –

Limitations – Review of Literature – Research Proposal

MODULE -2: RESEARCH DESIGN

Meaning of Research Design-Statement of Research Problem – Objectives,

Scope and Time-Period of Study – Formulation of Hypotheses – Methodology

– Types and Method of Collection of Data - Types of Research - Explorative,

Experimental, Analytical, Case Studies

MODULE – 3: STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES FOR ANALYSIS OF DATA

Sampling Techniques – Probability and Non- Probability Sampling – Testing

of Hypothesis - ‘t’ Test Chai2 Test, F Test – Application in Economic

Analysis

MODULE – 4: RESEARCH REPORT

Meaning, Purpose and Functions of a Research Report –Outline of a

Research Report, Title Page, Table of Contents, Summary, Introduction,

Findings, Limitations, Conclusions and Recommendations, Appendices,

Guidelines for Writing the Research Report, Criteria Used for Writing the

Research Report, Criteria Used for Judging the Suitability of Report for

Publication.

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

C R Kothari (2014), Research Methodology: Methods and

Techniques, New Age International, Ansari Road, Darya Ganj, New

Delhi-110 002, INDIA

Catherine Dawson (2010), Introduction to Research Methods, A

Practical Guide for Anyone Undertaking a Research Project, 4th

Edition, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd., 4737/23, Ansari Road, New Delhi-110

002

Kothari.C.R. (2008), (Second Edition), Research Methodology and

Techniques, Wiley Eastern Limited , New Delhi

B. C. Tandon (2007), Research Methodology in Social Sciences,

(2nd Edition) Chaitanya Pub. House, 1979

William Nicholas (2005), Your Research Project, Vistar Publications,

New Delhi

Tandon.B.C (Ed.) (1979), Research Methodology in Social Sciences,

Chaitanya Publishing. House, Allahabad.

Goode.W.J and Hatt.P.K (1952), Methods in Social Research,

McGraw Hill, New York

30

PAPER- 3.4 (S): THEORY OF ECONOMETRICS

MODULE-1:TWO-VARIABLE REGRESSION ANALYSIS: SOME BASIC

IDEAS

The Concept of Population Regression Function(PRF)-The Meaning of the

Term “Linear” – Stochastic Specification of PRF – The Nature of the

Stochastic Disturbance Term- The Sample Regression Function (SRF)

MODULE-2: TWO-VARIABLE REGRESSION MODEL: THE PROBLEM OF

ESTIMATION

The Method of Ordinary Least Squares - Properties of Least-Squares

Estimators: The Gauss-Markov Theorem – The Coefficient of Determination

r2: A Measure of “Goodness of Fit”- An Illustrative Example –Functional

Forms of Regression Models

MODULE-3: NORMALITY ASSUMPTION: CLASSICAL NORMAL LINEAR

REGRESSION MODEL

The Probability Distribution of Disturbances u! – The Normality Assumption –

Properties of OLS Estimators under the Normality Assumption- The Method

of Maximum Likelihood (ML)

MODULE-4: TWO-VARIABLE REGRESSION: INTERVAL ESTIMATION

AND HYPOTHESIS TESTING

Interval Estimation: Some Basic Ideas – Normal, t, X2, and F Distributions:

A Digression- Confidence Intervals for Regression Coefficient o and 1-

Confidence Interval for 2 – Hypothesis Testing :General Comments –

Hypothesis Testing : The Confidence –Interval Approach – Hypothesis

Testing : The Test-of-Significance Approach – Regression Analysis and

Analysis of Variance

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Damodar Gujarathi (2007), Basic Econometrics , Macgraw Hill,

International Student Edition

A.Koutsoyianms (2001), Theory of Econometrics , (Second Edition)

Palgrane Publication

31

PAPER-3.5 (S): ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS


Introduction – Economics and Environment – Definition and Role of

Environmental Economics –Transformation Curve - Scope and Significance

of Environmental Economics – Integration of Conservation and

Development- Environmental Ecology – Environmental Segments – Ecology

and Ecosystem – Organisation, Structure and Dynamics of the Ecosystem –

Abiotic Factors – Biotic Factors- Biotic Community- Dynamics : productivity

and Energy Flow – Energy Flow: Food Chain – Food Web – Trophic levels

and Ecological Pyramids – Energy Flow Chart

MODULE – 2: THEORY OF ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS

Market Failure and Externality – Concept of Welfare Economics –

Competitive Economy and Social Welfare- Efficiency and Perfect Competition

– What is Efficiency- Definition and Meaning of Pareto Efficiency – Maximum

Social Welfare and perfect Competition –Firms Equilibrium in Production –

Pollution Externality and Economic Efficiency – The Economics of

Externalities – Pecuniary Externalities – Non-Pecuniary of Technological

Externality – Externality and Industrial Output- Imperfect Market –

Externality and Efficiency – Monopoly and Externalities : The Problem of

Second Best

MODULE – 3: NATURAL RESOURCES, CONSERVATION AND ENERGY

RESOURCES ECONOMICS

Concept of Resources and Definition – Classification of Resources -

Renewable and Non-Renewable Resource- Natural Resource Scarcity:

Historical Approach – The Classicial Economists – The Neo-Classicals –

Contemporary Perspectives- Theories of Natural Resources Uses –Optimal

Depletion of Resources and Time Preference – Optimal Depletion of an

Endowment - Optimum Resource Use and Pricing – The Concept of

Extraction Cost- Inter-temporal Allocation in Biological Resources-

Conservation of Resources and Energy Economics

32

MODULE - 4: ENVIRONMENT : PROBLEMS POLLUTION AND QUALITY

Global Warming –Depletion of Ozone –Green House Effect- Green House –

Effects of Global Warming – Contribution of India towards Warming –

Programmes in India- Climate Change Convention - Water, Air and Noise

Pollution – Forest and Environmental Quality – Benevolent role of the Forest

– Destruction and Deforestation –Deforestation in developing Countries and

in India –Effects of Deforestation –Forests in India and Policies – Growing

awareness in India – CHIPKO Movement- APPIKO Movement – International

agreements – Social Forestry

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Charles D. Kolstad (2010), Environmental Economics, Oxford

University Press, New Delhi.

Nick Hanley, Jason F. Shogren, Ben White (2008), Environmental

Economics in theory and practice, Palg.

Barry C. Field, Martha K. Field (2008), Environmental Economics,

McGraw-Hill Irwin

Karpagam M. (2007), Environmental Economics (5th revised

Edition), Sterling Publishers, New Delhi.

Katar Singh and Anil Shishodia (2007), Environmental

Economcis:Theory and Applicationa, SAGE Publications, New Delhi

Nick Hanley, Colin J. Roberts (2002), Issues in Environmental

Economics, (Ed.), Blackwell Publishers Ltd. UK.

Rabindra N, Bhattacharya (2001),Environmental Economics: An

Indian Perspective, Oxford University Press.

Ramprasad Sengupta (2001),Ecology and Economics: An Approach

to Sustainable Development.

Dr. S.Sankaran , (1998) , Environmental Economics, Margham

Publications Abhiramaouram, Chennai

Shankar U (Ed) (1979),Environmental Economics (Readers in

Economics) Oxford University Press.

33

PAPER – 3.6(S): DEMOGRAPHY


Meaning and Scope of Demography – Population Studies and Demography –

Relation with other Disciplines- Size, Composition and Distribution of

Population - Demographic Data Base in India: Census, Civil Registration

System and Sampling Surveys

MODULE -2: THEORIES OF POPULATION

An overview of Pre-Malthusian Theories – Malthusian Theory- Post

Malthusian Theories-Marx ideas on Population- Optimum Theory of

Population – Theory of Demographic Transition

MODULE-3: FERTILITY, MORTALITY AND MIGRATION

Fertility- Differential Fertility- Measurement of Fertility – Factors

Influencing Fertility - Fertility levels and Trends in Developed and

Developing Countries - Fertility in India; Mortality –Measurement of

Mortality – Mortality levels and Trends in Developed and Developing

Countries - Declining Trends in Fertility and Mortality – Reasons for Infant

Mortality, Life Table; Theories of Migration

MODULE-4: MIGRATION AND URBANIZATION

Basic Concept and Definitions of Migration, Types- Factors Affecting

Migration - Measures, Types, Causes and Consequences; Theories of

Migration related to internal Migration; Urbanization-Process, Determinants,

Extent, Implications and Sustainability; Growth and Distribution of Rural-

Urban Population in Developed and Developing Countries; Urbanization in

India

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Jhingan M L (2016), Demography, Vrinda Publications P Lt-Delhi

Dr. V.C. Sinha & Dr. Pushpa Sinha (2015), Demography, SBPD

Publications; Latest Edition

ICFAI / Samir / Dasgupta (2011) , Social Demography, Pearson

Education India; First edition

Chaube. P.K (2000), Population Policy in India, Kenosha Publication,

New Delhi

Seth. M (2000), Women and Development : Indian Experience, Sage

Publication, New Delhi

Srinivasa.K, Basic Demographic Technique, Sage Publication, New

Delhi

Choubey. P.K. (2000), Population Policy in India, Kanishka

Publications, New Delhi

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=Dr.+V.C.+Sinha+%26+Dr.+Pushpa+Sinha&search-alias=stripbooks

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=ICFAI+%2F+Samir+%2F+Dasgupta&search-alias=stripbooks

34

PAPER- 3.7 (S): MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS

MODULE-1: NATURE AND SIGNIFICANCE OF MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS

Introduction – Definitions, Salient Features and Significance of Managerial

Economics- Functions; Normative or Positive; Managerial Economics and

Economic Theory –Decision Sciences- Functional Areas of Business

Administration Studies; Fundamental Concepts and Methods of Managerial

Economics

MODULE-2: OBJECTIVES OF THE FIRM AND BREAK –EVEN ANALYSIS

Introduction – Staff, Sales, Growth, and Managerial Utility Maximisation -

Meaning- The Break-Even Chart- Formula Method for Determining BEP-

Assumptions and Limitations of BEA and Their Applications- Cost Control –

Techniques of Cost Control – Areas of Cost Control

MODULE-3: DEMAND ESTIMATION AND FORECASTING

Estimating the Demand Function, Major Steps in Demand Estimation-

Functional Forms in Estimation -Properties of Empirical Results-Demand

Function Illustration/Problem- Hypothetical Cases of Demand Estimation- A

Review of Select Case studies- Meaning of Demand Forecasting- Significance

of Demand Forecasting- Short –Term and Long-Term Forecasting- General

Approach to Demand Forecasting- The Sources of Data Collection for

Demand Forecasting- Market Survey/Studies- Statistical Methods of

Forecasting Demand- Consumption Level Method- Trend Projections-

Regression Analysis and Econometric Model Building - Criteria of a Good

Forecasting Method- Business Forecasting Function

MODULE-4: LINEAR PROGRAMMING

Meaning – Assumption and Applications of Linear Programming – Basic

Linear Programming Concepts – Procedure used in Formulating and

Selecting Linear Programming Problem – Linear Programming and Profit

Maximization - Linear Programming and Cost Minimization – the Dual

Problem and Shadow Prices- Linear Programming and Logistics in the

Global Economy

35

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Ahuja.H.L (2017), Managerial Economics , S Chand Publishing

V.C. Sinha and Dr.Ritika Sinha (2015), Managerial Economics,

SBPD Publishing House Latest Edition

D.N.Dwivedi (2015), Managerial Economics, Himalaya Publications

, Seventh Edition

D.M. Mithani, (2013), Managerial Economics : Theory and

Applications, Himalaya Publications, Seventh Edition

Jaswinder Singh, (2012) Managerial Economics , Dreamtech Press

Salvatore Dominick (2008), Managerial Economics- Principles and

Wide Applications, (6th Ed.), Oxford University Press, New Delhi

36

PAPER-3.8 (S): RURAL DEVELOPMENT AND CO-OPERATION

MODULE-1: RURAL DEVELOPMENT THEORIES AND APPROACHES

Meaning and Objectives of Rural Development - Indicators of Rural

Development – Characteristics of Rural Economy – Social, Political and

Economic Characteristics - Unbalanced Growth Theory – Growth Pole

Theory, Dualistic Models of Development – Approaches to Rural

Development in India – Community Development Approach -Target Area

Approach - Integrated Rural Development Approach - Institutional

Approach – Land Reforms and Rural Development in India

MODULE-2: POVERTY AND UNEMPLOYMENT

Rural Poverty – Concept, Causes and Measurement – Income and Non-

Income Indicators of Poverty, Extent of Poverty; Deplenishment of Face to

Face Economy, Rural Industries, Subsistence Agriculture – Rural

Unemployment – Concept – Types, Causes and Extent – Regional Disparity

– Causes – Review of Poverty Alleviation and Employment Generation

Programmes in India Role of Panchayats in the Implementation of

Government Policies and Rural Development

MODULE-3: DIVERSIFICATION OF RURAL ECONOMY

Agricultural Growth and Rural Development in India – Farm and Non- Farm

Interdependence – Diversification of Agriculture – Livestock and Dairying –

Fishery – Non- Farm Employment in India – Trends – Size and Determinants

– Rural Industrialization – Strategies and Policies, Contract Farming

MODULE-4: RURAL DEVELOPMENT AND CO-OPERATION

Meaning of Co-operation, Brief History of Co-operation - Basic Values ,

Principles and Objectives of Co-operation - Role and Importance - Functions

of Co-operatives; Forms of - Co-operative Societies - Credit and Non Credit

Societies

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Jain, Gopal Lal (1997), Rural Development , Mangal Deep

Publications, Jaipur

Gopal Lal Jain (1997), Rural Development, Mangal Deep Publication,

Jaipur

Vasant Desai (1988), Rural Development Issues and Problems, (Vol.

I), Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai

Chambers, R. (1983), Rural Development : Putting the Last First,

Longman, Harlow

Dantwala, M.L (1973), Poverty in India: Then and Now 1870-1970,

Macmillan, Mumbai

Dandekar, V.M. and N.Rath (1971), Poverty in India, GIPE, Pune

37

PAPER -3.9(E): INDIAN ECONOMY

MODULE-:1: INTRODUCTION TO INDIAN ECONOMY

Trends in Development of Indian Economy since Independence – Role of

State – Market and Other Institutions; Indicators of Development- PQLI –

Human Development Index (HDI) – Gender Development Index – Basic

Demographic Issues _ Population growth and its Implications

MODULE-2: SECTORAL ANALYSIS

Institutional Structure _ Land Reforms in India - Technical Change in

Agriculture – Pricing of Agricultural Inputs and Output _ Terms of Trade

Between Agriculture and Industry – Agricultural Finance Policy; Agricultural

Marketing and Warehousing - Issues in Food Security – Policies for

Sustainable Agriculture - Industrial Policy – Public Sector Enterprises and

their Performance – Problems of Sick Units in India – Privatization and

Disinvestment Debate – Growth and Pattern of Industrialization _ Small

Scale Sector – Productivity in Industrial Sector Exit Policy – Issues in

Labour; Market Reforms – Approaches for Employment Generation -Service

Sector Problems , Prospects and Solutions.

MODULE – 3: ECONOMIC REFORMS

Rationale of Internal and External Reforms – Globalization of Indian

Economy- WTO and its Impact on the Different Sectors of the Economy –

Need for and Issues in good Governance – Issues in Competition and Safety

Nets in Indian Economy - Fiscal Reforms: GST

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Dev, Mahendra .S (2018), India Development Report 2017, Oxford

University Press, New Delhi

Misra S.K. Puri V.K (2017) , Indian Economy, Himalaya Pub.House-

New Delhi; Revised edition

Ramesh Singh (2017) , Indian Economy, McGraw Hill Education; Ninth

edition

Sanjiv Verma, (2017) , The Indian Economy, Unique Publishers; Third

Revised Edition

Nanda Kumar S R and Noushad Chengodan (2016), Indian Economy,

Smiling Unicorn Publications; First edition

Prakash.B.A., (2009), The Indian Economy Since 1991-Economic

Reforms and Performance, Edited Volume, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., 482 FIE Patparganj, Delhi, 110 092

38

PAPER -3.10 (E): HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT


Concepts of HRD: Development of Knowledge, Skills and Capacities – Formal

and Non-formal Education-Improvement in Health and Nutrition-Economic

Analysis of Investment in Man: Investment-Expenditures on Education and

Income – the Residual Approach in Determining the Contribution of

Education to GNP - the Rate of Return from Expenditures on Education-

Major Problems Of HRD: Generation And Utilization of High Level Manpower

– Utilization of Redundant Manpower – Strategies of HRD-Indicators of HRD;

Stock of Human Capital - Rate of Human Capital Formation - Composite

Index of Levels of HRD- Need for Human Resource Planning

MODULE-2: COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS OF EDUCATIONAL

EXPENDITURES

Educational Investment: Characteristics of Educational Investment –

Educational Priorities- the Rate of Return on Investment on Education-

Education and Productivity - Public and Private; Financing of Education-

Trends in Public Expenditures on Education in India - Expenditures on

Different Sectors of Education such as Primary, Secondary, Vocational,

Higher, Technical and Adult Education - Educational Planning in India-a

Review of Educational Development in India.

MODULE-3: HEALTH AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

Health and Economic Development: Health Output and Input Indicators and

their Correlation with the Level of Economic Development and with the

Public Expenditures on Health; Resource Allocation in the Health Sector-the

Demand for Health Services- Failure of the Market to Provide Essential

Health Services; Public Expenditure on Health - Private Benefits and Private

Costs of Providing Health Services – the Need for a General Health Insurance

- The Concept of Human Life Value – Theory and Empirical Studies of

Production of Health care – Inequalities in Health.

39

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

IIBF (Indian Institute of Banking and Finance) (2010), Human

Resource Management, Macmillan; 1st edition

R. Krishnaveni (2008), Human Resource Development: A

Researcher's Perspective, Excel Books

Rao. T. V (2006), Reading In Human Resource Development,

Oxford & Ibh

Human Development Report, (2000), United Nations Development

Program, Oxford University Press, New Yark

Abusaleh Shariff (1999), Indian Human Development Report,

Oxford University Press, New Delhi

Srinivasan K (1998), Basic Demographic Techniques and

Applications, Sage, New Delhi

Srinivasan K and A. Shariff (1998), India Towards Population and

Demographic Goals, Oxford University Press, New Delhi

Gulati.S.C (1988), Fertility in India an Economic Study of a

Metropolis, Sage, New Delhi

Simon J.L (1982), Population and Development in Poor Countries,

Princeton University Press, Princeton

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=IIBF+%28Indian+Institute+of+Banking+and+Finance%29&search-alias=stripbooks

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=R.+Krishnaveni&search-alias=stripbooks

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=Rao+T+V&search-alias=stripbooks

40

PAPER-3.11 (E): ECONOMICS OF GENDER


Basic Concepts - Differences between Gender and Sex - Gender Bias -

Gender Division of Labour - Gender Order - Gender Segregation - Gender

Mainstreaming – Gender Laws – Gender Discrimination – Gender Audit –

Gender Budgeting - Importance and Need for the Study of Economics of

Gender - Women in Matriarchal and Patriarchal Societies, Economic Basis

and Functioning of Patriarchy in LDCs - Gender Bias in the Theories of

Production – Value and Distribution -- Invisibility of Women’s Work; The

Concepts of Gender and Development - Women in Development (WID),

Women and Development (WAD), Gender and Development (GAD), Human

Development Index (HDI), Gender Development Index (GDI) and Gender

Empowerment Index (GEM), Women Development Approaches in Indian Five

Year Plans – From Welfare to Empowerment Approach - New Economic

Policy- Globalization, Liberalization and Privatization-Impact on Women –

Science and Technology and Employment of Women

MODULE – 2: GENDER AND DEMOGRAPHIC ISSUES

Gender Differences in the World Economies - Gender Differences in

Education and Health in Developed Economies and Less Developed

Economies – Gender Differences in India – Demographical Differences – Age

Structure, Mortality Rates – Sex Ratio – Causes for Declining Sex Ratio –

Differences in Access to Health and Education – Inter-State Differences –

Rural-Urban Differences

MODULE – 3: GENDER AND LABOUR MARKET

Trends in Labour Force Participation - Causes for the Changing Trends -

Economic Factors Affecting Labour Force Participation - Extensions of the

Simple Economic Model - Gender Segregation in the Workplace - Theories of

Segregation–The Relationship between Segregation and Earnings - Causes of

Earnings Differences: Human Capital - Human Capital Investments and

Earnings -Policy Application - Affirmative Action Legislation – Impact of

Technology on Women’s Work – Women in Unorganized Sector – Social

Security Issues

41

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Siuli Sarkar (2016), Gender Disparity in India, Prentice-Hall of India

Pvt.Ltd

Chandramoulesh .G. K (2016), Gender, School And Society, Sirivara

Prakashana; First Edition

Muzamil Jan (2010), Gender Disparity in Economic Sector, LAP

Lambert Academic Publishing

Mary E. John (2008), Women’s Studies in India – A Reader,

Penguim Books, New Delhi.

Abusaleh Shariff (ed.) Maithreyi Krishnaraj (ed.) (2007), State,

Markets and Inequalities: Human Development in Rural India ,

Orient Longman.

Joyce Jacobsen, (2007), The Economics of Gender, 3rd Edition,

(Wesleyan University) ©2007, Wiley-Blackwell

Claramma Jose (2005), Feminist – An Introduction, An Aresseril

House, Publication, Chennai.

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=Siuli+Sarkar&search-alias=stripbooks

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=Mr.+CHANDRAMOULESH+G+K&search-alias=stripbooks

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=Muzamil+Jan&search-alias=stripbooks

42

43

PAPER-4.1 (H): INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS

MODULE–1: INTERNATIONAL TRADE AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

Meaning of International Trade, Difference between Internal and

International Trade and Economic development, Terms of Trade-

Determinants of Terms of Trade; Terms of Trade and Economic

development, Protectionist V/S Free Trade. Trade Liberalization and Growth

of Developing Countries, Present Trade Problems in Developing Countries

MODULE-2: THEORIES OF INTERNATIONAL TRADE

The Pure Theory of International Trade – Comparative Advantages and

Labour Productivity differences as the basis of Trade; Heckscher- Ohlin

Theory of Trade –Empirical testing of Heckscher- Ohlin Theory. The

Standard Theory of International trade- The Production Frontier with

Increasing Costs, Community Indifference Curves, Equilibrium in Isolation.

Gains from Trade in Neo-Classical Trade Theory- Edgeworth Box Diagram

and Production Possibility Curve; Offer Curves and Terms of Trade.

MODULE-3: INTERNATIONAL TRADE POLICY

The Theory of Interventions- Tariff and the Theory of Tariff Struchure;

Nontariff Trade barriers and the New Protectionism- Import Quotas,

Voluntary Export Restraints, International Cartels, Dumping and Export

Subsidies, Economic effects of Tariffs and Quotas, Dumpling Policy of USA,

China, Japan, UK; GATT, GATS,TRIPS, TRIMS

MODULE-4: INTERNATIONAL MONETARY ECONOMICS

Balance of Payments –Components of Balance of Payments, equilibrium and

desiquilibrium in the BOP, Critical review of Monetary approach to the

Theory of Balance of Payments Adjustment; Foreign Exchange Markets –

Foreign Exchange Risks, Hedging, Speculation, Eurobond and Euronote

Markets. Open –Economy Macroeconomics- Aggregate demand in an Open

Economy under Fixed and Flexible Exchange Rates, Macro Economic Policy

Co-ordination under Floating Exchange Rates.

44

MODULE-5: ECONOMIC INTEGRATION AND COOPERATION

Trade Agreements - Uni Lateral, Bi Lateral and Multi Lateral Forms of

Economic Co-operation; Theory of Customs Union- Second best argument –

Trade Creation and Trade Diversion; Free Trade and Efficiency, Free Trade

Areas Versus Customs union; Rational and Economic Progress of SAFTA,

ASEAN, SAARC, NAFTA, OPEC and European Union; United Nations

Conferences on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) and WTO. Multinational

Corporations –Reason for the Existence of Multinational Corporations,

Problems created by Multinational Corporations in the home and Host

Country, WTO and India, General effects of Globalization on Indian

Economy

OF

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

K.C.Rana & Amp.K.N.Verma (2017), International Economics, Vishal

Publishing Company 7th Edition

Paul R. Krugman and Maurice Obstfeld (2017), International

Economics: Theory and Policy , Global Edition, Pearson 11th Edition

Jhingan.M.L (2016), International Economics , Vrinda Publications

PVt. Ltd Delhi

Dominick Salvatore (2014) , International Economics: Trade and

Finance, Wiley , 11th Edition

Salvatore, D. (2014), International Economics, 11th Edition, Wiley

India, New Delhi

Bhagwati, J (Ed) International Trade, Selected Readings, Cambridge

University Press, Massachusetts.

M.L.Seth , Money, Banking And International Trade, Lakshmi

Narain Agarwal, Educational Publishers, Anupam Plaza, Block No. 50,

Sanjay Place Agra-282002.

45

PAPER – 4.2: (H): TIME SERIES DATA ANALYSIS


Meaning and Scope of Econometrics; Nature and Sources of Data for

Econometric Analysis; Steps involved in Formulating Econometric Models

MODULE – 2: DATA AND FORECASTING

Introduction to Time-Series Data; Collection –Sources, Comparability of

Data over time Components, Smoothing Time Series Data; Calculating

Compound Annual Growth Rates; Forecasting; Introduction, Methods of

Forecasting

MODULE – 3: LINEAR AND CURVILINEAR TREND

Modeling Trend Using Regression Analysis; Introduction, Building

Estimating, Forecasting Linear and Curvilinear Trend

MODULE -4: EXPONENTIAL TREND

Exponential Curves for trend Values; Exponential Smoothing;

Forecasting by Exponential Smoothing with a Linear Trend and with a

Curvilinear Trend; Advantages and Disadvantages of Exponential

Smoothing

MODULE- 5: ADDITIVE AND MULTIPLICATIVE MODELS

Decomposition Method – Additive and Multiplicative Models;

Measurement of Seasonal Variations, Measurement of Cyclical

Fluctuations and Irregular Variations

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Robert H. Shumway and David S. Stoffer (2010), 3rd Edition, Time Series Analysis and Its Applications: With R Examples,

Springer Publication, New York.

Peter J. Brockwell and Richerd A. Davis (2009), Time Series:

Theory and Methods, 2nd Edition, Springer Publication, New York.

Helmut Lutkepohl (2007), New Introduction to Multiple Time

Series Analysis, Springer Publication, New York.

William W.S. Wei (2006), Time Series Analysis: Universal and

Multivariable Methods, Pearson Addison Wesley Publication,

USA.

George E. P. Box, Gwilym M.Jenkins and Gregory C. Reinsel, (2003), Time Series Analysis , Forecasting and Control

Published by Pearson Education (Signapur) Branch Patparganj

Delhi

46

PAPER- 4.3 (S): INDIAN PUBLIC FINANCE


Meaning, Nature and Scope of Public Finance; Indian Federal Financial

structure after Independence; Division of Resources between Centre and

States; Finance Commission and Planning Commission, Neeti Ayog Issues in

India’s Fiscal policy.

MODULE-2: INDIAN TAX STRUCTURE

Salient features of Indian Taxation structure; Role of Direct (All to be

discussed) and Indirect (All to be discussed) Taxes of both the Centre and

States; Enquiry Committee Reports on Indian Taxation- Taxation Enquiry

Commission, Chellaiah Committee Report, Report of the Kelkar Task Force;

Issues in GST.

MODULE-3: BUDGET

Meaning of Budget; Importance of Revenue Budget and Capital Budget; Zero

Budget, Performance and Programme budgeting in India; Deficit Financing

in India- Revenue Deficit, Budget Defict, Fiscal Deficit, Primary Deficit,

Advantages of Budget Deficit. Analysis of latest Central budget and

Karnataka state budget.

MODULE-4: FEDERAL DECENTRALIZATION IN INDIA

Evaluation of Federal Finance in India - Fiscal Decentralization under the

Constitution- Inter- Governmental Grants and Revenue Sharing - Role of

Finance Commissions- Recommendations of the Fourteenth Finance

Commission

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Misra S.K and V.K.Puri (2011), Indian Economy, Himalaya

Publishing House Pvt.Ltd., Mumbai.

Singh S.K (2010), Public Finance in Theory and Practice, S.Chand and Company Ltd., New Delhi.

Hajela T.N (2010), Public Finance, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.

Bhatia.H.L., (2009),Public Finance, (22nd Revision Edition) Vikas

Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.

Government of India, Economic Survey(Annual), Ministry of Finance,

New Delhi

Reserve Bank of India, Report on currency and Finance (Annual).

Musgrave R. A. and Musgrave P. B. (2001),Public Finance in Theory

and Practice, McGraw Hill Book Company, New Delhi.

Tyagi.B.P., Public Finance ,Jai Prakash Nath & Co., Meerut

47

PAPER-4.4 (S): OPERATIONS RESEARCH FOR ECONOMISTS


Operations Research- Definitions and Characteristics of Operations

Research – Methodology and Scope of Operations Research

MODULE- 2: LINEAR PROGRAMMING-PROBLEM FORMULATION AND

GRAPHICAL SOLUTION

Basic Terminology – Requirements and Assumptions – Formulation of Linear

Programming Models and Graphical Solutions of Linear Programming

Models

MODULE-3: LINEAR PROGRAMMING-SIMPLEX METHOD

Standard Form of Linear Programming Model, Simplex Method - Application

to Maximization and Minimization Cases – Big ‘M’ Method of Charri’s M

Technique, Special Cases – Degeneracy Unbounded Solution _ Multiple or

Alternative Solutions

MODULE-4: TRANSPORTATION MODELS

Transport Analysis – Optimum Solution for Transportation Problems- using

North-West Corner Rule (NWCR) - Matrix Minimum Method (MMM) and

Vogel’s Approximation Method (VAM)

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Dr. Anitha.H.S (2002) Operations Research for Management,

Mangal Deep ,Publications, Jaipur

Kothari, C.R., (1982), Introduction to Operations Research,

Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi

Swarup Kanti, Gupta, P.K., and Mohan, M., (1977), Operations

Research, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi,

Taha, H.A., (1976), Operations Research an Introduction,(2nd

Edition) Macmillan Publishing Company, New York,

Wagner, H.B., (1975), Principles of Operations Research with

Applications to Management Decisions, 2nd Ed., Englewood Cliffs,

N.J. Prentice Hall Inc.

Douglass J. Wilde, Charles S. Beightler (1967), Foundations of

Optimization, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey

http://www.google.co.in/search?hl=en&tbo=1&biw=1024&bih=679&tbm=bks&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22Douglass+J.+Wilde%22&sa=X&ei=gj3fTuflNMXrrQej84nYCA&ved=0CDkQ9Ag

http://www.google.co.in/search?hl=en&tbo=1&biw=1024&bih=679&tbm=bks&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22Douglass+J.+Wilde%22&q=inauthor:%22Charles+S.+Beightler%22&sa=X&ei=gj3fTuflNMXrrQej84nYCA&ved=0CDoQ9Ag

48

PAPER-4.5 (S): INDIAN ECONOMIC POLICY

MODULE – 1: INTRODUCTION TO INDIAN ECONOMY

Structure of the Economy – National Income – Growth and Trends - PQLI

Human Development Index – Population and Human Resources – Natural

Resources – Rural–Urban Divide – Poverty Index – Informal Sector –

Environmental Aspects - Regional Variations in Growth

MODULE- 2: SECTORAL ISSUES

Role of Agriculture in Indian Economy – Growth Trends in Productivity –

Cropping Pattern-Agricultural Finance and Marketing – Price Policy –

Development of Industries – Growth of Public and Private Sectors –

Small Industries – Industrial Policy – Industrial Finance – Industrial

Sickness – Indian Industries in Global Market Context – Growth of

Service Sector in India

MODULE-3: ECONOMIC POLICY FOR INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT

Physical Infrastructure – Transport – Energy – Telecommunications –

Information Technology - Social Infrastructure – Health: National Rural

Health Mission (NRHM) – Education- Sarva Shisksha Abhiyan (S.S.A)

Programme-Evaluation of Policies in Housing, Drinking Water and

Sanitation

MODULE-4: PROBLEMS AND POLICIES OF INDIAN ECONOMY

Poverty and Unemployment – MGNREGA – SGSY- Evaluation-

Globalisation – Economic Reforms – Trade Reforms - Financial Sector

Reforms- Special Economic Zones (SEZ) - India and WTO

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Prakash.B.A., (2009), The Indian Economy Since 1991-Economic

Reforms and Performance, Edited Volume, Dorling Kindersley (India)

Pvt. Ltd., Licensees of Person Education in South Asia

Arya.P.P. and Tandon (2003), Economic Reforms in India, Edited

Volume, Deep and Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. Rajouri Garden, New

Delhi

Brahmananda. P.R. and V.R. Panchmukhi (Eds.) (2001), Development Experience in the Indian Economy: Inter State Perspectives,

Bookwell, New Delhi

Planning Commission, Government of India, Five Year Plan Documents

49

PAPER - 4.6 (S): INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS


Meaning and Importance of Industrial Economics – Concepts and

Organisation Firm - Optimum Firm – Ownership Control and Objectives

of the Firm- Passive and Active Behaviour of the Firm

MODULE-2: INDUSTRIAL LOCATION AND PRODUCTIVITY

Theories of Industrial Location – Weber and Sargent Florence – Central

Place Theory of Walter Isard, Christaller’s Central Place Theory - Factors

affecting Location of Industries - Regional Industrial Distribution in India

–Industrial Productivity – Efficiency and Capacity Utilisation – Concept

and Measurement, Indian Situation – Project Appraisal – Cost Benefit

Analysis

MODULE-3: INDUSTRIAL GROWTH PATTERN AND FINANCE IN INDIA

Growth of Industries in India –Industrial Policy in India – Recent Issues-

Role of Public and Private Sectors – Role of Small and Medium

Enterprises (SMEs) – Problems and Prospects- Recent Issues – MNCs and

Transfer of Technology – Liberalization and Privatisation – Industrial

Finance – IDBI, IFCI, SFCs, SIDC, Commercial Banks - Financial

Statement – Balance Sheet- Assessment of Financial Soundness – Ratio

Analysis

MODULE – 4: INDUSTRIAL LABOUR

Industrial Labour Market- Employment Dimensions of Indian Industry-

Industrial Legislation - Industrial Relations – Exit Policy and Social

Security- Wages and Problem of Bonus – Labour Market Reforms

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Ranjana Seth (2010),Industrial Economics, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd.,

1st Flore , 24 Ansari Road, Darya Ganj, New Delhi-110002, (India)

R.R. Barthwal (2010), Industrial Economics: An Introductory

Textbook, NEW AGE

Ranjana Seth (2010), Industrial Economics, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd

Kiran Jothawani (2010), Industrial Economics, Nirali Prakashan

Paul R. Ferguson, Glenys J. Ferguson (1994 ) Industrial Economics: Issues and Perspectives, (2nd Edition), New York University Press, New York

Barthwai. P.R. (1985), Industrial Economics - Indian

Prospective (3rd edition), Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai

Sivayya. K.V and Das V.M, Indian Industrial Economy, S Chand

and Co, New Delhi

Government of India , Economic Survey (Annual Issues)

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=R.R.+Barthwal&search-alias=stripbooks

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=Ranjana+Seth&search-alias=stripbooks

50

PAPER-4.7 (S): ECONOMICS AND LAW

MODULE-1: INTRODUCTION TO LAW AND LEGAL INSTITUTIONS

Economics and Law Economic Analysis of Law - Introduction to Legal

Reasoning and Efficiency - The Civil Law and the Common Law Traditions -

Institutions of the Federal and State Court Systems- the Nature of Legal

Disputes - Evolution of Legal Rules.

MODULE-2: LAWS RELATING TO CONSUMER ACTIVITIES

Bargain Theory - Economic Role of Contract - Economic Theory of Contract

- Remedies as Incentives, Formation, Defenses and Performance Excuses;

Duress; Bargaining Power and Unconsciousness Ability; defining Trot Law,

Economics of Tort Liability; Tort Liability and Economic Models- Economics

of Accidents, Fault, Victim - Fault and Strict Liability - Function of Damages

- Consumer Protection - Consumer Courts

MODULE-3: ECONOMIC THEORY OF CRIME AND PUNISHMENT

The Traditional Theory of Criminal Law - Economic Theory of Crime and

Punishment- Efficient Punishment- Efficiency of Capital Sentence- Addictive

Drugs and Crime, Plea Bargaining - Reforms of Criminal Procedure and

Futility Thesis - Law Relating to Economic Offences and Corruption–

Violation of Human Rights

MODULE-4: LEGAL ISSUES UNDER GLOBAL REGIME

International Laws-Law and Distribution of Income and Wealth – Inequality

- Contract Theory of Distributive Justice - Personal and Corporate Taxation

- Legal Issues in Federalism - Legal Issues Involved in Liberalisation,

Privatisation and Globalisation - Legal Dimensions of International

Environmental Agreements – WTO - TRIPs and TRIMs - Export and Import

Policy - Custom Duties - FEMA

51

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Amarthya Kumar Sen (2009), The Idea of Justice , Harvard

University Press, USA

Cooter R.D. and T.S. Ulen (2000), Law and Economic Anthology,

Addison Wesely, New York

Dan-Schmidt.K.G. and T.S. Ulen (Ed.) (2000), Law and Economic

Anthology, Addison Wesely, New York

Bouckaert. B. and G. De Geest (Ed.) (1999), Encyclopedia of Law

and Economics, Vol. I to V, Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd. U.K

Newman.P (Ed.) (1998), The New Palgrave Dictionary of Economics

and Law , Stockton Press, New York

Massey.I.P (1995), Administrative Law, Eastern Book Company,

Lucknow

Indian Law Institute, Annual Survey of Indian Law, Indian Law

Institute, New Delhi

52

PAPER 4.8 (S) THEORY OF CO-OPERATION

Module -1: THEORY OF COOPERATION

Evolution of Cooperation; Concept of Cooperation; Principles of Cooperation;

Cooperation and Economic Development; Cooperative Movement in India;

Cooperation and Rural Development; Problems of Cooperation; Future of

Cooperation

Module-2: CO-OPERATIVE BANKING

Relevance of Management in Banking- Industry- Nature, Objectives and

special features of Co-operative Banks; Place of Co-operative Banks in

Indian Banking Systems; Differences between Co-operative Banks and

Commercial Banks, Regional Rural Banks and Co-operative Banks, Dual

Control of Co-operative Banks

Module-3 : CO-OPERATIVE CREDIT INSTITUTIONS

Objectives, Functions & Problems of PACs, DCCBs, State Co-operative

Banks, PCARDBs, SCARDBs -– Revitalization of Rural Co-operative Banks,

Major recommendations of the Task force to study the Co-operative Credit

system- Aims and Objectives of Rural Cooperative Credit- Cooperative

Banking V/S Commercial Banking; Classification Of Cooperative Bank;

Problems Of Rural Cooperative Credit; Major Deficiencies of Rural

Cooperative Credit System

Module- 4 : NON -CREDIT COOPERATION

Non - Credit Cooperatives; Cooperative Marketing Importance of Cooperative

Marketing - Structure, Functions, Progress, Problems, Remedial Measures;

Cooperative Processing- Importance, Functions, Progress, Problems,

Remedial Measures; Dairy Cooperatives in India; Contract Farming -

Importance; Types of Farming System- State, Collective Farming,

Cooperative Farming ; Present Status

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

Hajela T.N.- (2010) ‘Co-operation, Principles, Problems and

Practice’. Ane Books Private Ltd.

Nakkiran- (2007) ‘A Treatise on Co-operative Management’

Rainbow Publications, Coimbatore

Pawar I.D. & Vaze A.T (1999) ‘Co-operative Banking’, Pragati

Prakashan, Mumbai.

Palanetrappa M.C (1999) ‘Co-operative Banks & the Banking

Regulation Act 1949’ Sree Dyamalamba Publications, Banagalore.

53

PAPER 4.9 (S): ECONOMICS OF INSURANCE


Economics of Insurance as a Branch of Economics - Human Security Issues

through time - Insurance-Concept , Definition , Scope and Importance –

Functions and Features of Insurance - Economic, Social and Legal

Perspective of Insurance – Planning for Wealth Accumulation through

Insurance, Types of Insurance - Life - Health, Crop -General

MODULE -2: INSURANCE AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

Insurance and Economic Development-Business Environment and

Insurance-Risk Management through Insurance - Risk Pooling, Sharing,

Transfer, Management and Risk Assessment – Insurance Institutions as

Financial Intermediaries and Investment Institutions – Insurance

Institutions in the Indian Capital Market and their Regulation –

Organization and Management of Insurance Companies, Malhotra

Committee Recommendations

MODULE-3: ESSENTIALS OF LIFE AND HEALTH INSURANCE

Fundamentals of Life and Health Insurance- Functions of Life and Health

Insurance – Insurance Products and Documentation – Basics of Premium

Construction – Actuarial Valuation and Underwriting – Bonus and

Distribution of Surplus – Superannuation (Pension) and Insurance – Group

Insurance

MODULE-4 : ESSENTIALS OF GENERAL INSURANCE

General Insurance – Concept, Importance and Types - Functions of General

Insurance –Performance Evaluation – General Insurance and Short Term

Risks – Insurance Regulation – Insurance Regulation Development Authority

(IRDA) – Insurance Sector Reforms, Public Sector Insurance v/s Private

Sector Insurance Players, Emerging Challenges

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE

S. Hun Seog (2010), The Economics of Risk and Insurance, John

Wiley and Sons, The Atrium, Southern Gate, Chichester, West Sussex,

PQ 19 85 Q, UK

B.S. Bodla, MC Garg and K.P. Singh (2006), Insurance

Fundamentals, Environment and Procedure, Deep & Deep

Publishing House, F-159, Rajouri Garden, New Delhi - 110027

M.N. Mishra and S.B. Mishra (2004), Insurance - Principles and Practice, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi

Black. K. J.R and H.D. Skipper J.R (2000), Life and Health

Insurance Printice Hall, New Jersey

1

Papers Offered from the academic year 2018-2019

Paper

Code Paper Type Title of the Paper Hrs. Credit Marks

Semester-I

HC-1.1 Hardcore-I British Literature - Part I 6 6 100

HC-1.2 Hardcore -II Gender Studies 6 6 100

HC-1.3 Hardcore -III Reading and Interpretation 6 6 100

SC-1.1 Soft core -I Introduction to Linguistics and Phonetics 3 4 100

SC-1.2 Soft core -II American and Afro-American Literature 3 4 100

SC-1.3 Soft core -III Dalit and Subaltern Literature 3 4 100

Semester-II

HC-2.1 Hardcore-I British Literature - Part II 6 6 100

HC-2.2 Hardcore -II Literary Theory –Part-I 6 6 100

SC-2.1 Soft core -I Women Writing 3 4 100

SC-2.2 Soft core-II Post Colonial Literatures 3 4 100

SC-2.3 Soft core -III World Literatures –Part-I 3 4 100

2.1 Electives -1 Film Studies 2 2 50

Semester-III

HC-3.1 Hardcore -I Contemporary ELT 6 6 100

HC-3.2 Hardcore -II Research Methodology 6 6 100

SC-3.1 Soft core -I Modernity and Modernism; culture and

Texts 3 4 100

SC-3.2 Soft core-II Contemporary British Literature 3 4 100

SC-3.3 Soft core-III World Literatures –Part-II 3 4 100

SC-3.4 Soft core-IV Introduction to Film Studies 3 4 100

3.1 Electives -1 Making meaning in Indian Cinema. 2 2 50

Semester-IV

HC-4.1 Hardcore-i Cultural Studies 6 6 100

HC-4.2 Hardcore-II Literary Theory - Part II 6 6 100

SC-4.1 Soft core-1 South Asian Women’s Writing 3 4 100

SC-4.2 Soft core-II Modern Indian Literature in English and Translation

3 4 100

SC-4.3 Soft core-III Discourse Analysis 3 4 100

Dissertation 6 100

2

KUVEMPU UNIVERSITY

DEPARTMENT OF P.G. STUDIES IN ENGLISH PROPOSED SYLLABUS FOR THE MA (ENGLISH) PROGRAMME 2018-19

SEMESTER WISE ALLOCATION OF PAPERS

FIRST SEMESTER- HARDCORE PAPERS HC- 1.1. British Literature -Part I HC- 1.2 Gender Studies HC 1.3. Reading and Interpretation

SOFT-CORE PAPERS SC-1. Introduction to Linguistics and Phonetics SC-1.2. American and Afro – American Literatures SC-1.3. Dalit and Subaltern Literatures

SECOND SEMESTER- HARDCORE PAPERS HC-2.1. British Literature Part - II HC-2.2. Literary Theory Part – I SOFT-CORE PAPERS SC-2.1 Women Writing SC-2.2. Post Colonial Literature SC-2.3. World Literatures – Part I ELECTIVES 2.1. Film Studies

THIRD SEMESTER- HARDCORE PAPERS HC-3.1. Contemporary ELT HC- 3.2. Research Methodology

SOFT-CORE PAPERS

SC-3.1. Modernity and Modernism; Culture and Text SC-3.2. Contemporary British Literature SC-3.3. World Literatures – Part -II SC-3.4. Introduction to Film Studies ELECTIVES 3.1. Making Meaning in Indian Cinema FOURTH SEMESTER- HARDCORE PAPERS HC-4.1 .Cultural Studies HC-4.2 Literary Theory Part –II SOFT-CORE PAPERS

SC-4.1.South Asian Women’s Writing SC-4.2: Modern Indian Literatures in English and Translation SC-4.3 Discourse Analysis

3

Detailed Syllabus

SEMESTER – I Hard Core Papers HC- 1.1. BRITISH LITERATURE -PART I

Unit - I i) Study of Medieval Society and its social ,historical background, ii) Chaucer : Prologue to the Canterbury Tales Unit – II The Renaissance in Europe and the Elizabethan Age Christopher Marlowe : Doctor Faustus Shakespeare: Othello Thomas Wyatt : 1. They flee from me 2. Whose list to hunt Edmund Spenser: The Prologue to the Faerie Queen.(First four stanzas only) also sonnet no 54 and 68 from Amoretti Unit –III The Seventeenth Century Background The Metaphysical Poets –John Donne; Andrew Marvell John Donne : 1. Valediction Forbidding Mourning 2. The Good morrow 3.The Sun Rising 4. Canonisation

Andrew Marvell : To his Coy Mistress 2. On a Drop of Dew 3.Horatian ode

Milton : The Seduction of Eve (from Paradise Lost Book IX) Restoration Drama : (1) The Way of the World –William Congreve Neo Classicism ; Rise of the novel ‘Alexander Pope : Rape of the Lock’ Daniel Defoe: Robinson Crusoe Periodical Essays: 1. Joseph Addission, “ A Critical Diary”

2. Richard steele, “ The Spectator Club” Unit – IV Romanticism : William Wordsworth :‘Intimations of Immortality’ ‘Tintern Abbey’ John Keats : Ode on a Grecian Urn

Ode to a Nightingale Ode to Autumn’ Suggested Reading:

F.W. Bateson and H.T. Meserole, A guide to English and American literature. 3rd edn. London: Longman, 1976.

M.J. Marcuse, Reference guide for English studies. Berkeley; Oxford: University of California Press, 1990.

4

M. Drabble (ed.), The Oxford companion to English literature. 6th edn. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000.

I. Ousby (ed.), The Cambridge guide to literature in English. [Rev edn.] Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1993.

J. Stringer (ed.), The Oxford companion to twentieth century literature in English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1996.

C. Buck (ed.), Women's literature. London: Bloomsbury, 1994.

Abrams, M.H. Glossary of literary terms. 5th ed. New York: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, 1988. Baugh, Albert Croll. A literary history of England. 2nd ed. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1967. The Cambridge guide to literature in English. Ed. Ian Ousby. Revised Edition. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press, 1993. The Cambridge history of English literature. Ed. A. W. Ward, A. R. Waller. New York; London: Putnam, 1907-33. 15 v.

A. DRAMA Arnott, James Fullarton. English theatrical literature, 1559-1900 : a bibliography ; incorporating Robert W. Lawe's 'A bibliographical account of English theatrical literature' published in 1888.London: Society for Theatre Research, 1970. Carpenter, Charles A. Modern British drama. Arlington Heights, IL: AHM Pub. Corp., c1979.

English Verse Drama Harbage, Alfred. Annals of English drama, 975-1700 : an analytical record of all plays, extant or lost, chronologically arranged and indexed by authors, titles, dramatic companies &c. 3rd ed. London; New York: Routledge, 1989. Nicoll, Allardyce. English drama, 1900-1930; the beginnings of the modern period. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1973. Nicoll, Allardyce. A history of English drama, 1660-1900. Cambridge: University Press, 1952 The Revels history of drama in English. Ed. Clifford Leech, T. W. Craik. London: Methuen ; New York : Dist. by Harper and Row, 1975-

B. PROSE FICTION Allen, Walter Ernst. The English novel : a short critical history. London: Phoenix House, 1954. Baker, Ernest Albert. The history of the English novel. London: H. F. & G. Witherby, [1934-39]. 10 v. Stevenson, Lionel. The history of the English novel : volume XI : yesterday and after. New York: Barnes & Noble, [1967]. C. POETRY Courthope, William John. A history of English poetry. London: Macmillan and Co., 1903-35. New Princeton encyclopedia of poetry and poetics. Ed. Alex Preminger and T. V. F. Brogan. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1993.

http://databases.library.yale.edu:8331/V/?func=find-db-1-locate&mode=locate&restricted=all&F-IDN=YUL03429

5

Perkins, David. A history of modern poetry. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1976-1987. 2 v. HC- 1.2 Gender Studies SECTION A Feminism - Introduction; brief history;waves/Gender - Concepts, definitions Gender v/s feminism Indian Feminism - Introduction, perspectives. SECTION B Gender ideology: Selections from Judith Butler - Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity Virginia Woolf - A Room of One’s Own Kate Millet - Sexual Politics. Manusmrithi - Selections - From The Laws of Manu by Wendy Donigher, Penguin Books. 2000. Introduction Chapter- III Chapter- IXs Texts/Essays/Media. Uma Chakravarthi - Selections from Gendering Caste: Though a feminist lens.

Understanding Caste. The formation of patriarchy and the subordination of

Women. Caste and Gender Contemporary India.

Ruth Vanitha - Introduction – Same Sex Love in India. Water - Film Angry Indian Goddesses - Film Rudali - Mahaswetha Devi (Text/Movie) Lalithambika Antarjanam - The Goddess of Revenge ( also titled ‘Revenge Herself’) Charlotte Perkins Gilman - The Yellow Wall Paper

Suggested Reading: Bhasin, Kamala. What is Patriarchy? Kali for Women, 1993.

Butalia, Urvashi. The Other Side of Silence: Voices from the Partition of India. Duke University Press, 2000. Carol C, Gould. Gender Key concepts in Cultural Theory IV, V. Humanity Books, 1999. Choudhary, Maitrayee . Feminism in India. Kali for Women, 2004. Cixous, Helene and Catherine Clement . The Newly Born Woman. Manchester University Press, 1986.

6

Eagleton, Mary. Feminist Literary Theory: A Reader. Wiley- Blackwell, 2010. Eagleton, Terry . Literary Theory. Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2008. Evans, Mary. Feminism. Sage Publications Ltd, 2017. Gubar, Susan and Sandra Gilbert. The Madwoman in the Attic. The Woman Writer and the Nineteenth-Century Literary Imagination. Yale University Press, 2000. Kumar, Radha. The History of Doing. Zubaan 2011. Padma, Anagol. The Emergence of Feminism in India 1850-1920. Routledge, 2006. Sarkar, Tanika. Hindu Wife, Hindu Nation: Community, Religion and Cultural Nationalism. (Aspects of Contemporary Hindutva) Indiana University Press, 2010. Tharu, Susie and Tejaswini Niranjana. Social Scientist . “Problems for a Contemporary Theory of Gender” Vol.22.No.3/4 Mar-Apr.1994. HC- 1. 3 READING AND INTERPRETATION

SECTION A

The following critical essays are for close study in class.

1. Alice Walker "In Search of our Mother's Garden" From her book by same title, Womanist Press, 1983)

2. Rey Chow "Where have all the Natives Gone?" From Angelika Bammer (Ed) Displacements: Cultural Identities in Question (Indiana University Press 1994, pp 125-51)

SECTION B The practice of reading Aspects of textual analysis of literary texts shall be discussed under the following headings Gendered/feminist Post colonial A selection of poems, short stories or excerpts from novels and /or prose will be used for the demonstration and practice of analysis in the classroom. The students will produce written analysis each time.

7

Suggested Reading: Joanna Thorn borrow and Shane Warring Language: An Introduction to Language and Literary Style Raymond Chandler Semiotics: The Basics M.H.Abrahams Glossary of Literary Terms R.L. Trask Key Concepts in Language and Linguistics Martin Coyle et al. (ed) Encyclopedia of Literature and Criticism (especially the introduction) Roger Fowler Language of Literature Jeremy Hawthorne A Glossary of Contemporary Literary Theory John Drakakis Alternative Shakespeare, Chapters 2,3, and 4. Julian Wolfreys and William Baker (ed) Literary Theories: A Case Study in Critical Performance. John Barrell Poetry, Language and Politics Judith Fetterly The Resisting Reader Susan Laurer “Towards a Feminist Narratology” Patricinio P. Shcwieckart “Reading Ourselves: Towards a Feminist Theory of Reading”

Annette Kolodny “Dancing through the Minefield; Some Observations on the Theory, Practice and Politics of Feminist Literary Criticism” SOFT CORE PAPER SC-1.1 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS AND PHONETICS SECTION A : Linguistics

Language; Human and animal communication; Features of Language; Theories of the

origin of language.

Language variations- synchronic and diachronic; dialect, idiolect, social dialects, register; Bilingualism ; pidgin and creoles. Branches of Linguistics- Phonetics, Phonology, Morphology, Syntax, Semantics and Pragmatics. Brief introduction to Structuralism; synchrony/diachrony; langue/parole; language as a

system; syntagm/paradigm

SECTION B – Phonetics

organs of speech; phone, phonemes and allophones

The Sound System of English; Consonants and Vowels; three term description of consonants and vowels; I P A and transcription Stress; word stress; intonation-rising tone, falling tone and falling rising tone strong and weak sounds

8

SECTION C:

1. Sentence and utterance; text and discourse 2. Cohesion – anaphoric and cataphoric cohesion, reference, substitution, ellipsis,

conjunction and lexical cohesion; 3. Coherence; different levels at which coherence operates.

Suggested Reading: Daniel Jones. English Pronouncing Dictionary. Cambridge University Press. 2003.

Gimson A.C. An Introduction to the Pronunciation of English. Hodder Arnold. 1989 Yule, George. The Study of Language. CUP. 2014. Varma, S.K and J. Krishnaswamy. N. Modern Linguistics, An Introduction. OUP 1997

SC-1.2 AMERICAN AND AFRO – AMERICAN LITERATURES

SECTION A Foundations of American Literature, Literary representation of Race and Depression Stories; The Novel And The Making Of Americans, Post War America- The South: Old and New, The Beats, The Hipster, Harlem Renaissance, Civil Rights

SECTION B Illustrative Texts

Race/Racism Mark Twain: Huckleberry Finn Ralph Ellison: Invisible Man Harper Lee: To Kill a Mocking Bird American Dream Aurther Miller Death of a Salesman Spike Lee: School Daze Protest and Dissent Allen Ginsberg: Selected Poems Flanerry O Conner: Selected Stories Afro American Women’s Writings Zora Neale Hurston Their Eyes were Watching God (novel) Toni Morisson: Bluest Eye

9

SC 1.3 DALIT AND SUBALTERN LITERATURES

Concepts to be discussed Caste as a system – origin – development, features, significance Caste and Indian Society – Role of Colonialism, modernity, reformation and post-colonial developments Caste and Gender, agrarian and other social movements. Dalit literature – origins, development, contexts, influences, concern and pre-occupations Text /prescribed Annihilation of Caste : Dr. B.R.Ambedkar Why I am not a Hindu : Kancha Iliah (chapter -1) Jotirao Phule and the Ideology of Social Revolution in India - Gail Omvedf Poetry : a) ‘Empty Advice ‘– Prahlad Chendwankar “Revolution” – Arjun Dangle “Request” - Anuradha Gaurav “Caste” – Vaman Nimbalkar ‘The Paddy Harvest’ – Mogalli Ganesh Joothan - A Dalit ‘s life – Omprakash Valmiki Meena Kandaswamy: Bama:Sangathi Suggested Reading: Aston, N.M. Literature of the Marginality: Dalit Literature and African-American Literature, Prestige Books: New Delhi, 2000 ------,,--------. Dalit literature and African-American literature, Prestige Books: New Delhi, 2001. Breuk, L.R. Writing Resistance: The Rhetorical Imagination of Hindi Dalit Literature (South Asia Across the Disciplines). New York: Columbia University Press, 2014. Dangle, Arjun. (ed) Poisoned Bread: Translation from Modern Marathi Dalit Literature (1992), Bombay: Orient Longman, 1994. Ganguly, Debjani. Caste, Colonialism and Counter-Modernity: Notes on a Postcolonial Hermeneutics of Caste Paperback . Oxon:Routledge.2005. Guha, Ranjit. A Subaltern Studies Reader: 1986-1995, Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1998. Jaffrelot, Christophe. Dr Ambedkar And Untouchability: Analysing And Fighting Caste .London:C.Hurst and Co.Publishers,2005. Joshil K. Abraham and Judith Misrahi-Barak. editors. Dalit Literatures in India. Routledge India,2015. K. Satyanarayana and Susie J Tharu. Editors. The Exercise of Freedom: An Introduction to Dalit Writing. Navayana Publishing, 2013. Malik,S.K. “Dalit Identity: The Hermeneutical Understanding and an Epistemological Alternative Worldview”. Sage journals. Vol 7.No 1.Jan 2014. 45-60. http://journals.sagepub.com/doi/abs Natarajan, Nalini. Handbook Of Twentieth-century Literatures Of India .London: Greenwood Publishing Group,1996. Navaria, Ajay. Unclaimed Terrain (translated by Laura Brueck) Allen, Douglas. (ed). Culture and Self: Philosophical and Religious Perspectives: East and West, U.S.A.: Westview Press, 1997 ---------,

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=Joshil+K.+Abraham&search-alias=stripbooks

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_2?ie=UTF8&field-author=Judith+Misrahi-Barak&search-alias=stripbooks

10

,-------. Dalit Subaltern Emergence in Region Cultural Subjectivity: Iyothee Thassar and Emancipatory Buddhism, New Delhi: Critical Quest, 2007. Nimbalkar, Waman. Dalit literature: Nature and Role, Nagapur: Prabodhan Prakashan, 2006. Omvedt, Gail. Cultural Revolt in a Colonial Society, Bombay: Scientific Socialist Education Trust, 1976. -------,,-----. (ed). Land, Caste and Politics in Indian States, New Delhi: Guild Publications, 1982 -------,,-----. Untouchable to Dalit: Essays on the Ambedkar Movement, New Delhi: Manohar Publication, 1992. -------,,-----. Dalits and democratic Revolution: Dr. Ambedkar and the Dalit Movement in Colonial India, New Delhi: Sage, 1994. . -------,,-----. Buddhism in India: Challenging Brahmanism and Caste, New Delhi: Sage publication, 2003. -------,,-----. Dalit Visions: The Anti-Caste Movement and the Construction of an Indian Identity, New Delhi: Orient Longman, 2006. Patankar, Bharat and Omvedt, Gail. The Dalit Liberation Movement in Colonial Period, New Delhi: Critical Quest, 2007. Rege, Sharmila. Writing Caste/Writing Gender: Narrating Dalit Women’s Testimonies.New Delhi:Zubaan.2013. S.B ,Hunt. Hindi Dalit literature and politics of representation. New Delhi:Routledge.2014.

II SEMESTER HARD CORE PAPERS

HC-2.1 BRITISH LITERATURE – PART II UNIT I : The Victorian Age i) Charlotte Bronte : Jane Eyre ii)Matthew Arnold : ‘Culture and Anarchy’iii)Charles Dickens : Great Expectations iv)Tennyson : Ulysses ; Lotus Eaters” UNIT II : The Twentieth Century Poetry (selected poems) i)T.S Eliot : ‘The Waste Land’ ii)W.B. Yeats : Easter 1916 ; ‘ Sailing to Byzantium’ iii) Sylvia Plath : ‘Daddy’ ‘The Mirror’ iv) Philip Larkin: ‘Church Going’ ‘Friday Night at the Royal Station Hotel” UNIT III Drama : J.M. Synge : Riders to the Sea Short-stories :

i)Selected Short stories D.H. Lawrence, James Joyce ; ii) D.H Lawrence : “The Horse Dealer’s Daughter”- a Short Story

Suggested Reading:

F.W. Bateson and H.T. Meserole, A guide to English and American literature. 3rd edn. London: Longman, 1976.

11

M.J. Marcuse, Reference guide for English studies. Berkeley; Oxford: University of California Press, 1990.

M. Drabble (ed.), The Oxford companion to English literature. 6th edn. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000.

I. Ousby (ed.), The Cambridge guide to literature in English. [Rev edn.] Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1993.

J. Stringer (ed.), The Oxford companion to twentieth century literature in English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1996.

C. Buck (ed.), Women's literature. London: Bloomsbury, 1994.

Abrams, M.H. Glossary of literary terms. 5th ed. New York: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, 1988. Baugh, Albert Croll. A literary history of England. 2nd ed. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1967. The Cambridge guide to literature in English. Ed. Ian Ousby. Revised Edition. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press, 1993. The Cambridge history of English literature. Ed. A. W. Ward, A. R. Waller. New York; London: Putnam, 1907-33. 15 v.

A. DRAMA Arnott, James Fullarton. English theatrical literature, 1559-1900 : a bibliography ; incorporating Robert W. Lawe's 'A bibliographical account of English theatrical literature' published in 1888.London: Society for Theatre Research, 1970. Carpenter, Charles A. Modern British drama. Arlington Heights, IL: AHM Pub. Corp., c1979. English Verse Drama Harbage, Alfred. Annals of English drama, 975-1700 : an analytical record of all plays, extant or lost, chronologically arranged and indexed by authors, titles, dramatic companies &c. 3rd ed. London; New York: Routledge, 1989. Nicoll, Allardyce. English drama, 1900-1930; the beginnings of the modern period. New York: Cambridge University Press, 1973. Nicoll, Allardyce. A history of English drama, 1660-1900. Cambridge: University Press, 1952 The Revels history of drama in English. Ed. Clifford Leech, T. W. Craik. London: Methuen ; New York : Dist. by Harper and Row, 1975- B. PROSE FICTION Allen, Walter Ernst. The English novel : a short critical history. London: Phoenix House, 1954. Baker, Ernest Albert. The history of the English novel. London: H. F. & G. Witherby, [1934-39]. 10 v. Stevenson, Lionel. The history of the English novel : volume XI : yesterday and after. New York: Barnes & Noble, [1967].

http://databases.library.yale.edu:8331/V/?func=find-db-1-locate&mode=locate&restricted=all&F-IDN=YUL03429

12

C. POETRY Courthope, William John. A history of English poetry. London: Macmillan and Co., 1903-35. New Princeton encyclopedia of poetry and poetics. Ed. Alex Preminger and T. V. F. Brogan. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1993. Perkins, David. A history of modern poetry. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1976-1987. 2 v.

HC-2.2 LITERARY THEORY-PART- I

SECTION – A The New Criticism : its genealogy; historical context; major tenets; its apolitical, ahistorical stance; its minority view of culture; its cultural conservatism; discussion of T.S. Eliot & F.R Leavis and The Scrutiny group . Essays and books to refer : “Formalist Criticism; its Principles and Limits” – Kenneth Burke “Tradition and the Individual Talent” - by T.S. Eliot “The Well Wrought Urn (selected chapters) – Cleanth Brooks “ The intentional Fallacy” from The Verbal Icon by Wimsatt and Beardsley.

SECTION – B Literary Theory ( selected chapters) – by Terry Eagleton Structuralism & Russian Formalism Structuralism: Modern linguistics and structuralism; Social anthropology and other disciplines and structuralism structuralist poetics; seminology and semiotics; Russian Formalism: A brief introduction Books to refer: Structuralist Poetics – Jonathan Culler Structuralism

SECTION – C Poststructuralist theories The meaning of post-structuralism; its relationship with post-modernism; post- modernist theories; the linguistic turn. ‘Structure. Sign and Play’ – J. Derrida ‘What is an Author? – M. Foucault Beginning Post Structuralism and Semiotics – Tony Tanner

SOFT CORE PAPERS

SC- 2.1 WOMEN’S WRITING Unit One : Background

A Brief review of British & American Women Writing from renaissance to modern age- Contexts, genres, themes, Critical reception & Publishing.

Elaine Showalter ‘ The Female literary Tradition: (critical essay)

13

Unit Two: Renaissance & 17th Century

Sonnets of Ann Lok Meditations upon a Penitent Sinner & Mary Wroth Pamphilia to Amphilanthus (Renascence Edition online) ( Selections)

Charlotte Lennox The female Quixote : Vol One : bk I (full); bk II (full); Bk III chaps I to IV, Vi; bk IV chap III ; Vol Two bk VII chap V to VII; bk VIII chap II to VII; bk IX to end.

Unit Three: Eighteenth & Nineteenth Century Eliza Haywood The Female Spectator VOL III (all the books) Ann Radcliff The Romance of The Forest

Unit Four: Twentieth Century and Contemporary

Gertrude Stein: Melanctha ( from Three Lives) Alice Walker : Colour Purple

Suggested Reading:

Margaret Doody The True Story of the Novel Kathieen R King "Female Agency and Feminocentric Romance" Eighteenth Century Theory and Interpretation 41, 1 (2000) 56-56 Maria Mitchell & Dianne Osland Representing Women and Female desire: from Arcadia to Jane Eyre KK Ruthven Feminist Literary Studies Elaine Showalter A Literature of their Own Jane Spencer Rise of the Woman Novelist Janet Todd Feminist Literary History Adrianne Cracium & Kari E. Lokke (Eds) Rebellious Hearts British Women Writers and the French Revolution Margaret Williamson Raising Their voices: British Women Writers 1650-1750 Ruth Bernard Yeazell Fictions of Modesty: Women and Courtship in the English novel

SC 2.2 POST COLONIAL LITERATURE

1) Chinua Achebe – Racism in Conrad’s Heart of Darkness” 2) Edward Said – Introduction to Orientalism 3) Ashish Nandi – Intimate Enemy – Chapter-I 4) Ranjith Guha –“Introduction” to Subaltern Studies-I 5) N. Ngugi – The Language of African Literature 6) Homi Baba – “On Mimicry 7) Chinua Achebe – Arrow of God 8) Salman Rushdie – Midnight’s Children

14

Suggested Reading:

Amuta, Chidi. The Theory of African Literature. London: Zed Books, 1989. Appiah, Kwame Anthony. In My Father's House: Africa in the Philosophy of Culture. Oxford: Oxford UP, 1992. Arnold, Stephen, ed. African Literature Studies: The Present State. Washinton: Three Continent P, 1985. Ashcroft, Bill. Caliban's Voice: The Transformation of English in Post-Colonial Literatures. London: Routledge, 2009. Ashcroft, Bill, Gareth Griffiths, and Helen Tiffin, eds. The Empire Writes Back: Theory and Practice in Post-Colonial Literatures. London: Routledge, 1989. Ashcroft, Bill, Gareth Griffiths, and Helen Tiffin, eds. The Postcolonial Reader. London: Routledge, 1995. Ashcroft, Bill, Ranjini Mendis, Julie McGonegal, Arun Mukherjee, and Henry A. Giroux, eds. Literature for Our Times: Postcolonial Studies in the Twenty-first Century. Amsterdam: Rodopi, 2012. Bhabha, Homi K. The Location of Culture. London: Routledge, 1994. Bhabha, Homi K., ed. Nations and Narration. London: Routledge, 1990. Chatterjee, Partha. Nationalist Thought and the Colonial World: A Derivative Discourse? Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1993. Ngugi, Thiong'o wa. Decolonising the Mind: The Politics of Language. London: James Currey, 1989. Ngugi, Thiong'o wa. Moving the Centre: The Struggle for Cultural Freedom. London: James Currey, 1993.

SC 2.3 WORLD LITERATURES – Part –I( Drama)

1. Kalidasa, Abhijnana Shakunthalam 2. Shudraka Mrichchakatika 3. Sophocles Oedipus The King 4. Ibsen Master Builder 5. Brecht The Life and Times of Galileo 6. Beckett Waiting for Godot 7. Chekhov The Cherry Orchard

15

Inter departmental Elective (II SEMESTER)

2- 1 FILM STUDIES

Introduction and basic concepts Brief history of Film-making: The constituents of a Film: Film as medium of entertainment and art;

UNIT II Mise-en-scene Pro-filmic elements of Mise-en-scene Cinematography; editing; sound-track UNIT III 1.Film and Ideology 2.Film and/ as Popular Culture 3.Film and Gender 4.Film, nation, cultural politics UNIT IV Reception of Films 1.Audience Response FILM TEXTS

Roshoman Modern Times Rang de Basanti Bombay

Suggested Reading:

1.Ideology of Hindi Films - Madhav Prasad 2.Parasakthi: Life and times of a DMK Film – MSS Pandian 3.Filming the Gods – Rachel Dwyer 4.Tejaswini Niranjana’s Essays. 5.Film Bodies: Gender, Genre and Excess – Linda Williams 6.Cinema as Collective Fantasy – Sudhir Kakar 7.Beginning Film Studies – Andrew Dix 8.Film Studies the Basics – Amy Villarejo 9.Seeing is Believing – Chidananda Das Gupta

16

III SEMESTER

HC-3.1 CONTEMPORARY ELT Unit one Concept of communication, interlocutors, communication loop; types of meanings, communication & linguistic system(s), communication channels & genres, etc. Concept of Second Language; place of mother tongue Types of courses: General English, ESP, EOP, Remedial, Bridge etc.

Unit Two Identifying areas and content of language learning— Grammar & vocabulary, skills & competencies, functions & notions, Literature. Unit Three Defining language learning as a process; route of learning, types of learning, cognitive process and learning styles. Unit Four Classroom methodologies—types of classrooms, learning activities; teacher-student roles, lesson planning.. teaching aids & technology in the classroom- using the interactive board, & power point; audio & video medias; use of internet

SUGGESTED READING:

Carter, Ronald & David Nunan Teaching English to speakers of Other Languages (CUP) Halliday, M A K, Learning How to Mean- Explorations in the Development of Language Longman, 1975. _______________ Language as Social Semiotics Longman, 1978

Hutchinson, Tom & Alan Waters English for Specific Purposes Lazar, Gillian Literature and Langauge Teaching CUP 1993. Little wood, William T. Teaching English as Foreign and Second Language CUP 1997. McArthur, Tom The English Languages CUP 1998 Miller A George Language and Communication (McGraw hill, 1963) Miller, Joanne L & Peter Eiman (eds) Speech, Language and Communication (2nd edition) (Elsevier, 1995) Richards, Jack C. The Context of Language Teaching CUP, 1991. Richards, Jack C.and Rodgers Approaches and Methods in Language Teaching CUP 2001. Stienberg, Danny D Psycholinguistics: Language, Mind and World, Longman, 1982. Tudor, Ian Dynamics of the Classroom CUP 2001 Woodward, Tessa Planning Lessons and Courses CUP 2001

17

HC-3.2 Research Methodology

I WHAT IS RESEARCH?

The scientific paradigm; research in social sciences; research in literary studies; research in English language teaching;

Different types of research: Qualitative and quantitative research; action research;

Research methods and methodology; research framework or design; hypothesis and objectives

GETTING STARTED

Selecting area, and topic/ research problem; writing a preliminary synopsis; difference between writing an essay and a research paper; planning chapterisation

II. APPROACHES IN LITERARY RESEARCH

1) Textual Analysis (new critical, De constructionist) 2) Comparatist 3) Contextual/Historical 4) Cultural Studies Perspective.

III. MLA style sheet; plagiarism; documentation (chapters 5 and 6 from MLA style sheet) Computer, internet and research; computer in formatting; using computer to referencing in MLA style; using internet for information; Ethics of data collection and consent of participants Sampling Surveys, questionnaires, interviews and observation.

Suggested Reading: Kothari, C. R. Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques. New Delhi: New Age Techno Press, 2004. Cohen Louis, Lawrence Manion and Keith Morrison. Research Methods in Education. London and New York: Routledge, 2007.

MLA Handbook for Writers of Reseach paper. 7th. East West Press, 2009. Eliot, Simon and W.R. Owens A Handbook to Literary research. London and New York: Routledge, 2010.

Brown, James Dean and Theodore S. Rodgers Doing Second langauge Reasearch. 2002, Oxfors University press.

18

SOFT CORE PAPERS

SC-3.1: MODERNITY AND MODERNISM: CULTURE AND TEXT Issues, Concepts and topics to be debated. Modernity: origin, history, development and features, tradition. Modernity and colonialism, Post – Colonial Societies Ideological contours and contestants of modernity ( modernity and its discontents) Modernism and Avant Garde Movements The process and functioning of modernity in various contexts. Multiple Modernities Post Modernism Modernity- Political, Economic, Social and cultural -Discussion on modernity and enlightenment -by Michel Foucault, Immanuel Kant Max Weber and Hebarmas 1) ‘Talking about modernity in two Languages’ - Patha Chatterjee 2) ‘When was Modernism’ – Raymond Williams 3) Mistaken Modernity – Dipankar Gupta ( I & II Chapter) 4) South Asian Politics : Modernity and the Landscape of Clandestine and Incommunicable Self Ashis Nandi 5) ‘The Politics of Modernism : Modernist Poetry in Kannada’ – R. Shashidhar 6) Induleka – O Chandu Menon 7) Hind Swaraj – M.K. Gandhi 8) Jalsaghar ( film text) – by Sathayjit Ray 9. Saraswathi Vijayam - Potteri Kunhumbu

Suggested Reading: Adorno, T.W. & Horkheimer, M. Dialectic of Enlightenment. Trans. Cumming, J. London:

Verso, 1979. Print. Aikant, Satish C.Rev. of “ Mass of Conquests” by Gauri Vishwanathan ARIEL: A Review of

International English Literature, 31:1 & 2, Jan.-Apr. 2000. 338. Print. Akulova, Oxana. Gandhi’s Critique of Modernity as Critique of Ourselves. Diss.Hyderabad

University, 2013.Web.23 Sept. 2015. Aloysius, G. Nationalism without a Nation in India. New Delhi: OUP, 1997. Print. Ambedkar, B.R. Annihilation of Caste. New Delhi: Critical Quest, 2007. Print. ---. What Congress and Gandhi have done to the Untouchables, Chapter XI, N.p.:n.p.,1945.

n.pag.Web 14 September 2015. Arunima, G. There Comes Papa: Colonialism and the Transformation of Matriliny in Kerala, Malabar c.1850-1940. New Delhi: Orient Longman.2003.Print.

---. Writing culture: Of modernity and the Malayalam novel. Studies in History 1997, Web. 12 Feb 2016. http://www.sagepublications.com.

Bayly, C.A. Recovering Liberties: Indian Thought in the Age of Liberalism & Empire. New York: Cambridge University Press, 2011. Print.

19

Benhabib, Seyla, & Maurizo passerin d’Entreves, eds. Habermas and the Unfinished Project of

Modernity: Critical Essays on The Philosophical Discourse of Modernity. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press, 1997. Print. Brooks, Thom. Rev.of Modernity in Indian Social Theory, by Raghuramaraju, A. Oxford University Press, 2011. Print.

Chakravarti, Uma. “Conceptualizing Brahmanical Patriarchy in Early India Gender, Caste,

Class”, Economic and Political Weekly, April 3, 1993.Print. Chandumenon, O.Preface. Indulekha.Trans. Anitha Devasia. New Delhi: Oxford University

Press, 2005. Print. Chatterjee, Partha. Colonialism, nationalism, and colonialized women: the contest in India.

American Ethnologist, Vol. 16, No.4 Nov.1989. Print. ---. The Nation and its Fragments: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories. New Jersey:

Princeton UP, 1993. Print. ---. Our Modernity. Rotterdam/Dakar: South-South Exchange Programme for Research on

the History of Development (SEPHIS) and the Council for the Development of Social Science Research in Africa (CODESRIA), 1997. Print.

Descartes, René.Discourse on the Method of Rightly Conducting one’s Reason and Seeking

Truth in the Sciences.Trans. Donald A. Cress. 3rd ed. Part IV. Indianapolis/Cambridge: Hacket Publishing Company,1998. Print.

Eagleton, Terry. Marxism and Literary Criticism, Berkeley, U of California P, 1976Language and Silence 1958 rptd Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1969).

Eisenstadt, S. N. “Multiple Modernities”. Daedalus, Vol. 129, No. 1, MIT Press, 2000. Print. Fort SI. George Papers State of Slavery in Company’s territories. Correspondence of Court

ofDirectors and the Governments in India.Web. 13 Sept. 2015. Foucault, M. “The Subject and Power”.Critical Inquiry.Vol. 8. 1982. Print. Giddens, Antony. The Consequencesof Modernity.N.p.:Stanford University Press, 1991. Print. Gopal Guru, “Modernity and Its Margins: A Critique”, CREST National Lecture Kozhikode: n.

p.,2009.Web. 26 May 2015. Habermas, Jurgen. Habermas And The Unfinished Project of Modernity.N.p.:MIT Press, 1997.

Print. Hendrick, George. The Influence of Thoreau’s “Civil Disobedience” on Gandhi's Satyagraha.The

New England Quarterly. Vol. 29, No. 4 (Dec. 1956). Print. Kunhambu, Potheri. Saraswativijayam Trans. Dilip Menon. New Delhi: The Book Review

Literary Trust, 2002. Print. Menon, Dilip M. The Blindness of Insight: Essays on Caste in Modern India.

Pondicherry:Navayana Publications, 2006. Print. ---. “Caste and Colonial Modernity: Reading Saraswativijayam”. Studies in History13

(1997): 291-312.http://sih.sagepub.com/content/13/2/291.full.pdf+html Nair, Janaki. Women and Law in Colonial India: A Social History. Delhi: Kali for Women,

1996.Print. Palshikar, Suhas. “Gandhi-Ambedkar Interface”.Economic and Political weekly. Vol. 49, Issue

No. 13, 29 Mar, 2014. Web.12 Nov 2015 Satyanarayana K and Susie Tharu. The Exercise of Freedom: An Introduction to

Dalitwriting.New Delhi: Navayana Publishing, 2013. Print. Weber, Max. The Protestant Ethic And The Spirit of Capitalism and Other Writings. eds. Peter

Baehr and Gordon C. Wells (2002). N.p.: Penguin. 21 Aug.2011. Web 10Oct.2015. Williams, Raymond. The Politics of Modernism.New York: Verso, 1989.Print.

20

SC-3.2 SOFT CORE. CONTEMPORARY BRITISH LIETERATURE

Section A :

An overview of the significant trends in the Contemporary Britain since 1980s: Thatcher and Thatcherism, race ,gender, sexuality, class, and emigration, British Identity, British popular culture

Section B: Study of the Illustrative Texts.

Poetry

1. Seamus Heaney :1) Digging : 2) Mid- Term Break

2. Hugo Williams : 1) The Butcher 2) Tides 3). Her News 3. Tony Harrison : 1. Long Distance 1 2. Long Distance II Fiction

1. Zadie Smith – On Beauty 2. Kazuo Ishiguro - The Remains of the Day 3. Hanif Khureishi - The Buddha of Sub- Urbia

Drama

1. Harold Pinter : Birthday Party 2. Tom Stoppard : Arcadia

SC-3.3: WORLD LITERATURES PART – II

1. Albert Camus, Outsider 2. Ignazio Silone Fontamara 3. Marquez One Hundred Years of Solitude 4. Solzenitsin One Day in the Life of Ivan Illich 5. Kafka The Trial 6. Isabel Allende Eva Luna

21

SC-3. 4: INTRODUCTION TO FILM STUDIES

UNIT I Introduction and basic concepts Brief history of Film-making: The constituents of a Film: Film as medium of entertainment and art; Film as narrative The meaning and scope of Film studies and its relationship to Cultural Studies Overview of the developments in the area of study- from film appreciation to Film studies.

UNIT II Mise-en-scene Pro-filmic elements of Mise-en-scene Cinematography; editing; sound-track UNIT III 1.Film and Ideology 2.Film and/ as Popular Culture 3.Film and Gender 4.Film, nation, cultural politics UNIT IV Genres and schools of Film-making. Introduction and Film texts. UNIT V Reception of Films

1.Audience Response 2.Start-system 3.Classics and Commercials

FILM TEXTS Roshoman Pather Panchali Bicycle Thief Ghatashraddha Nishanth Modern Times Samskara Rang de Basanti Bombay Tamas Children of Heaven.

22

Suggested Reading:

1.Ideology of Hindi Films - Madhav Prasad 2.Parasakthi: Life and times of a DMK Film – MSS Pandian 3.Filming the Gods – Rachel Dwyer 4.Tejaswini Niranjana’s Essays. 5.Film Bodies: Gender, Genre and Excess – Linda Williams 6.Cinema as Collective Fantasy – Sudhir Kakar 7.Beginning Film Studies – Andrew Dix 8.Film Studies the Basics – Amy Villarejo 9.Seeing is Believing – Chidananda Das Gupta

Interdepartmental Elective paper(III Semester) 3.1 : MAKING MEANING IN INDIAN CINEMA 1) “Parasakthi: Life and Times of a DMK Film” by M.S.S. Pandian 2)The Aesthetic of Mobilization “Ideology of Hindi Films” by Madhav Prasad 3) Popular Cinema and the Culture of Indian Politics “Fingerprinting Popular Culture” by Vinay Lal and Ashish Nandy 4) The Comic collapse of Authority: “An essay on the Fears of the Public Spectator” by D.R. Nagaraj. 5) The Problems of Post-Colonial Cinema “Hours in the Dark” Essays on Cinema by T.G. Vaidyanathan 6) Fan Clubs and Politics “Cinema and the Urban Poor in South India” by Sara Dickey 7) The Religious and the Secular in the Hindi film “Filming the Gods” by Rachel Dwyer 8) “Kaadalan and the Politics of Re Signification”, Fashion, Violence and the Body – by Vivek Dhareshwar and Tejaswini Niranjana.

23

IV SEMESTER HARD CORE- PAPER

HC- 4.1.CULTURAL STUDIES Unit one 1. Introduction to cultural Studies Background; shift from literary studies to cultural studies; Raymond Williams and the development of cultural studies as a discipline. 2. Theoretical under pinnings ; influences and ideological positions. What is culture? Raymond Williams “The analysis of culture” Pierre Bourdieu “Symbolic power” Unit Two Class and culture Raymond Willaims “Base/superstructure in Marxist theory today” Pierre Bourdieu “Distinction” Dick Debdige “Subculture: the meaning of style” Unit Three Gender, women and cultural production Celia Lury “The rights and wrongs of culture” Janice Radaway “Reading the romance” Betty Friedan “Sexual Sell” Unit Four

Contemporary culture Walter Benjamin “The Work of Art in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction” Stuart Hall “Encoding/decoding” Herman Bausinger “Media Technology and Daily Life” Popular Culture : Perspectives ; Changing attitude to popular culture ; Popular culture and ideology; The politics of popular culture; popular culture, globalization and consumption

Suggested Reading : On Culture Industry - Adorno and Horlkheimer Defining Popular culture’ - Claim Mac Cabe Feminist Perspectives on Popular Culture’- Lana Rakov Reifications and Utopia in Mass Culture’ – Frederic Jameson Cultural theory and Popular culture - by John Storey Roland Barthes Mythologies Tony Bennet Popular Culture: Themes and Issues Pierre Bourdieu The Field of Cultural Production; Language and Symbolic Power

24

Michel de Certeau The Practice of Everyday Life Ann Douglas The Feminization of American Culture Ann Cranny Francis Feminist Fiction: Feminist Uses of Generic Fiction Richard Hoggart The Uses of Literacy Raymond Williams Culture and Society Raymond Williams The Long Revolution Raymond Williams The Country and the City Frederic Jameson Postmodernism or The Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism The Political Unconscious: Narrative as a Socially Symbolic Act

HC- 4.2. LITERARY THEORY PART-II

1) Bakhtin 2) Cultural Materialism, The New Historicism 3) Gay and Lesbian Theories 4) Neo – Marxist Theory 5) Post – colonial theories 6) Eco Criticism. Suggested Reading : Marxism and Literature - Raymond Williams Selected Subaltern Studies - ed, Ranajit Guha et. al Prison Note Books – Antonio Gramsci A Bakhtin Reader – ( Writings of M. Bakhtin) The New Historiaism – ed Aaram Vesser Modern Literary Theory - ed David Lodge Feminisms - ed Robyn R. Warhol, Diane Price Herndl Beginning Post Modernism Post - Colonial Theory - by Leila Gandhi

SOFT CORE PAPER SC-4.1 SOUTH ASIAN WOMEN’S WRITING SECTION A Introduction and Background:

South Asia – Politics /Culture/ Society - Brief Perspective South Asian Writing – general characteristics, perspectives, themes. Colonialism-resistance-negotiations-negations- boundaries- Communalism-power structures-knowledge, subaltern South Asian Women’s Writing - Perspectives, themes. Home-Space-identity-gender power

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22Robyn+R.+Warhol%22

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22Diane+Price+Herndl%22

25

SECTION B Fiction Bapsi Sidhwa - Ice Candy Man /Cracking India Kavery Nambisan - A Town Like Ours Sunithi Namjoshi - Feminist Fables Chitra Banerjee Divakarani - Mistress of Spice. Poetry Imtiaz Dharker - Purdah I Post cards for God I The right word Moni Alvi - Presents from my Aunts in Pakistan Eunice de Souza - Selections from Nine Indian Poets. Movie - Earth

Suggested readings Brians, Paul. Modern South Asian Literature in English(Literature as Windows to World Cultures). Greenwood, 2003.

Chatterjee, Partha- The Nation and its fragments. Colonial & Post Colonial Histories: Princeton 1993. Digital South Asia Library, Guha, Ranjit. Ed: Subaltern studies: Writings on South Asian History and Society OU 1982-89. Colonialism and Culture:Ed Nicholas B. Dirks. Ann Arbor. The University of Michigan Press 1992. Forbes, Geraldine. Teaching South Asia. Internet Journal. Jalal, Ayesha. The Sole Spokesman : Jinnah, the Muslim League and the Demand For Pakistan( Cambridge South Asian Studies). Cambridge University Press, 1985. Jalal, Ayesha and Sugatha Bose. Modern South Asian History, Culture and Political Economy. 3rd Edition, Routledge, 2011. Ramusack, Barbara and Antoinette Burton. Journal of Women’s History. “South Asian Women; Gender and Transnationalism” Winter, 2003

SC 4.2: Modern Indian Literatures in English and English Translation UNIT I : Concepts, Theories and Controversies : a) Meenakshi Mukharjee : Chapters from The Perishable Empire Anxiety of Indianness b) Ganesh Devy : Of Many Heroes and also selections from A Ganesh Devy Reader Following Chapters 1)Some Indian Questions 2)History and Literary History 3)Jones and Gentaos 4) Nation in Narration

c) Harish Trivedi : From Colonial Transactions Following Chapters d) Aijaz Ahmed : From In Theory(Introduction)

26

UNIT II : Nation, Modernity and Tradition a) R. Tagore : Home and the world b) Arundathi Roy : The God of Small Things UNIT III : Caste Mulk Raj Anand : Untouchable Short stories from Writing Caste (Katha Stories) UNIT IV : Gender Shivaram Karanth : Sarasammana Samadhi UNIT V : History Amitav Ghosh – In an Antique Land

SC-4. 3. Discourse analysis

1.Some basic concepts- sentence grammar vs. utterance grammar; text; discourse; context; presupposition; reference; implicative; inference; deixis; scheme; anaphora 2. Textuality; Coherence and cohesion -microstructure, macrostructure, superstructure, frame; 3. Speech acts; performatives; direct speech acts and indirect speech acts; locution, illocution and per locution; 4. Politeness principle; concept of face; face saving and face threatening acts 5. Conversational analysis; speech events; holding the floor; turn taking; power relations as expressed in conversational roles; women and conversation 6. The cooperative principle; the four maxims 7. Analysis of oral narratives; Labov’s grammar of oral narratives

Suggested Reading: Brown, G. and G. Yule Discourse Analysis C.U.P. 1983 Hoey, Michael. Textual Interaction. Routledge. 2001. Labov, William. Language in the Inner City. University of Pennsylvania Press. 1972. Sara Mills. Discourse (The New critical idiom Series). Routledge.1997. --END-

1

KUVEMPU UNIVERSITY DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND ARCHAEOLOGY

STRUCTURE OF M.A. HISTORY AND ARCHAEOLOGY COURSES CBCS SCHEME

2018-19 I SEMESTER

Course Paper Credits HC101 Introduction to History Core 5 HC102 Introduction to Archaeology Core 5 HC103 Historiography-World and India Core 5

Soft Core(Any Two) SC101 Select themes on Ancient India Soft Core 4 SC102 History of Archaeology in India Soft Core 4 SC103 Socio-Religious Movements in 19th century India Soft Core 4

II SEMESTER HC201 Research methods in History Core 5 HC202 Archaeological field methods Core 5

Soft Core Electives - (Any Two) SC201 Pre-and Proto-history of India Soft Core 4 SC202 History of Indian Architecture (up to 13th century CE) Soft Core 4 SC203 Economic History of Medieval India Soft Core 4

Elective E201 Karnataka Unification Movement Elective 2

III SEMESTER HC301 History of Modern Europe Core 5 HC302 Select topics on Indian National Movement (1885-1947) Core 5

Soft Core (any TWO) SC301 Sources of Indian History- Epigraphy Numismatics and Archives Soft Core 4 SC302 History of Karnataka up to the fall of Hoysalas Soft Core 4 SC303 Theories of Colonialism and Nationalism Soft Core 4

Elective E301 Heritage monuments of India Elective 2

IV SEMESTER HC401 Contemporary South Asia-SAARC Nations Core 5 HC402 History of Modern Karnataka – 1800-1956 Core 5

Soft Core (Any Two) SC401 History of Keladi Nayakas Soft Core 4 SC 402 History of Indian Art and Architecture (13th to 17th century CE) Soft Core 4 SC403 Social movements in twentieth century India Soft Core 4

Student Project D401 Student Project work 5

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m

http://www.tracker-software.com/buy-now


2

HC-101 Introduction to History

Course objective: Introduction to History is a series of lectures to introduce the fresh students to the discipline. This involves teaching them what is history, its definitions, nature, scope, and its relations with other disciplines. The lectures will also introduce the problems of historical knowledge with special reference to the historical fact, interpretation, causation, objectivity. The difference between history and other forms of memorizing the past like Itihasa, Purana and stories. Course outcome: The student will be able to differentiate between historical and non-historical narratives. They will have an idea about the problems of historical knowledge and its interdisciplinary nature. Unit I i) Definitions ii) Nature and scope of History iii) Importance, use and abuse of history Unit II i) Relation between history and other social sciences ii) Branches of history iii) Interdisciplinary approach iv) Auxiliary sciences Unit III i) Objectivity and bias ii) Historical fact and role of interpretation iii) Historical causation iv) Post-modernist views on historical truth Unit IV i) Myths: ahistorical accounts of past in Western culture ii) Itihasa, charitre and purana traditions in India iii) Debate on whether Indians have sense of history. iv) Assessment of importance of Historical and ahistorical accounts Unit V i) Orientalists: William jones-Asiatic society ii) Colonel Colin Mackenzie iii) Anglicists-James Mill iv) Assessment of colonial history on India

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



3

Recommended Books:

Ali, B. Sheik. 1978. History: Its Theory and Method, Madras: Macmillan India Ltd. Allan Nevins,1962. The Gateway to History, UK: Routledge Publication. B. Sheik Ali, 2014. History: Its Theory and Method, Laxmi Publication. Barry Peter, 1995.Beginning Theory: An introduction to literary and cultural theory, New

York: Manchester University Press. Bloch Marc, 2004. The Historian’s Craft, New York: Manchester University Press. Carr E.H., 1961,What is History, Penguin Publications. Chakrabarti, D. K., 1988. A History of Indian Archaeology from the beginning to 1947,

New Delhi: MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Christopher Lloyd, 1996. The Structures of History, USA: Blackwell Press. Collingwood, R.G., 1976.The Idea of History, New York: Oxford University Press. E. Sreedharan, 2004. A Textbook of Historiography, Chennai: Orient Black Swan

Publication. Edward W. Said, 1994. Culture and Imperialism, US: Vintage Publication. Ernst Breisach, 2007. Historiography: Ancient, Medieval and Modern, Chicago: University

of Chicago. G.J. Renier, 1961.History: Its Purpose and Method, Australia: Allen and Unwin. Hayden White, 1928. Metahistry: The historical Imagination in 19th Century Europe,

Baltimore & London: The Johns Hopkins University Press. Hegde, Rajaram. 2016, "From Tradition to History: Reflections on Rajavali Kathasara",

Pragmata:Journal of Human Science, Vol.3, Issue 1. p. 1-24. K.A. Nilakanta Sastri & H.S. Ramanna, 1956, Historical Method in Relation to Indian

History, S. Vishwanathan Publications. Kosambi, D.D. 1985. An Introduction to the Study of Indian History, Bombay: Popular

Prakashan. Langlois V. And Ch. Seignobos, 1966.Introduction to the study of History, New York:

Barnes and noble Inc. and Frank Cass and co. Nandy Asis. “Histories Forgotten Doubles” Patrick Gardiner, 1968.The Nature of Historical

Explanation, New York: Oxford University Press. R.F. Atkinson, 1978. Knowledge and Explanation in History, Kolkata: Macmillan

Publications. R.J. Shafer, 1983, A Guide to Historical Method, US: Dorsey Press. Sarkar Sumit, 1995. Writing Social History, New York: Oxford University Press. Sastri, K.A.N., 1975. History of South India, New York: Oxford University Press. Thapar, R., 2000. Narratives and the Writing of History, Delhi, Vansina, J. 1985. Oral Tradition as History, Wisconsin: university Press. W.H. Dray, 1966. Philosophical Analysis and History, US: Harper and Row Publication. W.H. Walsh, 1968.Philosophy of History: An Introduction, US: Harper and Row Publication. Will Durant, 1991, The Story of Philosophy, New York: Simon & Schuster Publication. William H. Dray, 1992. Philosophy of History, Delhi: Pearson Publication.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



4

Kannada Books:

CA§½PÉ »jAiÀÄtÚ, 2009. PÀ£ÀßqÀ «µÀAiÀÄ «±ÀéPÉÆÃ±À-EwºÁ¸À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀÄgÁvÀvÀé, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ÀA ÉÜ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ.

«dAiÀÄ ¥ÀÆtZÀÑ vÀA§AqÀ, 2010. ZÀjvÉæ §gÀªÀtÂUÉ PÀæªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£Á «zsÁ£À, ºÀA¦: ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ PÀ.«.«.

«dAiÀÄ ¥ÀÆtZÀÑ vÀA§AqÀ, 2017. ªÀUÀð¢AzÀ ÀA ÀÌøwAiÉÄqÉUÉ À Á®Ögïß CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À, ºÀA¦:

¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ PÀ.«.«.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



5

HC-102 Introduction to Archaeology

Course Objective: Introduction to Archaeology is a lecture series that introduces first semester students to key concepts and practical approaches in archaeology, highlighting their applications in interpreting the human past.The definition, aims and scope of archaeology and its development as a discipline is introduced to the students. Course Outcome: On the successful completion of Introduction to Archaeology students will develop a strong foundation on the basic understanding of the nature, development and value of archaeology as a discipline. UnitI i) Definition, aims, and scope of Archaeology ii) Emergence and development of the discipline iii) Archaeology-prehistory, protohistory and History iv) Archaeology and other sciences-Geology, Anthropology, Botany, Zoology, Chemistry UnitII i) Antiquarianism to traditional archaeology ii) New Archaeology/processual archaeology iii) Post processual archaeology Unit III i) Historical Archaeology-Branches: Epigraphy, Numismatics, Iconography, Art, Architecture ii) Environmental Archaeology iii) Marine Archaeology iv) Settlement archaeology v) Ethno archaeology Unit IV i) Relative dating methods ii) Absolute dating methods iii) Derivative dating method Unit V i) As a source to reconstruct human past-prehistory and history ii) Cultural heritage tourism iii) Cultural heritage and National consciousness

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



6

Recommended Books:

Anders Andren. 1998. Between Artifacts and Texts Historical Archaeology in Global Perspective, New York and London: Plenum Press.

B. Trigger, 1989. History of Archaeological Thought, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Binford, L.R. 1972.Introduction. An Archaeological Perspective, New York: Seminar Press. C.Renfrew and P. Bahn, 1991. Archaeology Theories Methods and Practice, London:

Thames and Hudson. D.R. Brothwell and A.M. Pollard (ed.). 2001. Handbook of Archaeological Sciences, New

York: John Wiley and Sons. D.R. Harris, 1994. The Archaeology of V. Gordon Childe: Contemporary Perspectives,

Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Daniel, Glyn, E. 1975. A Hundred and Fifty Years of Archaeology. London: Duckworth. Dilip K. Chakrabarti, Theoretical Issues in Indian Archaeology, New Delhi:

MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Fagan, B. 1988. In the beginning: An Introduction to Archaeology. Glenview: Scott,

Foresman and company. Flannery, K.V., and J. Marcus 1998.Cognitive Archaeology. In Reader in Archaeological

Theory: Post-Processual and Cognitive Approaches, London: Routledge. Gardner, A., 2009.Agency. In Handbook of Archaeological Theories, Lanham, MD: Altamira

Press, Gifford-Gonzalez, Diane. 2011. Just Methodology? A Review of Archaeology’s Debts to

Michael Schiffer. Journal of Archaeological Method & Theory. Granet Marcel. 1930. Chinese Civilization. London: Trench Tubner and Co. Hodder, I. 1995. Interpreting Archaeology: Finding Meaning in the Past. New York:

Routledge. Hodder, Ian. 1992. Theory and Practice in Archaeology. London: Routledge. Hurcombe Linda 2007. Archaeological artefacts as material culture. New York: Routledge J. Balme and A. Paterson, 2006. Archaeology in Practice,U.S.A: Blackwell Publishers. J. Grant, et.al. 2005. The Archaeology Course Book, London and New York: Routledge. M. Schiffer, 1987.Formation Processes of the Archaeological Record, Albuquerque:

University of New Mexico Press. Mortimer Wheeler, 1954. Archaeology from the Earth, Oxford: Oxford University Press. P.J. Ucko, (ed.) 1995. Theory in Archaeology – a world perspective, London: Routledge. Paddayya, K. 2014. Multiple Approaches to the Study of India's Early Past: Essays in

Theoretical Archaeology. Aryan Books International Paddayya, K., 1990. New Archaeology and Aftermath: View from Outside the Anglo-

American World. Pune: Ravish Publishers Paddayya, K., 1990.The New Archaeology and Aftermath: A view from outside the Anglo-

American World,Pune: Ravish Publishers. R.J. Sharer and W. Ashmore, 1979. Fundamentals of Archaeology, London: Benjamin

Publishing House. Renfrew, Colin and Paul Bahn, 2006.Archaeological: Theories and Methods and Practice.

London: Thames and Hudson.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



7

Kannada Books:

CA§½PÉ »jAiÀÄtÚ, 2009. PÀ£ÀßqÀ «µÀAiÀÄ «±ÀéPÉÆÃ±À-EwºÁ¸À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀÄgÁvÀvÀé, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¸ÀA ÉÜ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ

²ÃPÀAoÀ±Á¹Ûç,J¸ï., 1975. sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ ¥ÀÄgÁvÀvÀé ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£É, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ: ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ.

¥ÁrUÁgÀ ²æÃ¤ªÁ¸À, 1997. ¥ÀÄgÁvÀvÀé±Á¸ÀÛç ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ, zsÁgÀªÁqÀ: gÁªÀÄ±ÀæAiÀÄ ¥À©èPÉÃµÀ£ï.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



8

HC-103 Historiography-world and India

Course Objective: Historiography-World and India is a lecture series that tries to introduce the fresh students of MA about the history of history writing. It introduces the following aspects of the history writing: Where and when did history writing take shape? What were the various schools of history writing and their characteristic features? What were the changes it underwent? What were the merits and demerits of various schools of historiography. Course Outcome: The students will know about different historiographical traditions of the world and India. They will also know the possibilities and limitations of history. UnitI i) Greek and Roman Historiography ii) Christian and Arab Historiography Unit II i) Enlightenment Historiography ii) Romanticist Historiography iii) Positivist Historiography iv) Leopold Von Ranke Unit III i) Marxist and new leftist Historiography ii) Oswald Spengler and Arnold Toynbee iii) Annals School Unit IV i) Indian Nationalist Historiography ii) Indian Leftist Historiography Unit V i) Subaltern Studies ii) Feminist history iii) Post-Colonial Historiography

Recommended Books:

Arnoldo Momigliano, A., 1977. Ancient and Modern Historiography, New York: Oxford University Press.

Barry Peter, 1995. Beginning Theory: An introduction to literary and cultural theory, New York: Manchester University Press

Burke Peter, 1997. Varieties of Cultural History, New York: Cornell University Press. Carr E.H., 1991.What is History,UK: Penguin Publishers.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



9

Cohen, G.A., 2000. Karl Max’s Theory of History: A Defense, New York: Oxford University Press.

Collingwood R.G., 1994. The Idea of History, New York: Oxford University Press. Gertrude Himmalfarb, 1987.The New History and the Old, USA: Harvard University Press. H.C. Ray, Historians and Historiography of Modern India, Haskell Francis,1995. History and its images: art and the interpretation of the past, New

Haven and London: Yale University Press. Hayden White, Meta history: The Historical Imagination in the 19thC. Europe. Immanuel LeRoy Ladurie, 1979.The Territory of the Historian, England: The Harvester

Press. Keith Jenkins (Ed), 1997. The Post-Modern History Reader, London: Routledge. Langlois Ch, V. And Ch., 1966. Seignobos, Introduction to the study of History, New York:

Barnes and noble Inc. and Frank Cass and co. Lawrence Stone, 1981,The Past and the Present, London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. M.I. Finley, 1997. The Greek Historians,UK: Penguin Publishers. Peter Burke, 1990.The French Historical Revolution, London: Stanford University Press, Pieter Geyl, 1962.Debates with Historians, UK: Collins. Sheik Ali B.,1978. History its theory and Method, Madras: Macmillan Published. Sreedharan E.,2004.A Textbook of Historiography, Chennai: Orient Black Swan. Stern, Fritz (Ed), 1973.Varieties of History: from Voltaire to the Present, New York:

Vintage. Thompson, E.P., 1991. Customs in Common: Studies in Traditional Popular Culture, New

York: The Free Press. Thompson, J.W., 1942.A History of Historical Writings (2 volumes), UK: The Macmillan

Company. Wallach Scott, Joan, 1988. Gender and the Politics of History, New York: Columbia.

Kannada Books:

CA§½PÉ »jAiÀÄtÚ, 2009. PÀ£ÀßqÀ «µÀAiÀÄ «±ÀéPÉÆÃ±À-EwºÁ¸À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀÄgÁvÀvÀé, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ:

PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¸ÀA ÉÜ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ

¥Àæ sÁPÀgÀ gÁªï,PÉ., 2013. sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ EwºÁ ÀPÁgÀgÀÄ, ¸ÁUÀgÀ: gÀ«ÃAzÀæ ¥ÀÄ ÀÛPÁ®AiÀÄ.

¥sÀtÂgÁd,PÉ., CAmÉÆÃ¤AiÉÆ UÁæA², ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: C©ü£ÀªÀ ¥À©èPÉÃµÀ£ï.

«dAiÀÄ ¥ÀÆtZÀÑ vÀA§AqÀ, 2010. ZÀjvÉæ §gÀªÀtÂUÉ PÀæªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£Á «zsÁ£À,

ºÀA¦: ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ PÀ.«.«.

«dAiÀÄ ¥ÀÆtZÀÑ vÀA§AqÀ, 2017. ªÀUÀð¢AzÀ ÀA ÀÌøwAiÉÄqÉUÉ À Á®Ögïß CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À, ºÀA¦:


Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=Sreedharan+E.&search-alias=stripbooks



10

SC-101 Select Topics on Ancient India

Course Objectives: Select topics on Ancient India is a lecture series that introduces the students about the important topics which have drawn the attention of the historians. The later Vedic expansion into the Ganga Valley and the socio-economic transformations, the second urbanization and its decay after the Gupta period, the debate on caste system and debate on Indian feudalism are the topic introduced to the students. Course outcome: Students will come to know about the important topics of scholarly attention and debate in ancient Indian history. They will be knowing the problems of historical knowledge and how history is constructed from different angles and sources. UnitI i) Later Vedic literature ii) Historical geography and archaeological remains: Painted Grey Ware iii) Social and economic transformations iv) Evolution of Political institutions Unit II i) The city in literatureand Excavated evidence. ii) The Urban dwellers and urban life iii) Development of trade, commerce-Indo Roman trade. iv) Urban decay-various views Unit III i) The modern debate on caste system-different theories ii) Concept of Varna through ages - Varnasankara-Sankirna Jati iii) Position of women, sudra and untouchables iv) Social mobility in ancient India Unit IV i) D. D. Kosambi’s views on Indian feudalism ii) R.S. Sharma’s views on Indian Feudalism iii) Contestants of Indian feudalism and alternative theories. Recommended Books:

Begley, Vimala and Richard Daniel De Puma (eds), 1991. Rome and India: The Ancient Sea Trade, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Bhattacharya, N.N., 1995. Ancient Indian Rituals and Their Social Contents. New Delhi: Manohar.

Bongard-Levin, G.M., 1983.Mauryan India, Madhya Pradesh: Oriental University Press. Bose, Atindra Nath, Social and Rural Economy of Northern India, 600 BC – 200 AD,2 Vols.

Firma Burton Stein 1980. PeasantState and Society in Early Medieval South India, New Delhi:

Oxford University Press. Chakravarty, Ranabir, ed., Trade in Early India, New Delhi:Oxford University Press.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



11

Chakravarty, Ranabir,2002. Trade and Traders in Early India, Delhi: Manohar. Chakravarty, Uma, 1989. The Social Dimensions of Early Buddhism. New Delhi: Oxford

University Press. Champakalakshmi, R., 1996. Trade, Ideology and Urbanization: South India 300 BC to AD

1300. Delhi: Oxford University Press. Chattopadhyaya, B.D.,2012. Making Medieval India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press. Dirks Nicholas, 2001, Castes of Mind, Colonialism and Making of Modern India, Princeton

University Press. Dumont Levis, 1970, Homo Hierarchic us, Caste System and its Implications, University of

Chicago. Ghosh, A.1973. The City in Early Historical India.Shimla: Indian Institute of Advanced

Study. Gurukkal, Rajan. 2010. Social Formations of Early South India. New Delhi: Oxford

University Press. Habib Irfan and Raychaudhuri Tapan, 1961. Economic History of India, Cambridge:

Oxford University. Kane, P.V., 1941. History of Dharma shastra (Vol.II), Pune: Bhandarkar Oriental Research

Institute. Kosambi D.D. 2004. An Introduction to India History, Hyderabad: Sangam Books Ltd. Kosambi D.D. 2001. Culture and Civilization of Ancient India, Delhi: Vikas Publishing

House. Kulke Herman, 1995, State in India, Delhi: UP. Liu, Xinriu. 1988. Ancient India and Ancient China: Trade and Religious Exchanges.

Delhi: Oxford University Press. Maity, S. K., 1970. Economic Life in Northern India in the Gupta period (c. AD300–550)

Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass. Majumdar R.C. (ed.), History and Culture of the Indian People, Bangalore: Bharatiya Vidya

Bhavan: Vol. I, II, III and IV Majumdar, R.C., 1922. Corporate Life in Ancient India, Calcutta: Calcutta University Motichandra, 1977.Trade and Trade Routes in Ancient India, New Delhi: Abhinav

Publications. Olivelle Patrick, 2006. Between the Empires: Society in India 300BCEto 400CE. Oxford and

New York: Oxford University Press. Parasher-Sen, Aloka, 2004. Subordinate and Marginalized Groups in Early India. New

Delhi: Oxford University Press. Quigley 1993, The Interpretation of Caste, Oxford. Ray, Himananshu Prabha. 1986. The Winds of Change: Buddhism and the Maritime Links of

Early South Asia. Delhi: Oxford University Press. Sharma, R. S. 2003. Perspectives in Social and Economic History of Ancient India.

Delhi: Munshiram Manoharlal. Sharma, R.S., 1965. Indian Feudalism, Calcutta: Calcutta University. Sharma, R.S., 1985. Material Culture and Social Formation in Ancient India. New Delhi:

Macmillan India. Sharma, R.S., 1987. Urban Decay in India, New Delhi: MunshiramManoharlal. Shrimali, Krishna Mohan. 1987. Agrarian Structure in Central India and the Northern

Deccan (c. AD300–500): A Study of Vakataka Inscriptions. New Delhi: Munshiram Manoharlal.

Thapar Romila,2003. Early India, New Delhi: OUP

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



12

Thapar, Romila, 1984. Ancient Indian Social History: Some Interpretations, Hyderabad: Orient Longman.

Thaplyal, K. K. 1996. Guilds in Ancient India: A Study of Guild Organization in Northern India and Western Deccan from Circa 600 BC to Circa 600 AD. New Delhi: New Age International Ltd.

Warmington, E.H. 1928. Commerce between the Roman Empire and India. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Kannada Books:

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï,J¸ï.¹., 2016. D¢ PÀzÀA§gÀÄ, UÀAUÀgÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨ÁzÁ«Ä ZÁ¼ÀÄPÀågÀÄ, ºÀA¦:


®PÀët vÉ®UÁ«, 2004. ªÀiËAiÀÄð ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ±ÁvÀªÁºÀ£ÀgÀ AiÀÄÄUÀ, ºÀA¦: ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ PÀ.«.«.

²æÃªÀÄw,ºÉZï.J¸ï., 1998. ¥ÁæaÃ£À sÁgÀvÀzÀ ZÀjvÉæ (r.r.PÉÆ ÀA©AiÀÄªÀgÀ aAvÀ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ),

ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: ªÀÄAdÄ²æÃ D¥sÉìmï.

£ÀgÀ¹AºÀªÀÄÆwð,J.«., 1997. ªÉÃzÀAiÀÄÄUÀ ¨sÁUÀ 1-2, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ

«zsÁå sÀªÀ£À.

£ÀgÀ¹AºÀªÀÄÆwð,J.«., 1999. C©üeÁvÀAiÀÄÄUÀ ¨sÁUÀ 1-2, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ


£ÀgÀ¹AºÀªÀÄÆwð,J.«., 1999. PÀ£ÀÆeï ¸ÁªÀiÁædå AiÀÄÄUÀ sÁUÀ 1-2, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ:

sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ «zsÁå sÀªÀ£À.

«dAiÀÄ ¥ÀÆtZÀÑ vÀA§AqÀ, 2010. sÁgÀvÀ G¥ÀRAqÀzÀ DzsÀÄ¤PÀ ¥ÀÆªÀð ZÀjvÉæ ÀA-3,

ºÀA¦:PÀ.«.«

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



13

SC-102History of Archaeology in India

Course Objective: History of archaeology in India is a lecture series that introduces the students about how archaeological studies were begun in India and subsequent developments that took place in this field. It will discuss about the beginning, development and important personalities and discoveries in various branches of Archaeology. The development of archaeology in independent India and the advances in archaeological methods are also highlighted. Course Outcome: Students will know about theStudents will know about the important discoveries, personalities and trends in Indian archaeology. They will also know about important sites and cultures, excavations, researches, theories that contributed to the development of this discipline UnitI i) Asiatic Society of Bengal-Sir William Jones. ii) James Princep and Alexander Cunningham-era of textual archaeology iii) Prehistory, epigraphy and excavations: Robert Bruce Foote, Medows Taylor, B.L. Rice, J.F.

Fleet. UnitII i) John Marshall’s period ii) After Marshall and Mortimer Wheeler’s period iii) Archaeological Survey of India- and antiquarian laws UnitIII i) Institutional support: Archaeological Survey of India, Departments and institutions ii) New horizons in Indian Archaeology-Pre-and Protohistoric researches, Epic Archaeology-

H.D. Sankalia iii) Important excavations, explorations and publications UnitIV i) Recent advances in Exploration and Excavation techniques ii) Dating methods iii) New Theories and interpretations and iv) Debates, questions and perspective

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



14

Recommended Books:

Agrawal D.P. and J.S. Kharakwal ,2002. South Asian Prehistory, New Delhi: Aryan Books International.

Agrawal, D.P., 1982. Archaeology of India. Copenhagen: Scandinavian Institute of Asian Studies.

Agrawal, D.P., 2000. Ancient Metal Technology and Archaeology of South Asia (A Pan Asian Perspective, New Delhi: Aryan Books International

Agrawal, D.P., 2007. Indus Civilization: An Interdisciplinary Perspective, New Delhi: Aryan Books International.

Agrawal, D.P., Chakrabarti, D.K., (eds.). 1979. Essays in Indian Protohistory. New Delhi: D.K Publishers.

Agrawal, D.P., Chakrabarti, D.K., 1979. Essays in Indian Protohistory, New Delhi: B.R. Publishing Corporation.

Agrawal, D.P., J.S. Kharakwal, 2003. Bronze and Iron ages in South Asia. New Delhi: Aryan Books International.

Allchin B, 1994.Living traditions studies in the ethnoarchaeology of South Asia. New Delhi: Oxford and IBH Publishing

Allchin Bridget, Raymond Allchin, 1982. Rise of Civilization in India and Pakistan, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Allchin, F.R., B. Allchin, 1993. The Birth of Civilization in India. New Delhi: Penguin Books.

Ansari Z.D., M.K. Dhavalikar, 1971. New light on the prehistoric cultures of Central India, World Archaeology

Chakrabarti, D. K., 1988. A History of Indian Archaeology from the beginning to 1947, New Delhi: MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd.

Childe, V.G., 1951. Man Makes Himself. New York: Mentor. Cohen Mark. 1977. The Food Crisis in Prehistory. New Haven: Yale University Press. Deo, S.B., 1979. Problem of South Indian Megaliths. Dharwad: Karnataka University. Deo, S.B., 1985. The Megaliths: Their culture, ecology, economy and technology, in Recent

Advances in Indian Archaeology, Pune: Deccan College. Dhavalikar M.K., 1994. Chalcolithic architecture at Inamgaon and Walki: an ethno

archaeological study. Dhavalikar M.K., 1997. Indian Protohistory, New Delhi: Books and Books. Dhavalikar MK., 2003. Archaeology of Western India. Ahmedabad: B.J. Institute of Learning

& Research. Dhavalikar, M.K., 1990. First Farmers of the Deccan. Pune: Ravish Publishers. Misra.V. N& M.S. Mate(Ed) 1995, Indian Pre-History, Pune: Deccan College. Mortimer Wheeler, 1954. Archaeology from the Earth, Oxford: Oxford University Press. S.Roy, 1961. The Story of Indian Archaeology, New Delhi: Director General, Archaeological

Survey of India.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



15

Sankalia H.D. 1962. Pre-and Proto history of India and Pakistan, Bombay: Bombay University.

Sankalia.H.D. 1992, Stone tools, their techniques and Functions, Bombay: Bombay University.

Thapar.B.K., 1986. Recent Archaeology Discoveries,Lanham, MD:Brenan associates.

Kannada Books:


PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ÀA ÉÜ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ

²ÃPÀAoÀ±Á¹Ûç,J¸ï., 1975. sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ ¥ÀÄgÁvÀvÀé ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£É, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ: ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ.


Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



16

SC-103 Socio-Religious Movements in 19th century India

Course objective: Socio-Religious Reform Movements in Colonial India is a series of lectures to introduce about the 19th century reform movements and personalities like Brahmo Samaj, Arya Samaj, PrarthanaSamaj, and Aligarh movement, Ramakrishna and Vivekananda and Jyotiba Phule. Course outcome: The students will get an idea about the native responses to the colonial rule during the 19th century and their significance in formation of the modern Indian society.

UnitI i) Impact of English Education and Renaissance ii) English Intervention in socio-religious life of Indian People iii) Indian Response to British Social Reforms UnitII i) Raja Rammohan Roy – the father of Indian Renaissance and Brahmo Samaj ii) Henry Vivian Derozio and Young Bengal Movement iii) Effort at Women Emancipation UnitIII i) Arya Samaj and Swami Dayananda Saraswathi ii) PrarthanaSamaj and Theosophical Society iii) Aligar and Wahabi Movement UnitIV i) Jyotiba Phule and SatyashodhakSamaj ii) RamakrishnaParamahamsa and Vivekananda-Ramakrishna mission

Recommended Books: A. Gupta (ed.), 1958. Studies in the Bengal Renaissance. Bengal: National Council of

Education. A.F.S Ahmed, 1965.Social Ideas and Social Change in Bengal, Netherland: Brill Archive. A.R Desai, 2011.Social Background of Indian Nationalism, Mumbai: Popular Prakashan. Amit Sen, 2011.Notes on the Bengal Renaissance, New Delhi: Nabu Press. Annie Besant, 2010. For India’s Uplift, US: University of Michigan Library.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



17

B.B. Mishra, 1979.The Indian Middle Classes-their Growth in the Modern Times, Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Ballhatchet, 1957.Social Policy and social change in Western India, Delhi: Oxford University Press.

David Kopf, 1969.British Orientalism and the Bengal Renaissance,London: University of California.

E. Leach & S.N Mukherjee, 2009.Elites in South Asia, UK: Cambridge University Press. Eric Stokes, 1989.The English Utilitarians and India, Delhi: Oxford University Press. Farquhar, J.N., 1967.Modern Religious Movement in India, NewDelhi: Munshiram Manohar

Lal. Heimsath, C, 1964.Indian Nationalism and Hindu Social Reforms, New Jersey: Princeton

University Press. Irshick, Eugene F., 1969.Politics and Social conflicts in South India, Bombay: Oxford

University Press. J.C Joseph, 1901. Raja Ram Mohan Roy, Allahabad. K. Ingham, 1956.Reformers in India, 1793-1834, UK: Cambridge University Press. Lajpat Rai, 2017. Arya Samaj, New Delhi: Prabhat Prakashan. M.S Jain, 2006.The Aligarh Movement, New Delhi: Icon Publication pvt. Ltd. Mccully, B., 1966.English Education and Origins of nationalism, USA: Peter Smith

Publications. Naik, J.P., 1983. Selection from Education Records, 2 Vols. Delhi: Government of India

Press Omvedt Gail, 2006. Dalit Visions, Hyderbad: Blackswan. Q. Ahmed, 1994.Wahabi Movement, New Delhi: Manohar publishers. Ranade, M.G: Religion and Social Reform: A collection of Essays and Speeches, Bombay. Sumit Sarkar, 1985. “The women’s question in Nineteenth century Bengal” in Sumit Sarkar,

A critique of colonial India papyrus, Calcutta, Suraj Bhan, 1934.Dayanand: His Life and Work, New Delhi: Indian Press.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



18

HC-201 Research Methods in History

Course Objective: Research Methods and Theories in History is a series of lectures aiming at introducing the students about the research methods such as collection of historical sources, critical methods of assessing historical facts, methods of reasoning and theorizing the facts, raising research questions and answering them. Course outcome: Students will know the methods of conducting research in this field. Present paper will prepare them to be good researchers. Unit I i) What is research and research question Unit II i) Nature of Primary and secondary sources ii) Methods of collecting sourcesand data- computer skill, library and field works, interviews Unit III i) Heuristics ii) Hermeneutics Unit IV i) Quantitative analysis ii) Theory building and its importance iii) Logical reasoning iv) Principles of generalization Unit V i) Components of a thesis ii) Chapterization and language iii) Reference and citations

Recommended Books:

Atkinson, R.F., 1978. Knowledge and Explanation in History, UK: Palgrave Macmillan. Carr, E.H., 2008. What is History?UK: Penguin. Chaudhary, C.M., 1991. Research Methodology, Jaipur: RBSA. Christopher Lloyd, 1996. The Structures of History, UK: Blackwell Press. Cohen, M.R. and E. Nagel 1976. An Introduction to Logic and Scientific Method, Mumbai:

Allied Publishers. Dray, W.H.,1966. Philosophical Analysis and History, USA: Harper and Row. Marc Bloch, 2004. The Historian’s Craft, UK: Manchester University Press.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



19

Patrick Gardiner, 1968. The Nature of Historical Explanation,UK: OUP. R.G. Collingwood, 2008. The Idea of History, Hong Kong: Hesperides Press. Renier, G.J., 1961. History: Its Purpose and Method,Australia:Allen and Unwin Shafer, R.J., 1983. A Guide to Historical Method, New Delhi: Dorsey Press. Walsh, W.H., 1968. Philosophy of History: An Introduction, USA: Harper and Row.

Kannada Books:

ZÀAzÀæ ¥ÀÆeÁj, JA., 2005. ¸ÀªÀiÁd ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£É, ºÀA¦: ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ PÀ.«.«.

«dAiÀÄ ¥ÀÆtZÀÑ vÀA§AqÀ, 2010. ZÀjvÉæ §gÀªÀtÂUÉ PÀæªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£Á «zsÁ£À, ºÀA¦: ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ PÀ.«.«.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



20

HC-202Archaeological Field Methods

Course objective:Archaeological field methods is a series of lectures aiming at introducing the students about the field methods in archaeological exploration and excavations. It also introduces the methods of documentation and reporting the archaeological findings. Course outcome: The student will be trained in archaeological field methods and they will be able to conduct field work for archaeological research.

Unit I i) Archaeological Exploration Methods: Archaeological Data. Type of Sites. Selection of a Site. ii) Problem Oriented Approach. Research Design. Samplingmethods. iii) Site Surface Survey. Site Survey Methods.Specialized Survey Methods. iv) GeophysicalMethods. ResistivitySurvey. Ground Penetrating Radar. Magnetometry. Unit II i) Surveying and Mapping in Archaeology: Purpose. Types of Maps. Indian Survey-

AReview.TopographicalMaps. ii) Remote Sensing Imagery. Classes of Survey. Global Positioning System. Geographic iii) Information System. Cartographic Software. Computer Assisted Drafting. Unit III i) Archaeological Excavation Methods: Excavation of Settlements. Field techniques.

Excavationtechniques. Excavationtypes. ii) Horizontal/Area excavation. Open-area Excavation. iii) VerticalExcavation. Site Grid. Quadrant Method. Trial Trenches (Sondages). Open-

areaExcavation. iv) DiggingMethods. Principles of Excavation. Excavation of Structural Remains. Excavation of

a BurialExcavation of a Megalithic Burial. Excavation of Caves and Rock-shelters. Unit IV i) Archaeological Stratigraphy: Concept of Stratigraphy in Geology and Stratigraphy

inArchaeology. Wheeler-Kenyon System. Harris Matrix. Laws of Archaeological Stratigraphy. Process of Stratification. Archaeological Sections and Plans-

ii) Archaeological Recording: Maps. Site plan. Site Notebooks. Stratigraphy. SoilDescription. AntiquityRegister. IndexCards. CatalogueCards. Labels. Section and Plans. Measurement. Some examples of Recording.

Unit V i) Practical training in Field Archaeology: Excavation/Exploration (compulsory)Submission of

Field Report.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



21

Recommended Books:

Agrawal, D.P., Yadava,M.G., 1995. Dating the Human Past, Pune: Indian Society for

Prehistoric and Quaternary Studies.

Aitken, M.J., 1983. Physics and Archaeology, Oxford: OxfordUniversity Press. Atkinson, R.J.C., 1953. Field Archaeology, London: Mithuen and Co. Barker, G., 1999. The Companion Encyclopedia of Archaeology, UK: Routledge. Barker, P., 1996. Techniques of Archaeological Excavations, London: B.T. Batsford Ltd. Butzer, K.W., 1972. Environment and Archaeology, London: Mithuen and Company. Chakrabarti, D.K., 1988. Theoretical Issues in Indian Archaeology, Delhi:

MunshiramManoharlal. Chakrabarti, D.K., 1999. India- An Archaeological History, Delhi: OxfordUniversity Press. Chang, K.C., 1968. Settlement Archaeology, Palo Alto: National Press Books. Fagan, B.M., Charlotte Beck, George Michaels, Chris Scarre, Niel Asher Silberman (Eds.).

1996. The Oxford Companion to Archaeology. Oxford: OxfordUniversity Press. Greene, K., 2002. Archaeology: An Introduction, London: Routledge. Harris, E.C., 1979. Principles of Archaeological Stratigraphy, London: Academic Press. PearsallDeborah M., 2008. Encyclopedia of Archaeology, London: Academic Press. Renfrew, C., Paul Bahn, 2000. Archaeology: Theories, Methods and Practice, London:

Thames and Hudson. Schiffer, M.B., 1976. Behavioral Archaeology, London: Academic Press. Schiffer, M.B., 1987. Formation Process of the Archaeological Record, Albuquerque:

University of New Mexico Press. Trigger, B., 2006. A History of Archaeological Thought, Cambridge: CambridgeUniversity

Press. Wheeler, R.E.M., 1954. Archaeology from the Earth, Harmondsworth: Penguin Books.

Kannada Books:


PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ÀA ÉÜ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ.

²ÃPÀAoÀ±Á¹Ûç,J¸ï., 1975. sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ ¥ÀÄgÁvÀvÀé ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£É, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ: ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ

ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ.


ÀÄAzÀgÀ C. 1972, ¥ÁæZÀåªÀ ÀÄÛ ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£É, ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ, PÀ£ÁðlPÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



22

SC-201 Pre-and Proto-History of India

Course Objective:Pre-and Proto-history of Indiais a series oflectures aiming at introducing the past of the earliest human groups from stone age to the beginning of the iron age in India. Course outcome: The students will know the earliest stages of the human society and their culture and subsistence pattern. Unit I i) The geological ages and hominid evolution; Hominid remains in the Indian sub-continent;

Paleo-environments; Classifying the Indian stone age. ii) ThePaleolithic Age: Lower Paleolithic sites and types of tools; Middle Paleolithic sites and

types of tools; Upper Paleolithic sites and types of tools; Paleolithic art and cults; The life-ways of Paleolithic Hunter-Gatherers.

Unit II i) The Mesolithic Age: Mesolithic sites and types of tools; The magnificence of Mesolithic art. ii) The Neolithic Age and the beginnings of food production; Why domestication? The

identification of domestication and food production in the archaeological record; The transition to food production in the Indian sub-continent; The earliest village settlements in the Indian sub-continent, c. 7000-3000 BCE;

Unit III i) Chalcolithic communities, c.3000-2000 BCE; The life of early farmers; Changes in cultic and

belief systems. Archaeological profiles of different regions of the subcontinent, c.2000-500 BCE: Neolithic-Chalcolithic and Chalcolithic cultures.

Unit IV i) From Copper to Iron: Early Iron Age cultures of the subcontinent; The impact of Iron

technology; The problem of co-relating literary and archaeological evidence.

Recommended Books:

Agrawal, D. P. 1982. The Archaeology of India. Surrey: Curzon Press. Agrawal, D.P. & J.S. Kharakwal. 1102. South Asian Prehistory. Delhi: Aryan Books

International. Allchin, Bridget and Raymond Allchin. 1983. The Rise of Civilization in India and Pakistan.

New Delhi: PressSyndicateUniversity of Cambridge. Allchin, Raymond and Bridget Allchin. 1997. Origins of a Civilization: The Prehistory and

Early Archaeology of South Asia. New Delhi: Viking. Chakrabarti Dilip, K., 2006. The Oxford Companion to Indian Archaeology: The

Archaeological Foundations of Ancient India – Stone Age to AD 13th Century. New Delhi:

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



23

OxfordUniversity Press. Chakrabarti Dilip, K., MakkhanLal, 2013. History of Ancient India Series - Vol.I: Prehistoric

Roots; Vol.II: Protohistoric Foundations; Vol.III: The Texts, Political History and Administration (Till c.200 BC); Vol.IV: Political History and Administration (c.200 BC-AD 750); Vol.V: Political History and Administration (c.AD 750-1300). New Delhi: Vivekananda International Foundation and Aryan Books International.

Chakravarty, K.K., Bednarik R.G., 1997. Indian Rock Art and Its Global Context. Delhi: MotilalBanarasidass.

Deo, S.B., 1979. The Problem of South Indian Megaliths. Dharwad: KarnatakaUniversity. Dhavalikar, M.K., 1997. Indian Protohistory. New Delhi: Books and Books. GururajaRao, B.K., 1972. Megalithic Culture in South India. Mysore: MysoreUniversity. Kennedy Kenneth A.R., 2000. God-Apes and the Fossil Men: Paleoanthropology of South

Asia. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. Moorti, U.S., 1994. Megalithic Culture of South India: Socio-Economic Perspectives.

Varanasi: Ganga Kaveri Publishing House. Neumayer Erwin, 1983. Prehistoric Indian Rock Paintings. Delhi: Oxford University Press. Sankalia, H.D., 1964. Stone Age Tools: Their Techniques, Names and Probable Functions.

Pune: DeccanCollege Post Graduate and Research Institute. Settar, S., Ravi Korisettar, 2002. Indian Archaeology in Retrospect – Vol.I: Prehistory –

Archaeology of South Asia; Vol.II: Protohistory – Archaeology of the HarappanCivilization; Vol.III: Archaeology and Interactive Disciplines; Vol.IV: Archaeology and Historiography – History, Theory and Method. New Delhi: Indian Council for Historical Research and Manohar Publishers.

TripathyVibha, 2001. The Age of Iron in South Asia, Delhi: Aryan Books. Kannada Books:


PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¸ÀA ÉÜ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



24

SC-202 History of Indian Architecture (Up to 13th Century CE)

Course objective: The main objective of this paper is to introduce students to the origin and development of Religious and Secular architecture in ancient and medieval India. In the part I It traces the origin and development of early Buddhist, Brahmanical and Jaina architecture including sculptures and paintings. In the part II it traces the emergence of Medieval Indian Architecture of later Indian dynasties as well as the emergence and the development of Indo Islamic architecture in India. Course outcome: The students will be introduced about the various schools of art and architecture of India and their historical importance. Unit 1 I. Buddhist Architecture: i) Stupas: It’s origin and development (the case study of Sanchi Stupa, & Amaravati Stupa) ii) Mauryan Architecture: (Caves and Pillars) iii) Western Rock Cut Caves: (Chaitya Grihas and Viharas)

a. Hinayana phase (the study of Bhaja Karle, Kanheri, Bedsa, Junnar etc.) b. Mahayana Phase (the study Ajanta Caves)

Unit II-Jaina caves i) Ellora Caves (Indra Sabha and Jaggnatha Sabha) ii) Eastern Indian Caves: (Udayagiri Caves of Orissa) Unit III i) Early Hindu Rock Cut Caves:

a) Badami ChalukyaCaves (Badami & Aihole) b) Pallava Caves(Mahabalipuram)

ii) Structural temples: a) Gupta Architecture b) Early Badami Chalukya Architecture (aihole, Badami, Pattadakal, Mahakuta)

iii) Emergence of Indian Temple Forms: a) Nagara Form b) Dravida Form c) Vesara Form d) Bhumija Form

Study of Select Temples: Kandariya Mahadeva temple Khajuraho, Lingaraja temple Bhuhanesvar, Mount Abu Jaina temples, Brihadeshwara temple Thanjavur, Kedaresvara temple Balligave, Chennakesava Temple Belur.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



25

Unit IV i) Visitto any one of the following places:

a) Aihole, Badami, Pattadakal. b) Banavasi and Balligave c) Ajanta and Ellora d) Belur and Halebeedu

Recommended Readings:

Acharya, P. K., 1927. Indian Architecture According to Manasara – Shilpashatra, London: Oxford University Press.

Barua, B., 1934-37. Barhut Vol. I-III. Calcutta: Indian Research Institute. Berkson, Carmel, 1992. Ellora: Concept and Style, New Delhi: IGNCA and Abhinav

Publications. Dallapiccola L.S.Z. Lallemant, 1980. The Stupa: Its Religious, Historical, and Architectural

Significance, Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag. Dehejia Vidya 1972. Early Buddhist Rock Temples a Chronological Study, London: Thames

and Hudson. Dhaky, M.A., ed, 1998.Encyclopedia of Indian Temple Architecture. Vol.II, Part 3, North

India: Beginnings of Medieval IdiomCAD900-1000, Delhi: American Institute of Indian Studies and IGNCA.

Dhavalikar, M. K. 1985. Late Hinayana Caves of Western India, Pune: Deccan College. Dhavalikar. M.K., 2004, The Satavahana Art, Delhi, Sharada Publishing House, Foekema G., 2003. Chalukya Architecture (3 vols.) New Delhi: Munshiram

Manoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Ghosh A (ed) 1974, Jaina Art &Architecture, (3 volumes) New Delhi, Gupta.S.P., & Shashi Prabha Asthana., 2009, Elements of Indian Art, New Deli, D.K. Print

world Private Ltd Hardy Adam, 2007.The Temple Architecture of India, Chichester: Wiley. Harle James,1986. The Art and Architecture of the Indian Subcontinent, Harmondsworth:

Penguin. Khandalwala Karl, ed, 1991. Golden Age: Gupta Art Empire, Province and Influence,

Bombay: Marg Publications. Knox Robert, 1992. Amravati- Buddhist Sculpture from the Great Stupa, London: British

Museum Press. Kramrisch Stella, 2002.The Hindu Temples (2 vols.), New Delhi: Motilal Banarasidas. Krishna Deva., 1996, Temples of North India, New Delhi, National Book Trust Meister, Michael W. and M.A. Dhaky (ed.) 1991. Encyclopedia of Indian Temple

Architecture. Vol.II, Part 2, North India: Period of Early Maturity CAD 700-900, Delhi: American Institute of Indian Studies and Oxford University Press.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



26

Meister, Michael W. and M.A. Dhaky (ed.) 1999. Encyclopedia of Indian Temple Architecture. Vol.II, Part 1, North India: Foundations of North Indian Style C.250 B.C-A. D 1100, Delhi: American Institute of Indian Studies and Oxford University Press.

Michell, George. 1977. The Hindu Temple: An Introduction to its Meaning and Form, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Parimoo Ratan, 1988. Ellora Caves: Sculptures and Architecture, New Delhi: Books and Books.

Percy Brown., 1997. Indian Architecture (Buddhist and Hindu periods), Mumbai, D.B. Taraporevala sons & Co.Pvt.LTD

Ray, Nihar Ranjan., 1975, Maurya and Post Maurya Art, New Delhi, Singh, Harihar., 1982, Jaina Temples of Western India, Varanasi Sivaramamurti C.,1942. Amaravati Sculptures in the Madras Government Museum, Madras:

Government Press. Snodgrass, Adrian1992. The Symbolism of the Stupa. Delhi: Motilal Banarasidass Soundara Rajan K.V., 1972. Indian Temple Styles: The Personality of Hindu Architecture,

New Delhi: Munshiram Manoharlal. Soundara Rajan K.V., 1981. Cave Temples of the Deccan, New Delhi: Archaeological

Survey of India. Srinivasan, K.R., 1972, Temples of South India, Delhi, National Book Trust, Stone Elizabeth Rosen, 1994. The Buddhist Art of Nagarjunkonda, Delhi: Motilal

Banarassidas Publisher Pvt. Ltd. Tadgell Christopher, 1995.The History of Architecture in India, London: Phaidon Press

Ltd. Kannada Books:

C¥Àtð PÀÆ.¸À., 1999, zÉÃªÁ®AiÀÄ ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ²®à ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ, ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.

C£ÀAvÀ gÀAUÁZÁgï J£ï., 1984, sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ zÉÃªÁ®AiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀA ÀÌøw, ÀéZÀÒAzÀ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ.

eÁÕ£À£ÀAzÀ f., 2002. ²®àzÀ±Àð, ºÀA¦: ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï f. 2015. zÉÃªÁ®AiÀÄ ªÁ ÀÄÛ «eÁÕ£À, avÀæzÀÄUÀð: ¨ÉÆÃ¢ü¤ §ÄPï ¥À©èPÉÃµÀ£ï.

UÉÆÃ¥Á®gÁªï,ºÉZï.J¸ï., ²Ã¯ÁPÁAvï ¥ÀvÁÛgï,2008. ¨ÁzÁ«Ä ZÁ¼ÀÄPÀågÀ ²®àPÀ É-

ÀA¥ÀÄl.2, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ²®àPÀ Á CPÁqÉ«Ä.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



27

SC-203 Economic History of Medieval India c. 1200- 1750 CE.

Course objective: Economic and social history of India c. 1200- 1750 A.C.E..is a series of lectures to introduce the students about the agrarian system, trade, commerce, urbanization and the social conditions during the medieval period in both north and south India. Course outcome: The students will learn about the various aspects of medieval Indian economy and important debates connected with them. Unit I i) Agricultural production-irrigation- agrarian relations and taxation during the Sultanate

period. ii) Non-Agricultural Production-karkhanas- trade and commerce-trade items- trade routes iii) Urbanization during the Sultanate period and its social impact Unit II i) Agricultural Production during the Mughal period: Extent of cultivation, Agricultural

implements and the crops. Thepeasant, Village Community and property rights-irrigation system.

ii) Taxation during the Mughal period. The machinery of land revenue administration, methodsof revenue assessment Revenue Assignments and Revenue Grants. The origin and nature of the zamindariright, role of the chieftains and zamindars in the Mughal Empire.

iii) Non-Agricultural Production and Urban Economy during the Mughal period- The growth of cities and towns, urban life and regional shifts in urbanization.

iv) Trade during the Mughal period: Inland and Foreign, organization and composition of commodity production. Themonetary system.

Unit III i) Vijayanagara and Bahmani kingdoms: Agrarian production, relations and taxation- revenue

administration- irrigation system- landgrants and assignments- agricultural implements, process of cultivation.

ii) Vijayanagara and Bahmani kingdoms:Urban centers and urban professional groups- ports-Non-agricultural production - trade and trade routes, trading communities, trade goods- Coastal and maritime trade.

iii) Vijayanagara and Bahmani kingdoms:Weights and measures, monetary system.

Unit IV i) Advent of European Companies and their impact on Indian Economy. ii) The debate on the nature of Mughal economy. iii) The debate on the economy of 18th century.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



28

Recommended Books: Appadorai A., 1936, Economic Conditions in Southern India (A.D. 1000-1500) 2 Vols.

Madras. Ashin Das Gupta, 2001. The World of the Indian Ocean Merchants (Collected Essays), New

Delhi: OUP. Ashin Das Gupta, Indian Merchants and the Decline of Surat C 1700-1750, New Delhi:

OUP. Ashtor, E., 1976.A Social and Economic History of the Near East in the Middle Ages,

London: Harper Collins Distribution Service. Day, U.N., 2004.Some Aspects of Medieval Indian History, Delhi: Low Price Publication Habib Irfan, 1999.Agrarian System of Mughal India, New Delhi: OUP. Holden Furber, 1976.Rival Empires of Trade in the Orient, 1600-1800, MN: Minneapolis. Jos Gammons, 2002.Mughal Warfare: Indian Frontiers and Highroads to Empire 1500-

1700, London: Routledge Ludden D. 1985, Peasant History in South India, Princeton. M. Athar Ali, 1999.Medieval India: Essays in the History of India 1200-1750. Mahalingam T.V. 1940, Administration and Social Life under Vijayanagara, Madras. Mahalingam T.V. 1951, Economic life in the Vijayanagara Empire,Madras. Marshall,P.J., 2003. The Eighteenth Century in Indian History: Evolution or Revolution?

New Delhi: OUP, Muzaffar Alam, Sanjay Subramaniam, 1998.The Mughal State, New Delhi: OUP. Muzaffar Alam, 1986.The Crisis of Empire in Mughal North India: Awadh and the Punjab,

1707-1748, New Delhi: OUP. Naqvi Hamida Khatoon, 1986, Agricultural, Industrial and Urban Dynamism Under the

Sultans of Delhi, Delhi: Munshiram Manoharalal, Nizami, K.A., 1961.Religion and Politics in India during the thirteenth Century, New Delhi:

OUP. R.P. Tripathi, 2012.Rise and Fall of the Mughal Empire, Delhi: Sarjeet Publications. Raychaudhuri Tapan, Habib Irfan, 1982. Cambridge Economic History of India (1200-1750),

New Delhi: Cambridge University Press. Raychaudhuri Tapan, Irfan Habib, 1982.Cambridge Economic History of India (1200-1750),

UK: Cambridge University Press. Saletore B.A., 1936, Social and Political Life in the Vijayanagara Empire, Madras. Satish Chandra, 2007.Medieval India: From Sultanate to Mughal Empire (1526-1748), New

Delhi:Har Anand Publications. Sharma, R.S., 1965 Indian Feudalism, Calcutta: Orient Longman. Shireen Moosvi, 1987. The Economy of the Mughal Empire, New Delhi: OUP. Shireen Moosvi, 1987.The Economy of the Mughal Empire, New Delhi: OUP. Stein, B., 1980, Peasant State and Society in Medieval South India. Delhi. Stein, B. 1995, Vijayanagara, New Cambridge History of India, Cambridge.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



29

William Rushbrook, 2013.An Empire Builders of 16th Century, US: Nabu Press. Yusuf Hussain, 1959.Glimpses of Medieval Indian Culture, Hyderabad: Asia Pub House.

Kannada Books:

£ÀgÀ¹AºÀªÀÄÆwð, J.«., 2003. ªÉÆWÀ® ¸ÁªÀiÁædå sÁUÀ 1-2, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: ¨sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ


£ÀgÀ¹AºÀªÀÄÆwð,J.«., 2001. zÉºÀ° ÀÄ¯ÁÛ£ÀgÀ C¢ü¥ÀvÀå sÁUÀ 1-2, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ:


£ÀgÀ¹AºÀªÀÄÆwð,J.«., 2004. ªÀÄgÁoÀgÀ ¥ÁgÀªÀÄå ¨sÁUÀ 1-2, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ


²ªÀtÚ, ªÀÄzsÀåPÁ°Ã£À ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ DyðPÀ EwºÁ¸À Qæ.±À 1200-1750, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ: EwºÁ¸À

ÉÆÃPÀ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À.

«dAiÀÄ ¥ÀÆtZÀÑ vÀA§AqÀ, 2010. sÁgÀvÀ G¥ÀRAqÀzÀ DzsÀÄ¤PÀ ¥ÀÆªÀð ZÀjvÉæ ÀA-3,

ºÀA¦: PÀ.«.«.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



30

E-201HistoryofUnification Movementin Karnataka

Course objective: History of unification movement in Karnataka is a series of lectures that provide a preliminary introduction to the formation of the modern Karnataka state and the different important personalities and movements connected. Course outcome: Students of other disciplines will have an idea about the formation of modern Karnataka as a cultural and political unit. Unit I i) Different parts of present Karnataka before unification-Mysore, Bombay, Hyderabad, Madras

and Kodagu. ii) Beginnings of the movement – 19thcentury -The Role of Deputy Chennabasappa–-Karnataka

Vidyavardhaka Sangha iii) Early 20th Century: Aluru Venkataraya-Idea of Karnatakatva-Karnataka Sabha (1916)-

Unification movement in Hyderabad Karnataka. iv) The Role of KPCC and its leaders - Belgaum Congress – Karnataka Ekikarana Sangha – The

Role of Press Unit II i) Commissions for Unification: Dhar Commission – J.V.P. Committee – Mishra Commission

–State Reorganization Commission

Recommended Books:

Janaki Nair, 2006. Problems of Karnataka, Delhi: Orient black swan. Janaki Nair, 2011. Mysore Modern, Delhi: Orient Black Swan. Suryanath U. Kamath, 2002. A Concise History of Karnataka, Bangalore: Jupiter books.

Kannada Books:

UÉÆÃ¥Á®gÁªï ºÉZï.J¸ï., 1996. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ KQÃPÀgÀt EwºÁ À, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: £ÀªÀ

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À.

«dAiÀÄ ¥ÀÆtZÀÑ vÀA§AqÀ, 2010. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ- ZÀjvÉæAiÀÄ ««zsÀ DAiÀiÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, ºÀA¦:

¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ, PÀ.«.«.

ZÀAzÀæ±ÉÃRgÀ J¸ï., 2002. DzsÀÄ¤PÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ DAzÉÆÃ®£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, w¥ÀÆÖgÀÄ: £ÀªÀÄä ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À.

ZÀAzÀæ±ÉÃRgÀ J¸ï., 2005. KQÃPÀgÀt: MAzÀÄ PÀxÀ£À, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀÄ ÀÛPÀ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ.

ZÀAzÀæ±ÉÃRgÀ J¸ï., 2006. ªÀ ÁºÀvÀÄ PÁ°Ã£À PÀ£ÁðlPÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀA ÀÌøw

E¯ÁSÉ.

PÁªÀÄvÀ ¸ÀÆAiÀÄð£ÁxÀ, 2003, PÀ£ÁðlPÀ KQÃPÀgÀtzÀ ¹¢Þ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÁzsÀ£É, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ

¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀjµÀvÀÄÛ.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



31

HC-301 History of Modern Europe

Course objective: Modern Europe is a series of lectures intended to provide the students a with a background of the political and intellectual history of the Modern Europe and introduce important issues and debates relevant to the current situations. Course outcome: The students will have an idea about the legacies of the modern European history on present day Indian institutions and ideas. Unit I i) The foundations of the Modern West: Impact of the Renaissance ii) The Reformation iii) Commercial Revolution – discovery of new continents and routes-colonization iv) The New States – Louis 14th and Absolutism. Unit II i) Rise of the Middle Class ii) Scientific Revolution – Newton – Descartes – Bacon iii) Political Thought of Hobbes and Locke iv) Age of Enlightenment: Philosophy-The idea of Progress – Voltaire – Rousseau –

Montesquieu – Physiocrats. Unit III i) French Revolutions – Vienna settlement ii) Industrial Revolution – iii) Karl Marx – Scientific Socialism. Unit IV i) Nationalism in Europe ii) World War 1st- Paris Peace Conference –– Russian Revolution towards European iii) Union - League of nations iv) Second World War Unit V i) United Nations Organizations – aims, functions and performance ii) Cold war iii) Contemporary international relations

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



32

Recommended Books:

Adam Hochschild, 2011. To End All Wars: A Story of Loyalty and Rebellion 1914 – 1918, Houghton Miffin Harcourt.

Barbara W. Tuchman, 1962. The guns of august, Ballantine books. Carlton J.H. Hayes, 1981. Contemporary Europe since 1870, Surjeet Publications. Carlton J.H. Hayes, 1982. Modern Europe to 1870, Surjeet Publications. Chris Herman, 1999. A People’s History of The World, Orient Black swan. Eric J. Hobsbawm, 1996. The Age Capital:1848 - 1875, Vintage Publishers. Eric J. Hobsbawm, 1996. The Age Revolution: 1789 – 1848, Vintage Publishers. Ian Kershaw, adolfhitler (2 vols.). John Keegan, 2000. The First World War, Vintage Publishers, Mark Mazower, 2000. Dark Continent: Europe’s Twentieth Century, Vintage Publishers, Max Hastings, 2014. Catastrophe: Europe Goes to War 1914, William Collims. Michael Miller, 2012. Europe And the Maritime World: A Twentieth Century History,

Cambridge University Press, Norman Davis, 1994. Europe: A History, Harper Perennial. Orlando Figes, 2011. The Crimean War, Metropolitan Books. Richard J. Evans, 2005. The Coming of The Third Reich, Penguin Books. Swain, J.E., 1986. A History of World Civilization, Eurasia Publishing House. Timothy Snyder, 2010. Bloodlands: Europe Between Hitler And Stalin, Basic Books. Tony Judt, 1999. Postwar: A History of Europe since 1945, Penguin books. William L. Shirer, 1990. The Rise and fall of the Third Reich: A history of Nazi Germany,

Simon& Schuster. Kannada Book:

«dAiÀÄ ¥ÀÆtZÀÑ vÀA§AqÀ, 2010. AiÀÄÄgÉÆÃ¥ï-ZÀjvÉæAiÀÄ ««zsÀ DAiÀiÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, ºÀA¦:

¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ, PÀ.«.«.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



33

HC-302 Select Topics on Indian National Movement -1885-1960 CE

Course objective: Select topics in Indian national movement -1885-1960 is a series of lectures aiming at introducing the students a very important phase of Indian history. This consists of select topics like the moderate, extreme, revolutionary, and other strands of Indian national movement. Course outcome: Students will get a comprehensive idea about the Indian national movement. Unit I i) Reasons and background for establishment of Indian National Congress -safety valve theory-

Moderates and their strategy Unit II i) Division of Bengal and aftermath ii) Tilak’s leadership to Indian National Congress iii) British policies and acts in India and the First World War Unit III i) Satyagrahas: Non- Cooperation Movement-–the Swarajists-Civil Disobedience Movement

and the Salt Satyagrha- Quit India movement. ii) Communal award- Poona pact-Round Table Conference -Government of India act 1935 Unit IV- Partition and Independence: i) Rise of communalism in Indian politics- Muslim League and separate electorate- Congress

and Muslim League -Hindu Mahasabha and RSS ii) Indian National Movement and Second World War- Cripps Mission iii) Mountbatten and Partition- Partition of India: current debates and views Unit V i) Role of Revolutionaries ii) Socialists and Communists iii) Subhash Chandra Bose-INA-RNI- iv) Ambedkar’s movements v) Other movements: Peasant and tribal movements-Periyar-linguistic movements. Recommended Books:

Chandra Bipin, 1989. India’s Struggle for Independence, New Delhi: Penguin Publication. Chandra Bipin, 2009. History of Modern India, Delhi: Orient Black swan. Desai, A.R., 2006. Social Background of Indian Nationalism, Mumbai: Popular Prakashan.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



34

Gupta, A.K., 1987. Introduction to Myth and Reality: The Struggle for Freedom in India, 1945 – 1947, Delhi: Manohar Publication.

Johnson.G., 1973. Provincial Politics and Indian Nationalism: Bombay and the Indian National Congress, 1880 – 1915, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,

Kaul Suvir, 2001. The Partition of Memory: Afterlife of the division of India, New Delhi: Permanent Black.

Kaura U., 1977. Muslims And Indian Nationalism: The Emergence of Demand for India’s Partition, 1928 – 1940, New Delhi: South Asia Books.

Kling, B.B., 1966. The Blue Mutiny: The Indigo Disturbances in Bengal, 1859 – 1862, Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.

Loomba Ania, 1998. Colonialism / Postcolonialism, London and New York: Routledge. Low David A., 1997. Britain & Indian Nationalism: The Imprint of Ambiguity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Mehrotra S.R., 1971. The Emergence of The Indian National Congress, Delhi: Vikas Publication.

Minault Gail, 1982. The Khilafat Movement: Religious Symbolism and Political Mobilization in India, Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Panikkar, K.N., 2007. Colonialism, Culture and Resistance, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Parekh Bhikhu, 1989. Colonialism, Tradition and Reform: An Analysis of Gandhi’s Political Discourse, New Delhi: Sage Publication.

Sarkar Summit, 2013. Modern India 1885 – 1947, New Delhi: Macmillan Publication. Seal Aneal, 1968. The Emergence of Indian Nationalism, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Sekhar Bandyopadhyay, 2004. From Plassey to Partition, New Delhi: Orient Longman Publication

Subramanian Lakshmi, 2010. History of India, 1707 – 1857, Delhi: Orient Black swan. Sugatha Bose and Ayesha Jalal, 1997. Nationalism, Democracy and Development: State and

Politics in India, Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Kannada Books:

±ÀAPÀgÀ£ÁgÁAiÀÄt gÁªï, J£ï.¦., 2013. ¸ÁévÀAvÀæöå UÀAUÉAiÀÄ ¸Á«gÀ vÉÆgÉUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ:

£ÀªÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



35

SC-301 Sources of Indian History - Epigraphy, Numismatics and Archives

Course objective: The main objective of this paper is to familiarize the students to the sources to reconstruct Indian History. The paper consists of three important units with sub units in each unit. Course outcome: Students will have an introduction to the specialized fields of epigraphy, numismatics and archives, and their importance in reconstruction of our history. UnitI i) The Importance of Epigraphy, Numismatics and Archival sources in reconstruction of

Indian history Unit II i) Antiquity of Writing in ancient India ii) Development of Script- from Brahmi to Kannada iii) Writing materials and dating methods iv) Types of Inscriptions (Prosaists, Land Grants, Hero Stones, Sati Stones, Nishadi and so on) v) Study of some select Inscriptions of Karnataka: (Selected Ashoka’s Brahmagiri

edict,Talagunda pillar inscription, Aihole Prasasti of Pulakisin II, Halmidi Inscription) Unit III i) Origin and Antiquity of coinage in ancient India ii) Various coin Manufacture Techniques iii) Study of some important coins:The Punch Marked coins, Indo-Greek coins, Kushana coins,

Satavahana coins, Gupta coins, Vijayanagara Coins, Sultanate coins, and Mughal coins Unit IV i) Types of Archival materials: Palm leaf and paper manuscripts, Paper documents, Kadatas ii) How to access the archival sources iii) Causes s for the detonation of Archival sources iv) Conservation and Preservation of the Archival sources. Manuscript Cataloging. Unit V i) Takingestampage of the Stone and copper plate Inscriptions and reading skill ii) Visit to some Museums where coins are exhibited. iii) To learn how to preserve the manuscripts by arranging practical training classes.

Recommended Books:

AllanJ., 1975. Catalogue of coins in Ancient India,Delhi: Munshiram manoharlal application.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



36

Altekar, A.S.,1954. The Gupta Gold Coins in the Bayana Hoard, Bombay: NSI AltekarA.S., 1937. Catalogue of Coins of the Gupta Empire. Varanasi: Numismatic Society

of India. Aryan Prakashan, Srivastava, A.K., 1969. Catalogue of Indo-Greek Coins in the State

Museum, Lucknow. Lucknow: State Museum. Banarasidas Chattopadhyaya, Bhaskar, 1967. The Age of the Kushanas – A Numismatic

Study, Calcutta: Punthi Pustak. Bhandarkar D.R., 1921. Carmichael Lectures on Ancient Indian Numismatics. Calcutta:

Calcutta University. Bühler George, 1959. Indian Paleography. Calcutta: Indian Studies. Dani Ahmad Hasan, 1963. Indian Paleography, Oxford: ClarendonPress. Dasgupta K.K., 1974. A Tribal History of Ancient India – A Numismatic Approach.

Calcutta: Nababharat Publications. Datta Mala ,1990. A Study of the Satavahana coinage, Delhi: Harman Publishing House. ElliotW., 1970. Coins of South India. Varanasi: Indological Book House. Ganesh K. and Girijapathy, 1999, Karnataka Numismatic Studies, Bengaluru. Gardener P., 1886. The Coinage of the Greek and Scythic Kings of Bactria and India in

British Museum, London: British Museum. Gokhale Shobhana 1981. New Discoveries in the Satavahana Coinage, JNSI vol. XLIII: 54-

59. Goyal S. R., 1985. The Coinage of Ancient India. Meerut: Kusmanjali Book World. Goyal S.R., 1995. Dynastic Coins of Ancient India, Jodhpur: Kusumanjali Book World. Gupta P.L., 1979. (2nd Revised Edition) Coins, New Delhi: National Book Trust. HandaDevendra, 2007. Tribles Coins of Ancient India, New Delhi: Aryan Books

International. Hegde Rajaram, et.al. (ED.), 2006, Archival Sources for Karnataka History, Shivamogga:

Prasaranga, Kuvempu University. Jha, Amiteshwar and Dilip Rajgor 1994. Studies in the Coinage of WesternKshatrapas.

Anjaneri: Indian Institute of Research in Numismatic Studies. Mirashi V.V. 1981. The History and Inscriptions of the Satavahanas and the

WesternKshatrapas. Bombay: Maharashtra State Board of Literature and Culture. Narasimhamurthy A.V. Karnataka Coins RajgorDilip, 2001. Punch-Marked Coins of Early Historic India. California: Reesha Books

International. Ramesh, K.V., 1984. Indian Epigraphy. Delhi: Sundeep Prakashan. Ranganathan S.R., 1931, “Laws of Archival Science” Indian Archives, 1, pp. 18 ff. Rapson, E.J., 1908. Catalogue of Coins of Andhra Dynasty, Western Kshatrapas etc.,

London: British Museum. SahniBirbal ,1973. The Technique of Casting Coins in Ancient India. Varanasi: Bharatiya

Publishing House.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



37

Salomon, Richard,1998. Indian Epigraphy, New Delhi: Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd.

SarmaI.K.,1980. Coinage of the Satavahana Empire. Delhi: Agama Kala Prakashan. Schellenberg Theodore R. 1965, Management of Archives, Chicago. Shastri A.M. (Ed.) 1972. Coinage of Satavahanas and Coins from Excavations, Nagpur:

Nagpur University. Shastri, A.M., 1966. The Saka Era, Panchal, vol. 9: 109-132. Shivaganeshmurthy R.S., 1996, Introduction toManuscriptology, Delhi:Sharada Publishing

House, Sircar, D.C., 1965. Indian Epigraphy. Delhi: Motilal Banarasidas publishers.

Kannada Books:

ªÀÄAdÄ£ÁxÀ, JA.f., zÉÃªÀgÁd¸Áé«Ä, f.PÉ., 2004. PÀ£ÀßqÀ °¦±Á ÀÛç, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀ£ÀßqÀ

¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀjµÀvï.

£ÀgÀ¹AºÀªÀÄÆwð,J.«., 1968. PÀ£ÀßqÀ °¦AiÀÄ GUÀªÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ «PÁ À, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ: ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ.

zÉÃªÀgÀPÉÆAqÀgÉrØ, 2002. °¦AiÀÄ ºÀÄlÄÖ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ É¼ÀªÀtÂUÉ, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀÄ ÀÛPÀ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ.

ªÀÄAdÄ£ÁxÀ, JA.f., zÉÃªÀgÁd¸Áé«Ä, f.PÉ., 2011. PÀ£ÀßqÀ °¦ «PÁ À, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: AiÀÄÄªÀ ÁzsÀ£É ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À.

§rUÉÃgÀ «ÃgÉÃ±À, 2011, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÉÆÃr °¦, ºÀA¦: ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ PÀ.«.«.

¥ÁrUÁgÀ ²æÃ¤ªÁ¸À, 2004, sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄEwºÁ ÀzÀ ±Á À£À DPÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, zsÁgÀªÁqÀ: gÁªÀÄ±ÀæAiÀÄ ¥À©èPÉÃµÀ£ïì.

¹.¦.PÉ., 2001. ±Á À£À±Á¸ÀÛç ¥ÀæªÉÃ±À, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ: ZÉÃvÀ£ï §ÄPï ºË¸ï.

CtÂÚUÉÃj,J.JA., 1992. £ÁtåUÀ¼ÀÄ, zsÁgÀªÁqÀ; ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ.

®QëöäÃ£ÁgÁAiÀÄt sÀlÖ J£ï. J¸ï., 1968, sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ UÀæAxÀ ÀA¥ÁzÀ£Á ±Á ÀÛç ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ.

£ÀgÀ¹AºÁZÁgï r,J¯ï. 1976, PÀ£ÀßqÀ UÀæAxÀ ÀA¥ÁzÀ£É, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ, ±ÁgÀzÁ ªÀÄA¢gÀ.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



38

SC- 302 History of Karnataka up to the fall ofthe Hoysalas

Course objective: History of Karnataka up to the fall of Vijayanagara is a lecture series intending to introduce the history of Karnataka up to the fall of the Hoysalas. It also covers important aspects of administration, economy and cultural history. Course outcome: The students will get a preliminary knowledge about the Political Economic and cultural history of Karnataka of pre-modern period and emergence of regional cultural patterns. Unit I i) Primary- Literary, archaeological, foreign accounts ii) Secondary sources Unit II i) Mauryas- Satavahanas- Kadambas of Banavasi and Gangas of Talakadu ii) Administration iii) Second urbanization and urban centers-trade-coinage Unit III i) Early Chalukyas-Pulakesi II; Rastrakutas- Amoghavarsha Later Chalukyas-Vikramaditya VI

and Hoysalas-Vishnuvardhana-Sevunas of Devagiri ii) Administration - extent of empires and administrative divisions- Samantas, Mandalesvaras,

dandanayakas, Nadu, agrahara, local self-government, revenue collection, taxes, military, Agriculture, irrigation-urban centers and professions- trade goods and routes-trading communities

Unit IV i) Development of Kannada literature ii) Development of regional style of architecture iii) Development of Bouddha, Jaina, Saiva, Vaishnava and other traditions- Kalamukha,

Virasaiva, Srivaishnava and Madhva tradition Recommended Books:

Altekar A.S. 1934, The Rastrakutas and their Times, Poona. Coelho William, 1950, Hoysalavamsa, Bombay. Derrett J.D.M. 1957, The Hoysalas, Oxford Desai Dinakar, 1951, Mahamandalesvaras under the Chalukyas of Kalyani, Bombay. Desai P.B. (ed), 1970, A History of Karnataka, Karnataka University, Dharwar. Desai P.B. 1957, Jainism in South India and some Jaina Epigraphs, Sholapur. Dikshit G.S. 1964, Local Self Government in Medieval Karnataka, Dharwar. Fleet J.F. 1896, Dynasties of Kanarese Districts, Bombay (Bombay Gaz. Vol I, Pt.II)

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



39

Gopal, B.R., 1981,Chalukyas of Kalyani and Kalachuris, Dharwad, Karnataka University. Kuppuswamy G.R. Economic Conditions in Karnataka (A.D. 973 to A.D. 1336), Dharwad,

Karnataka University Majumdar R.C. and Pusalkar (Ed.), History and Culture of the Indian People, Vol. 4,5,6.

Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, Bombay. Moreas G.M. 1931, The Kadamba Kula, Bombay. Narasimhachar R. Karnataka Kavicharite Narasimhamurthy A.V. 1971, The Sevunas of Devagiri, Mysore. Nilakantha Shastri K.A. 1966, A History of South India, Madras. Ramesh K.V. 1970, History of South Kanara, Dharwar. Rice B.L. 1909, Mysore and Coorg from Inscriptions, London. Saletore B.A. 1936, Ancient Karnataka (Vol.I) History of Tuluvas, Poona. Srikanthasastri S. 1940, Sources of Karnataka History, Mysore. Suryanath Kamath, 2001.A Concise history of Karnataka from pre-historic times to the

present, Bangalore: MCC Jupiter books. Yazdani (ed), 1960, The Early History of Deccan 2 vols. Bombay

Kannada Books:

£ÀgÀ¹AºÀªÀÄÆwð,J.«., 1999. C©üeÁvÀAiÀÄÄUÀ ¨sÁUÀ 1-2, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ


£ÀgÀ¹AºÀªÀÄÆwð,J.«., 1999. PÀ£ÀÆeï ¸ÁªÀiÁædå AiÀÄÄUÀ sÁUÀ 1-2, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ:


£ÀgÀ¹AºÀªÀÄÆwð,J.«., 2000. ¸ÁªÀiÁædåPÁÌV ºÉÆÃgÁl ¨sÁUÀ 1-2, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ:

¨sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ «zsÁå¨sÀªÀ£®PÀët vÉ®UÁ«, 2004. ªÀiËAiÀÄð ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ±ÁvÀªÁºÀ£ÀgÀ AiÀÄÄUÀ, ºÀA¦:


azÁ£ÀAzÀªÀÄÆwð, 1966, JA. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ±Á À£ÀUÀ¼À ¸ÁA ÀÌøwPÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À, (450-1150),

ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ.

gÀªÉÄÃ±ï,J¸ï.¹., 2016. D¢ PÀzÀA§gÀÄ, UÀAUÀgÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨ÁzÁ«Ä ZÁ¼ÀÄPÀågÀÄ, ºÀA¦:


Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



40

SC-303Theories of Colonialism & Nationalism

Course objective: Theories of colonialism & nationalism is a series of lectures intended at introducing the concept colonialism, various theories about it, the structure and forms of colonialism, its functioning. It also introduces the concept of nationalism, various theories about it and decolonization. Course outcome: Students will know the key concepts, theories and debates about colonialism and nationalism which will increase their reasoning capacity and comprehension of the modern history. Unit I i) Beginning of Colonialism and development in Asia ii) Structural features of Colonialism-Nature of exploitation under colonialism. iii) Colonialism as a manifestation of International capitalism Unit II i) Theories of Colonialism: Marxists, Imperialists, Nationalists and Neo- Imperialists ii) Manifestation of Colonialism: Metropolis and periphery, Colonies, Protectorates, Sphere of

influences, and Mandates and their functions Unit III i) Factors behind the genesis of Nationalism ii) Nationalism and the narrative of identity-nation, nationality, and Nationalism- Nation as

imagined Community iii) Forms of Nationalism Theories of Nationalism French, Marxist, Gandhian Unit IV i) De-Colonization-Theories of Dependencies ii) Neo-Colonialism and problems of political and Economic Stability iii) Under development in the Third World

Recommended Books:

Ania Loomba, 2005. Colonialism/Postcolonialism, London: Routledge, Anthony Brewer, 2003. Marxist Theories of Imperialism: A Critical Survey, London:

Routledge. Anthony D. Smith, 2000. Theories of Nationalism, UK: Palgrave Macmillan. Benedict Anderson, 1991. Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread

ofNationalism, Bullard D., 1978. The Struggle for Asia. USA: Holmes & Meier.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



41

Donald F Lach, 1965. Asia in the Making of Europe. Volume I and III, Chicago: University of Chicago Press,

E. Kedourie, 1993. Nationalism, Blackwell, E. Gellner, 2008. Nations and Nationalism, Cornell University Press. E.J. Hobsbawm, 1997. Nations and Nationalism since 1780, Cambridge: CUP. Edgar Snow, 1994. The Red Star over China, USA: Grove Press. Ernest Gellner,1989. Nations and Nationalism, London: Wiley-Blackwell. Frank, A.G., 1969. World Accumulation, New York: Monthly Review Press. Hall D.G.E, 2014. A history of South East Asia, Singapore: Marshall Cavendish International. Hayes C.J.H, 2010.Essays on Nationalism, Delhi: Har-Anand Publications Pvt Ltd. Hobson, J.A., 1902. Imperialism A Study, London: Cosimo Classics. Immanuel Wallerstein, 1974. The Modern World System; capitalist agriculture and

European expansion, London: University of California Press. Jeffrey Robin, 1981. Asia: the winning of Independence, UK: Palgrave Macmillan. John Hutchinson and Anthony Smith, 2000. Critical Concepts in Political Science:

Nationalism, London: Routledge. Joseph A Shempeter,1919. Imperialism and Social Classes, London: Augustus m Kelley. Lenin, V.I.,1916. Imperialism a highest stage of capitalism, Moscow: Martino Fine Books. Paul Baran, 1957. Political Economic Growth, London: Cosimo Classics. Peter Cain and Mark Harrison, 2001. Critical Concepts in Historical Studies: Imperialism,

London: Routledge. Tom Kemp, 1967. Theories of Imperialism, Dobson.

Kannada Books:

¨ÁgÀPÀÆgÀÄ GzÀAiÀÄ, 2006. ¸ÁªÀiÁædå±Á» ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÁ¶ÖçÃAiÀÄªÁzÀ, UÀÄArä: d£ÀªÁ¢

¥ÀæPÁ±À£À.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m

https://www.google.co.in/search?safe=active&q=Wiley-Blackwell&stick=H4sIAAAAAAAAAOPgE-LSz9U3MLIwtMgrVuIEsZMzCtMLtFQyyq30k_NzclKTSzLz8_QLUosy81MykxNziq0KSpNyMoszUosAuXD6jz8AAAA&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwi8rtHu4dHYAhUST48KHVwIBa0QmxMIlQEoATAO



42

E 301 Elective papers:

World Heritage Sites in India

Course objectives: World Heritage Sites in India is a lecture series intending to introduce the students of other disciplines to understand the concept of Heritage and some important world Heritage Sites in India. Course Outcome: Students will gain a preliminary knowledge about the concept and importance of heritage and heritage sites in India. UnitI i) The Definition of Heritage ii) Classification of Heritage

a) Tangible Heritage b) Intangible Heritage c) World Heritage sites (UNESCO) d) World Heritage Sites in India

Unit II i) Natural Heritage ii) Art and Architecture Heritage iii) Museum as Repository of Heritage iv) Indian Crafts v) Cultural Heritage vi) Indian Dance Forms vii) Indian Music Forms and Indian cuisines

Recommended Books:

Basham, A.L., 2007. The Illustrated Cultural History of India, New York: Oxford University Press.

Bhandari N.K., 2007. Cultural Heritage of India. Delhi: Eastern Book Corporation. Bhowmik, S.K.,2004,Heritage Management: Care, Understanding and Appreciation of

Cultural Heritage, Jaipur: Publication Scheme. Biswas, Sachindra Sekhara, 1999. Protecting the Cultural Heritage (National Legislation

and International Conservation),New Delhi: Aryan Books International. Deshpande, M. N., 1994. Care of Cultural Heritage. New Delhi: National Museum Institute. DhawanShashi,1996. Recent Trends in Conservation of Art Heritage. Delhi:Agama Kala

Prakashan. Ghoshmaulik, S. K., BassK. K., 2001. Understanding Heritage: Role of

Museum.Bhubaneswar: Academic Staff College. Howard, Peter, 2003. Heritage: Management, Interpretation, Identity,London: Continuum.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



43

Paddayya, K., 2004.Heritage management with special reference to modern impacts on archaeology sites of lower Deccan. Deccan Studies” 1 (2): 7-24.

Rao P.R., 1988. Cultural Heritage of India. Delhi: Sterling. Renfrew C., 2000. Loot, Legitimacy and Ownership. London: Duckworth. Singh L.K., 2008. Indian Cultural Heritage from Tourism Perspective. Delhi: ISHA Books. Thapar, B.K., 1989.Conservation of the Indian Heritage. New Delhi: Cosmo Publication.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



44

HC 401 Contemporary South Asia-SAARC Nations

Course objective: Contemporary South Asia-SAARC Nations is a series of lectures which intend to introduce the history of the history of the South Asian countries after their formation to the recent days. This will mainly introduce the history of Independent India and provide a brief history of other nations highlighting their relations with India. Course outcome: Students will have an idea about the history of Independent India and its relations with its neighboring countries. Unit I i) Evolution and basic features of the Indian Constitution ii) Nehru, Shastri and Indira iii) JP Movement & Emergency iv) The Janata Interregnum and Indian politics since 1080. Unit II i) Mixed Economy, Green Revolution and Land Reforms ii) Economic Reforms since 1991-land reforms, agricultural growth and green revolution, iii) Trade-Industrialization and science and technology since Independence Unit III i) Emergence of Pakistan and political developments in Pakistan ii) Indo-Pak Relation since 1971-Indo -Pak wars and conflicts iii) Kargil War and Nuclear Dynamics Unit IV i) Other SAARC countries- Nepal, Bangladesh, Srilanka. ii) Indo Srilanka Relations iii) Indo Bangla relations. Unit V i) Formation of SAARC and it’s Achievements

Recommended Books:

Akbar M.J., 1988.Nehru: The Making of India, Viking

Ananaya Vajpayee, 2012. Righteous Republic: The Political Foundations of Modern India,USA: Harvard Business.

Ayesha Jalal, 2014. The Struggle for Pakistan: A Muslim Homeland and Global Politics, USA: Harvard Business.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



45

Bipin Chandra, Mridula Mukherjee, Aditya Mukherjee, 2017.India Since Independence, Haryana: Penguin Random House India.

Das Gurcharan, 2000.India Unbound, New Delhi: Penguin Books.

David Hall Mathews, 2007. Contemporary South Asia, US: WileyBlockwell. Edward Mallot, J., 2012.Memory, Nationalism and Narrative in Contemporary South Asia,

UK: Palgroove Macmillan, Faisal Devji,2013. Muslim Zion: Pakistan as a political Idea, USA: Harvard Business. Guha Ramachandra, 2014.Makers of Modern Asia, USA: Harvard Business. Guha Ramachandra, 2008.India After Gandhi, Tamil Nadu: Picador Harihar Dubey, 2000.India after Independence, New Delhi: Penguin India. Sanyal Sanjeev,2015. The Indian Renaissance: India’s Rise after a Thousand Years of

decline, U.K: Penguin.

Singer Wendy,2011. Independent India, 1947-2000, New Delhi: Routledge,

Srinath Raghavan, 1971.The Global History of the Creation of Bangladesh, USA: Harvard Business.

Sugath Bose, Ayesha Jalal, 2014. Modern South Asia: History, Culture, Political Economy,New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Sumantra Bose,2008. Contested Lands: Israel-Palestine, Kashmir, Boswa, Cyprus and Sri Lanka, USA: Harvard Business.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



46

HC 402 History of Modern Karnataka -1800-1956 CE

Course objective: History of Modern Karnataka (1800-1946) is a lecture series aiming at introducing the modern history of the various parts of the un united Karnataka like old Mysore, Hyderabad Karnataka, Bombay Karnataka, Madrass Karnataka and the Kodagu province. Course outcome: The students will know about the modern history of all the provinces of the Karnataka before unification. Unit I i) Nature of Wodeyar rule - Role of Commissioners and Dewans in the modern Mysore ii) Nagar insurrection iii) Freedom movement in Mysore province Unit II i) Local Chieftains of Hyderabad Karnataka-Surpur, Gurugonta, Gunthgola, Arakere ii) Anti-British uprisings in Hyderabad Karnataka-Venkatappa Nayaka Surapura in 1857 iii) Rule of Nizams-Brahmo Samaj and Arya Samaj, Razakars Unit III i) Political developments in 19th century in Bombay Karnataka-Role of Peswas and expansion

of British rule ii) Protests of princely states-Kitturu and Halagali Bedas iii) National movement in Bombay Karnataka- Tilak period, Gandhi period, Non-Cooperation

movement in North Kanara iv) OBC and Dalit movements Unit IV i) Nature of local chieftains before British in Madras Karnataka- British annexation- role of

collectors Land revenue settlements ii) Role of missionaries and commissioners in South Kanara-Basel mission iii) Social reform movements in Madras Karnataka-Brahma samaj and Kudmal Rangarao-

Narayan Guru iv) National movement in Madras Karnataka-Karnad Sadashiva Rao and others v) Role of colonial administration in Ballari-role of missionaries Unit V i) Nature of Haleri rule in Kodagu-Veera Raja, Lingaraja and Chikkaviraraja Odeyar and

annexation of Kodagu ii) Amarasulya insurrection of 1837 -Consolidation of British rule in Kodagu iii) Slavery-Basel mission and conversions iv) Emergence of Plantations-Jamma-Ryots in modern Kodagu

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



47

v) Freedom movement-C.M. Poonachcha and P.I. Belliyappa-emergence separate state movement

Unit VI i) Unification movement of Karnataka-main events and leaders.

Recommended Books:

Halappa G.S., 1964. Freedom Movement in Karnataka, Vol. 2, Handa, R. L., 1968.History of Freedom Struggle in Princely State, New Delhi, Hettne.B., 1978. The Political Economy of Indirect Rule, Mysore 1881-1947, New Delhi:

Ambika Publication, J.D.E. Gribble, 1986.History of Deccan, Vol I and II, Delhi: AEH Publication. James Manor, 1977.Political Change in an Indian State: Mysore 1917 – 1955, New Delhi: James Manor, 1978. Political Change in an Indian State: Mysore: 1917-1955, NewDelhi:

South Asia Books. Janaki Nair, 2006. Problems of Karnataka, Orient black swan, Janaki Nayar,2011. Mysore Modern, Delhi: Oxford University Press, Prasanna.D.A., Sadashiva,K., 2017. The Princely States and Making of Modern India,

Manipal: ManipalUniversity Press Rice, B.L.,1878. Mysore and Coorg Gazetteer, Govt of Karnataka: Dept. of Gazetteer. Ricktor, G.,1984. Gazetteer of Coorg 1871, New Delhi: AEH Publication. Sebastian Joseph (ed): History of Karnataka, Vol.6, Hampi: Prasaranga, Kannada University, Shyam Bhat, S., 1998. South Canara: A Study in Colonial Administration and Regional

Response, New Delhi: Mittel Publications. Sturruck, 2003.Malnad of Madvas Presidency 1864, Bangalore: Karnataka State Gazetteer. Suryanath U. Kamath, 1973. A Concise History of Karnataka, Jupiter Books. Suryanth U. Kamath, 1988.Quit India Movement in Karnataka,

Kannada Books:

¥ÀÆeÁgÀ½î «gÀÆ¥ÁPÀë, 2007, ªÀ ÁºÀvÀÄ PÁ®zÀ §¼Áîj f Éè, ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ ºÀA¦.

«dAiÀÄ ¥ÀÆtZÀÑ vÀA§AqÀ, 2000, ZÀjvÉæ «±ÀéPÉÆÃ±À, ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.

«dAiÀÄ ¥ÀÆtZÀÑ vÀA§AqÀ, 2014, DzsÀÄ¤PÀ PÉÆqÀUÀÄ, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀjµÀvÀÄÛ

ElÖtÚªÀgÀ ²æÃgÁªÀÄ, 2000, ºÀ®UÀ° ¸ÁA ÀÌøwPÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À, É¼ÀUÁA: £ÁUÀ£ÀÆgÀÄ gÀÄzÁæQë ªÀÄoÀ.

MqÉAiÀÄgïJ¸ï.J¸ï. 1988, QvÀÆÛgÀÄZÉ£ÀßªÀÄä £Áå±À£À ï §ÄPï læ ïÖ, £ÀªÀzÉºÀ°.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



48

PÁªÀÄvï ÀÆAiÀÄð£ÁxÀ (¸ÀA) 1998, PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ZÀjvÉæ ÀA¥ÀÄl-7, ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ ºÀA¦.

PÀÈµÀÚgÁªï JA.«, PÉÃ±ÀªÀ¨sÀmï JA,1970, PÀ£ÁðlPÀ EwºÁ À zÀ±Àð£À PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ÀgÀPÁjÃ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

ZÀAzÀæ±ÉÃRgÀ J¸ï, 2006, ªÀ ÁºÀvÀÄ PÁ°Ã£À PÀ£ÁðlPÀ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀA¸ÀÌøw E¯ÁSÉ,

ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

PÀÈµÀÚAiÀÄå, r.J¸ï., 2014. PÉÆqÀV£À EwºÁ À, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀjµÀvï.

ªÀÄºÁ§¯ÉÃ±ÀégÀ¥Àà, ©.¹., 2007. ºÉÊzÁgÀ Ázï PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁdQÃAiÀÄ ZÀ¼ÀÄªÀ½UÀ¼ÀÄ, ºÀA¦:

PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄ

ªÉÆÃºÀ£ÀPÀÈµÀÚ gÉÊ, 2004. vÀÄ¼ÀÄ£ÁqÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ £Ár£À ¥ÀæªÀÄÄRgÀÄ, ºÀA¦: PÀ£ÀßqÀ

«±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄ.

£ÁUÀgÁd, JA.f., ºÁªÉÃj gÁdåªÀA±ÀzÀ ZÀjvÉæ (2 ÀA¥ÀÄlUÀ¼ÀÄ)

ZÉ£Àß¸Áé«Ä ÉÆÃ¸À É, J¸ï., 2010. KQÃPÀgÀuÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ, ºÀA¦: ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ, PÀ.«.«.

UÉÆÃ¥Á®gÁªï, ºÉZï.J£ï., 2012. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ KQÃPÀgÀt, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: £ÀªÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

¥ÀæPÁ±À£À.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



49

SC 401 History of Keladi Nayakas

Course objective: History of Keladi Nayakas is a series of lectures introducing he political history of the Keladi Nayakas, their administration, the literature, art and cults of their period. Course outcome:Kuvempu University students will know the history of this region and its cultural heritage. Unit I i) Sources for Keladi history: Literary , archaeological and foreign accounts ii) Political background-Vijayanagara Amara nayaka system iii) Foundation of the kingdom iv) Early Rulers of Keladi Unit II i) Dodda Sankanna Nayaka ii) Venkatappa Nayaka I iii) Shivappa Nayaka iv) Queen Chennammaji v) Decline of the power and fall Unit III i) Administration ii) Socio- Economic conditions, Coinage iii) Keladi rulers and the neighboring kings. iv) Keladi rulers and the Portuguese and other European powers. Unit IV i) Development of Literature and fine art ii) Architecture and sculpture iii) Vaidika, Saiva, Vaishnava traditions and local cults-Islam and Christianity in the Keladi

kingdom.

Recommended Books:

Chitnis, K.N., 1947, Keladi Polity, Dharwar: Prasaranga, Karnataka University. Desai, P.B., 1970, A History of Karnataka, Dharwar: Karnataka University Dharwar Shastry, A.K., Records of Shringeri Matha relating to Keladi, Keladi: Keladi Museum and

Research Bureau. Chitnis, K.N., 1970, A Feudatory Chiefs under Bidanuru,Poona: Deccan College and

Research Institute.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



50

Swaminathan K.D., 1957, The Nayakas of Ikkeri, Madrass

Dikshit G.S. 1981, Studies in Keladi History, Bengaluru: Mythic Society.

Kannada Reference:

¢ÃQëvï.f.J¸ï., 1964. PÉ¼À¢ £ÁAiÀÄPÀgÀÄ, zsÁgÀªÁqÀ: PÀ£ÁðlPÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ.

¢ÃQëvï.f.J¸ï., 1989. PÉ¼À¢ LwºÁ¹PÀ ¤§AzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, PÉ¼À¢: ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, PÉ¼À¢ ªÀÄÆå¹AiÀÄA.

£ÁUÉÃUËqÀ.JZï.J¯ï., 1972. ¥ÀæªÁ¹ PÀAqÀ EArAiÀiÁ, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ: ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ.

±ÁªÀiÁ±Á¹Ûç.Dgï., (¸ÀA) °AUÀtÚ PÀ« 1921, 1973, PÉ¼À¢ £ÀÈ¥À«dAiÀÄ, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀ£ÀßqÀ

CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ÀA¸ÉÜ ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ.

ªÀÄ¯ÉÃ¥ÀÄgÀA.f.ªÉAPÀmÉÃ±ï., 1999. ²ªÀvÀvÀégÀvÁßPÀgÀ, ºÀA¦: PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ.

ªÀÄgÀÄ¼ÀAiÀÄå ¸Á.²., 1980. PÉ¼À¢ CgÀ ÀgÀÄ, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ.

PÀ®ÄâVð JA.JA., 1994. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ PÉÊ¦üAiÀÄvïUÀ¼ÀÄ, ºÀA¦: ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ

«±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ.

PÉ¼À¢ ªÉAPÀmÉÃ±ï eÉÆÃ¬Ä¸ï., ( ÀA) 1991. PÉ¼À¢ ±Á À£À ¸ÀA¥ÀÄl, UÀzÀUÀ: «ÃgÀ±ÉÊªÀ

CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ÀA ÉÜ qÀA§¼À.

PÉ¼À¢ ªÉAPÀmÉÃ±ï eÉÆÃ¬Ä¸ï., (¸ÀA) 2006. PÉ¼À¢ PÁ®zÀ LwºÁ¹PÀ zÁR ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ÀA¥ÀÄl-

2, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁdå ¥ÀvÀæUÁgÀ ¤zÉÃð±À£Á®AiÀÄ.

PÉ¼À¢ ªÉAPÀmÉÃ±ï eÉÆÃ¬Ä¸ï., 2006. ªÀÄgÉAiÀÄ¯ÁUÀzÀ PÉ¼À¢ ¸ÁªÀiÁædå, PÉ¼À¢: ²æÃ ÀgÀ Àéw

¸ÉÃªÁ ¸À«Äw.

UÁ¬Ä.f.J¸ï., 1970. PÉ¼À¢ £ÁAiÀÄPÀgÀ EwºÁ À PÀÄjvÀÄ «ZÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ: ªÀiÁ£À«

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ.

UÀÄAqÁ eÉÆÃ¬Ä¸ï., 1967. PÉ¼À¢ ÀAQëÃ¥ÀÛ EwºÁ À, zsÁgÀªÁqÀ: PÀ£ÁðlPÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ.

UÀÄAqÁ eÉÆÃ¬Ä¸ï., 1972. EPÉÌÃj CgÀ ÀgÀÄ, zsÁgÀªÁqÀ: PÀ£ÁðlPÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



51

SC 402 History of Indian Art and Architecture (13th to 17th century CE)

Course objective: The main aim of this course is to make students to get acquainted with the development of Indo- Islamic architecture and Hindu art and architectural styles in Medieval India.

Unit1 i) Architecture of Dehli Sultanate-Mamluk, Khalji, Tughluq, Sayyad and Lodi. ii) The Development of Regional Style of Architecture with special reference to Decani Style of

Architecture. Unit II i) Religious Architecture of the Mughal period ii) Secular Architectureof the Mughal period iii) Defense Architectureof the Mughal period Unit III i) Vijayanagara Religious Architecture ii) Vijayanagara Secular Architecture iii) Vijayanagara Miscellaneous Architecture iv) Vijayanagara Sculptures Unit IV i) Vijayanagara School of Paintings ii) Decani School of Paintings iii) Mughal School of Paintings iv) Rajasthani School of Paintings v) Pahadi School of Paintings Unit V The Students will be taken to the Monuments Visit such as Bijapur, Golkonda, Hampi Group of Monuments. Recommended Books:

Anna L., Dallapiccola, 2012. Great Platform at Vijayanagara: Architecture &Sculpture, Delhi: Manohar Publishers and Distributors.

Aruni, S.K.,2001. Dakhani Chitrakale, Bangalore: Lalithakala Academy. Brown Percy, 1956. Indian Architecture (Islamic period), Bombay: D.B Taraporevala

Sons & Co. Coomaraswamy, A.K., 1916. Rajaput Paintings 2 Vols, Delhi: OUP. Devakunjari D.B., Narasimhaiah, 2007. Hampi, New Delhi.: Archaeological Survey of India.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



52

Devaraj D., Channabasappa S. Patil, 1984 to 1991. Vijayanagara: Progress of Research,Mysore.: Directorate of Archaeology and Museums.

Dhaky, M.A.,1998. Encyclopedia of Indian Temple Architecture. Vol.II, Part 3, North India: Beginnings of Medieval IdiomCAD900-1000., Delhi: American Institute of Indian Studies and IGNCA.

Fergusson J., 1961. History of Indian and Eastern Architecture 2 Vols. Delhi: Munshiram. Fredrick W. Bunce, 2004. Islamic Tombs in India The Iconography and Genesis of Their

Design, New Delhi: D.K. Print world Publisher. Gangoly, O.C., 1935. Cola Painting, London: IND. Art and Lett. Gavin Hamley, 1968. Cities of Mughal India. London. George Michell ,2008.Vijayanagara, Ahmedabad, Ahmedabad: Mapin Publishing. George Michell, 1995.Architecture and Art of Southern India: Vijayanagara and the

Successor, U.K: Cambridge University Press. Harle J.C., 1994.The Art and Architecture of the Indian Subcontinent, US: Yale University

Press Pelican History of Art. John M Fritz ,2014.Hampi Vijayanagara, Bangalore: Jaico Publishing House. Michell George, 1990, Vijayanagara: Architectural Inventory of the Urban Core, 2 volumes,

Mysore.: Directorate of Archaeology and Museums, Michell, G., 2008, Vijayanagara, Splendor in Ruins, New Delhi, The Alkazi Collection of

Photography, New Delhi and, Ahmedabad: Mapin Publishing Nath, R .1978. History of Sultanate Architecture, Delhi. Nath, R .1982. History of Mughal Architecture -2Vols. Delhi. Praduman K.,Sharma,K., 2008. Indo Islamic Architecture, New Delhi: Winsome Books India

Publisher. Richard M. and Phillip B. Wagoner, 2014. Power, Memory, Architecture: Contested Sites on

India’s Deccan Plateau, 1300-1600, New Delhi: Oxford University Press. Ritz John M., George Michell and M. S. Nagaraja Rao, 1984. Where Kings and Gods Meet:

The Royal Centre at Vijayanagara, Tucson: University of Arizona Press. Satish Grover,2012. Islamic Architecture in India, New Delhi: CBS Publisher. Sivaramamurti. C., 1974, the Art of India, Paris, Also Indian Painting, 1970, New Delhi,

National Book Trust Sivaramamurti. C., 1968. South Indian Paintings, Delhi: National Museum. Sivaramamurti. C., 1960. Ajanta, Buddhist encyclopedia, Colombo: Subhash Parihar,1999. Some Aspects of Indo - Islamic Architecture, New Delhi: Abhinav

Publications. Tauris, I.B., Richard Ettinghausen, Oleg Grabar, Marilyn Jenkins-Madina, 2001. Islamic Art

and Architecture: 650-1250, US: Yale University Press. Yves Porter Gerard Degeorge, 2009. The Glory of the Sultans Islamic Architecture in India,

New York: Rizzoli Publisher. Ziyauddin Desai,2012. Indo-Islamic Architecture, New Delhi: Publication Division.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=George+Michell&search-alias=stripbooks

https://books.google.co.in/url?client=ca-print-cambridge&format=googleprint&num=0&id=W6bphUvvPf4C&q=http://www.cambridge.org/9780521441100&usg=AFQjCNHvtni_k9dFb__TntF5BgHobVNyNw&source=gbs_buy_r

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=John+M+Fritz&search-alias=stripbooks

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=K.+Praduman&search-alias=stripbooks

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_2?ie=UTF8&field-author=K.+Sharma&search-alias=stripbooks

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oleg_Grabar

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=Ziyauddin+Desai&search-alias=stripbooks



53

SC-403 Social Movements in Twentieth Century India

Course Objective: Social Movements in Twentieth Century India is a series of lectures intended to introduce the various social movements of 20th century like peasant movements, Dalit movements, Environment and Adivasi movements and feminist movements. Course outcome: Students will have an introduction to the various social movements and realize their importance in the 20th century history and politics. Unit I i) Shethkari Sanghatan (Maharashtra) ii) Bharatiya Kisan Union (M.S. Tikayat) iii) Tamilnad Agriculturists Association (Narayana Swami Naidu) iv) Farmers Movement in Karnataka Unit II i) Dalit Panthers Movement and Movement towards Conversion to Buddhism. ii) Boosa and Dalit Movement in Karnataka iii) Mala and Madiga Movement iv) Bahujan Samaj Movement v) Backward class movements Unit III i) Movements to protect forests and mines: Chipco Movement Protect Western ghat

Movement- Movement against Mines ii) Narmada Bachao Movement and Adivasis. iii) Khandamala Adivasi Movement iv) Adivasi Movements in North East India (Naga and Mizo) v) Bastar Tribal Uprisings Unit IV i) First Stage (1810-1940): Women Education, Abolition of Sati, Abolition of Child Marriage,

right to vote for women ii) Second Stage (1960-80): Dowry, Rap, Display of Obscenity in Cinemas, Right to Property iii) Third Stage (1980- Contemporary): Women’s Empowerment. Reservation, Domestic

Violence, Feticide iv) Participation in the Contemporary Movement: National Movement, Labour, Peasant,

Adivasi, Environment and Naxals

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



54

Recommended Books:

Gail Omvedt, 1994. Dalits and Democratic Revolution: Dr. Ambedkar and Dalit Movement in Colonial India, New Delhi: Sage Publication.

Ramachandra Guha, 2000. Environmentalism: A Global History, London: Penguin Books.

Sarkar Summit, Modern India 1885 – 1947, Macmillan Publication, New Delhi, 2013.

Panikkar,K.N., Colonialism, Culture and Resistance, Oxford University Press, New Delhi,

2007. Dhanagere, D.N., 1983. Peasant Movement in India, New Delhi: Oxford University

Publication. Amartya Sen, 2001. The many faces of Gender Inequality, The New Republic. Chaudhuri Maitrayee, 2005, Feminism in India (Issues in Contemporary Indian Feminism),

London: Zed Books Ltd Geetanjali Gangoli, 2007. Indian Feminisms: Law, Patriarchies and Violence in India,

Hampshire: Ashgate Publishing Ltd. Kamal Misra, K., Jayaprakasan G., (ed.), 2012.Tribal Movement in India, New Delhi:

Manohar Publishers. Praharaj, D.M., 1988. Tribal Movements and Political History in India, New Delhi: South

Asia Books. Raka Ray, 1999. Fields of Protest: Women's Movements in India (Social Movements, Protest,

& Contention), Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press Ranjit Guha, 1999. Elementary Aspects of Peasant Insurgency in Colonial India, US: Duke

University Press. Desai,A.R., Social Background Of Indian Nationalism, Popular Prakashan, Mumbai, 2006

Chandra Bipan&etal.,India’s Struggle for Independence, Penguin Publication, New Delhi,

1989. Ranjit Guha (ed.) Subaltern Studies volumes 1 to 6, Oxford. Dhangare D.N. 1983 , Peasant Movements in India 1920-1950, Oxford University Press Desai A.R., (ed.), 1986, Agrarian Struggles in India after Independence, Delhi. Brass Tom, 1995, New Farmer’s Movement in India, Ilford. Guha Ramachandra, 1996, The Unquiet Woods: Ecological Change and Peasant resistance

in the Himalaya, Delhi, 1989. Flavia Agnes, 1999, Law and Gender Inequality: The Politics of Women’s Rights in India,

New Delhi Beteille Andre, 1992, The Backward Class in Contemporary India, New Delhi, Oxford

University Press.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



55

Kannada Books:

ZÉ£Àß¸Áé«Ä ÉÆÃ À É, J¸ï.,PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ÀªÀÄUÀæ zÀ°ÃvÀ ZÀjvÀ, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: £ÀªÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ

¥ÀæPÁ±À£À.

ªÀAzÀ£Á²ªÀ, 2005. §vÀÛzÀ a®ÄªÉÄ, ºÀA¦: ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ, PÀ.«.«.

PÉ. ªÉÆÃºÀ£ÀPÀÈµÀÚ gÉÊ, 2008. ¥Àj ÀgÀ ZÀ¼ÀÄªÀ½UÀ¼ÀÄ, ºÀA¦: ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ, PÀ.«.«.

«dAiÀÄ ¥ÀÆtZÀÑ vÀA§AqÀ, KQÃPÀgÀt PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ gÉÊvÀ ZÀ¼ÀÄªÀ½UÀ¼ÀÄ, ºÀA¦: ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ,

PÀ.«.«.

±ÀAPÀgÀ£ÁgÁAiÀÄt gÁªï, J£ï.¦., 2013. ¸ÁévÀAvÀæöå UÀAUÉAiÀÄ ¸Á«gÀ vÉÆgÉUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ:

£ÀªÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À.

ºÉUÀqÉ gÁeÁgÁªÀÄ ( ÀA), 2005, sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ EwºÁ À, ÀªÀiÁd ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀA ÀÌøw, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ,

PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸Á»vÀå CPÁqÉ«Ä.

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are.c

om

Click t

o buy N

OW!

PDF-XChange

ww

w.tracker-softw

are

.co

m



1

PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄ

¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ «¨sÁUÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ JA.J.(¹.©.¹.J¸ï.¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ)

2018-21

ªÉÆzÀ®£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä ÀÖgï I Semester

Paper No

Title of the Paper Credits Theory Marks

Practical Internal Assesment

Marks

Total Marks Hard Core Papers

1.1(H) ºÀ¼ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ±Á¹ÛçÃAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå

05 75 - 25 100

1.2(H) sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ bÀAzÀ ÀÄì 05 75 - 25 100 1.3(H) ÀªÀÄÆºÀ ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸Á»vÀå 05 75 - 25 100

Soft Core Papers 1.4.1(S) eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : ªÀÄÆ®vÀvÀéUÀ¼ÀÄ 04 75 - 25 100

1.4.2(S) DzsÀÄ¤PÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå: £ÀªÉÇÃzÀAiÀÄ( ÀÈd£À²Ã®, ªÀÄºÁPÁªÀå, PÁªÀå £ÁlPÀ, ÀtÚPÀvÉ

04 75 - 25 100

1.4.3(S) sÁµÁAvÀgÀ 04 75 - 25 100

1.4.4(S) vË®¤PÀ ¸Á»vÀå 04 75 - 25 100

1.4.5(S) sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À 04 75 - 25 100

1.5.1(S) eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À: PÀ£ÀßqÀ d£À¥ÀzÀ ¸Á»vÀå : PÁªÀå

04 75 - 25 100

1.5.2(S) £ÀªÉÇÃzÀAiÀÄ ÀÈd£ÉÃvÀgÀ 04 75 - 25 100

1.5.3(S) sÁµÁAvÀgÀ PÀÄjvÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ aAvÀ£É 04 75 - 25 100

1.5.4(S) vË®¤PÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀ¸ÁºÀvÀÄ zÉÃ±ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

04 75 - 25 100

1.5.5(S) sÁµÉ JAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ? 04 75 - 25 100

23 500

2

¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ «¨sÁUÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ JA.J.(¹.©.¹.J¸ï.¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ)

2018-21 ªÉÆzÀ®£ÉAiÀÄ É«Ä¸ÀÖgï

WÀlPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 8 x 5= 40 UÀAmÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 75

¥ÀwæPÉ 1.1. ºÀ¼ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ±Á¹ÛçÃAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå

WÀlPÀ.1. ºÀ¼ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå : »£Éßß¯É ¥ÉæÃgÀuÉ, ¥Àæ sÁªÀ

WÀlPÀ:2: ºÀ¼ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå : ªÀ ÀÄÛ, ÀégÀÆ¥À, ªÉÊ«zsÀåvÉ

WÀlPÀ:3: ¨ÁzÁ«Ä ±Á¸À£À : PÀ¥Éà CgÀ sÀlÖ£À ±Á¸À£À

WÀlPÀ:4: D¢¥ÀÄgÁt: sÀgÀvÀ ¨ÁºÀÄ§° ¸ÀAWÀµÀð.

WÀlPÀ:5: ¸ÁºÀ À©üÃªÀÄ «dAiÀÄ: 5£ÉÃ D±Áé À

WÀlPÀ:6: PÀ«gÁdªÀiÁUÀð: 5£ÉÃ D±Áé À

WÀlPÀ:7: ªÀqÁØgÁzsÀ£É: PÁwðPÀ IÄ¶AiÀÄPÀvÉ

WÀlPÀ:8: £ÀAiÀÄ¸ÉÃ£À : zsÀªÀiÁðªÀÄÈvÀ 1 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 2£ÉÃ D±Áé À

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ; 1. ¥ÀA¥À : MAzÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À (¸ÀA) qÁ.f.J¸ï.²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà

2. ¸ÀªÀÄUÀæ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ZÀjvÉæ ( ¸ÀA¥ÀÄl 1 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 2 ) qÁ.f.J¸ï.²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà

3. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ZÀjvÉæ ( ¸ÀA¥ÀÄl 1 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 2) : (¸ÀA) qÁ.ºÁ.ªÀiÁ.£ÁAiÀÄPÀ

4. ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå¤UÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ZÀjvÉæ : (¸ÀA) qÁ.f.J¸ï. ²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà

5. ¸Á»vÀå ÀAUÁw : qÁ. QÃwð£ÁxÀ PÀÄvÀðPÉÆÃn

6. gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæZÀjvÀ ¥ÀÄgÁt ÀAUÀæºÀ: qÁ. ±ÁAw£ÁxÀ ¢§âzÀ

7. £ÁUÀZÀAzÀæ – MAzÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : «dAiÀiÁzÀ Éâ 8. ¥ÀA¥À sÁgÀvÀ : MAzÀÄ ¸ÁA ÀÌøwPÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : qÁ. ±ÁAw£ÁxÀ ¢§âzÀ

9. ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀA¥À sÁgÀvÀ : (¸ÀA) J¯ï.§ ÀªÀgÁdÄ

10. ±ÀQÛ PÀ« gÀ£Àß : PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ

11. gÀ£Àß : (¸ÀA) «.¹ÃvÁgÁªÀÄAiÀÄå

12. AiÀÄ±ÉÆÃzsÀgÀ ZÀjvÉæ : qÁ.PÉ.ªÉÊ.²ªÀPÀÄªÀiÁgï

13. AiÀÄ±ÉÆÃzsÀgÀ ZÀjvÉæ : VgÀrØ UÉÆÃ«AzÀgÁd

14. ªÀqÁØgÁzsÀ£É : ºÀA.¥À.£ÁUÀgÁdAiÀÄå

15. ªÀqÁØgÁzsÀ£É : ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «.«. ºÀA¦.

16. ªÀqÁØgÁzsÀ£É PÀxÁ ÉÆÃPÀ : Dgï.J¯ï. C£ÀAvÀgÁªÀÄAiÀÄå

17. ¥ÀA¥À: wÃ.£ÀA.²æÃPÀAoÀAiÀÄå

18. ¸ÁºÀ À©üÃªÀÄ «dAiÀÄ

19. PÀuÁðlPÀ PÁzÀA§j

20. ¸Á»vÀå ¸ÀªÀÄ¶Ö: qÁ.²ªÁ£ÀAzÀ PÉ¼ÀV£ÀªÀÄ¤

21. £ÁqÉÆÃd ¥ÀA¥À- ªÀÄÄ½AiÀÄ wªÀÄä¥ÀàAiÀÄå

22. £ÀAiÀÄ ÉÃ£À£À zsÀªÀiÁðªÀÄÈvÀ- qÁ. gÀªÉÄÃ±À DZÁgï

3


¥ÀwæPÉ:1.2 ¨sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ bÀAzÀ¸ÀÄì WÀlPÀ- 1 : sÁµÉ : ÀégÀÆ¥À ªÀÄvÀÄ ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃd£À

WÀlPÀ- 2 : zsÀé¤, zsÀé¤ªÀiÁ , DPÀÈwªÀiÁUÀ¼À ÀégÀÆ¥À

WÀlPÀ- 3 : sÁµÉ : ÀªÀiÁd, ÀA ÀÌøw, G¥À sÁµÉ

WÀlPÀ- 4 : PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁµÉ: DzsÀÄ¤PÀ aAvÀ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : r.J£ï.±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀlÖ.PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt

WÀlPÀ- 5 : bÀAzÀ ÀÄì: ÀégÀÆ¥À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ EwºÁ À

WÀlPÀ- 6 : ¥ÁæaÃ£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ bÀAzÉÆÃ gÀÆ¥ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : SÁåvÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, PÀAzÀ, gÀUÀ¼É

WÀlPÀ- 7 : ªÀÄzsÀåPÁ°Ã£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ bÀAzÉÆÃ gÀÆ¥ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: wæ¥À¢, µÀlà¢, ¸ÁAUÀvÀå

WÀlPÀ- 8 : ºÉÆ ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ bÀAzÉÆÃgÀÆ¥ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : ÀgÀ¼ÀgÀUÀ¼É, ¸Á£Émï, ªÀÄºÁbÀAzÀ ÀÄì.

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

1. ¨sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ® vÀvÀéUÀ¼ÀÄ : qÁ. JA. azÁ£ÀAzÀªÀÄÆwð 2. ¨sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : qÁ.ºÀA.¥À.£ÁUÀgÁdAiÀÄå 3. zÁæ«qÀ ¨sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : qÁ.ºÀA.¥À.£ÁUÀgÁdAiÀÄå 4. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ±Á ÀÛç : qÁ. gÁ.AiÀÄ. zsÁgÁªÁqÀPÀgÀ 5. G¥À sÁµÉ : qÁ.PÉ.¦.¨sÀmï 6. ¨sÁµÁ ¥Àæ sÉÃzÀ : qÁ.PÉ.¦.¨sÀmï 7. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ PÀ°àvÀ ZÀjvÉæ : qÁ.r.J£ï.±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀmï 8. PÀ£ÀßqÀ-vÉ®ÄUÀÄ ¢é sÁ¶PÀvÉAiÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : PÉ..¦.¨sÀmï 9. EA¢£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ : gÀZÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §¼ÀPÉ : qÁ.J¸ï.J£ï.²æÃzsÀgï 10. ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀÄvÀÛªÀÄÄvÀÛ : qÁ.PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt

11. qÉÊUÁè¹AiÀiÁ : qÁ.VgÀrØ UÉÆÃ«AzÀgÁd

12. ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : PÉ.PÉA¥ÉÃUËqÀ 13. vË®¤PÀ ¨sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : PÉ.PÉA¥ÉÃUËqÀ 14. £ÀÄr¥À®èl : PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt

15. ªÀÄ£ÀÄPÀÄ®zÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄUÁgÀ : C©ü£ÀªÀ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 16. ¨sÁµÁ «±ÀéPÉÆÃ±À : PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt

17. PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ ¨ÉÃPÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÉÝÃ ªÁåPÀgÀt : qÁ.r.J£ï.±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀmï 18. ¨sÁµÁ ªÁå ÀAUÀ : qÁ.¸ÀAUÀªÉÄÃ±À ¸ÀªÀzÀwÛªÀÄoÀ 19. PÀ£ÀßqÀ bÀAzÀ ÀìA¥ÀÄl : qÁ.J¯ï.§ ÀªÀgÁdÄ 20. PÀ£ÀßqÀ bÀAzÀ ÀÄì ¸ÀégÀÆ¥À : qÁ.n.«.ªÉAPÀmÁZÀ®±Á¹Ûç 21. PÀ£ÀßqÀ bÀAzÀ¹ì£À EwºÁ¸À : qÁ.¹.¦.PÉ. ªÀÄvÀÄÛ qÁ.n.«.ªÉAPÀmÁZÀ®±Á¹Ûç 22. PÀ£ÀßqÀ bÀAzÉÆÃ«PÁ À : qÁ.r.J¸ï.PÀQð

23. bÀAzÉÆÃUÀw : ¸ÉÃrAiÀiÁ¥ÀÄ PÀÈµÀÚ sÀlÖ 24. bÀAzÉÆÃvÀgÀAUÀ : qÁ.JA.azÁ£ÀAzÀªÀÄÆwð

25. ¸ÀªÀiÁ¯ÉÆÃPÀ£À : wÃ.£ÀA.²æÃPÀAoÀAiÀÄå 26. bÀAzÉÆÃ«ÄvÀæ : C.gÁ.«ÄvÀæ 27. PÀ£ÀßqÀ bÀAzÀ¹ì£À ZÀjvÉæ : ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄ ¥ÀæPÀluÉ ( ÀA¥ÀÄl1-2) 28. ¨sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ bÀAzÀ±Á ÀÛç : ¥Àæ.UÉÆÃ.PÀÄ®PÀtÂð

29. ºÉÆ¸ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ bÀAzÀ ÀÄì :qÁ.PÉ.f.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt ¥Àæ Ázï

30. H.Krishnamurthy – Language Standradization in Language Plural Soiety( Ed Lachman Kubchandani)

31. U.P.Upadhyaya – A Comparative study of four Kannada Dialects.

4


¥ÀwæPÉ:1.3: ÀªÀÄÆºÀ ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸Á»vÀå

WÀlPÀ:1: ¥ÀwæPÉ/DPÁ±ÀªÁtÂ/n.«/¹¤ªÀiÁ/¨ÁèUï §gÀºÀ- ÀÆÜ® ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ

WÀlPÀ:2: ªÀgÀ¢ , CUÀæ ÉÃR£À PÁ®A §gÀºÀ, QæÃqÁ §gÀºÀ, ªÁZÀPÀªÁtÂ, eÁ»gÁvÀÄ §gÀºÀ

WÀlPÀ:3: JqÀPÀ®Äè UÀÄqÀØzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É, ¥sÀtÂAiÀÄªÀÄä

WÀlPÀ:4: ¹¤ªÀiÁ ºÁqÀÄUÀ¼À ÀégÀÆ¥À

WÀlPÀ:5: ¥ÁævÀåQëPÉ: zsÁgÀªÁ»AiÀÄ ZÀZÉðUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ:6: n.«. ZÀZÉðUÀ¼ÀÄ- MAzÀÄ CªÀ ÉÆÃPÀ£À , J¥sï.JA. gÉÃrAiÉÆÃ- sÁµÁ §¼ÀPÉ ZÀZÉð

WÀlPÀ:7: ÀAVÃvÀ ÀAªÁzÀ ¥ÀoÀå: sÁ¸ÁÌgÀ ZÀAzÁªÀPÀðgï,

WÀlPÀ:8: ¥sÉÆÃmÉÆÃUÀæ¦ü «ZÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : ²ªÁgÉrØ (¥ÀoÀå)

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 1. ¥sÉÆÃmÉÆÃUÀæ¦ü «ZÁgÀ¼ÀÄ : C£ÀÄ: qÁ.PÉ.¹.²ªÁgÉrØ, Dgï. «dAiÀÄgÁWÀªÀ£ï 2. sÁ ÀÌgï ZÀAzÁªÀPÀðgï CªÀgÀ G¥À£Áå ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : ªÉÊzÉÃ» 3.PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ¯ÉÆÃPÀ : qÁ.f.¥Àæ±ÁAvÀ£ÁAiÀÄPÀ 4. ªÀÄ£ÉAiÉÆ¼ÀV£À ªÀiÁAiÉÄ: qÁ.f.¥Àæ±ÁAvÀ£ÁAiÀÄPÀ


¥ÀwæPÉ- 1.4.1 eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : ªÀÄÆ®vÀvÀéUÀ¼ÀÄ: WÀlPÀ-1. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄºÀvÀé

WÀlPÀ-2. d£À¥ÀzÀ-eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ-eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ «eÁÕ£À, eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ fÃªÀ£À

WÀlPÀ-3. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ªÀVÃðPÀgÀt, C ÉUÁìAqÀgï PÁæ¥sÉ, ¨ÁUïì, C®£ïqÉAqÀ ï, ºÁªÀiÁ£Á, UÀzÀÝV£ÀªÀÄoÀ

WÀlPÀ-4. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ PÉëÃvÀæ PÁAiÀÄð: «zsÁ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, ÀªÁ®ÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁzÀj

WÀlPÀ-5. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀÆgÀPÀ PÉëÃvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ : ¸Á»vÀå, EwºÁ À, ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃ«eÁÕ£À, PÀÈ¶, ªÉÊzÀå

WÀlPÀ-6. ªÀ ÀÄÛ ÀAUÀæºÁ®AiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ zÁR¯Áw ÀAUÀæºÀ :EwºÁ À- ÀégÀÆ¥À-ªÀÄºÀvÀé- ÀAgÀPÀëuÁ «zsÁ£À

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 1. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ÀégÀÆ¥À : ºÁ.ªÀiÁ. £ÁAiÀÄPÀ

2. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ UÀæ»PÉ, ¥ÀjPÀ®à£É : ( ÀA) : ».². gÁªÀÄZÀAzÉæÃUËqÀ

3. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ªÀ ÀÄÛ ÀAUÀæºÁ®AiÀÄ : ( ÀA) : AiÀÄÄ.J¸ï. gÁªÀÄtÚ, PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ ««. ¥ÀæPÀluÉ

4. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ PÉÊ¦r : (¥Àæ ÀA) qÁ.JZï. eÉ. ®PÀÌ¥ÀàUËqÀ

5. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ PÉ®ªÀÅ ªÀÄÄRUÀ¼ÀÄ : fÃ±ÀA¥À

6. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ºÁUÀÆ ¥ÀÆgÀPÀ PÉëÃvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ : ( ÀA) : qÁ. § ÀªÀgÁd £É°è ÀgÀ

7. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ zÁR¯Áw ÀAUÀæºÁ®AiÀÄ : J¸ï. J. PÀÈµÀÚAiÀÄå

8. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ PÉëÃvÀæPÁAiÀÄð : ¹.¹. J. ¥ÉÊ

9. PÉëÃvÀæPÁAiÀÄðzÀ ºÁ¢AiÀÄ°è –PÁåvÀ£ÀºÀ½î gÁªÀÄtÚ

10. Study of Folklore (Ed) Alan Dundes

11. Folkloristics and Indian Folklore-Peter Claus and Fank Korom

5

12. ªÀ ÀÄÛ ÀAUÀæºÁ®AiÀÄzÀ ªÀÄÆ®vÀvÀéUÀ¼ÀÄ: (C£ÀÄ)©.J¸ï. ÀtÚAiÀÄå

13. qÁ.¹A¦°AUÀtÚ ÀªÀÄUÀæ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ÀA¥ÀÄl- ÀA:¥ÉÆæ.«ÃgÉÃAzÀæ ¹A¦

14. d£À¥ÀzÀ £ÀqÉ- £ÀÄr : qÁ.wÃ.£ÀA.±ÀAPÀgÀ£ÁgÁAiÀÄt

15. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÉÃ±À - qÁ.ZÀPÀÌgÉ ²ªÀ±ÀAPÀgÀ 16. ÀÄªÀtð d£À¥ÀzÀ PÁªÀå ÀA.: J¸ï.f. ¹zÀÝgÁªÀÄAiÀÄå, PÉ.Dgï. ÀAzsÁågÉrØ

17. ÀÄªÀtð eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ¯ÉÃR£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : ÀA. qÁ.«ÃgÀtÚzÀAqÉ, qÁ.²æÃ¥ÁzÀ±ÉnÖ.


¥ÀwæPÉ:1.4.2 DzsÀÄ¤PÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå : £ÀªÉÇÃzÀAiÀÄ(¸ÀÈd£À²Ã®, ªÀÄºÁPÁªÀå,

PÁªÀå, £ÁlPÀ, ¸ÀtÚPÀvÉ)

WÀlPÀ: 1: £ÀªÉÇÃzÀAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå : »£Àß¯É, ¥ÉæÃgÀuÉ , ¥Àæ sÁªÀ

WÀlPÀ: 2: £ÀªÉÇÃzÀAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå : ÀÈd£À²Ã® ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼À ÀégÀÆ¥À

WÀlPÀ: 3: ²æÃgÁªÀiÁAiÀÄtzÀ±Àð£ÀA: ²æÃ ÀA¥ÀÄl ( ÀAaPÉ 02/05/07/09/10)

WÀlPÀ: 4: £ÀªÉÇÃzÀAiÀÄ PÁªÀå : (10) PÀ«vÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

: 1. GzÀAiÀÄªÁUÀ° £ÀªÀÄä ZÀ®ÄªÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ £ÁqÀÄ 2. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ºÉtÄÚ 3. zÁåªÁ¥ÀÈyé

4. ºÀÄ§â½îAiÀiÁAªÀ 5. £ÉÃV®AiÉÆÃV 6. ºÉÆ®PÁAiÀÄÄªÀ ZÀvÀÄgÉ (wÃ.£ÀA.²æÃ)

7.ºÀZÉÑÃªÀÅ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ ¢Ã¥À 8. gÀvÀß ÉÃªÀ¹ð 9. ¨ÁgÉ £À£Àß ±ÁgÀzÉ 10. ¦æÃw E®èzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É

WÀlPÀ: 5: £ÁlPÀ : UÉÆÃPÀÄ® ¤UÀðªÀÄ£À

WÀlPÀ: 6: ÀtÚPÀvÉ :05: UËvÀ«ÄºÉÃ½zÀ PÀvÉ, eÉÆÃUÀwPÀ®Äè , ªÀÄÄ£Áß¢£À (UËgÀªÀÄä) £ÁUÀgÀ ÉvÀÛ ( ÉÃrAiÀiÁ¥ÀÄ) £Á£ÀÄ

PÉÆAzÀ ºÀÄqÀÄV

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 1. AiÀÄÄUÀzsÀªÀÄð ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸Á»vÀå zÀ±Àð£À , QÃwð£ÁxÀ PÀÄvÀðPÉÆÃn

2. ÀtÚPÀvÉAiÀÄ ºÉÆ À M®ªÀÅUÀ¼ÀÄ : VgÀrØ UÉÆÃ«AzÀgÁd

3. ÀtÚPÀvÉAiÀÄ ÉÆUÀ ÀÄ: «dAiÀÄ .J¸ï. gÁd±ÉÃRgÀ

4. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ÀtÚPÀvÉ ºÉeÉÓ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ºÁ¢ : ÀvÀå£ÁgÁAiÀÄt ªÀÄ°è¥ÀlÖt

5. CxÀð¯ÉÆÃPÀ : f.J¸ï. CªÀÄÆgÀ

6. »AzÀt ºÉeÉÓAiÀÄ£ÀjAiÀÄzÉ-qÁ.PÀÄªÀiÁgÀZÀ®å

7. §AqÁAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå ÀAªÉÃzÀ£É ( ÀA)qÁ. .gÀAUÀgÁd ªÀ£ÀzÀÄUÀð

8. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ÀtÚPÀvÉUÀ¼À°è zÀ°vÀ ÀA ÀÌøw : qÁ. ¹.©. ºÉÆ£ÀßAiÀÄå

9. PÁ®ªÀiÁ£À-qÁ.PÀÄªÀiÁgÀZÀ®å

10. £ÀªÉÇÃzÀAiÀÄ PÀvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : J¸ï.¥Àæ¸ÁzÀ Áé«Ä 11. ¦æÃwAiÀÄ §zÀÄPÀÄ- ¥ÉÆæ.f.¥Àæ±ÁAvÀ£ÁAiÀÄPÀ

12. ¸Á»vÀå aAvÀ£É : qÁ.²ªÁ£ÀAzÀ PÉ¼ÀV£ÀªÀÄ¤

13. ªÀåQÛvÀé «PÁ À ºÁUÀÆ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå- qÁ.£É°èPÀmÉÖ.J¸ï.¹zÉÝÃ±ï

14. ²æÃgÁªÀiÁAiÀÄtzÀ±Àð£ÀA- PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ

15. ÉÃAzÉæ- UÀj,

16. ¤ªÀðZÀ£À : «dAiÀÄPÀÄªÀiÁj.J¸ï.PÀjPÀ ï

6

17. PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ zÀ±Àð£À : zÉÃdUË 18. ªÀ ÁºÀvÀÄÛ ±Á» C£ÀÄ sÀªÀ : qÁ.PÉ.PÉÃ±ÀªÀ±ÀªÀÄð

19. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ zÀ°vÀ ¥ÀgÀA¥ÀgÉ : qÁ.f.¥Àæ±ÁAvÀ£ÁAiÀÄPÀ

20. ±ÀAPÀgÀ ªÉÆÃPÁ² ¥ÀÄuÉÃPÀgÀ : ÉÃAzÉæ PÁªÀå«ÄÃªÀiÁA É.

21. ¥ÀqÀÄ-ªÀÄÆqÀÄ - PÉ.PÉÃ±ÀªÀ±ÀªÀÄð


¥ÀwæPÉ: 1.4.3; ¨sÁµÁAvÀgÀ WÀlPÀ:1: sÁµÁAvÀgÀªÉAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ? CzÀgÀ ÀégÀÆ¥À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ®PÀëtUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ:2: sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ÀªÀÄ Éå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀªÁ®ÄUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ:3: sÁµÁAvÀgÀ EwºÁ À

WÀlPÀ:4: sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ¹zÁÞAvÀUÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ

WÀlPÀ:5: GªÀÄgÀ£À M ÀUÉ - r.«.f.

WÀlPÀ:6: VÃvÁAd° - ¹.¦.PÉ.

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 1. ºÉÆ ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ«vÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É EAVèµï PÁªÀåzÀ ¥Àæ sÁªÀ, - C£ÀAvÀ£ÁgÁAiÀÄt.J¸ï. 2. CAiÀÄåAUÁgï, ªÀiÁ¹Û ªÉAPÀmÉÃ±ï ªÀÄ¯ÁgÀ, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: fÃªÀ£À PÁAiÀiÁð®AiÀÄ 3. sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ¸ËgÀ sÀ, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ- CgÉÆÃgÁ, ®QëöäÃ£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 4. ÀA ÀÌøvÀ ¸Á»vÀå: C£ÀÄªÁzÀ; PÀÈµÀÚªÀÄÆwð.PÉ. 5. sÁµÁAvÀgÀ PÀ É, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. ©.JA.²æÃ ¥ÀæwµÁ×£À. - UÀÄgÀÄzÀvï ¥ÀæzsÁ£À 6. C£ÁªÀgÀt, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀÄ ÀÛPÀ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ- UÀÄgÀÄzÀvÀÛ, ¥ÀæzsÁ£ï 7. PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è sÁUÀªÀVÃvÉ, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ: r.«.PÉ.ªÀÄÆwð- ¥Àæ sÀÄ±ÀAPÀgÀ 8. qÉjPÁ, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀÄ ÀÛPÀ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ. - ¥ÉgÁeÉ, 9. sÁgÀvÀ ¸Á»vÀå ÀA ÀÌøwUÉ ¥Á±ÁÑvÀå «zÁéA ÀgÀ PÉÆqÀÄUÉ, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ: ²æÃ±ÀQÛ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À.- ªÀÄÄvÀÛtÚ. 10. ªÀ ÁºÀvÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ aAvÀ£É, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸Á»vÀå CPÁqÉ«Ä- gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæ£ï.¹.J£ï.


¥ÀwæPÉ: 1.4.4: vË®¤PÀ ¸Á»vÀå WÀlPÀ:1: vË®¤PÀ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ ÀégÀÆ¥À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ®PÀëtUÀ¼ÀÄ, vË®¤PÀ «ÄÃªÀiÁA ÉAiÀÄ PÀæªÀÄ

WÀlPÀ:2: vË®¤PÀ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ EwºÁ À

WÀlPÀ:3: vË®¤PÀ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ ¥Àæw¥ÁzÀPÀgÀÄ

WÀlPÀ:4: DAiÀiÁ¸ï

WÀlPÀ:5: D±ÀévÁÜªÀÄ£ï

WÀlPÀ:6: Àä±Á£À PÀÄgÀÄPÉëÃvÀæ

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 1. vË®¤PÀ PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É- JZï. w¥ÉàÃgÀÄzÀæ Áé«Ä 2. PÁªÁåxÀð aAvÀ£À - qÁ.f.J¸ï.²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà 3. PÀ£ÀßqÀ zsÀé£Áå¯ÉÆÃPÀ: MAzÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À - qÁ.PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt

7

4. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É ÀA: qÁ. gÀºÀªÀÄvï vÀjÃPÉgÉ 5. vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É- qÁ.PÁ¯ÉÆÃð¸ï

6. Comparative Literature Studies - S.S. Prawer 7. Comparative Literature and Literary Theory - Ulrich Wessitian 8. Comparative Literature- Method and Prospective- Newton P.Stalknecht and Host 9. Frenze, 10. Comparative Literature (Ed) Nagendra 10. Comparative Indian Literature - Alphonso Karkala.

WÀlPÀ: 6 x 4= 24 UÀAmÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 75

¥ÀwæPÉ: 1.4.5: ¨sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À WÀlPÀ:1; sÁµÉ JAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ? ÀégÀÆ¥À, ®PÀët ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ««zsÀvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ:2: sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ

WÀlPÀ:3: sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ:4: ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR sÁµÁ «eÁÕ¤UÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ:5: vÉÆAqÀÄ ªÉÄÃªÀÅ - PÉ.«. £ÁgÁAiÀÄt (PÀA É-8)

WÀlPÀ:6: ªÀiÁw£À M¼ÀUÀÄlÄÖ - ±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀmï


1. ¨sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ® vÀvÀéUÀ¼ÀÄ : qÁ. JA. azÁ£ÀAzÀªÀÄÆwð 2. ¨sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : qÁ.ºÀA.¥À.£ÁUÀgÁdAiÀÄå 3. zÁæ«qÀ ¨sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : qÁ.ºÀA.¥À.£ÁUÀgÁdAiÀÄå 4. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ±Á ÀÛç : qÁ. gÁ.AiÀÄ. zsÁgÁªÁqÀPÀgÀ 5. G¥À sÁµÉ : qÁ.PÉ.¦.¨sÀmï 6. ¨sÁµÁ ¥Àæ sÉÃzÀ : qÁ.PÉ.¦.¨sÀmï 7. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ PÀ°àvÀ ZÀjvÉæ : qÁ.r.J£ï.±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀmï 8. PÀ£ÀßqÀ-vÉ®ÄUÀÄ ¢é sÁ¶PÀvÉAiÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : PÉ..¦.¨sÀmï 9. EA¢£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ : gÀZÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §¼ÀPÉ : qÁ.J¸ï.J£ï.²æÃzsÀgï


¥ÀwæPÉ- 1.5.1 eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À: PÀ£ÀßqÀ d£À¥ÀzÀ ¸Á»vÀå : PÁªÀå

WÀlPÀ-1. PÀ£ÀßqÀ d£À¥ÀzÀ PÁªÀå : ÀégÀÆ¥À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀAzÀ sÀð, ÉÆÃ¨Á£É aPÀÌªÀÄä£À ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ÀA. JZï.J¯ï.£ÁUÉÃUËqÀ WÀlPÀ-2. PÀ£ÀßqÀ d£À¥ÀzÀ VÃvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : ÀÄªÀtð d£À¥ÀzÀ PÁªÀå : 1. ¤Ã ©lÖgÀÄ £À£Àß ©qÁzÀÄ ÀA. J¸ï.f. ¹zÀÝgÁªÀÄAiÀÄå, PÉ.Cgï. ÀAzÁågÉrØ 2. CtÚºÉÃ½zÀ ¤Ãw. 3. M ÀUÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ (ªÉÆzÀ® ºÀvÀÄÛ VÃvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ) WÀlPÀ-3. d£À¥ÀzÀ UÀÄt¸ÁUÀj RAqÀ PÁªÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ : ( ÀA) : ªÉÄÊ®ºÀ½î gÉÃªÀtÚ. 2. PÁ½AUÀgÁAiÀÄ - ( ÀA) qÁ.ºÉ Áâ É £ÁUÉÃ±ï WÀlPÀ-4. PÁqÀÄ ºÀÆªÀÅUÀ¼ÀÄ ( ÀA) f.©.SÁqÉ. 1. ©Ã ÀÄªÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, ºÀAw¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ. WÀlPÀ-5. ÀÄªÀtð d£À¥ÀzÀ PÁªÀå : QvÀÆÛgÀÄ ZÉ£ÀßªÀÄä£À ÉÆ É ¯ÁªÀtÂ. : ÀA. J¸ï.f. ¹zÀÝgÁªÀÄAiÀÄå. PÉ.Dgï. ÀAzsÁågÉrØ.

8

WÀlPÀ-6. PÀxÀ£À PÁªÀå - ¸Á«gÀzÀ ¹j É¼ÀUÀÄ - ÀA. PÀÈµÀÚªÀÄÆwð ºÀ£ÀÆgÀÄ, JvÀÛ¥Àà, UÀÄºÉÃ±ÀégÀ Áé«Ä, £ÁAiÀÄPÀ£ÀºÀnÖ w¥ÉàÃ¸Áé«Ä, PÀmÉÖ ªÀiÁgÀªÀé.

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1. zÀQët PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ d£À¥ÀzÀ PÁªÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : qÁ. fÃ.±ÀA. ¥ÀgÀªÀÄ²ªÀAiÀÄå 2. d£À¥ÀzÀ ªÀÄºÁPÁªÀå : qÁ. wÃ.£ÀA. ±ÀAPÀgÀ£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 3. d£À¥ÀzÀ ªÀÄºÁPÁªÀå : qÁ. CA§½PÉ »jAiÀÄtÚ 4. d£À¥ÀzÀ ¸Á»vÀå gÀÆ¥ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : qÁ. gÁªÉÄÃUËqÀ 5. ÉÃgÀÄ vÉÆÃjzÀ ºÁ¢ : PÀÄªÀiÁgÀZÀ®å 6. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¯ÁªÀtÂUÀ¼ÀÄ : qÁ. ²æÃPÀAoÀPÀÆrUÉ 7. GvÀÛgÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ d£À¥ÀzÀ gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«Ä : ZÀAzÀæ±ÉÃRgÀ PÀA¨ÁgÀ 8. d£À¥ÀzÀ ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : ( ÀA) qÁ. wÃ.£ÀA. ±ÀAPÀgÀ£ÁgÁAiÀÄt, qÁ. JA.J£ï. ªÉAPÀmÉÃ±ï 9. zÀQët PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ d£À¥ÀzÀ gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«Ä : qÁ. r.PÉ. gÁeÉÃAzÀæ 10. d£À¥ÀzÀ ÀA¥ÀzÀ : ( ÀA) : qÁ. JA.J¸ï. ®oÉ× 11. qÁr §AeÁgÀgÀ PÀxÀ£À VÃvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ: qÁ. ÀtÚgÁªÀÄ 12. ¸Á»vÀå ÀA ÀÌøw ªÀÄÄSÁªÀÄÄT : qÁ.²ªÁ£ÀAzÀ PÉ¼ÀV£ÀªÀÄ¤ 13. ¸Á«gÀzÀ ¹j É¼ÀUÀÄ - ¸ÀA. qÁ.PÀÈµÀÚªÀÄÆwð ºÀ£ÀÆgÀÄ. 14. PÁqÀÄ ºÀÆªÀÅUÀ¼ÀÄ - ¸ÀA. f.©. SÁvÉ 15. avÀæzÀÄUÀð ¸ÀÄwÛ£À d£À¥ÀzÀ PÁªÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ - ªÉÄÊ®ºÀ½î gÉÃªÀtÚ 16. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ PÀxÀ£ÀVÃvÉUÀ¼À°è zÀÄ:SÁAvÀ ¤gÀÆ¥ÀuÉ . qÁ. zÉÃªÉÃAzÀæ PÀÄªÀiÁgÀ ºÀPÁj 17. ÀÄªÀtð d£À¥ÀzÀ PÁªÀå ( ÀA) J¸ï.f. ¹zÀÝgÁªÀÄAiÀÄå, PÉ.Dgï. ÀAzsÁågÉrØ.


¥ÀwæPÉ:: 1.5.2 £ÀªÉÇÃzÀAiÀÄ ¸ÀÈd£ÉÃvÀgÀ WÀlPÀ: 1 : ÀÈd£ÉÃvÀgÀ ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : «ªÀÄ±Éð, ¥Àæ§AzsÀ, «ZÁgÀ Á»vÀå : CAPÀt§gÀºÀ, C£ÀÄªÁzÀ

WÀlPÀ: 2: ©.JA.²æÃ. : PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄ vÀ É JvÀÄÛªÀ §UÉ

WÀlPÀ: 3: «ªÀÄ±Éð : ¸Á»vÀå ÀÄªÀtð ZËPÀlÄÖ - gÀAUÀtÚ, PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ : ÀgÉÆÃªÀgÀzÀ ¹jUÀ£ÀßrAiÀÄ°è

WÀlPÀ: 4 : ¥Àæ§AzsÀ : ÀÄªÀtð ®°vÀ ¥Àæ§AzsÀ : 1 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 8 , , ªÀiÁªÀ PÉÆr¹zÀ PÉÆÃlÄ- JA.J¸ï. ÀÄAPÀ¥Àà

WÀlPÀ: 5:¨Á¼Éé É¼ÀPÀÄ : PÁgÀAvÀ ( ªÀÄÆgÀÄ)

WÀlPÀ: 6 CAPÀt : ÀÆ®AV (ºÁªÀiÁ£À)

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:

1. wÃ.£ÀA.²æÃ- PÁªÀå À«ÄÃPÉë 2.C©ü£ÀªÀ PÁ½zÁ À § ÀªÀ¥Àà±Á¹Ûç – qÁ.£É°èPÀmÉÖ.J¸ï.¹zÉÝÃ±ï 3. PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ zÀ±Àð£À : zÉÃdUË 4. ÀÄªÀÄzÀÄgÀ AiÀiÁvÀ£É : qÁ.²ªÁ£ÀAzÀ PÉ¼ÀV£ÀªÀÄ¤

5. PÉ.J¸ï.£ÀgÀ¹AºÀ Áé«Ä CªÀgÀ PÁªÀå : qÁ.f.¥Àæ±ÁAvÀ£ÁAiÀÄPÀ 6.ªÀiÁPïìðªÁ¢ ¸Á»vÀå «ªÀÄ±Éð: qÁ.PÉ.PÉÃ±ÀªÀ±ÀªÀÄð

7.CªÀÄÈvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ UÀgÀÄqÀ : r.Dgï. £ÁUÀgÁd 8. ºÁqÉ ºÁ¢AiÀÄ vÉÆÃjvÀÄ : ºÉZï. J¸ï. gÁWÀªÉÃAzÀæ gÁªï 9.

±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå : f.ºÉZï. £ÁAiÀÄPÀ ( ÀA) ±ÀQÛ ±ÁgÀzÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¼À : r.Dgï. £ÁUÀgÁd 10. §ºÀÄªÀÄÄT :

qÁ. PÉ. PÉÃ±ÀªÀ±ÀªÀÄð 11. PÀÈw¸ÁQë : f.ºÉZï.£ÁAiÀÄPÀ, 12. ²ªÀgÁªÀÄ PÁgÀAvÀ- JgÀqÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ :

n.¦.C±ÉÆÃPÀ. 13. ±À§ÝgÉÃSÉ- PÉ.PÉÃ±ÀªÀ±ÀªÀÄð.

9


¥ÀwæPÉ: 1.5.3 ¨sÁµÁAvÀgÀ PÀÄjvÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ aAvÀ£É WÀlPÀ: 1: PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è sÁµÁAvÀgÀzÀ EwºÁ À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀégÀÆ¥À WÀlPÀ: 2: ©.JA.²æÃ EAVèÃµï VÃvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ - QÃwð£ÁxÀ PÀÄvÀÄðPÉÆÃn §gÉzÀ ¯ÉÃR£À WÀlPÀ: 3: ±ÉÃPïì¦AiÀÄgï £ÁlPÀUÀ½UÉ - ²æÃPÀAoÀ±Á¹Ûç §gÉzÀ ªÀÄÄ£ÀÄßr WÀlPÀ: 4: CgÀ«AzÀgÀ ºÀÈzÀAiÀÄ ÀªÀÄÄzÀæ"" - zÀ.gÁ. ÉÃAzÉæ §gÉzÀ ªÀÄÄ£ÀÄßr WÀlPÀ: 5: PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ §AzÀ PÀ«vÉUÀ¼ÀÄ - N.J¯ï.J£ï. §gÉzÀ ªÀÄÄ£ÀÄßr WÀlPÀ: 6; d£À¥ÀzÀ ªÀÄºÁPÁªÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ - EAVèÃµï C£ÀÄªÁzÀPÉÌ ¹.J£ï. gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæ£ï §gÉzÀ ªÀÄÄ£ÀÄßr

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 1. ºÉÆ ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ«vÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É EAVèµï PÁªÀåzÀ ¥Àæ sÁªÀ, - C£ÀAvÀ£ÁgÁAiÀÄt.J¸ï. 2. CAiÀÄåAUÁgï, ªÀiÁ¹Û ªÉAPÀmÉÃ±ï ªÀÄ¯ÁgÀ, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: fÃªÀ£À PÁAiÀiÁð®AiÀÄ 3. sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ¸ËgÀ sÀ, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ- CgÉÆÃgÁ, ®QëöäÃ£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 4. ÀA ÀÌøvÀ ¸Á»vÀå: C£ÀÄªÁzÀ; PÀÈµÀÚªÀÄÆwð.PÉ. 5. sÁµÁAvÀgÀ PÀ É, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. ©.JA.²æÃ ¥ÀæwµÁ×£À. - UÀÄgÀÄzÀvï ¥ÀæzsÁ£À 6. C£ÁªÀgÀt, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀÄ ÀÛPÀ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ- UÀÄgÀÄzÀvÀÛ, ¥ÀæzsÁ£ï 7. PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è sÁUÀªÀVÃvÉ, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ: r.«.PÉ.ªÀÄÆwð- ¥Àæ sÀÄ±ÀAPÀgÀ 8. qÉjPÁ, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀÄ ÀÛPÀ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ. - ¥ÉgÁeÉ, 9. sÁgÀvÀ ¸Á»vÀå ÀA ÀÌøwUÉ ¥Á±ÁÑvÀå «zÁéA ÀgÀ PÉÆqÀÄUÉ, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ: ²æÃ±ÀQÛ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À.- ªÀÄÄvÀÛtÚ. 10. ªÀ ÁºÀvÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ aAvÀ£É, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸Á»vÀå CPÁqÉ«Ä- gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæ£ï.¹.J£ï.


¥ÀwæPÉ: 1.5.4vË®¤PÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀ ÁºÀvÀÄ zÉÃ±ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 1: ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøwUÀ¼À vË®¤PÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À WÀlPÀ: 2: ¥ÀÆªÀð ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥À²ÑªÀÄzÀ ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøwUÀ¼À CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À WÀlPÀ: 3: ¥Àæ sÀÄvÀézÀ ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw-zÉÃ¹ªÁzÀ: «¸ÀäøwªÁzÀ: ¥ËgÁvÀåªÁzÀ WÀlPÀ: 4: EAVèµï, ¥ÉæAZï, D¦üæPÀ£ï ¥ÀoÀåUÀ¼À ¸ÀA§AzÁAvÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 5: ÉæPïÖ£À PÀvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ - ºÉZï.PÉ. gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæªÀÄÆwð WÀlPÀ: 6: ¯ÉÃjAiÉÆAPÁ - C£ÀÄ: ¥Àæ±ÁAvÀ©Ãa

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 1. vË®¤PÀ PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É- JZï. w¥ÉàÃgÀÄzÀæ Áé«Ä 2. PÁªÁåxÀð aAvÀ£À - qÁ.f.J¸ï.²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà 3. PÀ£ÀßqÀ zsÀé£Áå¯ÉÆÃPÀ: MAzÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À - qÁ.PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 4. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É ÀA: qÁ. gÀºÀªÀÄvï vÀjÃPÉgÉ 5. vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É- qÁ.PÁ¯ÉÆÃð¸ï

6. Comparative Literature Studies - S.S. Prawer 7. Comparative Literature and Literary Theory - Ulrich Wessitian 8. Comparative Literature- Method and Prospective- Newton P.Stalknecht and Host 9. Frenze, 10. Comparative Literature (Ed) Nagendra 10. Comparative Indian Literature - Alphonso Karkala.

10


¥ÀwæPÉ: 1.5.5¨sÁµÉ JAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ? WÀlPÀ: 1: sÁµÉ JAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ?

WÀlPÀ: 2: sÁµÉAiÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À JAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ?

WÀlPÀ: 3; sÁµÉAiÀÄ §UÉUÉ £ÀªÀÄUÉÃ£ÀÄ UÉÆwÛ®è?

WÀlPÀ: 4: sÁµÉAiÀÄ gÀZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ £É ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ: 5: zsÀé¤ ¤AiÀÄªÀÄ JAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ,

WÀlPÀ: 6: zsÀé¤AiÀÄ ZÀºÀgÉUÀ¼ÀÄ, zsÀé¤ ¤AiÀÄªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, zsÀé¤ vÀAvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ (¨Á±Á ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À Cwæ §ÄPï ¸ÉAlgï-4, ±ÀgÁªÀw PÀlÖqÀ §®äl ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 575001) ( r.J£ï. ±ÀAPÀgÀ §mï §gÉzÀ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ)

1. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁåPÀgÀt AiÀiÁPÉ ÉÃPÀÄ? 2. EAVè±ï ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ PÀßqÀzÉÝÃ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, 3. ªÀiÁw£À M¼ÀUÀÄlÄÖ 4. PÀ£ÀßqÀ £ÀÄr £ÀqÉzÀÄ §AzÀ zÁj 5. PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ ÉÃPÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÉÝÃ ªÁåPÀgÀt 6. ¤dPÀÆÌ ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁåPÀgÀt JAvÀºÀzÀÄ? 7. PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ ¸ÀgÀé£ÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ 8. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À M¼ÀgÀZÀ£É 9. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À M¼ÀgÀZÀ£É 10. PÀ£ÀßqÀ §gÀºÀªÀ£ÀÄß Àj¥Àr¸ÉÆÃt 11. ¨Á±ÉAiÀÄ §UÉUÉ ¤ÃªÉÃ£ÀÄ §°èj? 12. ¨sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ® vÀvÀéUÀ¼ÀÄ : qÁ. JA. azÁ£ÀAzÀªÀÄÆwð 13. ¨sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : qÁ.ºÀA.¥À.£ÁUÀgÁdAiÀÄå 14. zÁæ«qÀ ¨sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : qÁ.ºÀA.¥À.£ÁUÀgÁdAiÀÄå 15. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ±Á ÀÛç : qÁ. gÁ.AiÀÄ. zsÁgÁªÁqÀPÀgÀ 16. G¥À sÁµÉ : qÁ.PÉ.¦.¨sÀmï 17. ¨sÁµÁ ¥Àæ sÉÃzÀ : qÁ.PÉ.¦.¨sÀmï 18. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ PÀ°àvÀ ZÀjvÉæ : qÁ.r.J£ï.±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀmï 19. PÀ£ÀßqÀ-vÉ®ÄUÀÄ ¢é sÁ¶PÀvÉAiÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : PÉ..¦.¨sÀmï 20. EA¢£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ : gÀZÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §¼ÀPÉ : qÁ.J¸ï.J£ï.²æÃzsÀgï 21. ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀÄvÀÛªÀÄÄvÀÛ : qÁ.PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 22. qÉÊUÁè¹AiÀiÁ : qÁ.VgÀrØ UÉÆÃ«AzÀgÁd 23. ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : PÉ.PÉA¥ÉÃUËqÀ 24. vË®¤PÀ ¨sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : PÉ.P ÉA¥ÉÃUËqÀ 25. £ÀÄr¥À®èl : PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 26. ªÀÄ£ÀÄPÀÄ®zÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄUÁgÀ : C©ü£ÀªÀ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 27. ¨sÁµÁ «±ÀéPÉÆÃ±À : PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 28. PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ ¨ÉÃPÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÉÝÃ ªÁåPÀgÀt : qÁ.r.J£ï.±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀmï 29. ¨sÁµÁ ªÁå ÀAUÀ : qÁ.¸ÀAUÀªÉÄÃ±À ¸ÀªÀzÀwÛªÀÄoÀ

11


¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À «¨sÁUÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ JA.J.(¹.©.¹.J¸ï.¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ)

2018-21 ¢éwÃAiÀÄ É«Ä ÀÖgï

I Semester Paper No Title of the Paper Credi

ts Theory Marks


Marks


2.1(H) £ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå 05 75 - 25 100 2.2(H) ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÉAiÀÄ «¢ü «zsÁ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 05 75 - 25 100

Soft Core Papers 2.3.1(S) eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À :

CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀzÀ EwºÁ À 04 75 - 25 100

2.3.2(S) ¥ÀæUÀw²Ã® ¸Á»vÀå: ÀÈd£À²Ã® 04 75 - 25 100

2.3.3(S) sÁµÁAvÀgÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À 04 75 - 25 100

2.3.4(S) vË®¤PÀ ¸Á»vÀå 04 75 - 25 100

2.3.5(S) sÁµÉ JAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ 04 75 - 25 100

2.4.1(S) gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«Ä ªÀÄvÀÄÛ UÀzÀåPÀxÀ£À 04 75 - 25 100

2.4.2(S) ¥ÀæUÀw²Ã® ¸Á»vÀå : ÀÈd£ÉÃvÀgÀ 04 75 - 25 100

2.4.3(S) sÁµÁAvÀgÀ gÁdPÁgÀt 04 75 - 25 100

2.4.4(S) vË®¤PÀ ¸Á»vÀå 04 75 - 25 100

2.4.5(S) sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À 04 75 - 25 100

2.5.1(E) ¥ÁæaÃ£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀÄzsÀåPÁ°Ã£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå: EwºÁ À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ÀégÀÆ¥À

02 40 10 50

2.5.2(E) PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÉÊZÁjPÀvÉ 02 40 10 50 20 450

12

PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ JA.J.(¹.©.¹.J¸ï.¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ)

2018-21 ¢éwÃAiÀÄ É«Ä ÀÖgï


¥ÀwæPÉ: 2.1: £ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå WÀlPÀ:1: £ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå : »£Àß¯É ¥ÉæÃgÀuÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥Àæ sÁªÀ WÀlPÀ:2: £ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ : ªÀ ÀÄÛ ÀégÀÆ¥À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÉÊ«zsÀåvÉ

WÀlPÀ:3: ªÀZÀ£À ¸Á»vÀå: MlÄÖ 25 (§ ÀªÀtÚ, C®èªÀÄ, CPÀÌªÀÄºÁzÉÃ«(5 x 5)¹zÀÝgÁªÀÄ, CA©UÀgÀ ZËqÀAiÀÄå WÀlPÀ:4: gÀUÀ¼É: wgÀÄ¤Ã®PÀAoÀgÀUÀ¼É WÀlPÀ:5: ºÀj±ÀÑAzÀæPÁªÀå: ªÀ¹µÀÖ«±Áé«ÄvÀægÀ «ªÁzÀ/¥Àwß ¥ÀÄvÀæ «PÀæAiÀÄ, DvÀä «PÀæAiÀÄ. WÀlPÀ:6: ¥Àæ sÀÄ°AUÀ°Ã¯É: ªÀiÁºÉºÀÄlÖzÀÄzÀÄ/ ¥Àæ sÀÄªÀÄzÀÝ¼ÉAiÀÄ ¨Áj¹zÀÄzÀÄ WÀlPÀ:7: gÁªÀÄzsÁå£Àå ZÀjvÉæ: PÀ£ÀPÀzÁ À WÀlPÀ:8: sÀgÀvÉÃ±À ªÉÊ¨sÀªÀ, C¸ÁÜ£À ÀA¢ü/ CgÀV½AiÀiÁ¼Á¥ÀzÀ ªÀÄ£ÀßuÉ ¸ÀA¢ü.

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1) ÀªÀÄUÀæ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ZÀjvÉæ: ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄ ¥ÀæPÀluÉ 2) PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ZÀjvÉæ: PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ÀA ÉÜ, ªÉÄÊ¸ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄ 3) ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå¤UÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ZÀjvÉæ ( ÀA) qÁ.f.J¸ï. ²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà

4) ¸Á»vÀå ÀAUÁw: QÃwð£ÁxÀ PÀÄvÀðPÉÆÃn, 5) ¥ÁæaÃ£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ°è ZÁjwæPÀ CA±ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : qÁ.gÁUË.6.PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ZÀjvÉæ: ¹. «ÃgÀtÚ. 7.ªÀZÀ£ÀPÁgÀgÀ fÃªÀ£ÀzÀÈ¶Ö-PÀÄªÀiÁgÀZÀ®å 8.PÀ£ÀPÀzÁ ÀgÀ aAvÀ£ÉAiÀÄ £É É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ zÀ±Àð£À : qÁ.²æÃgÁªÀÄ CZÀ£ÀÆgÀ. 8. PÀ£ÀPÀzÁ ÀgÀ QÃvÀð£ÉUÀ¼À°è ¸ÁA ÀÌøwPÀ C£À£ÀåvÉ : qÁ.²ªÁ£ÀAzÀ PÉ¼ÀV£ÀªÀÄ¤ 9. ªÀZÀ£À ¸Á»vÀå : qÁ.²ªÁ£ÀAzÀPÉ¼ÀV£ÀªÀÄ¤ 10.PÀ£ÀPÀzÁ ÀgÀ ¯ÉÆÃPÀzÀÈ¶Ö-qÁ.£É°èPÀmÉÖ J¸ï.¹zÉÝÃ±ï


¥ÀwæPÉ- 2.2 ¸ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÉAiÀÄ «¢ü «zsÁ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ WÀlPÀ-1: ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÉAiÀÄ CxÀð, ÀégÀÆ¥À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ EwºÁ À: ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£À CºÀðvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ UÀÄt®PÀëtUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ-2: ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÉAiÀÄ «zsÁ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: ªÀtð£ÁvÀäPÀ, LwºÁ¹PÀ, vË®¤PÀ, CAvÀgï²¹ÛAiÀÄ.

WÀlPÀ-3: ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÉAiÀÄ DPÀgÀ ¸ÁªÀiÁVæUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1) ZÁPÀëÄµÀ DPÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, 2) ªÀiËTPÀ DPÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ-4: ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£Á ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ:1) ÀA ÀÌøw ±ÉÆÃzsÀ: PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥ÁæaÃ£ÀvÉ, ªÀÄ»ªÉÄ, ªÀÅåvÀàwÛ, °¦-

(Dgï.£ÀgÀ¹AºÀZÁgï)2. ±Á À£À ±ÉÆÃzsÀ: f£ÀªÀ®è sÀ£À ±Á À£À(f.J¸ï.UÁ¬Ä)

WÀlPÀ-5: sÁµÁ ±ÉÆÃzsÀ:PÀ£ÀßqÀ ÀªÀÄ ÀÛ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À « sÀd£É: r.J£ï.±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀlÖ, bÀAzÀ±ÉÆÃzsÀ: PÀ£ÀßqÀ ºÁr£À «PÁ À

ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ®AiÀÄ ÀégÀÆ¥À (JA.«.¹ÃvÀgÁªÀÄAiÀÄå)

WÀlPÀ-6:ZÁjwæPÀ ±ÉÆÃzsÀ: § ÀªÀgÁdzÉÃªÀgÀ gÀUÀ¼ÉAiÀÄ PÀvÀÈð-n.J¸ï.ªÉAPÀtÚAiÀÄå,

¸Á»vÀå ±ÉÆÃzsÀ:PÀÄªÀiÁgÀªÁå À- QÃwð£ÁxÀPÀÄvÀðPÉÆÃn

WÀlPÀ-7: ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£Á §gÀªÀtÂUÉ: 1) sÁµÉ-±ÉÊ°, GzÀÞgÀuÉ, Drn¥ÀàtÂ, C£ÀÄ§AzsÀ

2)±ÉÊ°PÉÊ¦rAiÀÄ DAiÀÄÝ sÁUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ-8:PÉëÃvÀæPÁAiÀÄð, ÀAzÀ±Àð£À, ¥Àæ±ÁßªÀ½, G¥ÀPÀgÀtUÀ¼ÀÄ

13

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1. ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£É, qÁ. JA. azÁ£ÀAzÀ ªÀÄÆwð

¥Àæ: PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀjµÀvÀÄÛ ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 1984.

2. ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£À «zsÁ£À, qÁ. «. PÀÄ®PÀtÂð, qÁ. ºÀjPÀÈµÀÚ sÀgÀtå, ©. ÀzÁ²ªÀ

¥Àæ : ¥Àæ sÀ À ©qÀÄUÀqÉ, ªÀÄzsÀÄgÉÊ, 1989.

3. ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£À ±Á ÀÛç, ºÉÆ ÉÌgÉ ²ªÀ Áé«Ä

PÀ.ªÉA. ¸ÁägÀPÀªÀiÁ¯É, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ.

4. ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ ¥Àj±ÉÆÃzsÀ£É, J¸ï. gÁd±ÉÃRgÀ

¥Àæ : PÀ£ÀßqÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ÀA ÉÜ, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄ, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ

5. ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£À ÀégÀÆ¥À, qÁ. ©.«. ²gÀÆgÀ

C£Àß¥ÀÆtð ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ºÀÄ§â½î, 1992.

6. ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£À ¥ÀxÀ, ( ÀA) qÁ. DjéAiÀÄ¸ï, ÀÄAzÀgÀA, qÁ.J£ï. J¸ï. vÁgÁ£ÁxÀ

¤zÉðÃ±ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ, ªÀiÁ£À À UÀAUÉÆÃwæ, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ- 2006.

7. ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£À ªÀiÁUÀð, qÁ. ªÀÄºÁ§¯ÉÃ±ÀégÀ gÁªï

£ÀªÀPÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, 1996.

8. ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÉÊzÁ¤PÀvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : ( ÀA) : qÁ. CªÀÄgÉÃ±À £ÀÄUÀqÉÆÃtÂ

¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄ, 2009.

9. ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£É vÁwéPÀ DAiÀiÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, qÁ. ©.JA. ¥ÀÄlÖAiÀÄå

¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄ, 2010.


¥ÀwæPÉ- 2.3.1: eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀzÀ EwºÁ¸À WÀlPÀ-1; dªÀÄð¤, ¦ü£ÉèAqï, EAUÉèAqï zÉÃ±ÀUÀ¼À°è £ÀqÉ¢gÀÄªÀ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀzÀ À«ÄÃPÉë

WÀlPÀ-2:CªÉÄÃjPÀ, gÀµÁåzÉÃ±ÀUÀ¼À°è £ÀqÉ¢gÀÄªÀ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀUÀ¼À À«ÄÃPÉë

WÀlPÀ-3: AiÀÄÄ£É ÉÆÌ gÀÆ¦¹gÀÄªÀ ¤AiÀÄªÀiÁªÀ½UÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ-4: sÁgÀvÀzÀ°è eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À: «ÄµÀ£ÀjAiÀÄÄUÀ, gÀªÀÄå gÁ¶ÖçÃAiÀÄ AiÀÄÄUÀ, ±ÉÊPÀëtÂPÀ AiÀÄÄUÀ

WÀlPÀ-5:PÀ£ÁðlP eÁ£À¥ÀzÀÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀzÀ EwºÁ À

WÀlPÀ-6:eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ eÁUÀwÃPÀgÀt

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1. British Folkloristics-Richard M Dorson, 2)Nordic Tradition Research (Ed) Lauri Honko 3) Russian Folklore-Y.M. Sokolov, 4) American Folklore Scholarship: A Dialogue of Dissent- Mary Zumwalt, 5) The History of Folklore Research in Europe-Guiseppa Cocchiara, Folklore: An introduction-Jawaharlal Handoo, 7)Folklorists of Bengal- Shankar sen Gupta, 8)Folklore of Assam-Jogesh Das, 9) Study of Orissan Folklore-Kunj Behari Das 10) eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ÀA¥ÀÄl:( ÀA)ªÀÄ°èPÁdÄð£À ®oÉ×,11)PÀ£ÁðlPÀ eÁ£À¥Àz:À ÀA)fÃ.±ÀA. ¥ÀgÀªÀÄ²ªÀAiÀÄå

11) eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀzÀ ÀAQë¥ÀÛ EwºÁ À: ( ÀA) vÀ¥À¹éPÀÄªÀiÁgï

12) eÁUÀwÃPÀgÀt ªÀÄvÀÄÛ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ-( ÀA)UÀ«Ã±À »gÉÃªÀÄoÀ, eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ¥Àj sÁªÀ£É -

qÁ.f.Dgï.w¥ÉàÃ¸Áé«Ä, 14) sÁµÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ- qÁ.PÁ.ªÉA ²æÃ¤ªÁ ÀªÀÄÆwð, 15. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ

14

±ÉÆÃzsÀ - ºÀ.PÀ.gÁeÉÃUËqÀ, 16. PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁªÀå ¥ÀgÀA¥ÀgÉAiÀÄ°è eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ¥ÀæeÉÕ, ÀA:qÁ.JAJ¸ï.±ÉÃRgï,

16. zÁæ«qÀ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ- qÁ.wÃ.£ÀA. ±ÀAPÀgÀ£ÁgÁAiÀÄt, 17. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ vÀdÕgÀÄ ( ÀA)

qÁ.ªÀÈµÀ sÀPÀÄªÀiÁgï, 17.. Glinpses of karnataka Folklore Dr. Hebble Nagesh


¥ÀwæPÉ- 2.3.2 ¥ÀæUÀw²Ã® ¸Á»vÀå: ÀÈd£À²Ã® WÀlPÀ: 1. ¥ÀæUÀw²Ã® ¸Á»vÀå ÀégÀÆ¥À : ®PÀëtUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ: 2. ÀÈd£À²Ã®vÉAiÀÄ £É¯ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : §AqÀªÁ¼ÀªÁzÀ- ÀªÀiÁdªÁzÀ- GzÁgÀªÁzÀUÀ¼À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀªÀiÁdªÁzÀ

¸Á»vÀåzÀ ÀégÀÆ¥ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ: 3. agÀ ÀägÀuÉ- ¤gÀAd£À

WÀlPÀ: 4. ªÀiÁzsÀ«- C£ÀÄ¥ÀªÀÄ ¤gÀAd£À

WÀlPÀ: 5. ZÀzÀÄgÀAUÀgÀ PÀvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ - ²ªÀzÀªÀÄ£À: PÁémÉ: £Á®ÄÌ ªÉÆ¼À sÀÆ«Ä, ¢§â, ªÀÄÈUÀAiÀiÁ.

WÀlPÀ: 6. PÀvÀÛ¯É- É¼ÀPÀÄ- ²æÃgÀAUÀ

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1. ÀªÀÄUÀæ UÀzÀå - UÉÆÃ¥Á® PÀÈµÀÚ CrUÀ 2. CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À - gÁeÉÃAzÀæ ZÀ¤ß 3. ¥Àæ ÀÄÛvÀ - ¦.®APÉÃ±À 4. ¸Á»vÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ sÁµÉ - ±ÁAw£ÁxÀ zÉÃ¸Á¬Ä 5. §AqÁAiÀÄ zÀ°vÀ ¸Á»vÀå - ¥ÀÄgÀÄµÉÆÃvÀÛªÀÄ ©½ªÀÄ¯É 6. §AqÁAiÀÄ PÁªÀå - ÀA. §gÀUÀÆgÀÄ gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæ¥Àà 7. ÀA ÀÌøw ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀÈd£À ²Ã®vÉ - §gÀUÀÆgÀÄ gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæ¥Àà 8. §AqÁAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ vÁwéPÀ £É ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ - § ÀªÀgÁd À§gÀzÀ 9. DAiÀÄÝ ¯ÉÃR£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ - Dgï.PÉ. ªÀÄtÂ¥Á®


¥ÀwæPÉ- 2.3.3 : sÁµÁAvÀgÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À WÀlPÀ: 1: sÁµÁAvÀgÀ PÀÄjvÀ ««zsÀ ÀAPÀxÀ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, sÁµÁAvÀgÀzÀ ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ: 2: sÁµÁAvÀgÀ PÀÄjvÀ ¹zÁÞAvÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ: 3: sÁµÁAvÀgÀ: PÀ£ÀßqÀ «zsÁ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ :

WÀlPÀ: 4: GªÀÄgÀ£À M ÀUÉ - r.«.f sÁµÁAvÀgÀ «zsÁ£À

WÀlPÀ: 5: PÀ©Ãgï ªÀZÀ£ÁªÀ½ - zÀ.gÁ. ÉÃAzÉæ sÁµÁAvÀgÀ «zsÁ£À

WÀlPÀ: 6: ÉÆÃ¢¯ÉÃgï "¥Á¥ÀzÀ ºÀÆUÀ¼ÀÄ"- ¦.®APÉÃ±ï sÁµÁAvÀgÀ «zsÁ£À

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 1. ºÉÆ ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ«vÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É EAVèµï PÁªÀåzÀ ¥Àæ sÁªÀ, - C£ÀAvÀ£ÁgÁAiÀÄt.J¸ï. 2. CAiÀÄåAUÁgï, ªÀiÁ¹Û ªÉAPÀmÉÃ±ï ªÀÄ¯ÁgÀ, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: fÃªÀ£À PÁAiÀiÁð®AiÀÄ 3. sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ¸ËgÀ sÀ, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ- CgÉÆÃgÁ, ®QëöäÃ£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 4. ÀA ÀÌøvÀ ¸Á»vÀå: C£ÀÄªÁzÀ; PÀÈµÀÚªÀÄÆwð.PÉ. 5. sÁµÁAvÀgÀ PÀ É, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. ©.JA.²æÃ ¥ÀæwµÁ×£À. - UÀÄgÀÄzÀvï ¥ÀæzsÁ£À 6. C£ÁªÀgÀt, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀÄ ÀÛPÀ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ- UÀÄgÀÄzÀvÀÛ, ¥ÀæzsÁ£ï 7. PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è sÁUÀªÀVÃvÉ, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ: r.«.PÉ.ªÀÄÆwð- ¥Àæ sÀÄ±ÀAPÀgÀ

15

8. qÉjPÁ, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀÄ ÀÛPÀ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ. - ¥ÉgÁeÉ, 9. sÁgÀvÀ ¸Á»vÀå ÀA ÀÌøwUÉ ¥Á±ÁÑvÀå «zÁéA ÀgÀ PÉÆqÀÄUÉ, ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ: ²æÃ±ÀQÛ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À.- ªÀÄÄvÀÛtÚ. 10. ªÀ ÁºÀvÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ aAvÀ£É, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ: PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸Á»vÀå CPÁqÉ«Ä- gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæ£ï.¹.J£ï.


¥ÀwæPÉ: 2.3.4 vË®¤PÀ ¸Á»vÀå WÀlPÀ: 1: vË®¤PÀ ¹zÁÞAvÀ JAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ? ÀégÀÆ¥À, ®PÀët ªÀÄvÀÄÛ EwºÁ À WÀlPÀ: 2: vË®¤PÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¹zÁÝAvÀzÀ ««zsÀ ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 3; vË®¤PÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀzÀ ¹zÁÞAvÀUÀ¼ÀÄ- D±ÀAiÀÄ gÀZÀ£É: ±ÉÊ°, N¢£À UÀæ»PÉUÀ¼ÀÄ: ÀAPÉÃvÀ±Á ÀÛç WÀlPÀ: 4: ¥ÁvÀÄªÀÄä£À DqÀÄ - ªÉÊPÀAªÀÄºÀªÀÄäzï §²Ãgï WÀlPÀ: 5: ªÀiÁAmÉÆÃ£À PÀvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ - eÉ.¨Á®PÀÈµÀÚ WÀlPÀ: 6: UÉÆÃ«£ÀºÁqÀÄ

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 1. sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå À«ÄÃPÉë( sÁUÀ-1 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ sÁUÀ-2) ÀA. J¯ï.J¸ï. ±ÉÃµÀVjgÁªï 2. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É- ÀA. qÁ.gÀºÀªÀÄvï vÀjÃPÉgÉ 3. vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É: qÁ. PÁ¯ÉÆÃð¸ï 4. PÁªÁåxÀð aAvÀ£À- qÁ.f.J¸ï.²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà

5. Comparative leterature Studies- S.S.Prawar

6. Comparative Literature and literary Theory - Ulrich Wessitian 7. Comparative Literature - Method and Prospective _ Newton P.Stalknecht and Hgt Frenz. 8. Comparative Indian Literature - Alphonso Karkala.


¥ÀwæPÉ: 2.3.5¨sÁµÉ JAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ? WÀlPÀ: 1: sÁµÉAiÀÄ §UÉUÉ £ÀªÀÄUÉÃ£ÀÄ UÉÆwÛzÉ?

WÀlPÀ: 2: zsÀé¤ gÀZÀ£É JAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ?

WÀlPÀ: 3: zsÀé¤UÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀÄgÀÄw¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ ºÉÃUÉ?

WÀlPÀ: 4: £ÀÄrAiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀÄ:ªÀåAd£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ (vÀqÉAiÀÄÄ°UÀ¼ÀÄ)

WÀlPÀ: 5: £ÀÄrAiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀÄ: ÀégÀUÀ¼ÀÄ(vÉgÉzÀÄ°UÀ¼ÀÄ)

WÀlPÀ: 6: ÉÃgÉ ÉÃgÉ £ÀÄrAiÀÄ PÉ®ªÀÅ zsÀé¤UÀ¼ÀÄ, dvÉ UÀÄgÀÄvÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ.PÀÆqÀÄzÀ¤UÀ¼ÀÄ,

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ (¨Á±Á ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À Cwæ §ÄPï ¸ÉAlgï-4, ±ÀgÁªÀw PÀlÖqÀ §®äl ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 575001) ( r.J£ï. ±ÀAPÀgÀ §mï §gÉzÀ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ)

1. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁåPÀgÀt AiÀiÁPÉ ÉÃPÀÄ? 2. EAVè±ï ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ PÀßqÀzÉÝÃ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, 3. ªÀiÁw£À M¼ÀUÀÄlÄÖ 4. PÀ£ÀßqÀ £ÀÄr £ÀqÉzÀÄ §AzÀ zÁj 5. PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ ¨ÉÃPÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÉÝÃ ªÁåPÀgÀt 6. ¤dPÀÆÌ ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁåPÀgÀt JAvÀºÀzÀÄ? 7. PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ ÀgÀé£ÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ

16

8. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À M¼ÀgÀZÀ£É 9. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À M¼ÀgÀZÀ£É 10. PÀ£ÀßqÀ §gÀºÀªÀ£ÀÄß Àj¥Àr¸ÉÆÃt 11. ¨Á±ÉAiÀÄ §UÉUÉ ¤ÃªÉÃ£ÀÄ §°èj? 12. sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ® vÀvÀéUÀ¼ÀÄ : qÁ. JA. azÁ£ÀAzÀªÀÄÆwð 13. sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : qÁ.ºÀA.¥À.£ÁUÀgÁdAiÀÄå 14. zÁæ«qÀ sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : qÁ.ºÀA.¥À.£ÁUÀgÁdAiÀÄå 15. PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁµÁ±Á ÀÛç : qÁ. gÁ.AiÀÄ. zsÁgÁªÁqÀPÀgÀ 16. G¥À sÁµÉ : qÁ.PÉ.¦. sÀmï 17. sÁµÁ ¥Àæ sÉÃzÀ : qÁ.PÉ.¦. sÀmï 18. PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁµÉAiÀÄ PÀ°àvÀ ZÀjvÉæ : qÁ.r.J£ï.±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀmï 19. PÀ£ÀßqÀ-vÉ®ÄUÀÄ ¢é sÁ¶PÀvÉAiÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : PÉ..¦. sÀmï 20. EA¢£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ : gÀZÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §¼ÀPÉ : qÁ.J¸ï.J£ï.²æÃzsÀgï 21. sÁµÉAiÀÄ ÀÄvÀÛªÀÄÄvÀÛ : qÁ.PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 22. qÉÊUÁè¹AiÀiÁ : qÁ.VgÀrØ UÉÆÃ«AzÀgÁd 23. ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : PÉ.PÉA¥ÉÃUËqÀ 24. vË®¤PÀ sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : PÉ.PÉA¥ÉÃUËqÀ 25. £ÀÄr¥À®èl : PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 26. ªÀÄ£ÀÄPÀÄ®zÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄUÁgÀ : C©ü£ÀªÀ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 27. sÁµÁ «±ÀéPÉÆÃ±À : PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 28. PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ ¨ÉÃPÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÉÝÃ ªÁåPÀgÀt : qÁ.r.J£ï.±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀmï 29. sÁµÁ ªÁå ÀAUÀ : qÁ. ÀAUÀªÉÄÃ±À ÀªÀzÀwÛªÀÄoÀ


2.4.1 eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«Ä ªÀÄvÀÄÛ UÀzÀåPÀxÀ£À WÀlPÀ-1 d£À¥ÀzÀ gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«Ä: ÀégÀÆ¥À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀAzÀ sÀð

WÀlPÀ-2 PÀuÁðlPÀ d£À¥ÀzÀ gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«ÄAiÀÄ ««zsÀ ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : ªÀÄÆqÀ®¥ÁAiÀÄ, §AiÀÄ¯Ál., zÉÆqÁØl,

AiÀÄPÀëUÁ£À, ÀuÁÚl, ²æÃPÀÈµÀÚ¥ÁjeÁvÀ, ÀÆvÀæzÀUÉÆA É, vÉÆUÀ®ÄUÉÆA É- ÀAQë¥ÀÛ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ

WÀlPÀ-3 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀÈwÛ UÁAiÀÄPÀ PÁªÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ - ÀA: f.±ÀA.¥ÀgÀªÀÄ²ªÀAiÀÄå, 1. PÀA¸Á¼É PÁªÀå - ¤Ã®ªÉÃtÂ

2. ¤Ã®UÁgÀ PÁªÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ - sÀÄªÀ£ÀªÀÄä

WÀlPÀ-4 UÀzÀåPÀxÀ£ÀUÀ¼À ÀégÀÆ¥À: ¥ÀÄgÁt, PÀvÉ, LwºÀå.

WÀlPÀ-5 ªÀÄ¯É£Ár£À d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀxÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : ÀA. qÁ.§ ÀªÀgÁd £É°è ÀgÀ- ªÉÆzÀ® ºÀvÀÄÛ PÀxÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ-6 MUÀlÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ UÁzÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : ÀégÀÆ¥À :

1) ÀA. qÁ.JZï.eÉ.®PÀÌ¥ÀàUËqÀ (ªÉÆzÀ® 100 MUÀlÄUÀ¼ÀÄ)

2) UÁzÉUÀ¼ÀÄ: PÀ£ÁðlPÀ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CPÁqÉ«Ä . ÉA. (ªÉÆzÀ® 50 UÁzÉUÀ¼ÀÄ)

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 1. d£À¥ÀzÀ ¸Á»vÀå: ( ÀA) qÁ. § ÀªÀgÁd £É°è ÀgÀ,qÁ. ¹.J¸ï. ²ªÀPÀÄªÀiÁgÀ Áé«Ä

2. ºÉÆ£Àß©vÉÛÃªÀÅ ºÉÆ®PÉ®è: ( ÀA) UÉÆ. gÀÄ. ZÀ£Àß§ À¥Àà, 3.UÁæ«ÄÃt: qÁ. JA. azÁ£ÀAzÀªÀÄÆwð,

4. PÀ£ÀßqÀ d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ: qÁ. ÀAzsÁågÉrØ, 5. PÀ£ÀßqÀ MUÀlÄUÀ¼À MAzÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À: ÉÆÃªÀÄ±ÉÃRgÀ EªÀiÁæ¥ÀÄgÀ

17

6. d£À¥ÀzÀ ¸Á»vÀå: qÁ. PÁ¼ÉÃUËqÀ £ÁUÀªÁgÀ, 7. LwºÀå : ÀÄ§âtÚ gÉÊ

8. £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄÄ¹èA »£Éß¯ÉAiÀÄÄ d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀxÉUÀ¼ÀÄ: ( ÀA) JA.J¸ï. ±ÉÃRgï 9. ®A¨ÁtÂ UÁzÉUÀ¼ÀÄ: qÁ. ÀtÚgÁªÀÄ

10. ®A¨ÁtÂ MUÀlÄ ¯ÉÆÃPÀ : qÁ. ÀtÚgÁªÀÄ, 11. PÀ£ÀßqÀ d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀxÉUÀ¼ÀÄ - qÁ.PÉ.Dgï. ÀAzsÁågÉrØ

12. §AqÁAiÀÄ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ - gÀAUÁgÉrØ PÉÆÃrgÁA¥ÀÄgÀ. 13. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ gÁZÀ¤PÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À - CA§½PÉ »gÀAiÀÄtÚ

14. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ¥Àj±ÀæªÀÄ- qÁ. ²æÃgÁªÀÄ ElÖtÚªÀgÀ, 15. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ d£À¥ÀzÀ DZÀgÀuÉUÀ¼ÀÄ - qÁ. À.a.gÀªÉÄÃ±ï

16. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ : ¸ÁA ÀÌøwPÀ DAiÀiÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ - ¥ÉÆæ.».².gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæUËqÀ

17. PÀ£ÀßqÀ d£À¥ÀzÀ ªÀÄºÁPÁªÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥Àæw ÀA ÀÌøw, - qÁ.J¸ï.JA. ªÀÄÄvÀÛAiÀÄå

18. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀÈwÛ UÁAiÀÄPÀ PÁªÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ - ÀA. f.±ÀA.¥ÀgÀªÀÄ²ªÀAiÀÄå.


¥ÀwæPÉ- 2.4.2 ¥ÀæUÀw²Ã® ¸Á»vÀå : ÀÈd£ÉÃvÀgÀ WÀlPÀ: 1. §Ä¢Þ- sÁªÀ-§zÀÄPÀÄ- ¤gÀAd£À.

WÀlPÀ: 2. ÀfÃªÀ ¸Á»vÀå. C.£À.PÀÈ

WÀlPÀ: 3. ªÀiÁPïìð ªÀÄvÀÄÛ KAUÀ®ìgÀ DAiÀÄÝ PÀÈwUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ: 4:§Æ±ÀµÁÖUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ±ÀæªÀÄfÃ«UÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ: 5: ±ÀæªÀÄfÃ«UÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀªÀÄÆå¤ ÀÖgÀÄ

WÀlPÀ: 6: ÀªÀiÁdªÁ¢ ºÁUÀÆ PÀªÀÄÆå¤ ÀÖ ¸Á»vÀå.

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1. ÀªÀÄUÀæ UÀzÀå - UÉÆÃ¥Á® PÀÈµÀÚ CrUÀ

2. CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À - gÁeÉÃAzÀæ ZÀ¤ß

3. ¥Àæ ÀÄÛvÀ - ¦.®APÉÃ±À

4. ¸Á»vÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ sÁµÉ - ±ÁAw£ÁxÀ zÉÃ¸Á¬Ä

5. §AqÁAiÀÄ zÀ°vÀ ¸Á»vÀå - ¥ÀÄgÀÄµÉÆÃvÀÛªÀÄ ©½ªÀÄ¯É

6. §AqÁAiÀÄ PÁªÀå - ÀA. §gÀUÀÆgÀÄ gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæ¥Àà

7. ÀA ÀÌøw ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀÈd£À ²Ã®vÉ - §gÀUÀÆgÀÄ gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæ¥Àà

8. §AqÁAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ vÁwéPÀ £É ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ - § ÀªÀgÁd À§gÀzÀ

9. DAiÀÄÝ ¯ÉÃR£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ - Dgï.PÉ. ªÀÄtÂ¥Á®

WÀlPÀ 6 x 4= 24 UÀAmÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ-75

¥ÀwæPÉ: 2.4.3. ¨sÁµÁAvÀgÀ gÁdPÁgÀt WÀlPÀ: 1 : sÁµÁAvÀgÀ gÁdPÁgÀt ÀégÀÆ¥À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ »£Éß¯É, ®PÀëtUÀ¼ÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 2: sÁµÁAvÀgÀ gÁdPÁgÀt: PÉ.¹ ²ªÀgÉrØ WÀlPÀ: 3: ¥ÁæAiÉÆÃVPÀ ¥ÀÀoÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ - EAVèÃµï¤AzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ WÀlPÀ: 4: PÀ£ÀßqÀ¢AzÀ C£Àå sÁµÉUÉ WÀlPÀ: 5: ÉæPïÖ£À ÀªÀiÁdªÁzÀ DAiÀÄÝ ¥ÀzÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ,- PÉ.¥sÀÀtÂgÁeï WÀlPÀ: 6: ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ PÀ« ªÀqïìðªÀvÀð- C£ÀAvÀªÀÄÆwð

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 1. sÁµÁAvÀgÀ PÀ É : ¥ÀæzsÁ£À UÀÄgÀÄzÀvÀÛ 2. sÁµÁAvÀgÀ : N.J¯ï. £ÁUÀ sÀÆµÀt¸Áé«Ä, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «.«. ºÀA¦.

18

3. sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ¸ÁA ÀÌøwPÀ £É ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : PÀjÃUËqÀ ©ÃZÀ£ÀºÀ½î, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «.«. ºÀA¦ 4. C£ÀÄªÁzÀ PÀ É : eÉ.J¸ï.PÀÄ½î ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀÄÄgÀr

5. Linguistic theory of Translation : J.C. Catford

6. Translation Studies : Susan Bassnet 7. The Art of Translation : T.H.Savory 8. Translation and Globalization London. 2004 : Michael Cronin Routedge, 9. sÁµÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀÈd£À²Ã®vÉ : ºÉZï.JA. ªÀÄºÉÃ±ÀégÀAiÀÄå 10. vË®¤PÀ ¸Á»vÀå : zÉÃ.dªÀgÉÃUËqÀ 11. £ÁUÀªÀ°è ; JZï.J¯ï.£ÁUÉÃUËqÀgÀ C©ü£ÀAzÀ£À UÀæAxÀ

WÀlPÀ 6 x 4= 24 UÀAmÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ-75

¥ÀwæPÉ: 2.4.4: vË®¤PÀ ¸Á»vÀå WÀlPÀ: 1: ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ vË®¤PÀ

WÀlPÀ: 2: vÁwéPÀvÉ

WÀlPÀ: 3; ««zsÀ ºÀAvÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ,

WÀlPÀ: 4 sÁµÁAvÀgÀzÀ ÀégÀÆ¥À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ vË®¤PÀ

WÀlPÀ: 5: ªÀÄgÀÄ sÀÆ«ÄAiÀÄ ºÀt - dUÀ¢Ã±À PÉÆ¥Àà,

WÀlPÀ: 6: JPÉÊQæn¹ ÀA- PÉ.¹ ²ªÁgÉrØ

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 1. sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ¥ÀæªÉÃ²PÉ : EwºÁ À, ¹zÁÝAvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥Àj sÁ¶PÉUÀ¼ÀÄ - qÁ.JA. GµÁ 2. PÀ£ÀßqÀ-ªÀÄ®AiÀiÁ¼ÀA sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ¥ÀæQæAiÉÄ - qÁ. J.ªÉÆÃºÀ£À PÀÄAmÁgï 3. ªÀ ÁºÀvÀÄ±Á» ªÀÄvÀÄÛ sÁµÁAvÀgÀ: ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀæPÀgÀtUÀ¼ÀÄ- «.©. gÁgÀPÉÃ±ÀégÀ 4. C£ÀÄªÁzÀ ÀAPÀxÀ£À -1: PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ sÁµÁ sÁgÀw ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ- qÁ.PÉ.¹.²ªÁgÉrØ, PÉ.«. ¥Àæ¢Ã¥À 5. C£ÀÄªÁzÀ ÀAPÀxÀ£À -2: PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ sÁµÁ sÁgÀw ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ- qÁ.PÉ.¹.²ªÁgÉrØ, J¸ï.© ®QëÃPÁAvï 6. sÁ¸ïPÀgï ZÀAzÁªÀPÀðgï CªÀgÀ G¥À£Áå ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ ªÉÊzÉÃ»: ÀAVÃvÀ ÀAªÁzÀ.


¥ÀwæPÉ:2.4.5 ¨sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À WÀlPÀ: 1: sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À JAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 2: sÁµÁ ÀA¥ÀPÀðzÀ ¥ÀjuÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 3; ¦f£ï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ QæAiÉÆ¯ïUÀ¼ÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 4: ¢é sÁ¶PÀvÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §ºÀÄ sÁ¶PÀvÉ WÀlPÀ: 5: sÁµÁ £Á±Á, sÁµÁ ÀAUÉÆÃ¥À£É WÀlPÀ: 6: KPÀPÁ®PÉÌ MAzÀQÌAvÀ ºÉZÀÄÑ sÁµÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀÄ.

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 1. sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ® vÀvÀéUÀ¼ÀÄ : qÁ. JA. azÁ£ÀAzÀªÀÄÆwð 2. sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : qÁ.ºÀA.¥À.£ÁUÀgÁdAiÀÄå 3. zÁæ«qÀ sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : qÁ.ºÀA.¥À.£ÁUÀgÁdAiÀÄå 4. PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁµÁ±Á ÀÛç : qÁ. gÁ.AiÀÄ. zsÁgÁªÁqÀPÀgÀ 5. G¥À sÁµÉ : qÁ.PÉ.¦. sÀmï 6. sÁµÁ ¥Àæ sÉÃzÀ : qÁ.PÉ.¦. sÀmï

19

7. PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁµÉAiÀÄ PÀ°àvÀ ZÀjvÉæ : qÁ.r.J£ï.±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀmï 8. PÀ£ÀßqÀ-vÉ®ÄUÀÄ ¢é sÁ¶PÀvÉAiÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : PÉ..¦. sÀmï 9. EA¢£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ : gÀZÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §¼ÀPÉ : qÁ.J¸ï.J£ï.²æÃzsÀgï 10. sÁµÉAiÀÄ ÀÄvÀÛªÀÄÄvÀÛ : qÁ.PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 11. qÉÊUÁè¹AiÀiÁ : qÁ.VgÀrØ UÉÆÃ«AzÀgÁd 12. ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : PÉ.PÉA¥ÉÃUËqÀ 13. vË®¤PÀ sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : PÉ.PÉA¥ÉÃUËqÀ 14. £ÀÄr¥À®èl : PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 15. ªÀÄ£ÀÄPÀÄ®zÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄUÁgÀ : C©ü£ÀªÀ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 16. sÁµÁ «±ÀéPÉÆÃ±À : PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 17. PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ ¨ÉÃPÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÉÝÃ ªÁåPÀgÀt : qÁ.r.J£ï.±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀmï 18. sÁµÁ ªÁå ÀAUÀ : qÁ. ÀAUÀªÉÄÃ±À ÀªÀzÀwÛªÀÄoÀ

¨ÁºÀå LaÑPÀ (C£Àå« sÁUÀzÀ «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ)


¥ÀwæPÉ- 2.5.1.¥ÁæaÃ£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀÄzsÀåPÁ°Ã£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå : EwºÁ¸À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀégÀÆ¥À:

WÀlPÀ-1 ¥ÁæaÃ£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå: ÀégÀÆ¥À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀÄºÀvÀé WÀlPÀ-2 PÀ«gÁdªÀiÁUÀð, ªÀqÁØgÁzsÀ£É: ¥ÀA¥À, gÀ£Àß , £ÁUÀZÀAzÀæ, d£Àß, zÀÄUÀð¹AºÀ-PÀ« ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀÈwUÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ

WÀlPÀ-3 ªÀÄzsÀåPÁ°Ã£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå: ÀégÀÆ¥À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀÄºÀvÀé

WÀlPÀ-4 § ÀªÀtÚ , CPÀÌªÀÄºÁzÉÃ«, gÁWÀªÁAPÀ, PÀÄªÀiÁgÀªÁå À, ºÀjºÀgÀ, gÀvÁßPÀgÀªÀtÂð, ÀªÀðdÕ, ¥ÀÄgÀAzÀgÀzÁ À,

PÀ£ÀPÀzÁ À- PÀ« ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀÈw ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ


1. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ZÀjvÉæ : ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄ

2. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ZÀjvÉæ : ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄ

3. ²æÃ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå¤UÉ ¸Á»vÀå ZÀjvÉ : ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄ

4. ¸Á»vÀå ZÀjvÉæ : gÀA.²æÃ.ªÀÄÄUÀ½, 5. ªÀåQævÀé«PÁ À ºÁUÀÆ PÀ£ÀßqÀ Á»vÀå-qÁ.£É°èPÀmÉÖ J¸ï.¹zÉÝÃ±ï

CxÀªÁ C£Àå « sÁUÀzÀ «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ(¨ÁºÀå LaÑPÀ)

WÀlPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 4x2 =8 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 40

¥ÀwæPÉ:2.5.2 PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÉÊZÁjPÀvÉ (JgÀqÀ£ÉÃ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï) WÀlPÀ: 1 DzsÀÄ¤PÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ: 2 PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ DAiÀÄÝ PÀ«vÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : DAiÀÄÝ JAlÄ PÀ«vÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ: 3 ²æÃgÁªÀiÁAiÀÄtzÀ±Àð£ÀA : ¤ÃA ªÀÄºÀaÒ°à ¢lA

WÀlPÀ: 4 «ZÁgÀ:- DvÀä²æÃUÁV ¤gÀAPÀÄ±À ªÀÄwUÀ¼ÁV, «ZÁgÀ PÁæAwUÉ DºÁé£À

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1. PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ ÀªÀÄUÀæ PÀ«vÉUÀ¼ÀÄ- sÁUÀ-1 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 2 2. PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ ²æÃgÁªÀiÁAiÀÄt zÀ±Àð£ÀA ªÀÄºÁPÁªÀå, 3. PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ ÀªÀÄUÀæ UÀzÀå- sÁUÀ-1 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 2

20



2018-21

ªÀÄÆgÀ£ÉÃ ¸É«Ä ÀÖgï I Semester

Paper No



Marks


3.1(H) ºÉÆ ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå 05 75 - 25 100 3.2(H) vË®¤PÀ PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É 05 75 - 25 100

Soft Core Papers 3.3.1(S) eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ «eÁÕ£À : PÀuÁðlPÀ

§ÄqÀPÀlÄÖ ÀA¸ÀÌøw 04 75 - 25 100

3.3.2(S) £ÀªÀå ¸Á»vÀå : ÀÈd£À²Ã® 04 75 - 25 100

3.3.3(S) sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ¹zÁÞAvÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 04 75 - 25 100

3.3.4(S) vË®¤PÀ ¸Á»vÀå 04 75 - 25 100

3.3.5(S) sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À 04 75 - 25 100

3.4.1(S) eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : ¹zÁÝAvÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

04 75 - 25 100

3.4.2(S) £ÀªÀå ¸Á»vÀå ÀÈd£ÉÃvÀgÀ 04 75 - 25 100

3.4.3(S) sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ¸Á»vÀå 04 75 - 25 100

3.4.4(S) vË®¤PÀ DzsÀåAiÀÄ£À 04 75 - 25 100

3.4.5(S) sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À 04 75 - 25 100

3.6.1 DzsÀÄ¤PÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå : ÀégÀÆ¥À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ EwºÁ À

02 40 10 50

3.6.2 PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÉÊZÁjPÀvÉ 02 40 10 50 20 450

21


2018-21 vÀÈwÃAiÀÄ É«Ä ÀÖgï


¥ÀwæPÉ - 3.1 : ºÉÆ¸ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå: WÀlPÀ: 1: ºÉÆ ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå : »£Àß¯É, ¥ÉæÃgÀuÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥Àæ sÁªÀ WÀlPÀ: 2: ºÉÆ ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : PÁªÀå, PÀxÉ, PÁzÀA§j, £ÁlPÀ, «ªÀÄ±Éð, «ZÁgÀ Á»vÀå ÀégÀÆ¥À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ EwºÁ À WÀlPÀ: 3: ºÉÆ ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ PÁ® WÀlÖUÀ¼ÀÄ : £ÀªÉÇÃzÀAiÀÄ, ¥ÀæUÀw²Ã® , £ÀªÀå, zÀ°vÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §AqÁAiÀÄ ÀégÀÆ¥À WÀlPÀ: 4:£ÀªÉÇÃzÀAiÀÄ: PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ - PÀ°Ì, ÉÃAzÉæ- £ÁPÀÄ vÀAw £ÀªÀå - :£ÀªÀå, : sÀÆvÀ-CrUÀ, PÀ«vÉ- gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæ±ÀªÀÄð, zÀ°vÀ : 1) £À£Àß d£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ- ¹zÀÞ°AUÀAiÀÄå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÉ.©. ¹zÀÝAiÀÄå - CA ÉÃqÀÌgÀ£À vÉÆÃgÀÄ ÉgÀ¼ÀÄ §AqÁAiÀÄ: 1) §gÀUÀÆgÀÄ- PÀmÉÖzÀªÀgÀÄ, PÁ¼ÉÃUËqÀgÀ PÀ«vÉ- WÀlPÀ:5: PÀxÉUÀ¼ÀÄ: £ÀªÉÇÃzÀAiÀÄ: UËvÀ«Ä ºÉÃ½zÀ PÀxÉ -ªÀiÁ¹Û £ÀªÀå: : sÀÆvÀ -gÁd±ÉÃRgÀ¤ÃgÀªÀiÁ¤é zÀ°vÀ: ZÀªÀiÁäªÀÅUÉ - JZï.n. ¥ÉÆÃvÉ , §AqÁAiÀÄ: MAzÀÄ ZÀ¥Àà°AiÀÄ ¥Àæ ÀAUÀ- ªÀÄ£ÀÄ §¼ÉÃUÁgï WÀlPÀ: 6: PÁzÀA§j : eÁé®ªÀÄÄTAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É - § ÀªÀgÁd PÀnÖªÀÄ¤ WÀlPÀ: 7: £ÁlPÀ:- ±Àä±Á£À PÀÄgÀÄPÉëÃvÀæ WÀlPÀ: 8: «ªÀÄ±Éð ªÀÄvÀÄÛ «ZÁgÀ ¸Á»vÀå : ¹ÃªÀiÁwÃvÀ «ªÀÄ±Éð- CgÀ«AzÀ ªÀiÁ®UÀwÛ ¯ÉÃR£À - £Á£ÉÃPÉ §gÉAiÀÄÄvÉÛÃ£É- AiÀÄ±ÀªÀAvÀavÁÛ®, 2) ªÀiÁ£À«ÃAiÀÄ CAvÁgÀ®è CzÀgÀ §UÉÎ «ªÉÃZÀ£É- zÉÃªÀ£ÀÆgÀÄ ªÀÄºÁzÉÃªÀ

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1. AiÀÄÄUÀzsÀªÀÄð ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸Á»vÀå zÀ±Àð£À: QÃwð£ÁxÀ PÀÄvÀÄðPÉÆÃn 2. PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁªÀVÃvÉ : qÁ. ¥Àæ sÀÄ±ÀAPÀgÀ 3. ºÉÆ¸ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ«vÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É EAVèÃµï PÁªÀåzÀ ¥Àæ sÁªÀ : J¸ï C£ÀAvÀ£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 4. ºÉÆ¸ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå: J¯ï.J¸ï. ±ÉÃµÀVjgÁªï. 5.PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ¸À«ÄÃPÉë: f.J¸ï. ²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà. 6.

£ÀªÉÇÃzÀAiÀÄ: f.J¸ï. ²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà. 7. PÁzÀA§j: ªÀ ÀÄÛ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ vÀAvÀæ: VgÀrØ UÉÆÃ«AzÀgÁd. 8. ¸ÀtÚPÀvÉAiÀÄ ºÉÆ¸À M®ªÀÅUÀ¼ÀÄ : VgÀrØ UÉÆÃ«AzÀgÁd 8.£ÀªÀå «ªÀÄ±Éð : ±ÁAw£ÁxÀ zÉÃ¸Á¬Ä. 9.¸Á»vÀå PÀxÀ£À : PÁzÀA§j : f.J¸ï. CªÀÄÆgÀ 10.¸Á»vÀå PÀxÀ£À : ¸ÀtÚPÀxÉ : f.J¸ï. CªÀÄÆgÀ. 11.PÁzÀA§jPÁgÀgÁV PÁgÀAvÀ (¸ÀA) : f.J¸ï. ²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà. 12.PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸ÀtÚPÀxÉUÀ¼À ¸À«ÄÃPÉë : qÁ. PÀjÃUËqÀ ©ÃZÀ£ÀºÀ½î PÀ.¸Á. CPÁqÉ«Ä, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. 13 ¸Á»vÀå aAvÀ£É : qÁ.²ªÁ£ÀAzÀ PÉ¼ÀV£ÀªÀÄ¤

14. ¸ÀÄªÀÄzÀÄgÀ AiÀiÁvÀ£É : qÁ.²ªÁ£ÀAzÀ PÉ¼ÀV£ÀªÀÄ¤, 15. ¥ÀqÀÄªÀÄÆqÀÄ : qÁ.PÉ.PÉÃ±ÀªÀ±ÀªÀÄð. 16. UÉÆÃ¥Á®PÀÈµÀÚ CrUÀgÀ £ÀªÀå PÁªÀå -: qÁ. ²ªÁ£ÀAzÀ PÉ¼ÀV£ÀªÀÄ¤ 17. PÉ.©. ¹zÀÝAiÀÄå£ÀªÀgÀ RAqÀPÁªÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ: ¸ÀA.: qÁ.²ªÀtÚ wªÀiÁè¥ÀÄgÀ

22


¥ÀwæPÉ: 3.2 vË®¤PÀ PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA¸É. WÀlPÀ: 1: sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥Á±ÁÑvÀå PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA ÉAiÀÄ ÀÆÜ® EwºÁ À WÀlPÀ: 2: PÀ«, PÁªÀå , ÀºÀÈzÀAiÀÄ , PÁªÀå ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃd£À, PÀ« ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ EªÀÅUÀ¼À vË®¤PÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À WÀlPÀ: 3: ¥Àæw sÉ, ÀÆàwð, ªÀÅåvÀàwÛ WÀlPÀ: 4; C®APÁgÀ ¥Àæ ÁÜ£À, C®APÁgÀ vÀvÀé, G¥ÀªÀiÁ, gÀÆ¥ÀPÀ, Àé sÁªÉÇÃQÛ, ªÀPÉÆæÃQÛ EªÀÅUÀ¼À vË®¤PÀ «ªÉÃZÀ£É WÀlPÀ: 5: jÃw-ªÀiÁUÀð,±ÉÊ° EªÀÅUÀ¼À EwºÁ À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ «ªÀgÀuÉ, jÃw vÀvÀéPÀÆÌ ¥Á±ÁÑvÀågÀ ±ÉÊ°UÀÆ EgÀÄªÀ ¥ÀgÀ ÀàgÀ ÀA§AzsÀ WÀlPÀ: 6: gÀ À ¹zÁÞAvÀ: gÀ À ¹zÁÞAvÀzÀ ¥Àæw¥ÁzÀ£É, ¥Á±ÁÑvÀå «ªÀÄ±ÀðPÀgÀ C©ü¥ÁæAiÀÄUÀ¼ÉÆqÀ£É ¥Àj²Ã®£É, PÀxÁgÉ¹¸ï, ÉÊQPÀ¯ï r ÉÖ£ïì ¥ÀjPÀ®à£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 7: zsÀé¤ ¹zÁÞAvÀ, zsÀé¤AiÀÄ ÀégÀÆ¥À, ¥Àæ sÉÃzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¥Á±ÁÑvÀågÀ «ZÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¥ÉÆÃAiÀÄnPï EªÉÄÃeï. WÀlPÀ: 8: OavÀå ¹zÁÞAvÀ: ¥Á±ÁÑvÀå «ZÁgÀUÀ¼ÉÆqÀ£É ºÉÆÃ°PÉ.

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 1. sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É - wÃ.£ÀA. ²æÃPÀAoÀAiÀÄå 2.¥Á±ÁÑvÀå PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É - «.JA. E£ÁAzÁgï 3. vË®¤PÀ PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É- JZï. w¥ÉàÃgÀÄzÀæ Áé«Ä 4. PÁªÁåxÀð aAvÀ£À - qÁ.f.J¸ï.²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà 5. PÀ£ÀßqÀ zsÀé£Áå¯ÉÆÃPÀ: MAzÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À - qÁ.PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 6. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É ÀA: qÁ. gÀºÀªÀÄvï vÀjÃPÉgÉ 7. vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É- qÁ.PÁ¯ÉÆÃð¸ï

8. Comparative Literature Studies - S.S. Prawer

9. Comparative Literature and Literary Theory - Ulrich Wessitian 10. Comparative Literature- Method and Prospective- Newton P.Stalknecht and Host Frenze 11. Comparative Literature (Ed) Nagendra 12. Comparative Indian Literature - Alphonso Karkala.


¥ÀwæPÉ -3.3.1: eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ «eÁÕ£À : PÀuÁðlPÀ §ÄqÀPÀlÄÖ ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw WÀlPÀ-1: PÀuÁðlPÀ §ÄqÀPÀlÄÖUÀ¼À ÀégÀÆ¥À

WÀlPÀ-2: §ÄqÀPÀlÄÖ ÀA ÀÌøw CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀzÀ EwºÁ À

WÀlPÀ-3: PÁqÀÄUÉÆ®ègÀ ÀA ÀÌøw: dÄAd¥Àà

WÀlPÀ-4: ÉÆÃ°UÀgÀ ÀA ÀÌøw : ©½Vj gÀAUÀAiÀÄå

WÀlPÀ-5: PÀgÁªÀ½ §ÄqÀPÀlÄÖ ÀA ÀÌøw

WÀlPÀ-6: ªÀÄ¯ÉªÀiÁzÉÃ±ÀégÀ

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1. UÁæ«ÄÃt : qÁ. JA. azÁ£ÀAzÀªÀÄÆwð, 2.UÁæªÀÄzÉÃªÀvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : qÁ. ¹zÀÞ°AUÀAiÀÄå

3. PÀ£ÀßqÀ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ «±ÀéPÉÆÃ±À : ÀA¥ÀÄl 1 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 2 : ( ÀA): ZÀAzÀæ±ÉÃRgÀ PÀA¨ÁgÀ 4. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ PÉÊ¦r : (¥Àæ, ÀA): JZï.eÉ. ®PÀÌ¥ÀàUËqÀ, 5. ÀÄqÀÄUÁqÀÄ ¹zÀÞgÀÄ : ¦.PÉ. RAqÉÆÃ§

6.PÀ£ÁðlPÀ §ÄqÀPÀlÄÖUÀ¼ÀÄ:( ÀA):JZï.eÉ. ®PÀÌ¥ÀàUËqÀ, 7.§ÄqÀPÀnÖ£À ®A¨ÁtÂUÀ¼ÀÄ : ¦.PÉ. RAqÉÆÃ§

8.Standard Dictionary of Folklore Mythology and Legand (Ed): Maria I each

23

9.®A¨ÁtÂ ÀA ÀÌøw : qÁ. ÀtÚgÁªÀÄ, 10. §ÄqÀPÀlÄÖ ÀA ÀÌøw : qÁ. ÀtÚgÁªÀÄ

11.D¢ªÁ¹ DSÁå£À : J.J¸ï. ¥Àæ sÁPÀgÀ, 12.d£À¥ÀzÀ PÁªÀå ÀA¥ÀÄl ( ÀA) PÁ¼ÉÃUËqÀ £ÁUÀªÁgÀ

13. ÉÊgÀªÀ ÀA ÀÌøwAiÀÄ°è ªÀÄ»¼É:qÁ.²ªÁ£ÀAzÀ PÉ¼ÀV£ÀªÀÄ¤.

14. §ÄqÀPÀlÄÖ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ - qÁ.¦.PÉ.RAqÉÆÃ§, 15. D¢ªÁ¹ ÀªÀÄÄzÁAiÀÄUÀ¼À C©üªÀÈ¢Þ-

¥ÉÆæ.¹.¥ÁªÀðvÀªÀÄä, 16. ¥ÀjªÀvÀð£ÉAiÀÄ ºÁ¢AiÀÄ°è §ÄqÀPÀllÄ ÀªÀiÁdUÀ¼ÀÄ - ÀA. qÁ.J¯ï.²æÃ¤ªÁ À.

17. UÁæªÀÄzÉÃªÀvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ - qÁ.¹zÀÝ°AUÀAiÀÄå, 18. ÀÄªÀtð eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ¯ÉÃR£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ - ÀA.«ÃgÀtÚ zÀAqÉ,

qÁ.²æÃ¥ÁzÀ±ÉnÖ. 19. ªÉÄÊ¯ÁgÀ°AUÀ£À PÁªÀå- PÀ£ÀßqÀ «.«. ºÀA¦- ªÀÄAdÄ£ÁxÀ ÉÃ«£ÀPÀmÉÖ.

WÀlPÀ- 6 x 4= 24 UÀAmÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 75

¥ÀwæPÉ: 3.3.2 : £ÀªÀå ¸Á»vÀå : ¸ÀÈd£À²Ã® WÀlPÀ - 1 : £ÀªÀå ¸Á»vÀåzÀ »£Àß¯É ¥ÉæÃgÀuÉ ¥Àæ sÁªÀ, ®PÀëtUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ - 2 : PÁzÀA§j - ªÀÄÆgÀÄ zÁjUÀ¼ÀÄ -AiÀÄ±ÀªÀAvÀ avÁÛ®

WÀlPÀ - 3 : £ÁlPÀ : UÉÆÃPÀtðzÀ UËqÀ Á¤ - ZÀA¥Á

WÀlPÀ - 4 : PÀxÉUÀ¼ÀÄ - C¥ÀjavÀgÀÄ- ÀzÁ²ªÀ

1. vÀÄPÉÆÌÃf - ¥ÀÆtðZÀAzÀæ vÉÃd¹é

2. ÀA§AzsÀ- ²æÃPÀÈµÀÚ D®£ÀºÀ½î

3. ±ÀPÀÄAvÀ É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀéUÀvÀ ®ºÀj - ªÉÊzÉÃ»

4. ±ÁæzÀÞ - n.J¸ï. gÁWÀªÀ

WÀlPÀ - 5: PÁªÀå : aAvÁªÀÄtÂAiÀÄ°è PÀAqÀ ªÀÄÄR - CrUÀgÀÄ

1. CA ÉÃqÀÌgï ©üÃªÀÄgÁAiÀiï - CrUÀgÀÄ

2. ªÀÄºÁ¥Àæ ÁÜ£À ¥ÉlÖAiÀÄå£À CAV - PÉ.«. wgÀÄªÀÄ¯ÉÃ±ï

3. ¤ªÉÆäqÀ¤zÀÄÝ ¤ªÀÄäAvÁUÀzÉ - ¤¸Ágï CºÀªÀÄäzï

4. gÀAUÉÆÃ° ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀÄUÀ - ¤¸Ágï CºÀªÀÄäzï

5. vÀPÀgÁj£ÀªÀgÀÄ - ZÀAzÀæ±ÉÃRgÀ PÀA¨ÁgÀ

6. EqÀ¢gÀÄ £À£Àß ¤£Àß ¹AºÁ À£ÀzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É - PÉ.J¸ï.£ÀgÀ¹AºÀ Áé«Ä

7. DPÁ±À §ÄnÖ - ZÉ£Àß«ÃgÀ PÀt«

WÀlPÀ-6:«ªÀÄ±Éð:PÀvÉAiÀiÁzÀ¼ÀÄ ºÀÄqÀÄV :1.ªÀåQÛ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀÈd£À²Ã®vÉAiÀÄ ºÀÄqÀÄPÁl: É¼ÀªÀtÂUÉAiÀÄ ÀégÀÆ¥ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

-§ ÀªÀgÁd PÀ®ÄÎr

2 C£ÀAvÀªÀÄÆwðAiÀÄªÀgÀ PÀxÁ ¸Á»vÀå : f.JZï.£ÁAiÀÄPï

3. ªÀZÀ£À ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀæªÉÃ²PÉ- N.J¯ï. £ÁUÀ sÀÆµÀt ¸Áé«Ä

WÀlPÀ- 7 : ¥Àæ§AzsÀ ¸Á»vÀå : ªÀ ÁºÀvÀÄ±Á» ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå - ²ªÀgÁªÀÄ ¥ÉrPÀ ï

1. §ºÀÄªÀÄÄT - ªÀÄ£ÀÄ ZÀPÀæªÀwð

2. ¥Á¼ÉÃUÁgÀ sÁµÉAiÀÄ - d£À sÁ¶- (C£ÀÄªÁzÀ) J¸ï.Cgï. «dAiÀÄ±ÀAPÀgï

3. DzsÀÄ¤PÀ £ÁUÀjÃPÀvÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ UÉÆÃ«£À ¥ÁqÀÄ- AiÀÄÄ.Dgï.C£ÀAvÀªÀÄÆwð 4. ªÀÄ»¼É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ M¼À §AqÁAiÀÄ - JZï.J¸ï.²æÃªÀÄw

WÀlPÀ- 8: ¥ÀæªÁ À ¸Á»vÀå : £À£ÉÆß¼ÀV£À ºÁqÀÄ PÀÆå¨Á - f.J£ï. ªÉÆÃºÀ£ï


1. £ÀªÀå PÁªÀå ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ - qÁ.QÃvÀð£ÁxÀ PÀÄvÀðPÉÆÃn

24

2. £ÀªÀåvÉ- £ÀgÀºÀ½î ¨Á® ÀÄ§æºÀätå

3. ¸Á»vÀåzÀ°è £ÀªÀåvÉ - «µÀÄÚ£ÁAiÀÄPÀ

4. ºÉÆ À PÁªÀåzÀ°è £ÀªÀåvÉ- §ÄzÀÝtÚ »A£À«ÄgÉ

5. £ÀªÀå ¸Á»vÀå zÀ±Àð£À - ±ÁAvÀ£ÁxÀ zÉÃ¸Á¬Ä

6. UÉÆÃ¥Á®PÀÈµÀÚ CrUÀgÀ £ÀªÀå PÁªÀå : qÁ.²ªÁ£ÀAzÀ PÉ¼ÀV£ÀªÀÄ¤

7. £ÀPÉë £ÀPÀëvÀæ - § ÀªÀgÁd PÀ®ÄÎr

8. AiÀÄÄ.Dgï.C£ÀAvÀªÀÄÆwð - ªÀÄÄgÀÄ½zsÀgÀ »jAiÀÄqÀÌ

9. ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå - f.JZï. £ÁAiÀÄPÀ.

10. ºÉÆ ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå - ¥ÉÆæ. J¯ï.J¸ï.±ÉÃµÀVjgÁªï

11. ¥Á±ÁÑvÀå ¸Á»vÀåªÁzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ÀAzÀ sÀð- ¥ÉÆæ.C£ÀAvÀ£ÁgÁAiÀÄt.J¸ï.

12. £À£ÉÆß¼ÀV£À ºÁqÀÄ PÀÆå§- f.J£ï.ªÉÆÃºÀ£ï

WÀlPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 6 x 4= 24 UÀAmÉ UÀAmÉ75 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

¥ÀwæPÉ: 3.3.3: sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ¹zÁÞAvÀUÀ¼ÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 1: sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ¹zÁÞAvÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ C©üªÀåQÛ WÀlPÀ: 2: sÁµÁAvÀgÀUÀ¼À ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 3: sÁµÁAvÀgÀUÀ¼À vÁwéPÀ ÀªÀÄ ÉåUÀ¼ÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 4: dAiÀiÁPÀAvÀ£ï PÀvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 5: C£ÀÄªÁzÀ ¸ÀAPÀxÀ£À -1 - ²ªÁgÉrØ ( ÀA) WÀlPÀ: 6: gÀÆ¥ÁAvÀgÀ (Vj)

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 1. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁåPÀgÀt AiÀiÁPÉ ÉÃPÀÄ? 2. EAVè±ï ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ PÀßqÀzÉÝÃ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, 3. ªÀiÁw£À M¼ÀUÀÄlÄÖ 4. PÀ£ÀßqÀ £ÀÄr £ÀqÉzÀÄ §AzÀ zÁj 5. PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ ¨ÉÃPÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÉÝÃ ªÁåPÀgÀt 6. ¤dPÀÆÌ ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁåPÀgÀt JAvÀºÀzÀÄ? 7. PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ ÀgÀé£ÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ 8. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À M¼ÀgÀZÀ£É 9. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À M¼ÀgÀZÀ£É 10. PÀ£ÀßqÀ §gÀºÀªÀ£ÀÄß Àj¥Àr¸ÉÆÃt


¥ÀwæPÉ: 3.3.4: : vË®¤PÀ ¸Á»vÀå WÀlPÀ: 1: ÀA ÀÌøwUÀ¼À vË®¤PÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À WÀlPÀ: 2: ¸Á»vÀå gÀÆ¥ÀUÀ¼À vË®¤PÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À WÀlPÀ: 3: ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, D±ÀAiÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 4: « ÀäøwªÁzÀ: ªÀÄÆ® f.J£ï.zÉÃ« WÀlPÀ: 5: PÀ¼ÀazÀ PÉÆAr- Ca É WÀlPÀ: 6: MqÀ Á¼À- zÉÃªÀ£ÀÆgÀ ªÀÄºÁzÉÃªÀ

25

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 1. sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå À«ÄÃPÉë( sÁUÀ-1 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ sÁUÀ-2) ÀA. J¯ï.J¸ï. ±ÉÃµÀVjgÁªï 2. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É- ÀA. qÁ.gÀºÀªÀÄvï vÀjÃPÉgÉ 3. vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É: qÁ. PÁ¯ÉÆÃð¸ï 4. PÁªÁåxÀð aAvÀ£À- qÁ.f.J¸ï.²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà


6. Comparative Literature and literary Theory - Ulrich Wessitian 7. Comparative Literature - Method and Prospective _ Newton P.Stalknecht and Hgt Frenz. 8. Comparative Indian Literature - Alphonso Karkala.


¥ÀwæPÉ: 3.3.5: ¨sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À WÀlPÀ: 1: ¥ÀzÀgÀZÀ£É JAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 2: ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀzÀgÀZÀ£É WÀlPÀ: 3: ¥ÀzÀgÀZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ §UÉUÀ¼ÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 4: ¥ÀzÀgÀZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ £É ÉAiÀÄ°è sÁµÉUÀ¼À §UÉUÀ¼ÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 5: ¥ÀzÀgÀZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß CjAiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 6: ¥ÀzÀgÀZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ §zÀ ÁªÀuÉ

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 1. sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ® vÀvÀéUÀ¼ÀÄ : qÁ. JA. azÁ£ÀAzÀªÀÄÆwð 2. sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : qÁ.ºÀA.¥À.£ÁUÀgÁdAiÀÄå 3. zÁæ«qÀ sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : qÁ.ºÀA.¥À.£ÁUÀgÁdAiÀÄå 4. PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁµÁ±Á ÀÛç : qÁ. gÁ.AiÀÄ. zsÁgÁªÁqÀPÀgÀ 5. G¥À sÁµÉ : qÁ.PÉ.¦. sÀmï 6. sÁµÁ ¥Àæ sÉÃzÀ : qÁ.PÉ.¦. sÀmï 7. PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁµÉAiÀÄ PÀ°àvÀ ZÀjvÉæ : qÁ.r.J£ï.±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀmï 8. PÀ£ÀßqÀ-vÉ®ÄUÀÄ ¢é sÁ¶PÀvÉAiÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : PÉ..¦. sÀmï 9. EA¢£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ : gÀZÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §¼ÀPÉ : qÁ.J¸ï.J£ï.²æÃzsÀgï 10. sÁµÉAiÀÄ ÀÄvÀÛªÀÄÄvÀÛ : qÁ.PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 11. qÉÊUÁè¹AiÀiÁ : qÁ.VgÀrØ UÉÆÃ«AzÀgÁd 12. ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : PÉ.PÉA¥ÉÃUËqÀ 13. vË®¤PÀ sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : PÉ.PÉA¥ÉÃUËqÀ 14. £ÀÄr¥À®èl : PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 15. ªÀÄ£ÀÄPÀÄ®zÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄUÁgÀ : C©ü£ÀªÀ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 16. sÁµÁ «±ÀéPÉÆÃ±À : PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 17. PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ ¨ÉÃPÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÉÝÃ ªÁåPÀgÀt : qÁ.r.J£ï.±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀmï 18. sÁµÁ ªÁå ÀAUÀ : qÁ. ÀAUÀªÉÄÃ±À ÀªÀzÀwÛªÀÄoÀ

26


3.4.1 eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : ¹zÁÞAvÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : WÀlPÀ-1: «PÁ ÀªÁzÀ, C¥À«PÁ ÀªÁzÀ

WÀlPÀ-2: gÁ¶ÖçÃAiÀÄªÁzÀ, CAvÀgïgÁ¶ÖçÃAiÀÄªÁzÀ, zÉÃ¹ÃªÁzÀ

WÀlPÀ-3: LwºÁ¹PÀ sËUÉÆÃ½PÀ PÀæªÀÄ, ÀAgÀZÀ£Á ¹zÁÞAvÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ-4: QæAiÀiÁ ¹zÁÞAvÀ, ªÀiËTPÀ ÀÆvÀæ ¹zÁÞAvÀ

WÀlPÀ-5: ¸ÁAzÀ©üðPÀ ¹zÁÞAvÀ, ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£À ¹zÁÞAvÀ

WÀlPÀ-6: ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃ«±ÉèÃµÀuÁ ¹zÁÞAvÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¥ÀæPÁgÀ ¹zÁÞAvÀ

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£É : gÁ.UË

2. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ¹zÁÞAvÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : CA§½PÉ »jAiÀÄtÚ

3. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ- PÉ®ªÀÅ «ZÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : CA§½PÉ »jAiÀÄtÚ

4. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ UÀAUÉÆÃwæ ( ÀA 4 ÀAaPÉ 1) : ( ÀA) : qÁ. ¥ÀÄgÀÄµÉÆÃvÀÛªÀÄ ©½ªÀÄ¯É

5. C£Àé¬ÄPÀ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ : qÁ. ©.J. «ªÉÃPÀ gÉÊ

6. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ PÉÊ¦r : (¥Àæ, ÀA) : qÁ. ¥ÀÄgÀÄµÉÆÃvÀÛªÀÄ ©½ªÀiÁ¯É

7. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ¹zÁÞAvÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : «ÃgÀtÚzÀAqÉ

8. d£À¥ÀzÀ PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ «ªÀÄ±Áð ¥Àæ ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

9. Folklore : an Introduction : Jawaharlal Hondoo

10. Folkloristics and Indin Folklore : peter Claus and Frank Korom 11. Folklore : Richard Dorson,12.Folklore and Folklife : M. Richard Dorson 13.The Study of Folklore : Alan Dundes. 14. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ¹zÁÝAvÀUÀ¼ÀÄ - 1 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 2 , ÀA. qÁ.gÀAUÁgÉrØ PÉÆÃrgÁA¥ÀÄgÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ qÁ.f.Dgï.w¥ÉàÃ¸Áé«Ä . 15. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ vÀdÕgÀÄ -

ÀA. qÁ.ªÀÈµÀ sÀPÀÄªÀiÁgï

16. ªÀÄ°èUÉ ªÉÆUÀÄÎ ÀÄjzÁªÉ - ÀA. qÁ.JZï.eÉ. ®PÀÌ¥ÀàUËqÀ, qÁ.§ ÀªÀgÁd £É°è ÀgÀ.

WÀlPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 6 x 4= 24 UÀAmÉ UÀAmÉ75

CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

¥ÀwæPÉ: 3.4.2: £ÀªÀå ¸Á»vÀå ¸ÀÈd£ÉÃvÀgÀ : WÀlPÀ: 1: ®°vÀ ¥Àæ§AzsÀ - »rAiÀÄzÀ ºÁ¢

WÀlPÀ: 2; «ZÁgÀ ¸Á»vÀå : C¹ÛvÀéªÁzÀ - PÉ.«. wgÀÄªÀÄ¯ÉÃ±À

WÀlPÀ: 3: £Á£ÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀÈd£À²Ã®vÉ- avÁÛ®

WÀlPÀ: 4: ªÀåQÛ «²µÀÖ ¹zÁÞAvÀ- ¥ÀÆtðZÀAzÀæ vÉÃd¹é

WÀlPÀ: 5: £À£Àß ¸Á»vÀåzÀ LzÀÄ zÀ±ÀPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : AiÀÄÄ.Dgï.C£ÀAvÀªÀÄÆwð

WÀlPÀ: 6: nÃPÉ n¥ÀàtÂ: 1) ªÀÄvÀåPÀ£ÀåAiÀÄgÀÄ £À£ÀUÁV ºÁqÀÄwÛ®è

2) ªÉÆPÀë §AzsÀ£ÀzÀ°è ¦æÃwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß CgÀ ÀÄvÀÛ

3) EnÖUÉ ¥À«vÀæªÀ®è fÃªÀ£À ¥À«vÀæ

27

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 1. ¥ÀæeÉÕ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥Àj¸ÀgÀ : qÁ.AiÀÄÄ.Dgï.C£ÀAvÀªÀÄÆwð 2.£ÀªÀåPÁªÀå ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ : qÁ.QÃvÀð£ÁxÀ

PÀÄvÀðPÉÆÃn. 3. UÉÆÃ¥Á®PÀÈµÀÚ CrUÀ: PÉ¢¯ÁAiÀÄ. a.«í. 4 feÁÕ¸É : ZÉ£ÀßAiÀÄå .JZï.JA. 5. C¹ÛvÀéªÁzÀ : wgÀÄªÀÄ¯ÉÃ±À.PÉ.«. 6. £ÀªÀåvÉ : £ÀgÀºÀ½î ¨Á®¸ÀÄ§æºÀätå

7. ºÉÆ¸À PÁªÀå ºÉÆ¸À¢PÀÄÌ : §ÄzÀÝtÚ »AUÀ«ÄgÉ. 8. PÀ«vÉAiÀÄ ¸ÁQë : ªÀiÁzsÀªÀ PÀÄ®PÀtÂð(¸ÀA) 9. ºÉÆgÀ¼ÀÄ zÁjAiÀÄ¯Éè PÁªÀå : ®QëöäÃ£ÁgÁAiÀÄt sÀlÖ.J£ï.J¸ï. 10. ¸Á»vÀåzÀ°è £ÀªÀåvÉ : «µÀÄÚ£ÁAiÀÄPÀ(¸ÀA). 11. £ÀªÀå ¸Á»vÀå zÀ±Àð£À : ±ÁAw£ÁxÀ zÉÃ¸Á¬Ä 12. UÉÆÃ¥Á®PÀÈµÀÚ CrUÀgÀ £ÀªÀå PÁªÀå : qÁ.²ªÁ£ÀAzÀ PÉ¼ÀV£ÀªÀÄ¤. 13. £À£Àß ¸Á»vÀåzÀ LzÀÄ zÀ±ÀPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : AiÀÄÄ.Dgï.C£ÀAvÀªÀÄÆwð,


¥ÀwæPÉ: 3.4.3: ¨sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ¸Á»vÀå WÀlPÀ: 1: ÀA ÀÌøwUÀ¼À CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ vË®¤PÀ «zsÁ£À WÀlPÀ: 2: zÉÃ¹- ªÀiÁUÀð ±ÉÊ°UÀ¼À vË®¤PÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À WÀlPÀ: 3; ¥ÁAqÀÄ- ¥Àæ ÀAUÀ WÀlPÀ: 4; ¥ÀA¥À sÁgÀvÀ, PÀÄªÀiÁgÀªÁå À WÀlPÀ: 5: ªÀiÁ¢æAiÀÄavÉ- ( PÀqÉAUÉÆqÀÄè) WÀlPÀ: 6: ¥ÁAqÀÄ ªÀiÁ¢æ ( gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæ±ÀªÀÄð)

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁåPÀgÀt AiÀiÁPÉ ÉÃPÀÄ? 2. EAVè±ï ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ PÀßqÀzÉÝÃ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, 3. ªÀiÁw£À M¼ÀUÀÄlÄÖ 4. PÀ£ÀßqÀ £ÀÄr £ÀqÉzÀÄ §AzÀ zÁj 5. PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ ¨ÉÃPÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÉÝÃ ªÁåPÀgÀt 6. ¤dPÀÆÌ ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁåPÀgÀt JAvÀºÀzÀÄ? 7. PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ ÀgÀé£ÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ 8. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À M¼ÀgÀZÀ£É 9. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À M¼ÀgÀZÀ£É 10. PÀ£ÀßqÀ §gÀºÀªÀ£ÀÄß Àj¥Àr¸ÉÆÃt


¥ÀwæPÉ: 3.4.4: vË®¤PÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À WÀlPÀ:1: ÀA ÀÌøwUÀ¼À vË®¤PÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À - §ÄqÀPÀlÄÖUÀ¼À CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ:2: ¥ÀæªÁ¹UÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CªÀgÀ PÀxÁ£ÀPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ:3: ªÀ ÁºÀvÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ «±ÀézÀ°è£À vË®¤PÀ ZÀºÀgÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ: 4: ©½ ¸ÁºÉÃ§£À sÁgÀvÀ- dUÀ¢Ã±ÀPÉÆ¥Àà

WÀlPÀ: 5. C¯ÉªÀiÁjAiÀÄ CAqÀªÀiÁ£ï- vÉÃd¹é

WÀlPÀ: 6 PÁ¥Á°PÀgÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÁ¼ÁªÀÄÄRgÀÄ- ªÀÄÆ® ¯ÁgÉÊAd£ï

28

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1. sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå À«ÄÃPÉë( sÁUÀ-1 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ sÁUÀ-2) ÀA. J¯ï.J¸ï. ±ÉÃµÀVjgÁªï 2. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É- ÀA. qÁ.gÀºÀªÀÄvï vÀjÃPÉgÉ 3. vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É: qÁ. PÁ¯ÉÆÃð¸ï 4. PÁªÁåxÀð aAvÀ£À- qÁ.f.J¸ï.²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà


6. Comparative Literature and literary Theory - Ulrich Wessitian 7. Comparative Literature - Method and Prospective _ Newton P.Stalknecht and Hgt Frenz.

8. Comparative Indian Literature - Alphonso Karkala

WÀlPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 6 x 4= 24 UÀAmÉ UÀAmÉ75

CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

¥ÀwæPÉ: 3.4.5: ¨sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À WÀlPÀ: 1: zÁæ«qÀ sÁµÉUÀ¼À ÀégÀÆ¥À, ®PÀët, zÁæ«qÀ sÁµÉUÀ¼À EwºÁ À, PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ ºÀ¼ÉªÉÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀégÀÆ¥À WÀlPÀ: 2: PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ ««zsÀ sÁµÁ gÀÆ¥ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ- ºÀ¼ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ, £ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ, DzsÀÄ¤PÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ WÀlPÀ: 3. ±Á À£ÀzÀ sÁµÉ, WÀlPÀ: 4; C¢¥ÀÄgÁtzÀ ªÉÆzÀ® D±Áéé ÀzÀ ªÉÆzÀ® ¥ÀzÀå ( ÀÄÛw¥ÀzÀå) WÀlPÀ: 5: PÀÄªÀiÁgÀªÁå À sÁgÀvÀ ¦ÃpPÁ ÀA¢üAiÀÄ ªÉÆzÀ® ¥ÀzÀå, WÀlPÀ: 6. ÉÃAzÉæAiÀÄªÀgÀ ºÀÄ§â½îAiÀiÁAªÀ

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 1. sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ® vÀvÀéUÀ¼ÀÄ : qÁ. JA. azÁ£ÀAzÀªÀÄÆwð 2. sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : qÁ.ºÀA.¥À.£ÁUÀgÁdAiÀÄå 3. zÁæ«qÀ sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : qÁ.ºÀA.¥À.£ÁUÀgÁdAiÀÄå 4. PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁµÁ±Á ÀÛç : qÁ. gÁ.AiÀÄ. zsÁgÁªÁqÀPÀgÀ 5. G¥À sÁµÉ : qÁ.PÉ.¦. sÀmï 6. sÁµÁ ¥Àæ sÉÃzÀ : qÁ.PÉ.¦. sÀmï 7. PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁµÉAiÀÄ PÀ°àvÀ ZÀjvÉæ : qÁ.r.J£ï.±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀmï 8. PÀ£ÀßqÀ-vÉ®ÄUÀÄ ¢é sÁ¶PÀvÉAiÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : PÉ..¦. sÀmï 9. EA¢£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ : gÀZÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §¼ÀPÉ : qÁ.J¸ï.J£ï.²æÃzsÀgï 10. sÁµÉAiÀÄ ÀÄvÀÛªÀÄÄvÀÛ : qÁ.PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt

29

ªÀÄÆgÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï ¨ÁºÀå LaÒPÀ (C£Àå « sÁUÀzÀ «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ) : 40 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 4 WÀlPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

4X 2=08 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 3.6.1 DzsÀÄ¤PÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå : ¸ÀégÀÆ¥À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ EwºÁ¸À

WÀlPÀ-1: DzsÀÄ¤PÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ ªÀÄÄRå ¥ÉæÃgÀuÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ-2: £ÀªÉÇÃzÀAiÀÄ ¥ÀÆªÀð ªÀÄvÀÄÛ £ÀªÉÇÃzÀAiÀÄ : ©.JA.²æÃ, PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ, ÉÃAzÉæ, PÁgÀAvÀ, ªÀiÁ¹Û,

wÃ£ÀA²æÃ, PÉ.J¸ï.£À.

WÀlPÀ-3: ¥ÀæUÀw²Ã® ªÀÄvÀÄÛ £ÀªÀå : C£ÀPÀÈ, PÀnÖÃªÀÄ¤, C£ÀÄ¥ÀªÀiÁ ¤gÀAd£À, UÉÆÃ¥Á®PÀÈµÀÚ CrUÀ,

f.J¸ï. ²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà, ±ÁAw£ÁxÀ zÉÃ¸Á¬Ä, C£ÀAvÀªÀÄÆwð, AiÀÄ±ÀªÀAvÀ avÁÛ®, ®APÉÃ±ï, vÉÃd¹é,

ªÉÊzÉÃ», «ÃuÁ ±ÁAvÉÃ±ÀégÀ

WÀlPÀ-4: §AqÁAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ zÀ°vÀ : §gÀUÀÆgÀÄ gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæ¥Àà, ®°vÁ£ÁAiÀÄPÀ, ¸ÁgÁ C§Æ§PÀÌgï, zÉÃªÀ£ÀÆgÀÄ,

¹zÀÞ°AUÀAiÀÄå, JZï.J¯ï. ¥ÀÄµÀà


1. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ZÀjvÉæ :gÀA.²æÃ. ªÀÄÄUÀ½

2. AiÀÄÄUÀzsÀªÀÄð ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸Á»vÀå zÀ±Àð£À : QÃwð£ÁxÀ PÀÄvÀðPÉÆÃn

3. ºÉÆ ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå ZÀjvÉæ : J¯ï. J¸ï. ±ÉÃµÀVjgÁªï

CxÀªÁ

C£Àå « sÁUÀzÀ «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ(¨ÁºÀå LaÑPÀ)

4X 2=08 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 40 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

¥ÀwæPÉ: 3.6.2PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÉÊZÁjPÀvÉ (ªÀÄÆgÀ£ÉÃ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgïUÉ) WÀlPÀ: 1 : PÀxÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : zsÀ£ÀéAvÀjAiÀÄ aAvÉ, ¸Á®zÀ ªÀÄUÀÄ

WÀlPÀ: 2 £ÁlPÀ : ±Àä±Á£À PÀÄgÀÄPÉëÃvÀæA

WÀlPÀ: 3 : £ÁlPÀ : ±ÀÆzÀævÀ¥À¹é

WÀlPÀ: 4 : £ÁlPÀ : ±ÀÆzÀævÀ¥À¹é

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1. PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ : ÀªÀÄUÀæ £ÁlPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 2. PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ : PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ ÀªÀÄUÀæ PÀvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 3. PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ : . PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ ÀªÀÄUÀæ UÀzÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ

30



2018-21

£Á®Ì£ÉÃ ¸É«Ä ÀÖgï I Semester

Paper No



Marks


4.1(H) ÀA ÀÌøw CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : PÀ£ÁðlPÀ 05 75 - 25 100 4.2(H) ¸Á»vÀå vÀvÀéUÀ¼ÀÄ 05 75 - 25 100

Soft Core Papers 4.3.1(S) eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : PÀ£ÀßqÀ

d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀ ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 04 75 - 25 100

4.3.2(S) zÀ°vÀ-§AqÁAiÀÄ ÀÈd£À²Ã® 04 75 - 25 100

4.3.3(S) sÁµÁAvÀgÀ 04 75 - 25 100

4.3.4(S) vË®¤PÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À 04 75 - 25 100

4.3.5(S) sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À 04 75 - 25 100

4.4.1(S) eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : DzsÀÄ¤PÀ ¥ÀjPÀ®à£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

04 75 - 25 100

4.4.2(S) zÀ°vÀ §AqÁAiÀÄ ÀÈd£ÉÃvÀgÀ 04 75 - 25 100

4.4.3(S) sÁµÁAvÀgÀ (PË±À® PÉÃA¢ævÀ)¥ÁæAiÉÆÃVPÀ

04 75 - 25 100

4.4.4(S) ZÀ®£ÀavÀæ: vË®¤PÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À 04 75 - 25 100

4.4.5(S) sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À 04 75 - 25 100

4.5 ÀA¥Àæ§AzsÀ 05 75 Marks for Project Report & 25 Marks for

Viva-voce

25 100

23 500

31


2018-21

£Á®Ì£ÉÃ É«Ä ÀÖgï


¥ÀwæPÉ: 4.1. ÀA¸ÀÌøw CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : PÀ£ÁðlPÀ WÀlPÀ: 1: PÀ£ÁðlPÀ - ¥ÀjPÀ®à£É PÀÄjvÀ ÀAPÀxÀ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ: 2: HgÀÄUÀ¼À ªÀÄÆ®PÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ : ºÀA¦, PÀ Áåt, §£ÀªÁ¹, ²æÃ±ÉÊ®, «dAiÀÄ¥ÀÄgÀ,PÀ®ÄâVð

WÀlPÀ: 3: ªÀåQÛUÀ¼À ªÀÄÆ®PÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ: D®ÆgÀÄ ªÉAPÀlgÁAiÀÄgÀÄ/C«ÄÃgÀ Á¬Ä PÀ£ÁðlPÀ/«±ÉéÃ±ÀégÀAiÀÄå/

JA.r.£ÀAdÄAqÀ Áé«Ä/ PËd®V ¤AUÀªÀé/ºÀA¢UÀ£ÀÆgÀÄ ¹zÁæªÀÄ¥Àà/ gÁdPÀÄªÀiÁgÀ/ zÉÃªÀgÁd CgÀ ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ: 4: £À¢UÀ¼À ªÀÄÆ®PÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ: PÁªÉÃj, vÀÄAUÀ sÀzÁæ, PÀÈµÁÚ

WÀlPÀ: 5: PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¥ÀAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : ÀÆ¦ü ¥ÀAxÀ , £ÁxÀ ¥ÀAxÀ, PÁ¼ÁªÀÄÄR, ±ÁPÀÛ¥ÀAxÀ

WÀlPÀ: 6: PÀ£ÁðlPÀ «zÁåªÀiÁ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : PÀ£ÁðlPÀ KQÃPÀgÀt ZÀ¼ÀªÀ½, eÁw«£Á±À ÀªÉÄäÃ¼À£À.

WÀlPÀ: 7: PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è vÀÄvÀÄð¥Àj¹Üw: zÀ°vÀ ZÀ¼ÀÄªÀ½

WÀlPÀ: 8: §AqÁAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå ÀAWÀl£ÉAiÀÄ GUÀªÀÄ: ®APÉÃ±ï ¥ÀwæPÉ, £ÀAdÄAqÀ¥Àà ªÀgÀ¢


1. Indroudction to Anthropology- Bcals and Hoijer

2. Cultural Anthrepology- Kenneth B. Keesing 3. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ±Á À£ÀUÀ¼À ¸ÁA ÀÌøwPÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À - qÁ.JA. azÁ£ÀAzÀªÀÄÆwð

4. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀA ÀÌøwAiÀÄ ¥ÀÆªÀð ¦ÃpPÉ- ±ÀA.¨Á.eÉÆÃ²

5. PÀuÁðlPÀ ÀA ÀÌøw À«ÄÃPÉë - qÁ.JZï.w¥ÉàÃgÀÄzÀæ Áé«Ä.

6. ÀA ÀÌøw - G¥À ÀA ÀÌøw - §gÀUÀÆgÀÄ gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæ¥Àà, 7. ÀA ÀÌøw CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À - ÀA. vÀ¥À¹éPÀÄªÀiÁgï

8. ÀA ÀÌøw PÀxÀ£À - r.Dgï.£ÁUÀgÁd, 9. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ £ÁxÀ ¥ÀAxÀ- qÁ. gÀºÀªÀÄvï vÀjÃPÉgÉ


¥ÀwæPÉ -4.2 : ¸Á»vÀå vÀvÀéUÀ¼ÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 1: C£ÀÄPÀgÀt ªÁzÀ, C©üªÀåQÛ ¹zÁÞAvÀ

WÀlPÀ: 2: gÉÆÃªÀiÁAn¹ ÀA, DzsÀÄ¤PÀvÁªÁzÀ (ªÀÄqÀæ¤¸ÀA)

WÀlPÀ: 3: ªÀiÁPïìðªÁzÀ- ZÁjwæPÀ «ªÀÄ±Éð

WÀlPÀ: 4: ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃªÉÊeÁÕ¤PÀ «ªÀÄ±Éð

WÀlPÀ: 5: ¹ÛçÃªÁzÀ, PÀvÀÈðPÉÃA¢æPÀvÀ

WÀlPÀ: 6: ÀAgÀZÀ£ÁªÁzÀ, ¤gÀZÀ£ÀªÁzÀ

WÀlPÀ: 7: NzÀÄUÀ PÉÃA¢ævÀ

WÀlPÀ: 8: ¸ÀA ÀÌøw «ªÀÄ±Éð

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1. Cj¸ÁÖl¯ï£À PÁªÀå«ÄÃªÀiÁA É :J£ï. ¨Á® ÀÄ§æºÀätå 2. ºÉÆgÉÃ À£À ¸Á»vÀå «ªÀÄ±Éð : J£ï. ¨Á® ÀÄ§æºÀätå 3. EAVèÃµï sÁµÉAiÀÄ°è DzsÀÄ¤PÀ ¸Á»vÀå «ªÀÄ±Éð : J¯ï. J¸ï. ±ÉÃµÀVjgÁªï

32

4. ¸Á»vÀå «ªÀÄ±ÉðAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ®vÀvÀéUÀ¼ÀÄ : JZï. w¥ÉàÃgÀÄzÀæ Áé«Ä

5. vË®¤PÀ PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É : JZï. w¥ÉàÃgÀÄzÀæ Áé«Ä

6. ¥Á±ÁÑvÀå PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É : «.JA. E£ÁAzÁgï

7. PÁªÁåxÀð aAvÀ£À : f.J¸ï. ²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà

8. n.J¸ï. J°AiÀÄmï PÀ«AiÀÄ «ªÀÄ±ÉðAiÀÄ «ZÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : J¸ï. ©. «ÄtfV

9. Literary Criticisum An Anthology (Aristotle to Eliot)-D.K. Chopra 10. Comparative Aestheties (Eastern and western)-G. Hanumantha Rao 11. «ªÀÄ±ÉðAiÀÄ vÀvÀÛ÷éUÀ¼ÀÄ : qÁ. PÉÃ±ÀªÀ±ÀªÀÄð.PÉ., 12.¥ÀqÀÄªÀÄÆqÀÄ : qÁ.PÉ.PÉÃ±ÀªÀ±ÀªÀÄð

12. zÉÃ¹ªÁzÀ : qÁ.gÁeÉÃAzÀæZÉ¤ß, 14. ÀAgÀZÀ£ÀªÁzÀ : § ÀªÀgÁd£ÁAiÀÄÌgï

13. ÀAgÀZÀ£ÁªÁzÀ ÀAgÀZÀ£ÉÆÃvÀÛgÀªÁzÀ ºÁUÀÆ ¥ÁæZÀå PÁªÀå«ÄÃªÀiÁA É : UÉÆÃ¦ZÀAzï £ÁgÀAUï 14. À Á®Öç£ï NzÀÄ : ªÉÄÃnªÀÄ°èPÁdÄð£À, 17. « ÀäøwAiÀÄ £ÀAvÀgÀ : f.J£ï.zÉÃ«


¥ÀwæPÉ 4.3.1 eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : PÀ£ÀßqÀ d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀ ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ WÀlPÀ- 1: PÀ£ÀßqÀ d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀ ÉUÀ¼À ÀégÀÆ¥À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀA§AzsÀ

WÀlPÀ- 2: ªÀÄ¯É£Ár£À d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀ ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : CAnUÉ-¦AnUÉ

WÀlPÀ- 3: PÀgÁªÀ½ : sÀÆvÀgÁzsÀ£É, ¹j

WÀlPÀ- 4: GvÀÛgÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ZËrPÉ : ªÉÄÊ ÀÆgÀÄ ¥ÁæAvÀå : PÀgÀ¥Á® ªÉÄÃ¼À

WÀlPÀ- 5: avÀæPÀ É, ºÀZÉÑ , gÀAUÉÆÃ°, PÀ ÀÆw

WÀlPÀ- 6: d£À¥ÀzÀ £ÀÈvÀå

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1. ºÀZÉÑ- MAzÀÄ d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀ É : qÁ. JZï.JA. ªÀÄºÉÃ±ÀégÀAiÀÄå

2. PÀ£ÀßqÀ d£À¥ÀzÀ «±ÀéPÉÆÃ±À, ÀA¥ÀÄl-1 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 2 : ( ÀA) : ZÀAzÀæ±ÉÃRgÀ PÀA¨ÁgÀ

3. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ PÉÊ¦r : (¥Àæ. ÀA) : ¥ÉÆæ. JZï.eÉ. ®PÀÌ¥ÀàUËqÀ

4. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ PÀ ÉUÀ¼À PÉÆÃ±À : ( ÀA): ¥ÉÆæ. ».a. ÉÆÃgÀ°AUÀAiÀÄå

5. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ¹j : qÁ. PÉ. a£Àß¥ÀàUËqÀ

6. d£À¥ÀzÀ ««zsÀ ªÀÄÄRUÀ¼ÀÄ : ¥ÉÆæ.²æÃPÀAoÀPÀÆrUÉ

7. ¥ÁæzÉÃ²PÀeÁ£À¥ÀzÀ-( ÀA):qÁ.PÀÄªÀiÁgÀZÀ®å

8. ªÀiËTPÀ PÀxÀ£À - qÁ.f.Dgï.w¥ÉàÃ¸Áé«Ä, 9, ÀªÀiÁeÉÆÃ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ- qÁ.JZï.n.¥ÉÆÃvÉ,

10. PÀ£ÀßqÀ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ-( ÀA)qÁ.dAiÀÄ®QëöäÃ ¹ÃvÁ¥ÀÄgÀ,11. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ C©üAiÀiÁ£À - qÁ. CgÀ«AzÀ ªÀiÁ®UÀwÛ,

12. §ºÀÄªÀÄÄT eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ- qÁ.§ ÀªÀgÁd À§gÀzÀ, 13. ÀÄªÀtð eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ¯ÉÃR£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ - ÀA.

qÁ.«ÃgÀtÚzÀAqÉ qÁ.²æÃ¥ÁzÀ±ÉnÖ. 14. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ C£Àé¬ÄPÀvÉ- ÀA.qÁ.fDgï.w¥ÉàÃ¸Áé«Ä, qÁ.gÀAUÁgÉrØ

PÉÆÃrgÁA¥ÀÄgÀ. 15. ºÉÊzÀgÁ¨Ázï PÀ£ÁðlPÀ : ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀ ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ - ¥ÉÆæ.JZï.n. ¥ÉÆÃvÉ.


¥ÀwæPÉ- 4.3.2 zÀ°vÀ-§AqÁAiÀÄ s ÀÈd£À²Ã®

WÀlPÀ- 1: zÀ°vÀ ¸Á»vÀå : »£Éß¯É ¥ÉæÃgÀuÉ, ¥Àæ sÁªÀ

WÀlPÀ- 2: §AqÁAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå : »£Àß¯É , ¥ÉæÃgÀuÉ, ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥Àæ sÁªÀ , zÀ°vÀ §AqÁAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ZÀ¼ÀªÀ½ :

¥ÀÆgÀPÀ ÀA§AzsÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

33

WÀlPÀ- 3:zÀ°vÀ PÁªÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §AqÁAiÀÄ

1) PÀ«vÉUÀ¼ÀÄ - CzsÉÆÃdUÀwÛ£À CPÁªÀå, 2. PÀvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ – EArAiÀÄªÀé ªÀÄvÀÄÛ zÀ°vÀ 3. .UÀAUÀgÁA ZÀAqÁ®- sÁgÀw 4).UÉÆÃ«AzÀAiÀÄå-PÀtÂÚgÀ ªÀÄtÂÚ£À°è,5). ¥ÉÆæ. ©.PÀÈµÀÚ¥Àà -

±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ £ÉÆUÀ6)ªÀÄ¼ÀÆîgÀÄ £ÁUÀgÁd–C¯ÉªÀiÁj7) ©.n.®°vÀ£ÁAiÀÄÌ- ÉvÀÛ¯ÁUÀ ÉÃPÀÄ

8. ÀvÁå£ÀAzÀ ¥ÁvÉÆæÃl- eÁf ªÀÄ°èUÉ 9) PÉ.©.¹zÀÞAiÀÄå-§PÁ®. 10) zÀÄ. ÀgÀ Àéw- PÀAr®èªÉÃ PÀ£À ÀÄ

11C®èªÀÄ¥Àæ sÀÄ ÉlÖzÀÆgÀÄ- ¸ÀA ÀÌøvÀ12) §gÀUÀÆgÀÄ–PÀnÖzÀªÀgÀÄ 13) ZÀA¥Á - §AqÁAiÀÄ

14.±À²PÀ® «ÃgÀAiÀÄå¸Áé«Ä- ÀÄT 15) ZÀ£ÀßtÚªÁ°ÃPÁgÀ- ¥ÁåAxÀgï¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

16)dA§tÚ CªÀÄgÀaAvÀ-CzsÉÆÃ dUÀwÛ£À C PÁªÀå 17)ªÀÄ°èPÁWÀAn-£ÀªÀÄäzÀ®èzÀ zsÀéd«AzÀÄ

18)gÀAeÁ£ïzÀUÁð- ¥ÀæuÁ½PÉ 19)«dAiÀÄzÀ Éâ - ¥ÀgÀA¥ÀgÉ.20 qÁ.«£ÀAiÀiÁ-zÉÃ«¥ÀÄgÁt

WÀlPÀ-4: zÀ°vÀ PÀxÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

1) vÀÄA¨Ár gÁªÀÄAiÀÄå: ªÀiÁAiÀiÁ¯ÉÆÃPÀ. 2) d£ÁzsÀð£À J¥ÀðPÀmÉÖ- ¯ÉPÀÌ

3)ªÀÄ£Àd- PÁ® 4)©.n.eÁ£À«-PÀ¼ÀÄî §½î 5)ªÉÆUÀ½îUÀuÉÃ±ï: £À£ÀßdÓ¤UÉÆAzÁ É¬ÄvÀÄÛ

WÀlPÀ-5 PÁzÀA§j - ±À§j

WÀlPÀ-6 £ÁlPÀ - KPÀ®ªÀå

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1. AiÀÄÄUÀ zsÀªÀÄð ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸Á»vÀå zÀ±Àð£À :QÃwð£ÁxÀ PÀÄvÀÄðPÉÆÃn 2. PÁzÀA§j- ªÀ ÀÄÛ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ vÀAvÀæ :VgÀrØ UÉÆÃ«AzÀgÁd 3. PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁzÀA§j É¼ÀªÀtÂUÉ :±ÁAw£ÁxÀ zÉÃ¸Á¬Ä 4.£ÀªÀå «ªÀÄ±Éð :±ÁAw£ÁxÀ zÉÃ¸Á¬Ä 5. ¥ÀæeÁÕ¥ÀæªÁºÀ vÀAvÀæ : N.J¯ï. £ÁUÀ sÀÆµÀt¸Áé«Ä 6.£ÀªÀå PÁzÀA§jUÀ¼ÀÄ : f.J¸ï. CªÀÄÆgÀ

7. PÀxÀ£À ¸Á»vÀå – PÁzÀA§j : f.J¸ï. CªÀÄÆgÀ 8. ¥ÉÆæ.©.PÀÈµÀÚ¥Àà : aAvÀ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §gÀºÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀÄ ÀÛPÀ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. 9. §AqÁAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå : qÁ.²ªÁ£ÀAzÀ PÉ¼ÀV£ÀªÀÄ¤. 10.§AqÁAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå ZÀ¼ÀªÀ½ ºÀvÀÄÛ ªÀµÀð : qÁ.JZï.eÉ.®PÀÌ¥ÀàUËqÀ.11. §AqÁAiÀÄ §gÀUÀÆgÀÄ : qÁ.f.Dgï.w¥ÉàÃ¸Áé«Ä


¥ÀwæPÉ: 4.3.3: ¨sÁµÁAvÀgÀ WÀlPÀ: 1: C£ÀÄªÁzÀ- ¥ÀjPÀ®à£É, ««zsÀ ªÁåSÉåUÀ¼ÀÄ, GzÉÝÃ±À, ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃd£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, C£ÀÄªÁzÀzÀ EwºÁ À

( sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ eÁUÀwÃPÀ £É ÉAiÀÄ°è)

WÀlPÀ: 2: C£ÀÄªÁzÀzÀ vÀvÀéUÀ¼ÀÄ- (¥ÉÆÃ¸ïÖUÉÃmï, ÀÄ¸Á£ï, ªÉÄÊPÉ ï PÁæöå¤£ï) C£ÀÄªÁzÀzÀ ÀªÀÄ ÉåUÀ¼ÀÄ ( sÁ¶PÀ,

ªÁåPÀgÀuÁvÀäPÀ, ¸ÁA ÀÌøwPÀ) ÀAªÁ¢ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ (Semantic equivalence)

C£ÀÄªÁzÀzÀ°è ÀA¢UÀÝvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ (Untranslatability) C£ÀÄªÁzÀzÀ C¸ÁzsÀåvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ,

WÀlPÀ: 3: C£ÀÄªÁzÀzÀ°è ¸ÁA ÀÌøwPÀ gÁdPÁgÀt.

WÀlPÀ: 4: C£ÀÄªÁzÀPÀ£À CºÀðvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ C£ÀÄªÁzÀzÀ ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ- CAvÀgï sÁ¶ÃAiÀÄ (Interlinqual)

WÀlPÀ: 5; CAvÁgï sÁ¶AiÀÄ (Intralingual) ) C£ÀÄªÁzÀzÀ ¥Àæ sÉÃzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, ±À ÁÝ£ÀÄªÁzÀ,

sÁªÁ£ÀÄªÁzÀ, ÀAUÀæºÁ£ÀÄªÁzÀ, DA²PÀ C£ÀÄªÁzÀ, AiÀÄAvÁæ£ÀÄªÁzÀ, gÀÆ¥ÁAvÀgÀ,

« ÀÛgÀuÉ (¥ÀoÁåzsÁjvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ «µÀAiÀiÁzsÁjvÀ)

WÀlPÀ: 6; C£ÀÄªÁzÀzÀ ¥ÁæAiÉÆÃVPÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ( UÀzÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼À C£ÀÄªÁzÀ)

34

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 1. sÁµÁAvÀgÀ PÀ É : ¥ÀæzsÁ£À UÀÄgÀÄzÀvÀÛ 2. sÁµÁAvÀgÀ : N.J¯ï. £ÁUÀ sÀÆµÀt¸Áé«Ä, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «.«. ºÀA¦. 3. sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ¸ÁA ÀÌøwPÀ £É ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : PÀjÃUËqÀ ©ÃZÀ£ÀºÀ½î, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «.«. ºÀA¦ 4. C£ÀÄªÁzÀ PÀ É : eÉ.J¸ï.PÀÄ½î ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀÄÄgÀr




¥ÀwæPÉ: 4.3.4: vË®¤PÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À WÀlPÀ: 1 vË®¤PÀvÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÁ¶ÖçÃAiÀÄvÉ

WÀlPÀ: 2: ¥ÁæzÉÃ²PÀvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ vË®¤PÀvÉ

WÀlPÀ: 3: zsÁ«ÄðPÀvÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ vË®¤PÀvÉ

WÀlPÀ: 4; vË®¤PÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¯ÉÆÃPÀzÀÈ¶Ö

WÀlPÀ: 5: »Azï ÀégÁdå (UÁA¢ü)

WÀlPÀ: 6: EwºÁ ÀZÀPÀæ (¯ÉÆÃ»AiÀiÁ) ¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ :

1. sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå À«ÄÃPÉë( sÁUÀ-1 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ sÁUÀ-2) ÀA. J¯ï.J¸ï. ±ÉÃµÀVjgÁªï 2. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É- ÀA. qÁ.gÀºÀªÀÄvï vÀjÃPÉgÉ 3. vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É: qÁ. PÁ¯ÉÆÃð¸ï 4. PÁªÁåxÀð aAvÀ£À- qÁ.f.J¸ï.²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà



8. Comparative Indian Literature - Alphonso Karkala WÀlPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 6 x 4= 24 UÀAmÉ UÀAmÉ75 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

¥ÀwæPÉ: 4.3.5:¨sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À WÀlP À: 1: M¼À£ÀÄrUÀ¼ÀÄ JAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ: 2: M¼À£ÀÄrUÀ¼ÀÄ §UÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

WÀlPÀ: 3: M¼À£ÀÄrUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÀÄlÄÖ

WÀlPÀ: 4: M¼À£ÀÄrUÀ¼À M¼ÀgÀZÀ£É

WÀlPÀ: 5: PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À M¼ÀgÀZÀ£ÉÉ - r.J¸ï. ±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀmï

WÀlPÀ: 6: PÀ£ÀßqÀ §gÀºÀªÀ£ÀÄß Àj¥Àr ÉÆÃt_ r.J¸ï.±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀmï

35

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 1. sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ® vÀvÀéUÀ¼ÀÄ : qÁ. JA. azÁ£ÀAzÀªÀÄÆwð 2. sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : qÁ.ºÀA.¥À.£ÁUÀgÁdAiÀÄå 3. zÁæ«qÀ sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : qÁ.ºÀA.¥À.£ÁUÀgÁdAiÀÄå 4. PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁµÁ±Á ÀÛç : qÁ. gÁ.AiÀÄ. zsÁgÁªÁqÀPÀgÀ 5. G¥À sÁµÉ : qÁ.PÉ.¦. sÀmï 6. sÁµÁ ¥Àæ sÉÃzÀ : qÁ.PÉ.¦. sÀmï 7. PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁµÉAiÀÄ PÀ°àvÀ ZÀjvÉæ : qÁ.r.J£ï.±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀmï 8. PÀ£ÀßqÀ-vÉ®ÄUÀÄ ¢é sÁ¶PÀvÉAiÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : PÉ..¦. sÀmï 9. EA¢£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ : gÀZÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §¼ÀPÉ : qÁ.J¸ï.J£ï.²æÃzsÀgï 10. sÁµÉAiÀÄ ÀÄvÀÛªÀÄÄvÀÛ : qÁ.PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 11. qÉÊUÁè¹AiÀiÁ : qÁ.VgÀrØ UÉÆÃ«AzÀgÁd 12. ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : PÉ.PÉA¥ÉÃUËqÀ 13. vË®¤PÀ sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : PÉ.PÉA¥ÉÃUËqÀ 14. £ÀÄr¥À®èl : PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 15. ªÀÄ£ÀÄPÀÄ®zÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄUÁgÀ : C©ü£ÀªÀ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 16. sÁµÁ «±ÀéPÉÆÃ±À : PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 17. PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ ¨ÉÃPÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÉÝÃ ªÁåPÀgÀt : qÁ.r.J£ï.±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀmï 18. sÁµÁ ªÁå ÀAUÀ : qÁ. ÀAUÀªÉÄÃ±À ÀªÀzÀwÛªÀÄoÀ


¥ÀwæPÉ- 4.4.1 : eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : DzsÀÄ¤PÀ ¥ÀjPÀ®à£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ WÀlPÀ- 1 : d£À¥ÀzÀ ¥ÀæQæAiÉÄ, D£Àé¬ÄPÀ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ

WÀlPÀ- 2 : eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ¯ÉÆÃPÀzÀÈ¶Ö, ¸ÁA ÀÌøwPÀ C£À£ÀåvÉ

WÀlPÀ- 3 : C¢ü eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ, SÉÆÃmÁ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ

WÀlPÀ- 4 : ¥Àj ÀgÀªÁ¢ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ, ªÀÄ»¼Á eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ

WÀlPÀ- 5 : £ÀUÀgÀ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ, PÉÊUÁjPÁ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ

WÀlPÀ- 6 : eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ¥ÀÄ£ÀgÁªÀvÀð£É, eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀªÀÄÆºÀ ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 1. dÁ£À¥ÀzÀ : ªÀåQÛ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ «ZÁgÀ : qÁ. ».². gÁªÀÄZÀAzÉæÃUËqÀ

2. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£É : qÁ. gÁUË, 3.. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ À«ÄÃPÉë : qÁ. CA§½PÉ »jAiÀÄtÚ

4. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ UÀAUÉÆÃwæ- ( ÀA-4, ÀAaPÉ 1) ( ÀA) : qÁ. ¥ÀÄgÀÄµÉÆÃvÀÛªÀÄ ©½ªÀÄ¯É

5. PÉÊUÁjPÁ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ : qÁ. PÉ. Dgï. ÀAzsÁågÉrØ, 6. £ÀUÀgÀ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ : qÁ. ZÀAzÀÄæ PÁ¼ÉÃ£ÀºÀ½î

7. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ : PÉ®ªÀÅ «ZÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : qÁ. CA§½PÉ »jAiÀÄtÚ, 8.C£Àé¬ÄPÀ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ : qÁ. ©.J. «ªÉÃPÀ gÉÊ

9. Folklore : An Introduction : Jawaharlal Handoo, 10 Folkloristics And Indian Folklore : Peter Claus and Frank Korom, 11. Folkloristic : Richard Dorson. 12 Folklore and Folklore : Richard Dorson. 13. The Study of Folklore : Alan Dundes

36


¥ÀwæPÉ 4.4.2 zÀ°vÀ: §AqÁAiÀÄ ¸ÀÈd£ÉÃvÀgÀ WÀlPÀ:1 : zÀ°vÀ §AqÁAiÀÄ - ÀÈd£ÉÃvÀgÀ EwºÁ À ÀégÀÆ¥À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ®PÀët WÀlPÀ: 2: ÀÈd£ÉÃvÀgÀ ¸Á»vÀå »£Éß¯É, ¥ÉæÃgÀuÉ, ¥Àæ sÁªÀUÀ¼ÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 3: PÀÄtÂAiÉÄÃ WÀªÀÄ ( C£ÀÄªÁzÀ) WÀlPÀ: 4; ÀªÀiÁdªÁ¢ ªÁ ÀÛªÀ ( Dgï. «. sÀAqÁj) WÀlPÀ: 5: HgÀÄPÉÃj - ¹zÀÞ°AUÀAiÀÄå WÀlPÀ: 6: zÀ°vÀgÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ eÁUÀwÃPÀgÀt - vÉÃ®ÄØA É

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1. AiÀÄÄUÀ zsÀªÀÄð ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸Á»vÀå zÀ±Àð£À :QÃwð£ÁxÀ PÀÄvÀÄðPÉÆÃn 2. PÁzÀA§j- ªÀ ÀÄÛ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ vÀAvÀæ :VgÀrØ UÉÆÃ«AzÀgÁd 3. PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁzÀA§j É¼ÀªÀtÂUÉ :±ÁAw£ÁxÀ zÉÃ¸Á¬Ä 4.£ÀªÀå «ªÀÄ±Éð :±ÁAw£ÁxÀ zÉÃ¸Á¬Ä 5. ¥ÀæeÁÕ¥ÀæªÁºÀ vÀAvÀæ : N.J¯ï. £ÁUÀ sÀÆµÀt¸Áé«Ä 6.£ÀªÀå PÁzÀA§jUÀ¼ÀÄ : f.J¸ï. CªÀÄÆgÀ

7. PÀxÀ£À ¸Á»vÀå – PÁzÀA§j : f.J¸ï. CªÀÄÆgÀ 8. ¥ÉÆæ.©.PÀÈµÀÚ¥Àà : aAvÀ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ §gÀºÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀÄ ÀÛPÀ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. 9. §AqÁAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå : qÁ.²ªÁ£ÀAzÀ PÉ¼ÀV£ÀªÀÄ¤. 10.§AqÁAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå ZÀ¼ÀªÀ½ ºÀvÀÄÛ ªÀµÀð : qÁ.JZï.eÉ.®PÀÌ¥ÀàUËqÀ.11. §AqÁAiÀÄ §gÀUÀÆgÀÄ : qÁ.f.Dgï.w¥ÉàÃ¸Áé«Ä


¥ÀwæPÉ: 4.4.3 sÁµÁAvÀgÀ (PË±À® PÉÃA¢ævÀ) (¥ÁæAiÉÆÃVPÀ) WÀlPÀ: 1: EAVèÃµï¤AzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ - Waste Land WÀlPÀ: 2: PÀ£ÀßqÀ¢AzÀ EAVèÃµïUÉ - vÉÃd¹éAiÀÄªÀgÀ azÀA§gÀgÀºÀ ÀåzÀ ªÉÆzÀ® ¥ÁågÁ WÀlPÀ: 3: ¥ÀwæPÁ ªÀgÀ¢UÀ¼ÀÄ - AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ ¥ÀwæPÉ¬ÄAzÀ WÀlPÀ: 4: ªÀiËTPÀ C£ÀÄªÁzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ - ¥ÁæAiÉÆÃVPÀ WÀlPÀ: 5. eÁ»gÁvÀÄUÀ¼À sÁµÁAvÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 6: C£Àå sÁµÉ¬ÄAzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ C£ÀÄªÁzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀ : 1. sÁµÁAvÀgÀ PÀ É : ¥ÀæzsÁ£À UÀÄgÀÄzÀvÀÛ 2. sÁµÁAvÀgÀ : N.J¯ï. £ÁUÀ sÀÆµÀt¸Áé«Ä, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «.«. ºÀA¦. 3. sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ¸ÁA ÀÌøwPÀ £É ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : PÀjÃUËqÀ ©ÃZÀ£ÀºÀ½î, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «.«. ºÀA¦ 4. C£ÀÄªÁzÀ PÀ É : eÉ.J¸ï.PÀÄ½î ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀÄÄgÀr



37


¥ÀwæPÉ: 4.4.4 ZÀ®£ÀavÀæ: vË®¤PÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À WÀlPÀ: 1: ¹¤ªÀiÁ vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£À WÀlPÀ: 2. ZÀ®£ÀavÀæ : WÀlPÀ: 3. gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«Ä WÀlPÀ: 4. ZÀ®£À avÀæ ÀAVÃvÀ WÀlPÀ: 5: d£ÀÄªÀÄzÀ eÉÆÃr WÀlPÀ: 6: vÁ¬Ä (£ÁlPÀ)

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 1. sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå À«ÄÃPÉë( sÁUÀ-1 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ sÁUÀ-2) ÀA. J¯ï.J¸ï. ±ÉÃµÀVjgÁªï 2. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É- ÀA. qÁ.gÀºÀªÀÄvï vÀjÃPÉgÉ 3. vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ PÁªÀå «ÄÃªÀiÁA É: qÁ. PÁ¯ÉÆÃð¸ï 4. PÁªÁåxÀð aAvÀ£À- qÁ.f.J¸ï.²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà



8. Comparative Indian Literature - Alphonso Karkala WÀlPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 6 x 4= 24 UÀAmÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 75

¥ÀwæPÉ: 4.4.5: ¨sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À WÀlPÀ: 1: sÁµÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀA ÀÌøwUÀ¼À £ÀAlÄ WÀlPÀ: 2; sÁµÉ UÀÄgÀvÀÄ WÀlPÀ: 3; sÁµÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ C¢üPÁgÀ WÀlPÀ: 4: sÁµÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ D¯ÉÆÃZÀ£É WÀlPÀ: 5: §gÀªÀtÂUÉ WÀlPÀ:6: £ÉÆÃªÀiï ZÁªÀÄ¹ÌAiÀÄ PÀÄjvÀÄ PÉ.«. £ÁgÁAiÀÄtgÀ «ZÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 1. sÁµÉAiÀÄ ÀÄvÀÛªÀÄÄvÀÛ : qÁ.PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 2. qÉÊUÁè¹AiÀiÁ : qÁ.VgÀrØ UÉÆÃ«AzÀgÁd 3. ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : PÉ.PÉA¥ÉÃUËqÀ 4. vË®¤PÀ sÁµÁ «eÁÕ£À : PÉ.PÉA¥ÉÃUËqÀ 5. £ÀÄr¥À®èl : PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 6. ªÀÄ£ÀÄPÀÄ®zÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄUÁgÀ : C©ü£ÀªÀ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ 7. sÁµÁ «±ÀéPÉÆÃ±À : PÉ.«.£ÁgÁAiÀÄt 8. PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ ¨ÉÃPÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÉÝÃ ªÁåPÀgÀt : qÁ.r.J£ï.±ÀAPÀgÀ sÀmï 9. sÁµÁ ªÁå ÀAUÀ : qÁ. ÀAUÀªÉÄÃ±À ÀªÀzÀwÛªÀÄoÀ

4.5: ¸ÀA¥Àæ§AzsÀ (100 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ) ÀÆZÀ£É :«zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ vÀªÀÄä ªÀiÁUÀðzÀ±ÀðPÀgÀ À®ºÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀÆZÀ£ÉUÀ½UÉ C£ÀÄ¸ÁgÀªÁV 80 jAzÀ

100 ¥ÀÄlUÀ¼À ªÁå¦ÛAiÀÄ°è r.n.¦ ªÀiÁr¹ ÀA¥Àæ§AzsÀªÀ£ÀÄß À°è À ÉÃPÀÄ. *****************************

38

ºÉÆ¸À PÉÆÃ¸ÀðUÀ¼ÀÄ


PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÉÊZÁjPÀvÉ: ¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ r¥ÉÆèÃªÀiÁ

vÀgÀUÀwUÀ¼À ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: ¸ÀAeÉ 5=00 jAzÀ 7=00 UÀAmÉ

¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ r¥ÉÆèÃªÀiÁ 2018-21

Paper No Title of the Paper Credits Theory

Marks Practical Internal

Assesment Marks


1.1(PGDH) PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ fÃªÀ£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÁzsÀ£É

05 75 - 25 100

4.2(H) ¸Á»vÀå vÀvÀéUÀ¼ÀÄ 05 75 - 25 100 Soft Core Papers

4.3.1(S) eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À : PÀ£ÀßqÀ d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀ ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

04 75 - 25 100

4.3.2(S) zÀ°vÀ-§AqÁAiÀÄ ÀÈd£À²Ã®

04 75 - 25 100

4.3.3(S) sÁµÁAvÀgÀ 04 75 - 25 100

¥ÀwæPÉ :1: PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ: fÃªÀ£À,¸Á»vÀå, ¸ÁzsÀ£É.

¥ÀwæPÉ :2: PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ CªÀgÀ DAiÀÄÝ PÀ«vÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ( 10 PÀ«vÉUÀ¼ÀÄ)

¥ÀwæPÉ :3; £ÁlPÀ: ±ÀÆzÀæ vÀd¹é

¥ÀwæPÉ :4: ªÉÊZÁjPÀvÉ: DvÀä²æÃUÁV ¤gÀAPÀÄ±ÀªÀÄwUÀ¼ÁV, «ZÁgÀ PÁæAwUÉ DºÁé£À, zsÀ£ÀéAvÀjAiÀÄ aQvÉì (PÀvÉ)

¥ÀgÁªÀÄ±Àð£À UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : 1. PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ ÀªÀÄUÀæ PÁªÀå

2. PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ ÀªÀÄUÀæ £ÁlPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

3. PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ ÀªÀÄUÀæ UÀzÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ

39

ºÉÆ¸À PÉÆÃ¸ÀðUÀ¼ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁgÀw

PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ±ÀAPÀgÀWÀlÖ

£À«Ã£À ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå: ¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ r¥ÉÆèÃªÀiÁ ¥Àæ ÁÛªÀ£É

DzsÀÄ¤PÀ dUÀwÛ£À°è £À«Ã£À ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ CvÀåAvÀ ªÀÄºÀvÀézÀ ¥ÁvÀæªÀ£ÀÄß ªÀ»¸ÀÄwÛzÉ. ºÉÆ¸À

ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄUÀ¼ÁzÀ ZÀ®£ÀavÀæ, avÀæPÀvÉ, zsÁgÀªÁ» ¤gÁät, PÀA¥ÀÆålgï, ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ, CAvÀgÁÓ® ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ,

eÁ»ÃgÁvÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀA sÁµÀuÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆ¸À ÀªÀiÁdzÀ°è ªÀÄÄRå¥ÁvÀæªÀ£ÀÄß ªÀ»¸ÀÄwÛªÉ. sÁgÀvÀzÀ PÉ®ªÉÃ PÉ®ªÀÅ

¥Àæw¶×vÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄUÀ¼À°è EªÀÅUÀ¼À PÀÄjvÀÄ «±ÉÃµÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀqÉAiÀÄÄwÛªÉAiÀiÁzÀgÀÆ, PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ

AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄUÀ¼À°è F PÀÄjvÀAvÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ PÉÆÃ¸ïðUÀ½®è¢gÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ J®èjUÀÆ w½¢gÀÄªÀ

«µÀAiÀÄªÁVzÉ. DzÀÄzÀjAzÀ PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁgÀwAiÀÄ°è F PÀÄjvÀAvÉ «±ÉÃµÀ PÉÆÃ¸ïð

¥ÁægÀA©ü ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ ¸ÀÆPÀÛªÁVzÉ.

PÉÆÃ¸ïð£À GzÉÝÃ±À: 1. ZÀ®£ÀavÀæUÀ¼À°è, zÀÆgÀzÀ±Àð£À ªÁ»¤UÀ¼À°è, gÉÃrAiÉÆÃUÀ¼À°è, ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼À°è PÀ£ÀßqÀªÀÅ ªÀÄÄRåªÁVzÀÄÝ

EªÀÅUÀ¼À°è ºÉÃgÀ¼À GzÉÆåÃUÀzÀ CªÀPÁ±ÀUÀ½ªÉ. 2. F ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄPÀÆÌ PÀ£ÀßqÀPÀÆÌ ¸ÀA§AzsÀ«zÉ. 3. ¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ vÀgÀUÀwAiÀiÁV F «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß C sÀå¹¸À®Ä EaÒ ÀÄªÀ «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ CªÀPÁ±À

PÉÆqÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ ªÀÄÄRåªÁVzÉ. CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀzÀ UÀÄjUÀ¼ÀÄ:

1. avÀæ ÀA sÁµÀuÉ vÀgÀ ÉÃw 2. gÉÃrAiÉÆÃzÀ°è ¤gÀÆ¥ÀuÉ 3. eÁ»ÃgÁvÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀ£ÀßqÀ 4. zsÁgÀªÁ»UÀ¼À°è PÀvÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¤gÀÆ¥ÀuÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 5. QgÀÄZÀ®£ÀavÀæ vÀAiÀiÁjPÉ 6. ¤gÉÝÃ±À£À 7. PÁåªÀÄgÁ 8. ¸ÉnÖAUïUÀ¼À vÀgÀ ÉÃw 9. qÀ©âAUï PÀ É

10. ¸ÀAzÀ±Àð£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 11. ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ½UÉ §gÉAiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀÄ

«zÁåyðUÀ¼À DAiÉÄÌAiÀÄ ªÀiÁ£ÀzÀAqÀ: 1. AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ ¥ÀzÀ«ÃzsÀgÀgÀÄ EzÀPÉÌ CºÀðgÁVgÀÄvÁÛgÉ. 2. PË±À®PÉÃA¢ævÀ ªÀiÁzÀj

PÉÆÃ¸ïð£À CªÀ¢ü: 2 ªÀµÀð: LaÑPÀ (¨ÁºÀå) ¥ÀæªÉÃ±À «Äw :60 «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ(PÀ¤µÀ× 30«zÁåyðUÀ¼À CUÀvÀå«zÉ.)

40

¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ: MlÄÖ 16 J¯Áè É«Ä¸ÀÖgïUÀ¼À°è MAzÀÄ ¥ÀwæPÉAiÀÄÄ vÀgÀ ÉÃwUÉ «ÄÃ¸À ÁVgÀÄvÀÛzÉ. CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 75+25=100, ¥ÀjÃPÁë CªÀ¢ü: 3 UÀAmÉ [¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀUÀ¼À°è DAiÀiÁ PÉëÃvÀæzÀ vÀdÕgÀÄ vÀgÀ ÉÃw ¤ÃqÀÄvÁÛgÉ.] CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ªÀÄAqÀ½:

1. ZÀ®£ÀavÀæ ¤zÉÃð±ÀPÀgÀÄ 2. zÀÆgÀzÀ±Àð£À ¸ÀA¥ÁzÀPÀgÀÄ 3. ¥ÀwæPÁ ¸ÀA¥ÁzÀPÀgÀÄ 4. ¨Á£ÀÄ°PÉÃAzÀæzÀ ¤zÉÃð±ÀPÀgÀÄ 5. PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁgÀw¬ÄAzÀ E§âgÀÄ ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ 6. «.«.AiÀÄ ¥ÀwæPÉÆÃzÀåªÀÄ « sÁUÀzÀ E§âgÀÄ ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ

GzÉÆåÃUÀzÀ CªÀPÁ±ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1. ¸ÀéAvÀ G¢ÝªÉÄ 2. zÀÆgÀzÀ±Àð£ÀUÀ¼À°è 3. ¨Á£ÀÄ° PÉÃAzÀæUÀ¼À°è 4. ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 5. eÁ»ÃgÁvÀÄUÀ¼À°è Kd¤ì 6. avÉÆæÃzÀåªÀÄ

I É«Ä ÀÖgï: ªÁgÀPÉÌ - 4 UÀAmÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 75+25 ¥ÀjÃPÉë 1. £À«Ã£À ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄUÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ 2. ¸Á»vÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ 3. ¥ÀwæPÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸Á»vÀå 4. ¥ÀwæPÉ §gÉºÀUÀ¼À vÀgÀ ÉÃw(¥ÁæAiÉÆÃVPÀ) 5. PÀA¥ÀÆålgï §¼ÀPÉ

II É«Ä ÀÖgï: - ªÁgÀPÉÌ - 4 UÀAmÉ 1. DPÁ±ÀªÁtÂ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸Á»vÀå: EwºÁ¸À; ¸ÀégÀÆ¥À 2. ¨Á£ÀÄ° PÉÃAzÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CªÀÅUÀ¼À ¸ÀégÀÆ¥À 3. PÁgÀåPÀæªÀÄ ¤gÀÆ¥ÀuÉAiÀÄ PÀæªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ-gÉÃrAiÉÆÃ §¼ÀPÉ 4. JrnAUï: ¤gÀÆ¥ÀuÉ: PÁgÀåPÀæªÀÄ £ÀqÉ ÀÄªÀÅzÀgÀ ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ(¥ÁæAiÉÆÃVPÀ)

III É«Ä ÀÖgï: - ªÁgÀPÉÌ - 4 UÀAmÉ

1. ZÀ®£ÀavÀæ EwºÁ¸À: ¸ÀégÀÆ¥À: ®PÀëtUÀ¼ÀÄ 2. ZÀ®£ÀavÀæ ¤gÁätzÀ ««zsÀ ºÀAvÀUÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ 3. PÀvÉ: avÀæPÀvÉ: ¸ÀA sÁµÀuÉ: ¤zÉÃð±À£À: ¸ÀÜ¼ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ awæPÀgÀtUÀ¼À «©ü£Àß DAiÀiÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ 4. ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

IV É«Ä ÀÖgï: - ªÁgÀPÉÌ 4 UÀAmÉ 1. zÀÆgÀzÀ±Àð£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ««zsÀ PÁgÀåPÀæªÀÄUÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ- ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 2. ¸ÀA sÁµÀuÉ PÀxÁ¤gÀÆ¥ÀuÉ, awæPÀgÀt ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¤zÉÃð±À£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ-«£Áå¸ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 3. sÁµÉAiÀÄ §¼ÀPÉ

41

4. ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ


PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ ÉUÀ¼À CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À PÉÃAzÀæ

¥Àæ ÁÛªÀ£É: ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ ÉAiÀÄÄ ÀªÀiÁdzÀ ¤®ÄªÀÅUÀ£Àßr. F PÀ ÉAiÀÄ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀªÀÄ¤¹zÀgÉ, D £Ár£À

¸ÁA ÀÌøwPÀvÉAiÀÄÄ ÀÆZÀPÀªÁV w½AiÀÄÄvÀÛzÉ. EzÀÄ ÀªÀÄÄzÁAiÀÄzÀ §zÀÄQ£À PÉÊUÀ£ÀßrAiÀiÁVzÀÄÝPÉÆAqÉÃ, ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ

¸Á»vÀåªÀ£ÀÄß PÁ¥ÁqÀÄªÀ°è ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR ¥ÁvÀæ ¤ªÀð» ÀÄvÁÛ §A¢zÉ. «£ÉÆÃzÀzÉÆA¢UÉ «ªÉÃPÀªÀ£ÀÄß KPÀPÁ®PÉÌ

¤ÃqÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ »vÀaAvÀ£ÉUÀ½AzÀ «©ü£Àß ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃzsÀªÀÄðUÀ¼À d£ÀgÀ£ÀÄß vÀ®Ä¥ÀÄªÀ ¸ÁªÀÄxÀåðªÀ£ÀÄß ºÉÆA¢zÉ.

D ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ É ªÀiÁ£ÀªÀ¤UÉ £ÉÊwPÀ ÀA¸ÁÌgÀªÀ£ÀÄß, PÀ Á ªÀiË®åUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤ÃqÀÄvÁÛ §A¢zÉ. £ÀªÀÄä

sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀgÀA¥ÀgÉAiÀÄ°è ‘¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ É’ ¥ÁæaÃ£À¢AzÀ®Æ ÀÆPÀëöä ÀÛgÀzÀ°èvÀÄÛ. ¸Á»vÀå PÉëÃvÀæzÀ°è vÀ£ÀßzÉÃ

ªÀÄºÀvÀézÀ ¥ÁvÀæªÀ»¹gÀÄªÀ ºÁUÀÆ ¥ÀÄgÁvÀ£À PÀ Á¥ÀgÀA¥ÀgÉAiÀiÁVgÀÄªÀ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ É »AzÉA¢VAvÀ®Æ EAzÀÄ

CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ CUÀvÀåªÁVzÉ.

ÀÄ¢üÃWÀð ¥ÁæaÃ£ÀvÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÀqÉ¢gÀÄªÀ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ¯ÉUÀ¼À ªÉÄÃ¯É CµÁÖV CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀªÁV®è. EzÀPÉÌ

¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ ÉAiÀÄ DAiÀiÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÉÊ«zÀåªÀÄAiÀÄªÁVgÀÄªÀÅzÉÃ PÁgÀtªÁVgÀ ÉÃPÀÄ. KPÉAzÀgÉ EzÀÄ ¥ÀæzsÁ£ÀªÁV

¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£À PÀ ÉAiÀiÁVgÀÄªÀÅzÀjAzÀ CzÀPÉÌ PÀ ÁvÀäPÀ DAiÀiÁªÀÄ ªÀÄÄRåªÁVzÉ. ªÉÄÃ¯ÁV ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ ÉAiÀÄ

ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄªÀÅ ÀAQÃtð ÀégÀÆ¥ÀzÁÝVgÀÄªÀÅzÀjAzÀ CzÀgÀ°è C©ü£ÀAiÀÄ, ªÉÃµÀ sÀÆµÀt, ¸Á»vÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀAVÃvÀ

ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¼ÉÊ¹gÀÄªÀÅzÀjAzÀ D PÉëÃvÀæzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£É ºÉZÁÑV £ÀqÉ¢®èªÉAzÀÄ PÁtÄvÀÛzÉ. CzÀÄ CPÀëgÀ ÀÜ-

C£ÀPÀëgÀ ÀÜ£ÀÄß M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀAvÉ J®è §UÉAiÀÄ UÀÄt Àé sÁªÀUÀ¼À d£ÀgÀ£ÀÄß KPÀ PÁ®zÀ°è gÀAf À§®èzÀÄ. ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ

PÀ ÉAiÀÄÄ «£ÉÆÃzÀzÉÆqÀ£É «ªÉÃPÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¤ÃqÀÄªÀ G¥ÀAiÀÄÄPÀÛªÁzÀ d£ÀªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄªÁVzÉ.

sÁgÀvÀzÀAvÀºÀ ¸ÁA ÀÌøwPÀ ²æÃªÀÄAvÀ gÁµÀÖçUÀ¼À°è ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ ÉUÀ¼À ¥ÁvÀæ vÀÄA¨Á zÉÆqÀØzÀÄ. d£ÀUÀ¼À°è GvÀÛªÀÄ

C©ügÀÄaUÀ¼À£ÀÄß É¼É À®Ä, CªÀgÀ£ÀÄß ÀÄ²QëvÀgÀ£ÁßV À®Ä, CµÉÖÃPÉ ¥ÀæwAiÉÆ§â ªÀåQÛAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ÀA¸ÁÌgÀUÉÆ½ ÀÄªÀ°èAiÀÄÆ

¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ É ªÀÄºÀvÀézÀ dªÁ¨ÁÝjAiÀÄ£ÀÄß »A¢¤AzÀ®Æ ¤ªÀð» ÀÄvÁÛ §A¢zÉ. ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

¥ÉæÃPÀëPÀgÀ°è ÀvÀàjuÁªÀÄzÀ ¥Àæ sÁªÀªÀ£ÀÄß ©ÃgÀ§®èzÀÄ.

PÀ É, ¸Á»vÀå, ÀAVÃvÀ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀÅUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä ¥ÀÄgÁvÀ£À ¸ÁA ÀÌøwPÀvÉAiÀÄ ÀAPÉÃvÀUÀ¼ÀÄ. EªÀÅUÀ¼ÀÄ D ÀQÛ, M®ªÀÅ

ÀÄ ÀA ÀÌøvÀ £ÀqÀªÀ½PÉ¬ÄAzÀ §gÀ®Ä ªÀiÁvÀæ ¸ÁzsÀå.

CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À PÉÃAzÀæzÀ GzÉÝÃ±À:

1 PÀ¼ÉzÀ C£ÉÃPÀ ªÀµÀðUÀ½AzÀ PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄzÀ°è C£ÉÃPÀ gÀAUÀ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀqÉAiÀÄÄvÀÛªÉ.

«zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ sÁªÀ VÃvÉ, ÀAVÃvÀ, £ÁlPÀUÀ¼À°è ÀQæAiÀÄªÁVzÁÝgÉ. CªÀgÀUÉ ªÉÃ¢PÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÀ°à ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ CUÀvÀåªÁVzÉ.

2 ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ É CzÀåAiÀÄ£À PÉÃAzÀæªÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÁÛ¦ ÀÄªÀÅzÀgÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ d£ÀjUÉ CjªÀÅ gÀÆ¦ À®Ä F PÉÃAzÀæªÀÅ

G¥ÀAiÀÄÄPÀÛªÁUÀ°zÉ.

42

3. EzÀ£ÀÄß «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄzÀ ¤AiÀÄªÀÄzÀ C£ÀÄ¸ÁgÀªÁV ªÀiÁqÀ ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ ÉUÀ¼À PÉÃAzÀæªÀÅ £ÀqÉ ÀÄªÀ vÀgÀ ÉÃw

PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ AiÀÄÄªÀgÀAUÀ GvÁì»UÀ½UÉ MAzÀÄ ¤²ÑvÀ vÀgÀ ÉÃwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÉÆqÀÄªÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÁzÀåAvÀ

¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ É §UÉÎ ºÉÆ À CjªÉÇAzÀ£ÀÄß « ÀÛj À®Ä ¸ÁzsÀåªÁUÀ ÉÃPÀÄ. CzÀÄ ªÀÄÄRåªÁV UÁæªÀiÁAvÀgÀ

¥ÀæzÉÃ±ÀUÀ½UÀÆ vÀ®Ä¥À ÉÃPÀÄ – JA§ÄzÀÄ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ ÉUÀ¼À PÉÃAzÀæzÀ D±ÀAiÀÄ. F GzÉÝÃ±ÀªÀ¤ßlÄÖPÉÆAqÉÃ

«±ÉÃµÀªÁV AiÉÆÃf À ÁzÀ F vÀgÀ ÉÃwAiÀÄ°è ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ É vÁwéPÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÁæAiÉÆÃVPÀ ²PÀëtUÀ¼ÉgÀqÀÆ

ÉÃjgÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

ÉÆÃzsÀPÀ ¹§âA¢

¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ ÉAiÀÄ°è £ÀÄjvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀÈd£À²Ã®gÁV vÉÆqÀVgÀÄªÀAxÀªÀgÀÄ E°è CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÁVzÁÝgÉ.

£ÁåµÀ£À ï ÀÆÌ¯ï D¥sï qÁæªÀiÁ, £ÁlPÀ ±Á¯ÉUÀ¼À°è vÀgÀ ÉÃwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÀqÉzÀ CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ E°èzÁÝgÉ. EªÀgÀ®èzÉ,

DUÁUÀ, PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ºÉÆgÀV¤AzÀ vÀdÕgÀ£ÀÄß PÀgÉ¹ CªÀjAzÀ G¥À£Áå À, PÁAiÀÄðUÁgÀ, ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß

ªÀiÁr À ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

PÉÃAzÀæªÉÃ¼Á¥ÀnÖ

MlÄÖ MAzÀÄ ªÀµÀð CªÀ¢üAiÀÄ F vÀgÀ ÉÃwAiÀÄ JgÀqÀÄ lªÀiïðUÀ¼À°è « sÀfvÀªÁVgÀÄvÀÛzÉ CAzÀgÉ ªÁgÀzÀ

DgÀÄ¢£À, ÀAeÉ 5. jAzÀ gÁwæ 8gÀ £ÀqÀÄªÉ, ¤²ÑvÀ «gÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÉÆA¢UÉ PÉÃAzÀæzÀ PÁAiÀÄðPÀæªÀÄªÀ£ÀÄß

AiÉÆÃf À ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. vÁ°ÃªÀÄÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÁæAiÉÆÃVPÀ vÀgÀ ÉÃwUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÉ®ªÉÇªÉÄä sÁ£ÀÄªÁgÀUÀ½UÀÆ « ÀÛj À ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

«zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ PÀÆgÀ®Ä PÀ¤µÀÖ ºÁdgÁw ±ÉÃ, 80 CUÀå C¥ÀgÀÆ¥ÀzÀ ÀAzÀ sÀðzÀ°è F ¤AiÀÄªÀÄªÀ£ÀÄß

±ÉÃPÀqÁ 50gÀµÀÄÖ Àr° À®Ä ¤zÉðÃ±ÀPÀjUÉ C¢üPÁgÀ«zÉ.

¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ ÉUÀ¼À PÉÃAzÀæzÀ ² ÀÄÛ, ªÉÃ¼Á¥ÀnÖ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ £ÀqÀªÀ½PÉAiÀÄ PÀlÖ¼ÉUÀ½UÉ J¯Áè «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÆ §zÀÞgÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ CUÀvÀå. EzÀÄ ¥ÀÆtðªÀ¢ü ªÀ Àw vÀgÀ ÉÃwAiÀiÁVgÀÄªÀÅzÀjAzÀ J®è «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÆ PÉÃAzÀæzÀ ªÀ ÀwUÀÈºÀzÀ ÉèÃ G½AiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀÄ C¤ªÁAiÀÄð. «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ ¸ÁzsÁgÀtªÁV AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ ªÉÊAiÀÄQÛPÀ gÀeÉ

PÉÆqÀ ÁUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è. sÁµÉ

vÀgÀ ÉÃwAiÀÄ°è ºÁUÀÆ C©ü£ÀAiÀÄ ²PÀëtzÀ°è ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀUÀ¼À°è §¼À À ÁUÀÄªÀ sÁµÉ – PÀ£ÀßqÀ DzÀgÉ, C¤ªÁAiÀÄð ÀAzÀ sÀðUÀ¼À°è EAVèµÀ£ÀÆß ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÉUÉ §¼À ÀÄªÀÅ¢zÉ.

¥ÀæªÉÃ±À

F vÀgÀ ÉÃwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ÉÃgÀ®Ä CUÀvÀåªÁzÀ ¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ «zÁåºÀðvÉ – J¸ï.J¸ï.J¯ï.¹: ¥ÀzÀ«ÃzsÀgÀjUÉ DzÀåvÉ¬ÄzÉ. ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ ÉUÀ¼À »£Éß¯É ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ UÁqsÀªÁzÀ D ÀQÛ CUÀvÀå PÀ£ÀßqÀªÀ£ÀÄß ZÉ£ÁßV w½¢gÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ CvÀåUÀvÀå. EAVèµï sÁµÉAiÀÄ ¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ eÁÕ£À G¥ÀAiÀÄÄPÀÛ.

±ÀÄ®Ì ªÀÄvÀÄÛ «zÁåyðªÉÃvÀ£À

43

«zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå¤®AiÀÄzÀ ÉÆÃzsÀ£Á ±ÀÄ®ÌªÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÁªÀw À ÉÃPÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

¥ÀoÀå« sÀd£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀjÃPÉë

F vÀgÀ ÉÃwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß DgÀÄ «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼ÁV «AUÀr À ÁVzÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CAwªÀÄ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£ÀªÀÅ ªÀµÁðAvÀåzÀ°è

£ÀqÉAiÀÄÄªÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë ºÁUÀÆ ªÀµÁðzÀåAvÀ £ÀqÉAiÀÄÄªÀ CAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß M¼ÀUÉÆArgÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ¥Àæw

«µÀAiÀÄPÀÆÌ 100 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ – CzÀgÀ°è 75 vÁwÛ÷éPÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ G½zÀ 25 ¥ÁæAiÉÆÃVPÀ «µÀAiÀÄUÀ½UÉ

ÀA§A¢ü¹zÀ CAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£ÀPÉÌ GwÛÃtðgÁUÀ®Ä ¥Àæw «µÀAiÀÄzÀ®Æè PÀ¤µÀ× ±ÉÃ 40 CUÀvÀå. ±ÉÃ. 50 QÌAvÀ

ºÉaÑzÀgÉ ¢éwÃAiÀÄ zÀeÉð, ±ÉÃ. 60 QÌAvÀ ºÉaÑzÀÝgÉ ¥ÀæxÀªÀÄzÀeÉð.

CAwªÀÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ ÉUÀ¼À CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¥ÀjÃPÁë ªÀÄAqÀ½AiÀÄÄ £ÀqÉ ÀÄvÀÛzÉ. EzÀÄ ‘ªÀÄÄPÀÛ’ ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀiÁVzÀÄÝ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ JgÀqÀÄ ¢£À ªÀÄÄAZÉAiÉÄÃ ¥Àæ±Éß ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÉÆqÀ ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. CAVÃPÁgÀ ¥ÀqÉzÀ ¥ÀzÀ«AiÀÄ£ÀÄß ºÁUÀÆ CAPÀ¥ÀnÖAiÀÄ£ÀÆß ¥ÀjÃPÁë ªÀÄAqÀ½AiÉÄÃ PÉÆqÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 75+25= 100

75 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¹zÁÞAvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 25 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ DAvÀjPÀ

PÉÆÃ¹ð£À CªÀ¢ü :

6 É«Ä ÀÖgïUÀ¼ÀÄ

1. ©.J¥sï.J ¥ÀzÀ«UÉ ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ªÀµÀðUÀ¼ÀÄ 2. JA.J¥sï.J ¥ÀzÀ«UÉ JgÀqÀÄ ªÀµÀðUÀ¼ÀÄ

©.J¥sï.J PÉÆÃ¹ð£À CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ :

1. avÀæPÀ É 2. C£Àé¬ÄPÀ PÀ É 3. UÁæ¦üPï 4. ²®àPÀ É

5. £À«Ã£À ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ (New media)

«±ÉÃµÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ : (LaÒPÀ)

1. ¥sÉÆÃmÉÆÃUÀæ¦ü 2. ¦ænAUï ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄ 3. ZÀ®£ÀavÀæ - ¤zÉÃð±À£À; JrnAUï; avÀæPÀ É; ÀA sÁµÀuÉ

JA.J¥sï.J : £Á®ÄÌ É«Ä ÀÖgïUÀ¼ÀÄ

¥Àæw ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ½UÉ – 100 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

¹zÁÞAvÀ – 50 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

¥ÁæAiÉÆÃVPÀ – 50 CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¥Àæw «µÀAiÀÄUÀ½UÉ ªÁgÀPÉÌ LzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ LaÒPÀ - £Á®ÄÌ UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

44

JA.J¥sï.J AiÀÄ°è PÉÆ£ÉAiÀÄ É«Ä ÀÖgï ¥ÀÆwðAiÀiÁV ¥ÁæAiÉÆÃVPÀ


¦.f. r¥ÉÆèÃªÀiÁ gÀAUÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ²Ã¶ðPÉ: ¦.f. r¥ÉÆèÃªÀÄ gÀAUÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ/ ¨ÁºÀå LaÒPÀ ( EzÀgÀ°è ¨ÁºÀå LaÒPÀPÉÌ 1 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 2Ä ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 1 gÀAUÀ¹zÁÞAvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ (50 +50 =100)

• ÀAªÀºÀ£À: ÀAªÀºÀ£ÀzÀ ««zsÀ ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ; sÁµÉAiÀiÁV gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«Ä; gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«Ä ªÀÄvÀÄÛ EvÀgÀ ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ.

¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ PÉÃA¢ævÀ ( EªÀÅUÀ¼ÀÄ «zÁåyðUÀ¼À PË±À® PÉÃA¢ævÀ) EzÀ£ÀÄß DAiÀiÁ «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ªÀiÁrPÉÆqÀ ÉÃPÀÄ. ªÀÄvÀÄÛ EzÀ£ÀÄß DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÁV UÀtÂ À ÉÃPÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. )

• eÁ»ÃgÁvÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ avÀæPÀ É

• ÀtÚ ZÀ®£ÀavÀæ

• ÀA sÁµÀuÉgÀZÀ£É

• gÉÃrAiÉÆÃ

• PÁgÀåPÀæªÀÄ ¤ªÀðºÀuÉ vÀAvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ

• ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀgÀ¢ gÀZÀ£É

• «ÄÃªÀiÁA É-¥ËªÁðvÀå; gÀ À¹zÁÞAvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CzÀgÀ ±ÁSÉUÀ¼ÀÄ; ¸ÁA¥ÀæzÁ¬ÄPÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ d£À¥ÀzÀ gÀAUÀ«ÄÃªÀiÁA É, DzsÀÄ¤PÀ zsÉÆÃgÀuÉUÀ¼ÀÄ.

2 £ÁlPÀ EwºÁ À( 75+25 =100) ¨ÁºÀå LaÒPÀ

• ¥Á±ÁÑvÀå VæÃPï gÉÆÃªÀÄ£ï £ÁlPÀ; ªÀÄzsÀåAiÀÄÄUÀzÀ £ÁlPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ; £ÀªÉÇÃzÀAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ J°d ÉvÀ£ï £ÁlPÀ. £ÀªÀ±Á¹ÛçÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÀªÀÄå£ÁlPÀ ¥ÀAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ; ªÁ ÀÛªÀªÁzÀ £ÁåZÀÄgÀ° ÀªÀiï; ªÁ ÀÛªÉÇÃvÀÛgÀ ªÀiÁUÀðUÀ¼ÀÄ = JPïì¥Éæ±É¤¸ïÖ, J¦Pï, C ÀAUÀvÀ EvÁå¢.

• ÀA ÀÌøvÀ; DgÀA sÀ; DgÀA sÀPÁ®zÀ £ÁlPÀ ¸Á»vÀå; ±Á¹ÛçÃAiÀÄ £ÁlPÀ; DªÉÄÃ°£À £ÁlPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ; ¸ÀA ÀÌøvÀ £ÁlPÀzÀ «©ü£Àß ±ÁSÉUÀ¼ÀÄ.

• DzsÀÄ¤PÀ sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ; DgÀA sÀ, ªÉÆzÀ°£À ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ LwºÁ¹PÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, DªÉÄÃ°£À É¼ÀªÀtÂUÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

– ªÁ ÀÛªÀªÁ¢, gÁdQÃAiÀÄ £ÁlPÀ EvÁå¢, ÀªÀÄPÁ°Ã£À sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀ£ÀßqÀ £ÁlPÀzÀ ««zsÀ ªÀÄUÀðUÀ¼ÀÄ.

3 gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«Ä EwºÁ À( 75+25 =100)

• ¥Á±ÁÑvÀå: £ÁUÀjPÀ¥ÀÆªÀð gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«Ä; VæÃPï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÉÆÃªÀÄ£ï gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«ÄUÀ¼ÀÄ; ªÀÄzsÀåAiÀÄÄUÀzÀ gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«Ä; £ÀªÉÇÃzÀAiÀÄ; J°d ÉvÀ£ï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ £ÀªÀ±Á¹ÛçÃAiÀÄ gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«Ä; PÀªÉÄrAiÀiÁ qÉ¯ï Dmïð; sÀæªÀiÁ gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«Ä; ªÁ ÀÛªÀªÁzÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ £ÁåZÀÄgÀ° ÀªÀiï; ªÁ ÀÛªÉÇÃvÀÛgÀ ¥ÀAxÀUÀºÀ¼ÀÄ; JPïì¥Éæ±À¤¸ïÖ-PÀ£ï ÀÖçQÖ«¸ïÖ-J¦Pï EvÁå¢. AiÀÄÆgÉÆÃ¥ÀÄ-CªÉÄÃjPÁzÀ ÀªÀÄPÁ°£À gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«Ä.

• ¥ËªÁðvÀå: ÀA ÀÌøvÀ gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«Ä; DgÀA sÀ, ±Á¹ÛçÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀqÉUÁ®; ¸ÁA¥ÀæzÁ¬ÄPÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«ÄUÀ¼À «©ü£Àß WÀlÖUÀ¼ÀÄ; aÃ£Á, d¥Á£ï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CUÉßÃAiÀÄ K²AiÀiÁzÀ gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«ÄUÀ¼ÀÄ.

45

• sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ/PÀ£ÀßqÀ: DzsÀÄ¤PÀ gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«ÄAiÀÄ DgÀA sÀ; ¥Á¹ðgÀAUÀ sÀÆ«Ä; GzÀåªÉÄÃvÀgÀ gÀAUÀZÀ¼ÀÄªÀ½UÀ¼ÀÄ; ¸ÁévÀAv ÉÆæÃvÀÛgÀ gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«ÄUÀ¼ÀÄ; gÁdQÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀÜ½ÃAiÀÄ EvÁå¢ ±ÁSÉUÀ¼ÀÄ; PÀ£ÀßqÀ gÀAUÀ sÀÆ«ÄAiÀÄ É¼ÀªÀtÂUÉ.

4 gÀAUÀ C©ü£ÀAiÀÄ( 50 +50 =100)( ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀPÉÌ 50+ ¹zÁÞAvÀPÉÌ 50)

• ±ÀjÃgÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ZÀ®£É: zÉÊ»PÀ ZÀ®£À²Ã®vÉAiÀÄ C sÁå ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ; AiÉÆÃUÁ sÁå À; ©UÀÄ¦£À ¤ªÁgÀuÉAiÀÄ C sÁå ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ; ÀºÀd ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ±ÉÊ°ÃPÀÈvÀ ZÀ®£ÉAiÀÄ ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ; AiÀÄPÀëUÁ£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÁA¥ÀæzÁ¬ÄPÀ gÀAUÀ£ÀÈvÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ; ªÀÄÄPÀÛ£ÀÈvÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÉÄÊªÀiï.

• zsÀé¤, sÁµÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀAVÃvÀ: G¹gÁl; zsÀé¤AiÀÄ CA±ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ; zsÀé¤ ¥Àæ ÁÛgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ; ªÀiÁvÀÄUÁjPÉAiÀÄ DgÀA©üPÀ C sÁå ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ; sÁµÁ ¥Àæ ÁÛgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ; zsÀé¤- sÁµÉAiÀÄ ÀªÀÄ ÉåUÀ¼ÀÄ; UÀzÀå-¥ÀzÀåUÀ¼À ªÁZÀ£ÀzÀ C sÁå ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ; gÀAUÀ ÀAVÃvÀzÀ ¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ.

• ÀÈd£À²Ã®vÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÁvÀæ¤ªÀiÁðt; ¸ÁÖ¤¸Áèªï¹Ì ¥ÀzÀÞwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß DzsÀj¹zÀ C sÁå ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ; ««zsÀ ªÀiÁzÀjAiÀÄ D±ÀÄ« ÀÛgÀuÉUÀ¼ÀÄ; ««zsÀ ªÀiÁzÀjAiÀÄ ¥ÁvÀæUÀ¼À C£ÀÄ ÀAzsÁ£À; «©ü£Àß £ÁlPÀUÀ½AzÀ DAiÀÄÝ zÀÈ±Àå sÁUÀUÀ¼À C sÁå À.

• C©ü£ÀAiÀÄ ¹zÁÞAvÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: sÀgÀvÀ ¸ÁÖ¤¸Áèªï¹Ì, ªÉÄÃAiÀÄgïºÁ¯ïØ, ÉæSïÖ, UÉÆæÃmÉÆÃªï¹Ì ªÉÆzÀ ÁzÀªÀgÀ C©ü£ÀAiÀÄ ¹zÁÞAvÀUÀ¼ÀÄ.

5 gÀAUÀ¹zÀÞvÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£À ( 75+25 =100)

• «£Áå ÀzÀ vÀvÀéUÀ¼ÀÄ: «£Áå ÀzÀ jÃw¤Ãw; gÉÃSÉ, UÁvÀæ, ±ÀAiÉÄå, MvÀÄÛ §tÚ EvÁå¢; gÀAUÀ«£Áå ÀzÀ vÀvÀéUÀ¼ÀÄ.

• gÀAUÀ ÀfÓPÉ: sÀÆ£ÀPÉë, ¹Ã¼ÀÄ£ÀPÉë, EvÁå¢ £ÀPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ; ¤¢ðµÀÖ £ÁlPÀPÉÌ gÀAUÀ ÀfÓPÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß «£Áå ÀUÉÆ½ ÀÄªÀ «zsÁ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ; gÀAUÀ ÀfÓPÉAiÀÄ ««zsÀ ±ÉÊ°UÀ¼ÀÄ.

• gÀAUÀ¥ÀjPÀgÀ: ¥ÀjPÀgÀUÀ¼À ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ; vÀAiÀiÁjAiÀÄ «zsÁ£À; ªÀÄÄRªÁqÀUÀ¼À vÀAiÀiÁj EvÁå¢.

• gÀAUÀ¥ÀæPÁ±À: «zÀÄåZÀÒQÛAiÀÄ ¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ CA±ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, rªÀÄägï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¤AiÀÄAvÀæt «zsÁ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ; gÀAUÀ¥ÀæPÁ±ÀzÀ G¥ÀPÀgÀtUÀ¼ÀÄ; gÀAUÀ¥ÀæPÁ±ÀzÀ GzÉÝÃ±À; «©ü£Àß £ÁlPÀUÀ½UÉ É¼ÀPÀÄ AiÉÆÃd£É.

• ªÉÃµÀ sÀÆµÀt: «£Áå ÀzÀ vÀvÀéUÀ¼ÀÄ: ªÉÃµÀ sÀÆµÀtzÀ zÀÈ¶Ö¬ÄAzÀ £ÁlPÀUÀ¼À «±ÉèÃµÀuÉ; ªÉÃµÀ sÀÆµÀt ªÀÄvÀÄÛ £Àl£ÀnAiÀÄgÀÄ; ªÁ ÀÛªÀªÁ¢ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ±ÉÊ°ÃPÀÈvÀ ªÉÃµÀ sÀÆµÀtUÀ¼ÀÄ.

• ¥Àæ ÁzsÀ£À: ªÀÄÄRzÀ gÀZÀ£É; ¥Àæ¸ÁzsÀ£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÁvÀæzÀ CUÀvÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ; ¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ ¥Àæ¸ÁzsÀ£À, UÀqÀØ-«ÄÃ É EvÁå¢; ªÁ ÀÛ«PÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ±ÉÊ°PÀÈvÀ ¥Àæ¸ÁzsÀ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ.

gÀAUÀ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ

• ªÀÄÄRå ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: ªÀµÀðzÀ°è ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ; 1 ªÁ ÀÛªÀ ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ. 2 ¥ÀæºÀ À£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 3 ±Á¹ÛçÃAiÀÄ £ÁlPÀ ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ¸ÁzsÁgÀtªÁV PÀ£ÀßqÀ, sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥Á±ÁÑvÀå ¥ÀgÀA¥ÀgÉ¬ÄAzÀ DAiÀÄÝ ¥Áæw¤¢üPÀ £ÁlPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ.

• C sÁå À ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: C sÁå À «µÀAiÀÄUÀ½UÉ ÀA§A¢ü¹zÀ ««zsÀ QgÀÄ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ PÁªÀåªÁZÀ£À; ªÀÄPÀÌ¼À £ÁlPÀ, AiÀÄPÀëUÁ£À EvÁå¢.

46

PÁAiÀiÁðUÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: «±ÉÃµÀ PÀªÀÄälUÀ¼ÀÄ

¸Á»vÀå, ¹£ÉªÀÄ, zÀÈ±ÀåPÀ ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ, ÀAVÃvÀ£ÀÈvÀåUÀ½UÉ ¸ÀA§A¢ü¹zÀ ««zsÀ PÁAiÀiÁðUÁgÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀæwªÀµÀðªÀÇ £ÀqÉ À ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. E°è £ÀqÉ À ÁUÀÄªÀ EAxÀ PÁAiÀÄðPÀæªÀÄUÀ¼À®èzÉ PÉ®ªÉÇªÉÄä ºÉÆgÀUÉ £ÀqÉAiÀÄÄªÀ PÁAiÀÄðPÀæªÀÄUÀ¼À®Æè «zÁåyðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀgÉzÉÆAiÀÄÄÝ ¥Á¯ÉÆÎ¼Àî®Ä CªÀPÁ±À ªÀiÁrPÉÆqÀ ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

gÀAUÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À PÉÃAzÀæ¢AzÀ ªÀiÁqÀ ÉÃPÁzÀ PÁgÀåPÀæªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ_

1. CjªÀÅ PÁgÀåPÀæªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ( PÁåA¥À¹¤AzÀ ºÉÆgÀUÉ £ÀqÉAiÀÄÄªÀ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ PÁgÀåPÀæªÀÄUÀ½UÉ PÀ¤µÀÖ 7000 ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀæAiÀiÁt ªÉZÀÑ) EzÀgÀ°è 7000 gÀÆ.UÀ¼À£ÀÄß «.«.UÉ ¥ÁªÀw À ÉÃPÀÄ.

2. PÁ£ÀÆ£ÀÄ ªÀiÁ»w PÁgÀåPÀæªÀÄ 3. ªÀÄ»¼Á ²PÀët PÁgÀåPÀæªÀÄ 4. ¥ÁoÀ £ÁlPÀ 5. d£ÀgÉqÉUÉ ¸Á»vÀå

( ªÉÆzÀ®Ä d£ÀgÉqÉUÉ PÀ£ÀPÀ) EzÀPÉÌ gÁ¶ÖçÃAiÀÄ ÀAvÀPÀ« PÀ£ÀPÀ ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£Á PÉÃAzÀæ¢AzÀ C£ÀÄzÁ£À PÉÃ¼À ÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ)

CºÀðvÉ: PÀ¤µÀÖ CºÀðvÉ ¦.AiÀÄÄ.¹. DzÀgÉ ¥ÀzÀ«ÃzsÀgÀjUÉ ºÉaÑ£À DzÀåvÉ

F ªÉÆzÀ®Ä zÀÆgÀ²PÀëtzÀ°è EzÀÝ F PÉÆÃ Àð£ÀÄß ªÀÄvÉÛ ªÀÄÄAzÀÄªÀj À§ºÀÄzÀÄ. eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£ÁvÀäPÀ PÀ ÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß F PÉÃAzÀæzÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ £ÀqÉ À§ºÀÄzÀÄ. FUÁUÀ ÉÃ EzÀ£ÀÄß CPÁqÉ«ÄPï À sÉAiÀÄ°è C£ÀÄªÀÄwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÀqÉAiÀÄ¯ÁVvÀÄÛ.

±ÀÄ®Ì: «.«. ¤AiÀÄªÀiÁ£ÀÄ¸ÁgÀ.

47


PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁgÀw PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ±ÀAPÀgÀWÀlÖ

C®èªÀÄ¥Àæ sÀÄ: ¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ r¥ÉÆèÃªÀiÁ ¥Àæ ÁÛªÀuÉ

ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ ±ÀgÀtgÀ ªÀÄzsÀå ¢éÃ¥À ÀÛA sÀªÁV ¤AvÀÄ ªÀiÁUÀðzÀ±Àð£À ªÀiÁrzÀ

C®èªÀÄ¥Àæ sÀÄ DzsÁåvÀä ¥Àæ¥ÀAZÀzÀ MAzÀÄ « ÀäAiÀÄ. zÉÃ±À, PÁ® UÀæ»PÉAiÀÄ°è DvÀ 12£ÉAiÀÄ ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ

PÀ£ÁðlPÀPÉÌ ¹Ã«ÄvÀªÁVzÀÝgÀÆ ¸ÁzsÀ£ÉAiÀÄ zÀÈ¶Ö¬ÄAzÀ zÉÃ±À, PÁ®UÀ¼À£ÀÄß «ÄÃj «±ÀézÀ ªÀÄºÁ£ÀÄ sÁ«UÀ¼À

¸Á°£À°è ¤®è§®è ªÀÄºÁAvÀ£ÁVzÁÝ£É.

C®èªÀÄ¥Àæ sÀÄ«£À ¢ªÀå ¸ÁzsÀ£É, ¹¢ÞUÀ¼À£ÀÄß w½zÀªÀjUÉ CªÀ£À C£ÀÄ sÁªÀzÀ JvÀÛgÀ CxÀðªÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

F DzsÀÄ¤PÀ AiÀÄÄUÀzÀ°è DvÀ£À ÀévÀAvÀæ «ZÁgÀ±ÀQÛ CZÀÑjAiÀÄ£ÀÄßAlÄªÀiÁqÀÄvÀÛzÉ. DzÀÝjAzÀ ÉÃ EA¢£À

«ZÁgÀªÀAvÀjUÉ C®èªÀÄ¥Àæ sÀÄ §ºÀ¼À ¦æAiÀÄ£ÁV ¥Àjt«Ä¹gÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ. ºÉÆgÀV£À ¸ÁzsÀ£É¬ÄAzÀ M¼ÀUÀ£ÀÄß

É¼À¹PÉÆAqÀ C®èªÀÄ ¸ÀA¥ÀæzÁAiÀÄUÀ¼À §AzsÀ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß «ÄÃjzÀªÀ£ÀÄ. CAvÉAiÉÄÃ ÀªÀÄPÁ°Ã£À § ÀªÀtÚ "PÀvÀÛ¯ÉAiÀÄ

£ÀÄAVzÀ É¼ÀPÀÄ" JAzÀ£ÀÄ. ZÀ£Àß§ ÀªÀtÚ¤UÉ DvÀ "Cj«£À ¥ÀgÀªÀÄ ¹ÃªÉÄ" ªÀÄÄPÁÛ¬ÄUÉ "§AiÀÄ®£À¦àzÀ

ªÁAiÀÄÄ" »ÃUÉ PÁt¨ÁgÀzÀ PÁAiÀÄ, £ÉÆÃqÀ ÁgÀzÀ vÉÃd. G¥À«Ä À ÁgÀzÀ ¤Ã®ªÀÅ C®èªÀÄ¥Àæ sÀÄ«£ÀzÀÄ.

DvÀ£À ¨ÁºÀå fÃªÀ£ÀzÀ «ªÀgÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß w½AiÀÄ®Ä RavÀªÁzÀ DzsÁgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀàµÀÖªÁV®è. CªÀ£ÀÄ DvÀ£À

PÀÄjvÁzÀ ¥ÀÄgÁt-PÁªÀåUÀ½AzÀ ºÉQÌ vÉUÉAiÀÄ ÉÃPÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. DvÀ£À ªÀåQÛvÀé ªÀÄÆr §A¢zÉ. ±ÀÆ£Àå

ÀA¥ÁzÀ£ÉUÀ¼ÀAvÀÆ DvÀ£À ªÀåQÛvÀézÀ O£ÀvÀåªÀ£ÀÄß »r¢qÀÄªÀÅzÀgÀ eÉÆvÉUÉ DvÀ£À ZÀjvÉæAiÀÄ£ÀÄß gÀÆ¦¹zÉ.

DzsÁåwäPÀ ¸ÁzsÀ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¤AvÀ £É®PÁÌvÀ KjzÀ JvÀÛgÀ ªÀÄÄRåªÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ¥Àæ sÀÄzÉÃªÀ£À ¸ÁzsÀPÁAUÀzÀ

¥ÀæwAiÉÆAzÀÄ ºÀAvÀ vÀ£Àß£ÀÄß PÀoÉÆÃgÀ ¸ÁzsÀ£ÉUÉ §rØPÉÆAqÀAvÉ vÉÆÃgÀÄvÀÛzÉ. E°è C®èªÀÄ

PÉÊPÉÆArgÀ§ºÀÄzÁzÀ AiÉÆÃUÀ ¸ÁzsÀ£É, JzÀÄj¹gÀ§ºÀÄzÁzÀ ªÉÊZÁjPÀ UÉÆAzÀ®, ¸Á¢ü¹gÀ§ºÀÄzÁzÀ

ºÀAvÀºÀAvÀªÁzÀ DvÉÆäÃ£Àßw JAvÀºÀzÉÝA§ÄzÀÄ ÀàµÀÖªÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. CªÀ£ÀÄ C£ÉÃPÀ d£ÀgÉÆA¢UÉ £ÀqÉ¹zÀ ÀAªÁzÀ

CªÀ£À ªÉÊZÁjPÀ £É ÉAiÀÄ°è CvÀÄå£ÀßvÀªÁzÀÄzÀÄ.

C®èªÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ C®èªÀÄ£À ªÀZÀ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÉÆß¼ÀUÉÆAqÀ MlÄÖ ªÀZÀ£À ¸Á»vÀåzÀ ÀªÀÄUÀæ

«ªÉÃZÀ£ÉAiÀiÁUÀ ÉÃPÀÄ. EA¢£À ªÀÄÄPÀÛ ¸ÀªÀiÁdzÀ°è JAzÀgÉ vÀ¥ÁàUÀzÀÄ. ªÀZÀ£À PÀÈwUÀ¼À C£ÉéÃµÀuÉ, ¥ÀjµÀÌgÀt

ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ MAzÀÄ «²µÀÖªÁzÀ §ºÀÄ CªÀÄÆ®åªÁzÀ sÁUÀªÁVzÉ. C®èªÀÄ£À ªÀZÀ£À

¸Á»vÀå. F §UÉAiÀÄ ¸Á»vÀåzÀAvÀºÀ GzÁºÀgÀuÉUÀ¼ÀÄ «gÀ¼ÀªÁV, PÀéavÁÛV, ©r©rAiÀiÁV MAzÉgÀqÀÄ EvÀgÀ

sÁµÉUÀ¼À ¸Á»vÀåzÀ°è ¹PÀÌ§ºÀÄzÁzÀgÀÆ ªÀZÀ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ MAzÀÄ ¥ÀæPÁgÀªÁV ÉÃ¥ÀðlÄÖzÀÄ

PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°èAiÉÄÃ JAzÀÄ ¤ ÀìAzÉÃºÀªÁV ºÉÃ¼À§ºÀÄzÀÄ. CAvÉAiÉÄÃ C®èªÀÄ£À ªÀZÀ£À ¸Á»vÀåªÀÅ PÀ£ÀßqÀ £ÀÄr

«±Àé Á»vÀåPÉÌ PÉÆlÖ C¥ÀÆªÀð PÁtÂPÉ.

48

C®èªÀÄ£À ªÀZÀ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸Á»wåPÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀzÉÆA¢UÉ «ªÀÄ±Àð£À. ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CªÀÅUÀ¼À vÁwéPÀ

CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀqÉzÀÄ §AzÀªÀÅ. PÀ¼ÉzÉgÀqÀÄ zÀ±ÀPÀUÀ¼À°è ªÀZÀ£ÀUÀ¼À ¸ÁªÀiÁfPÀ, vË®¤PÀ C sÁå ÀzÀ

¨ÁV®ÄUÀ¼ÀÄ vÉgÉzÀÄ FUÀ ªÉÊZÁjPÀ £É ÉUÀnÖ£À°è §ºÀÄ²¹ÛÃAiÀÄ, §ºÀÄ ÀÛjAiÀÄ, §ºÀÄ ÀA¸ÀÌøwAiÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

£ÀqÉAiÀÄ ÉÃPÁVªÉ. F CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀZÀ£ÀUÀ¼À ªÀÄgÀÄ N¢UÉ PÁgÀtªÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀgÉÆA¢UÉ, ¸ÁA ÀÌøwPÀ

ªÀÄÄSÁªÀÄÄT, C£ÀÄ¸ÀAzsÁ£ÀUÀ¼À ºÉÆ À «ªÀÄ±ÉÃðAiÀÄ ¥ÀxÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¤«Äð ÀÄªÀµÀÄÖ À±ÀPÀÛªÁVgÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ

ªÀÄºÀvÀézÁÝVzÉ. E¢µÀÄÖ »£Éß¯ÉAiÉÆA¢UÉ C®èªÀÄ¥Àæ sÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CªÀ£À ªÀZÀ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀÄjvÀÄ, PÁªÀå PÀÄjvÀÄ

CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀzÀvÀÛ ªÀÄÄRªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.

DzsÀÄ¤PÀ, ªÉÊZÁjPÀ £É ÉUÀnÖ£À°è C®èªÀÄ£À£ÀÄß C®èªÀÄ£À ªÀZÀ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÁåSÁå¤ ÀÄªÀ, «±ÉèÃóE ÀÄªÀ

¥ÀæªÀÈwÛ JzÀÄÝ PÁtÄvÀÛzÉ. C®èªÀÄ£À ªÀZÀ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 12£ÉAiÀÄ ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ PÀgÁßlPÀzÀ°è gÀavÀªÁVzÀÝgÀÆ CªÀÅ D

PÁ®ªÀ£ÀÄß zÁn ¥Àæ ÀÄÛvÀªÁUÀÄªÀ C£ÉÃPÀ ÀAQÃtð CA±ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀ©üÃðPÀj¹PÉÆArªÉ. ºÁUÁV CªÀÅ

PÁ®PÁ®PÉÌ ºÉÆ À ºÉÆ À ºÉÆ¼ÀºÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤ÃqÀÄvÀÛ ºÉÆÃVªÉ. CµÉÖÃ C®è, C£ÉÃPÀ aAvÀ£À PÀæªÀÄUÀ½UÉ

zÁjªÀiÁr PÉÆnÖªÉ. F M¼À£ÉÆÃlUÀ¼ÀÄ¼Àî §ºÀÄ²¹ÛÃAiÀÄ «ªÀÄ±Àð£À ªÀiÁUÀðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß «ªÀÄ±Éð ªÀÄvÀÄÛ

ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£É ¥ÀæeÉÕAiÀÄ£ÀÄß RArvÀªÁVAiÀÄÆ «PÁ ÀUÉÆ½ ÀÄvÀÛªÉ.

¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ : 4; CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 75+25=100, ¥ÀjÃPÁë CªÀ¢ü: 3 UÀAmÉ

1. ¥ÀwæPÉ : C®èªÀÄ¥Àæ sÀÄ : »£Éß¯É, ¥ÉæÃgÀuÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥Àæ sÁªÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

2. ¥ÀwæPÉ : C®èªÀÄ¥Àæ sÀÄ zÉÃªÀgÀ ¸Á»vÀå

3. ¥ÀwPÉ : C®èªÀÄ¥Àæ sÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ EvÀgÀ ªÀZÀ£ÀPÁgÀgÀÄ

4. ¥ÀwæPÉ : C®èªÀÄ ¥Àæ sÀÄzÉÃªÀgÀ ªÀZÀ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀA ÀÌøw

49

PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ¦ÃoÀ

¥ Àæ ÁÛªÀ£É:

PÀ£ÀßqÀ DzsÀÄ¤PÀ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ ªÀÄºÀvÀézÀ, ±ÉæÃµÀ× PÀ«UÀ¼À ¸Á°£À°è ªÉÆzÀ®£ÉAiÀÄªÀgÁUÀ§®è

PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ, PÁªÀå, ªÀÄºÁPÁªÀå, PÀvÉ, PÁzÀA§j, £ÁlPÀ, «ªÀÄ±Éð, «ZÁgÀ ¸Á»vÀå, DvÀäZÀjvÉæ, fÃªÀ£À

ZÀjvÉæ, »ÃUÉ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ J¯Áè ¥ÀæPÁgÀUÀ¼À°èAiÀÄÆ PÀÈ¶ªÀiÁr J®è PÉëÃvÀæUÀ¼À°èAiÀÄÆ, ÉÊ

J¤¹PÉÆAqÀªÀgÀÄ. DzsÀÄ¤PÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ°è F §UÉAiÀÄ ªÉÊ«zsÀåvÉAiÀÄ PÀ« ªÀÄvÉÆÛ§â¤®è JAzÀgÀzÀÄ

GvÉàçÃPÉë¬Ä®è.

PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ CªÀgÀ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ PÉÃAzÀæ ¥ÀæeÉÕ ªÉÊZÁjPÀvÉ, AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ ¥ÀæPÁgÀªÁzÀgÀÆ CzÀgÀ°è

JzÀÄÝ PÁtÄªÀÅzÀÄ ¥ÀæUÀw¥ÀgÀ aAvÀ£É, zsÉÆÃgÀuÉ, ÀªÀiÁ£ÀvÉAiÀÄ D±ÀAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ÀªÀÄ ÀªÀiÁdzÀ PÀ£À ÀÄ.

CªÀgÉÃ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄªÀ ¥ÀAZÀªÀÄAvÀæUÀ¼À CªÀgÀ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ §zÀÄQ£À §ºÀÄªÀÄÄRå ¸ÀÆvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ. ÀªÉÇÃðzÀAiÀÄ,

ÀªÀÄ£ÀéAiÀÄ, ¥ÀÆtðzÀÈ¶Ö, ªÀÄ£ÀÄdªÀÄvÀ, «±Àé¥ÀxÀ JA§ D±ÀAiÀÄPÉÌ §zÀÞªÁVAiÉÄÃ §gÉzÀÄ, §zÀÄQzÀ

PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ PÀ«AiÀÄµÉÖÃ C®è CªÀgÀÄ zÁ±Àð¤PÀgÀÆ ºËzÀÄ.

PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ CªÀgÀ ¸Á»vÀåªÀ£ÀÄß PÀÄjvÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è ¸ÁPÀµÀÄÖ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀqÉ¢ªÉ.

£ÀqÉAiÀÄÄvÀÛ°ªÉ. EzÉÆAzÀÄ ¤gÀAvÀgÀ ¥ÀæQæAiÉÄAiÀiÁUÀ§ºÀÄzÁzÀµÀÄÖ ±ÀPÀÛ. PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ CªÀgÀ ¸Á»vÀåPÉÌ,

aAvÀ£ÉUÀ½UÉ EzÉ. F ¤nÖ£À°è ªÀÄvÀÛµÀÄÖ UÀA©üÃgÀªÁzÀ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀqÉAiÀÄÄªÀ

vÀÄvÀÄð JA¢VAvÀ EAzÀÄ ºÉZÁÑVzÉ.

EAzÀÄ ÀªÀÄPÁ°Ã£À ÀªÀiÁd, ¸ÁA ÀÌøwPÀ ÀAzÀ sÀðUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÀ®ªÀÅ ©PÀÌlÄÖUÀ¼À£ÀÄß JzÀÄj ÀÄwÛªÉ.

ªÀÄ£ÀÄµÀå ÀA§AzsÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ÀAQÃtðUÉÆArªÉ. DzsÀÄ¤PÀvÉ «avÀæ zÀéAzÀézÀ°èzÀÄÝ, ªÀiËqsÀåvÉAiÀÄ

«dÈA sÀ£ÉAiÀÄÄ ¸ÁPÀ¶ÖzÉ. EzÀÄ d£ÀgÀ£ÀÄß ¢PÀÄÌ vÀ¦à ÀÄªÀ §ºÀÄ zÉÆqÀØ zÀÄgÀAvÀªÀÇ ºËzÀÄ. EAvÀºÀ

§ºÀÄ¥Á®Ä ÀAQÃtðvÉUÀ½UÉ PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ CªÀgÀ, ¸Á»vÀåzÀ°è, aAvÀ£ÉUÀºÀ¼À°è GvÀÛgÀ«zÉ. ¥ÀjºÁgÀ«zÉ.

CªÀgÀ ªÉÊZÁjvÉAiÀÄ É¼ÀQ£À°è, ÀªÀÄ ÀªÀiÁdzÀ ¤dzÀ D±ÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀAqÀÄPÉÆ¼Àî§ºÀÄzÁVzÉ.

EzÉÆAzÀÄ ªÀåQÛ¤µÀ× ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀªÁUÀzÉ MAzÀÄ ¸ÁA¹ÜPÀ AiÉÆÃd£ÉAiÀiÁUÀ ÉÃQgÀÄªÀÅzÀjAzÀ

«±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄªÀÅ EzÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÁA ÀÌøwPÀ dªÁ¨ÁÞjAiÀiÁV ¤ sÁ¬Ä À ÉÃQzÉ.

PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄªÀÅ ªÀÄ É£Ár£À PÉÃAzÀæ sÁUÀzÀ°èzÀÄÝ, CªÀgÀ D±ÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉÆvÀÄÛ

QæAiÀiÁ²Ã®ªÁVzÉ J£ÀÄßªÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß UÀªÀÄ¤ ÀÄvÀÛªÉ. E°è£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁgÀw PÀ¼ÉzÀ ªÀÄÆªÀvÀÄÛ ªÀgÀëUÀ½AzÀ®Æ

ÀQæAiÀÄªÁV CzsÁå¥À£À, ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£É, ¥ÀæPÀluÉAiÀÄ°è UÀA©üÃgÀªÁV vÉÆqÀV¹PÉÆArzÉ. PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ

CªÀgÀ ÀªÀÄUÀæ ¸Á»vÀå PÀÄjvÀÄ ¥ÀzÀ«ªÀgÀt PÉÆÃ±ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß JAlÄ ÀA¥ÀÄlUÀ¼À°è ¹zÀÞ¥Àr¹

50

¥ÀæPÀn À ÁVzÉ. EzÉÆAzÀÄ ¸ÁgÀéPÁ°PÀ ±Á±ÀévÀ PÁgÀåªÀÅ ºËzÀÄ. F « sÁUÀzÀ°è PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ CªÀgÀ

DzÀAiÀÄå£À PÉÃAzÀæªÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÁÜ¦¹ ªÉÊZÁjPÀ ¥ÀæeÉÕAiÀÄ ¤dzÀ £É ÉAiÀÄ ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ CªÀgÀ

¸Á»vÀåzÀµÉÖÃ C®èzÉ, dUÀzÀ ªÀÄºÀ¤ÃAiÀÄgÉÆA¢UÉ PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ CªÀgÀ ¸Á»vÀåªÀ£ÀÄß ElÄÖ £ÉÆÃr

CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À £ÀqÉ ÀÄªÀ PÉ® ÀªÀÅ UÀA©üÃgÀªÁV £ÀqÉAiÀÄ ÉÃQzÉ.

CAzÁdÄ ªÉZÀÑ:

G¥À£Áå À PÉÆoÀr - 70,00000=00

UÀæAxÁ®AiÀÄ - 60,00000=00

ÀA±ÉÆÃzsÀ£Á ÀºÁAiÀÄPÀgÀÄ- 2 d£À 20¸Á«gÀzÀAvÉ,

2 d£ÀjUÉ 20,000X 2=40,000X 12= 480,000=00

PÀA¥ÀÆålgïUÀ¼ÀÄ - 300000=00

MlÄÖ 1.37.80.000=00

(MAzÀÄ PÉÆÃn ªÀÄÆªÀvÉÛÃ¼ÀÄ ®PÀëzÀ JA§vÀÄÛ ¸Á«gÀ)

¤zÉÃð±ÀPÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁgÀw

PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ±ÀAPÀgÀWÀlÖ

Kuvempu University, Master of Commerce (Regular), 2020-21

Page | 1

Annexure - 3

Master of Commerce, M. Com (Regular)

Course Matrix (2020-21) Course Code

Semester and Course

Teach -ing

hours

Cre- dits

Maximum Marks Exami- nation Dura- tion

Conti- nuous Assess -ment

Seme- ster-end Exami- nation

Total

SEMESTER – I

HC101 Organisational Theory and Behaviour

4

4

25

75

100

3

HC102 Managerial Economics for Business Decisions

4 4 25 75 100 3

HC103 Accounting Theory and Analysis 4 4 25 75 100 3

HC104 Advanced Financial Management 4 4 25 75 100 3

Soft Core Stream - Students can opt any two course among the following Courses

SC101 Advanced Management Accounting

3 3 + 3 = 6

25 75 100 3

SC102 Financial Markets and Services 3 25 75 100 3 SC103 Credit Management in Banks 3 25 75 100 3

SC104 Principles and Practices of Insurance

3 25 75 100 3

Semester – I, Total 22 22 150 450 600

SEMESTER – II

HC201 Business Environment and Government Policy

4 4 25 75 100 3

HC202 Advanced Marketing Management 4 4 25 75 100 3 HC203 Business and Corporate Taxation 4 4 25 75 100 3 HC204 Advanced Cost Management 4 4 25 75 100 3

Soft Core Stream - Students can opt any two course among the following Courses

SC201 Investment Management 3 3 + 3 = 6

25 75 100 3

SC202 Advanced Auditing 3 25 75 100 3

SC203 Supply Chain Management 3 25 75 100 3

SC204 Managerial Communication 3 25 75 100 3

Interdisciplinary Courses offered to Other Departments

EL201 E-Banking 2

2

10 40 50 1½

EL202 Personal Financial Planning 2 10 40 50 1½

Semester – II, Total 24 24 160 490 650


Page | 2

SEMESTER – III

HC301 E-Commerce 4 4 25 75 100 3

HC302 Operations Research 4 4 25 75 100 3

HC303 Business Research Methodology 4 4 25 75 100 3

Soft Core Stream - Students can opt any One Course between the following Courses

SC301 Human Resource Management 3

3

25 75 100 3

SC302 Business Ethics and Corporate Governance

3 25 75 100 3

Elective Specialization - Students can opt any Two Specialization Courses among the following Groups

SC301E Group A - Accounting: Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) - I

4

4

+

4

=

8

25

75

100

3

SC302E Group B - Taxation: Indirect Taxation – I (GST)

4

25

75

100

3

SC303E Group C - Finance: Risk Management and Financial Derivatives

4

25

75

100

3

SC304E Group D - Banking: Indian Banking System

4

25

75

100

3

SC305E Group E - Insurance: Management of Life Insurance

4

25

75

100

3

SC306E Group F - Marketing Management: Consumer Behaviour and Marketing Research

4

25

75

100

3

Interdisciplinary Courses offered to Other Departments

EL301 Stock Markets 2 2

10 40 50 1½

EL302 Micro Finance 2 10 40 50 1½

Semester – III, Total 25 25 160 490 650

SEMESTER – IV

HC401 International Business 4 4 25 75 100 3

HC402 Entrepreneurship Development 4 4 25 75 100 3

HC403 Project Report * 4 25 75 100 -

*Project Report: Classes 1 hour per batch of 6 students per week for each teacher.

Soft Core Stream - Students can opt any One Course between the following Courses

SC401 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management

3 3

25 75 100 3

SC402 Strategic Management 3 25 75 100 3


Page | 3

Elective Specialization - Students have to study same Specialization Groups which they opted in 3rd Semester

SC401E Group A - Accounting: Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) - II

4

4 + 4 = 8

25 75 100 3

SC402E Group B - Taxation : Indirect Taxation – II (GST and Customs)

4 25 75 100 3

SC403E Group C - Finance: Global Business Finance

4 25 75 100 3

SC404E Group D - Banking: International Banking

4 25 75 100 3

SC405E Group E - Insurance: Management of Non - Life Insurance

4 25 75 100 3

SC406E Group F - Marketing Management: Services Marketing

4 25 75 100 3

Semester – IV, Total 19 +

PR

23 160 490 600

Note: Semester – IV : 19 Hours Class Room Teaching + *Project Report Classes 1 hour per batch of 6 students per week for each Teacher.

Besides, the students have to study three soft skill courses in the first year and these courses are (1)

Communication Skills, (2) Computer Skills and (3) Life Skills. These courses carry one credit each.

Any one group from the available elective specialisation stream shall be selected by a

student at the time of commencement of Third Semester. Once an elective

specialisation stream has been selected, no change in the option will be allowed later

in the Fourth Semester. The students must take the same elective specialisation

stream in the Fourth Semester. The Department/Affiliated colleges will announce at

the end of the Second Semester. The soft core elective specialisation stream which will

be offered during Third and Fourth Semesters depends on the availability of faculty

members, infrastructure and the demand for the elective specialisation streams.


Page | 4

Semester – I

Course – HC101: Organizational Theory and Behaviour

Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours

Credits: 4 Maximum Marks: 100

Objective: To familiarize the Students with Individual, Interpersonal and Group-Related perspectives in Organizational Behaviour along with the Recent Developments..

Pedagogy: A combination of Lectures, Case Analysis, Group Discussion, Seminars, Assignments, etc.

Course Inputs

Unit – 1: Organizational Theories: Introduction to Organization, Organizational Theories: Classical, Neo-Classical and Contemporary; Organization Structure: Formal and Informal Organizations, Span of Control; Responsibility and Authority; Delegation of Authority and Decentralization.

Unit – 2: Organizational Behaviour (OB): Meaning and Definitions, Nature, Fundamental Concepts, Scope of OB, Challenges and Opportunities for Organization Behaviour, Contributing Disciplines to the field of OB, and Organization Behaviour Models.

Unit – 3:

Individual Behaviour: Foundations of Individual Behaviour, Personality: Meaning and Definitions, Determination of Personality, Personality Traits; Perception: Meaning and Definitions, Perceptual Process, Factors influencing Perception, Perceptual Biases/Errors; Learning: Meaning, Theories of Learning; Attitude: Functions and Sources of Attitude; Values: Types of Values.

Unit – 4: Group Behaviour: Determinants of Group Behaviour, Nature and Concept of Group Formation, Stages of Group Formation, Types of Groups: Formal and Informal, Group Norms, Group Cohesiveness; Leadership: Styles of Leadership, Theories of Leadership; Motivation: Concept and Early Theories of Motivation, Applications of Motivation; Decision-Making: Importance, Types, Steps and Approaches, Decision Making in Various Conditions, Decision Tree.

Unit – 5: Organizational Culture, Development and Stress Management: Concept and Determinants of Organizational Culture; Organizational Development: Concept and Intervention Techniques; Stress Management: Individual and Organizational Factors to Stress, Consequences of Stress on Individual and Organization, Management of Stress.

Books Recommended for Reference (Recent Editions)

1. Stephen P. Robbins, Organization Behaviour, Pearson Education.

2. John M Ivancevich, Robert Konopaske and Michael T Matteson, Organizational Behavior and Management.

3. Keith Davis, Human Behaviour at Work, PHI 4. Subba Rao, Management and Organizational Behaviour, HPH 5. Luthans Fred, Organization Behaviour, McGraw Hill International

6. Ashwathappa K, Organization Behaviour: Text, Cases and Games, HPH

7. Don Hell Siegal et al, Organization Behaviour, South Western Thomson Learning.


Page | 5

8. David A Buchanan, Organizational Behaviour Pearson.

9. Dr. S. S Khanka, Organizational Behaviour, S. Chand 10. Stephen P. Robbins, Organizational Behaviour, Pearson, 15th Edition

Semester – I Course – HC102: Managerial Economics for Business Decisions

Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours Credits: 4 Maximum Marks: 100 Objective: To improve managerial decision making in the framework of a firm or organization by enabling the students to expose and analyze their acquired knowledge in Managerial Economics and aid to take up managerial responsibilities.

Pedagogy: A combination of Lectures, Problem Solving, Case Analysis, Group Discussion, Seminars, Assignments, etc.

Course Inputs

Unit – 1: Introduction: Definitions, Nature and Scope of Managerial Economics, Managerial Economics Relation with other Disciplines, Basic Concepts of Managerial Economics; Demand Analysis and Forecasting: Concept of Demand, Determinants and Types of Elasticities of Demand, Demand Function, Demand and Supply Interaction, Techniques of Demand Forecasting.

Unit – 2: Production Analysis: Production Factors, Production Functions; Short-Run and Long-Run Production Function, Graphical and Mathematical Approaches in finding Firm Equilibrium; ISOQUANT, ISOCOST, Least Cost Combination of Inputs, Law of Returns, Economies of Scale and Scope, Cob-Douglas Production Function .

Unit – 3: Cost and Revenue Analysis: Concepts of Cost, Determinants of Cost, Cost-Output Relationship in Short Run and Long-Run; Economies of Scale V/s Diseconomies of Scale; Cost Control and Cost Reduction; Revenue Concepts; Functional Relationship Between Marginal Revenue, Total Revenue, Marginal Cost and Total Cost.

Unit – 4: Pricing Methods and Strategies: Introduction to Pricing, Factors Influencing Pricing, Pricing Practices, Process of Price Determination, Pricing in Public Interest ,Government Intervention and Pricing; Price Discrimination-Degrees of Price Discrimination, International Price Discrimination and Dumping.

Unit – 5: National Income and Business Cycle: The Idea of National Income, GDP, NDP, GNP, NNP, Measurement and Difficulties in Measuring National Income; Business Cycle, Phase, Characteristics and ill effects, Curative Measures; Inflation: Types of Inflation, Causes of Inflation and Recent changes.


1. Yogesh Maheshwari, Managerial Economics, Sultan Chand Publication.

2. Gupta G S, Managerial Economics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd

3. John Sloman and Mark Sutcliffe, Economics for Business, Pearson Publications


Page | 6

4. William J. Baumol and Alan S. Blinder, Microeconomics Principles and Policy, Thomson Publication

5. Dwivedi D.N, Managerial Economics, Vikas Publishing House 6. T.N. Hajela, Public Finance, Ane Books Pvt ltd

7. Richard A. Musgrave and Peggy B. Musgrave, Public Finance in Theory and Practice, McGraw Hill Book Co

8. Richard J. Aronson, Public Finance, McGraw Hill Book Co

9. H. L. Bhatia, International Economics, Vikas Publication 10. Joel Dean, Managerial Economics, PHI

Semester – I

Course - HC103: Accounting Theory and Analysis Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours Credits: 4 Maximum Marks: 100 Objective: To enable the students to acquaint with a coherent set of logical principles and a general frame of reference for evaluation and development of sound accounting practices and also to enable them to understand the important contemporary issues in Accounting and provide awareness regarding latest developments in the field of accounting.


Course Inputs Unit – 1: Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAPs): Introduction, Definition

of Accounting – Financial, Cost and Management; Accounting as the Language of Business, Accounting as the Information System, and Users and Uses of Accounting Information.

GAAPs: Introduction; Need for Accounting Principles; Meaning of Accounting Principles; Structure of GAAPs – (a) Accounting Assumptions - Business Entity Concept, Going Concern Concept and Money Measurement Concept; (b) Accounting Concepts - Accounting Period Concept, Objectivity, and Dual- Aspect Concept; (c) Accounting Principles - Cost Principle, Matching Principle - Recognition of Revenue, Realization Principle and Systems of Accounting; (d) Accounting Conventions – Conservatism, Consistency, Materiality and Disclosure; and (e) Accounting Rules and Policies.

Unit – 2: Accounting Theory: Introduction; Meaning and Definitions; Importance of Accounting Theories; Classification of Accounting Theories - Structural (Syntactical) Theories, Interpretational (Semantical) Theories and Behavioral (Pragmatic) Theories; Approaches to Formulation of Accounting Theory - Descriptive Approach, Normative Approach and Ethical Approach; Few Basic Equity Theories - Proprietary Theory, Entity Theory and Fund Theory.

Unit – 3: Accounting for Price Level Changes: Introduction; Effects of Inflation; Approaches to Inflation Accounting - Entry and Exit Value Approaches –


Page | 7

Partial and Complete Revaluation Methods – (a) Current Purchasing Power Method - Forward and Backward Approaches, Conversion Factor, Monetary and Non-monetary Items and Restatement of Items of Financial Statements and Preparation of Inflation-adjusted Financial Statements under CPP Method; (b) Current Cost Accounting Method - Current Cost Profit and Loss Account - Cost of Sales Adjustment, Depreciation Adjustment, Monetary Working Capital Adjustment and Gearing Adjustment and Current Cost Balance Sheet.

Unit – 4: Human Resource Accounting: Introduction; Human Resource Accounting – Definitions and Features, Premises of Human Resource Accounting, Classification of Human Resource Costs, Approaches of Human Resource Accounting – (a) Cost Approaches - Acquisition Cost Method and Replacement Cost Method; and (b) Value Approaches - Present Value of Future Earnings Method, Adjusted Discounted Future Wages Method, Hermanson’s

Unpurchased Goodwill Method, Economic Value Method, Competitive Bidding or Opportunity Cost Model, Morse’s Net Benefits Method and Ogan's Discounted Certainty Equivalent Net Benefits Model; Comprehensive Model – Quantification and Recognition of Qualities of HR into HRA Model; Advantages; and Indian Scenario.

Unit – 5: Financial Reporting: Financial Reporting – Concept, Objectives and Benefits, Trueblood Report and Stamp Report, Qualities of Financial Information, Corporate Social Responsibility Reporting and Recent Trends in Financial Reporting. The Companies Act, 2013 and Financial Statements; Ind AS – 1: Presentation of Financial Statements and Ind AS - 7: Statement of Cash Flows.


1. Robert N Antony and James S Reece, Accounting – Text and Cases

2. Sidney Davidson and Roman L. Weil, Handbook of Modern Accounting

3. Porwal, Accounting Theory, PHI

4. Jawaharlal, Accounting Theory, HPH

5. S.K. Bhattacharya and John Dearden, Accounting For Management – Text and Cases 6. Pyle, White and Larson, Fundamentals of Accounting Principles 7. MWE Glautier and B. Underdown, Accounting Theory and Practice, Prentice Hall

Publications 8. J. Madegowda, Accounting Theory and Analysis, Himalaya Publishing House 9. S. N. Mahashwari, Advanced Accounting, Vikas Publishing House 10. Hendrikson, Accounting Theory.


Page | 8

Semester – I

Course – HC104: Advanced Financial Management Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours


Objective: To facilitate understanding of the conceptual and practical applicability of various techniques of Financial Management in different segments of business.


Course Inputs Unit – 1: Introduction: Meaning and Objectives of Financial Management, Profit Vs

Wealth Maximization, Interrelation among Financial Decisions, Interface of Financial Management with other Disciplines, and Measuring Shareholders’

Value Creation; Time Value of Money: Concept, Importance, Factors contributing to the Time Value of Money, Techniques of Time Value of Money and Loan Amortisation Schedule.

Unit – 2: Financing Decisions: Capital Structure: Introduction, Determinants, Patterns, Point of Indifference and Theories of Capital Structure; Leverages: Meaning, Uses and Types; Cost of Capital: Concept, Definitions, Computation of Specific Cost of Capital and WACC.

Unit – 3: Long-Term Investment Decisions: Capital Budgeting: Importance, Process, Non-discounted and Discounted Techniques of Capital Budgeting; Analysis of Risk in Capital Budgeting: Concept and Risk Evaluation Approaches.

Unit – 4: Dividend Decisions: Introduction, Types of Dividend Policy, Factors influencing Dividend Policy, Stock Split, Bonus Share and SEBI Guidelines for Issuing Bonus Shares, Legal Provisions relating to Dividend in India; Dividend and Market Valuation: Walter’s Model, Gorden’s Model and MM Approach.

Unit – 5: Inventory Management: Concept, Objectives, Motives, Costs of Holding Inventories, Risk and Benefits of Holding Inventory, Determining of Stock Levels, EOQ and ABC Analysis.


1. Brigham, Financial Management: Theory and Practice, Cengage Publication 2. Sudhindra Bhat, Financial Management: Principles and Practice, Excel books

Publication 3. G. Sudarshana Reddy, Financial Management: Principles and Practice, Himalaya

Publishing House

4. Ravi M. Kishore, Financial Management: Problems and Solutions, Taxman

5. M Y Khan and P K Jain, Financial Management, TMH Publication

6. Shashi K. Gupta and R. K Sharma, Financial Management: Theory and Practice, Kalyani Publisher

7. Prasanna Chandra, Financial Management: Theory and Practice, TMH Publication

8. I M Pandey, Financial Management, Vikas Publishing

9. Kohok M. A, Advanced Financial Management, Everest Publication

10. J. Van Horne, Fundamentals of Financial Management, Prentice Hall of India


Page | 9

Semester – I

Course - SC101: Advanced Management Accounting



Objective: To enable the students to acquire adequate knowledge about different aspects of Management Accounting and to equip them with the requisite competence to use them in managerial decisions.

Pedagogy: A Combination of Lectures, Problem Solving, Case Analysis, Group Discussion, Seminars, Assignments, etc.

Course Inputs

Unit – 1: Introduction: Meaning and Definitions, Nature, Objectives, Significance, Scope, Functions, Uses and Limitations, Tools and Techniques of Management Accounting, Installation of Management Accounting System; Management Accounting as a separate branch of Accounting; and Management Accountant: Functions, Duties and Essential Qualities.

Unit – 2: Budgetary Control: Meaning and Objectives of Budget, Budgeting and Budgetary Control; Nature and Importance of Budgetary Control; Classification and Preparation of Functional and Master Budgets, Fixed and Flexible Budget; Zero Based Budget; and Advantages and Limitations of Budgetary Control.

Unit – 3: Standard Costing and Variance Analysis: Introduction, Meaning, Objectives, and Significance of Standard Costing, Budgetary Control V/s Standard Costing, Prerequisites of Standard Costing, Types of Standards; Variance Analysis: Materials, Labour, Overhead Variances, Sales and Profit Variances, Accounting treatment of Variances; and Managerial Uses of Variance Analysis.

Unit – 4: Responsibility Accounting: Responsibility Accounting: Definition, Meaning, Basic Principles, Process in Implementation, Controllable and Non-Controllable Costs, Responsibility Reporting, Determinants of Responsibility Centers, Difficulties in Implementation, Responsibility Centre Performance Measurement and Reporting to different levels of Management.

Transfer Pricing: Need, Methods of Transfer Pricing: Full Cost Method, Standard Cost Method, Marginal Cost Method, Market-based Transfer Price, Dual Transfer Prices, Negotiated Price Method, Arbitrary Transfer Price and Cost Plus Method; General Rules of Transfer Pricing.

Unit – 5: Inter Firm Comparison and Managerial Reporting: Introduction, Meaning, Definitions, Procedure and Requirements: Establishment of Central Organization, Adoption of Uniform Costing Principles and Practices Management Reporting: Meaning and Definitions, Fundamental Principles of Managerial Reports, Modes and Types of Reporting.


1. Pandey I. M, Management Accounting, Vani Publications

2. Vij, Madhu, Management Accounting, McMillan

3. Atkinson Anthony A, Rajiv D. Banker, Robert Kaplan and S. Mark Young, Management Accounting, Prentice Hall


Page | 10

4. Horngreen, Charles T, and Gary L. Sundem and William O. Stratton, Introduction to Management Accounting, Prentice Hall of India.

5. Drury Colin, Management and Cost Accounting, Thomson Learning

6. Garison R. H and E. W. Noreeb, Managerial Accounting, McGraw Hill.

7. Ronald W. Hilton, Managerial Accounting, McGraw Hill Education.

8. Khan and Jain, Management Accounting, Tata McGraw Hill

9. Jawahar Lal, Advanced Management Accounting – Text, Problems and Cases, S Chand & Co

10. J. Madegowda, Advanced Management Accounting, Himalaya Publishing House

Semester - I Course – SC102: Financial Markets and Services

Weekly Teaching Hours: 3 Examination Duration: 3 hours Credits: 3 Maximum Marks: 100 Objective: To equip the students with conceptual framework of functioning of financial markets, their structure and functioning of different players of financial markets.


Course Inputs

Unit – 1: An Overview of Indian Financial System: Structure of Indian Financial system; Objectives and Functions of Financial System, Financial System and Economic Development; Flow of Funds in Economic Development; Financial Sector Reforms, Financial Inclusion and Recent Developments.

Unit – 2: Financial Markets: Nature, Functions and Efficiency; Types of Financial Markets: Money Market: Meaning, Constituents, Functions of Money Market; Money Market Instruments; Recent Trends in Indian Money Market. Capital Market: Types of Capital Market: Primary Market: Its Role and Functions, Issue of Capital: Methods of Issuing Securities in Primary Market, Intermediaries in New Issue Market, Procedure for New Issues, and SEBI Guidelines for Issue in Primary Market. Secondary Market: Importance and Functions, Listing of Securities in Stock Exchanges, Players and Trading Mechanism in Stock Exchange, Settlement Process; Stock Exchanges: BSE, NSE, and OTC Exchange of India.

Unit – 3: Financial Services: Leasing, Factoring, Credit Rating, Hire Purchase, Consumer Durables Financing, Merchant Banking Agencies, Underwriting, Funds Transfer, Acceptance, Stock Holding, Loan Syndication, Custodial Service, Depository Services, and Venture Capital Finance.

Unit – 4: Financial Institutions: Banking and Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs); Development Finance Institutions (DFIs); Insurance Organizations; Mutual Funds: Types of Mutual Fund Scheme, ETFs, Hedge Funds, Private Equity Funds and other Recent Developments

Unit – 5: Global Capital Markets: International Markets: FIIs, Euro Issues, ECB, Latest Guidelines of ECB, ADRs, GDRs, IDRs, FCCB, FDI; International Bonds: Bulldog, Yankee, and Bunny Bonds, Case Analysis and Recent Developments.


Page | 11


1. Cornett M. M and Sauders A, Fundamentals of Financial Institutions Management, McGraw Hill

2. Mandura Jeff, Financial Markets and Institutions, West Publishing Company

3. Thygerson Keneth J, Financial Markets and Institutions, Harper Collins 4. Rose and Marquis, Money and Capital Market: Financial Institutions and

Instruments in a Global Market Place, McGraw Hill

5. Clifford Gmoez, Financial Markets, Institutions, and Financial Services, PHI

6. Mark Grinblatt, and Sheridan Titman, Financial Market and Corporate Strategy, Tata McGraw Hill

7. Meir Khon, Financial Institutions and Markets , Oxford University Press

8. M.Y Khan, Financial Services, Tata McGraw Hill

9. L.M Bhole, Financial Institution and Markets, Tata McGraw Hill

10. Sasidharam K and Mathew A, Financial Services and System, Tata McGraw Hill

Semester - I

Course – SC103: Credit Management in Banks


Credits: 3 Maximum Marks: 100 Objective: To expose the students to the foundations of credit management, its processes and performance evaluation.


Course Inputs

Unit – 1: An Overview of Credit Policy and Loan Characteristics: Credit Process, Characteristics of Different Types of Loan, Evaluation of Commercial Loan Request, Financial Statement Analysis, Cash Flow Analysis, Projection, Project Appraisal and Finance, Term Loan Sanction Working Capital Finance, Hypothecation, Pledge, Mortgage, Loan Documentation and Recent Developments.

Unit – 2: Evaluation of Consumer Loans: Types of Consumer Loans, Credit Analysis, Risk Return Analysis of Consumer Loans, Customer Profitability Analysis, Loan Pricing-Fix and Floating Rates.

Unit – 3: Credit Management in Banks: Screening of Application, Appraisal of Credit, Sanction Limit, Post Sanction Compliance, Credit Monitoring Supervision, Review, Government Policies for Credit Extension. Credit Institution, Loan Syndication and its Process, Role and Functions, Credit Information Bureau, Fair Practice Code for Bankers, Functions of BCSBI, Prime Lending Rate; Fraud Management and Recent Developments.

Unit – 4: Agriculture Finance and Retail Lending: Categories and Target of Priority Sector Advances, Common RBI Guidelines, Crop Loans, Crop Insurance Schemes, Diary, Sericulture, Poultry, Animal Husbandry, Horticulture, Gobar Gas, Kisan Credit Cards, Micro Credit, Self-Help Groups and Micro Finance, NABARD initiatives. Lead Bank Scheme, Retail Banking Products and


Page | 12

Advances, Consumer Credit Financing, Women Empowerment through SHGs and Recent Developments.

Unit – 5: Loans and Advances against Pledge: Hypothecation, Mortgage, Lien, Advances against Goods, Document to title of Goods, Life Insurance Policies, Stock Exchange Securities, Fixed Deposit Receipt, Book Debts, Supply Bill, Real Estate, Advances against Collateral Securities, Management of NPAs Guidelines, Willful Defaults, Latest SARFAESI Act, 2002 with Amendments, Establishment of Tribunal, Powers and Functions of Asset Reconstruction Companies.


1. J. F Sinkey, Commercial Bank Financial Management, Macmillan Publishing Co 2. Timothy W Kochi, Scott, Bank Management, Thomson

3. Justin Paul and Padmalatha Suresh, Management of Banking and Financial Services, Pearson

4. Kumar, Banking Law and Practice, Tamil Nadu Book House

5. S Natarajan and R. Parameswaran, Indian Banking, S. Chand

6. B S Khubchandani, Practice and Law of Banking, Macmillan India Limited

7. Pai Panandikar and N C Mehra, Rural Banking, NIBM

8. Mongia J N, Banking Around the World, Allied Publishers 9. Vasant Desai, Indian Banking – Nature and Problems, HPH

10. Charless L Prather, Money and Banking, Richard D Irwin Inc

Semester – I Course – SC104: : Principles and Practices of Insurance



Objective: To provide working knowledge of insurance to the students to enable them to translate the principles into practice.


Course Inputs

Unit – 1: Introduction: Meaning and Definitions of Insurance, Nature and Functions of Insurance; Principles of Insurance: Utmost Good Faith, Insurable Interest, Indemnity, Contribution, Subrogation, Proximate Cause; Essentials of Law of Insurance Contract, Classification of Insurance, Nomination and Assignment, Comparison between Life and General Insurance, and Human Life Value.

Unit – 2: Principles of Organization: Structure of Insurance Companies: Stock Insurance Companies, Lloyd’s Association, Mutual Insurance Companies; Reciprocal

Exchange, Office Procedure, Handling of Grievances; Insurance Ombudsman: Powers, Duties and Functions; Records, Forms and Control. Technology for Insurance: IT Applications in Fundamental Areas, E- Insurance and Online Insurance.


Page | 13

Unit – 3: Regulatory Environment: History of Insurance Legislation in India, The Insurance Act, 1938 and its Provisions; The Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority: Powers, Functions and Duties; Motor Vehicles Act – 1988 and 2019, and Information Technology Act, 2000; Registration of Insurance Companies: Renewal, Suspension and Revival of Registration, and Cancellation of Certificate of Registration.

Unit – 4: Insurance Intermediaries: Need for Intermediaries, IRDA Regulations towards appointments of Agents: Duties, Code of Conduct, Commission, Termination of Agency; Role of Surveyors and Loss Assessor in General Insurance, Brokers and Third Party Administrator in Health Insurance.

Unit – 5: Insurance Market: Globalization and Privatization of Insurance Services, Liberalization of Insurance Sector, Malhotra Committee Recommendations, and Opportunities for Insurance Industry.


1. M. N Mishra and S B Mishra, Principle and Practice of Insurance, S. Chand and Co

2. T. S Mann, Law and Practice of Life Insurance in India, Deep and Deep

3. G. Krishna Swamy, Principles and Practice of Life Insurance, Excel Books

4. Swaroop C Sahoo and Suresh C Das, Insurance Management, HPH 5. Dr. S. V Joga Rao, Principles of Insurance Law, Wadhwa and Co

6. Badla B. S, Insurance Fundamentals, Deep and Deep Publication

7. Jawahar Lal U, Insurance Industry, ICFAI Press

8. K. C Mishra and G. E Thomas, General Insurance, Cengage Learning

9. K. C Mishra, Principles and Practice of General Insurance, Cengage Learning

10. Neelam C Gulati, Principles of Insurance Management, Excel Books

Semester – II Course – HC201: Business Environment and Government Policy



Objective: To familiarize the students with the business environment prevailing in India and other parts of the world, and their implications for the business.


Course Inputs

Unit – 1: Conceptual Framework of Business Environment: Concept, Significance, and Nature of Business Environment: Internal and External, Changing Dimensions of Business Environment, Techniques of Environmental Scanning and Monitoring, Business Policy, Case Study and Recent Changes.

Unit – 2: Public Policies: The Role of Public Policies in Governing Business, Government and Public Policy, Classification of Public Policy, Areas of Public


Page | 14

Policy, Need for Public Policy in Business, Levels of Public Policy, Elements of Public Policy, The Corporate and Public Policy, Framing of Public Policy; Government Regulations in Business, Justification of Regulation, Types of Regulation, Problems of Regulation; Case Analysis and Recent Developments.

Unit – 3: Industrial Policies and Reforms: Industrial Policies: A critical appraisal of New Industrial Policy 1991, With the Recent Amendments in Industrial Policy, National Manufacturing Policy; Sickness in India – An overview of sickness in SME’s and Public Sector Enterprises, Causes for Sickness, Magnitude and Remedial Measures, Important Provisions of Sick Industrial Companies, (Special Provisions) Act, 1985 and Applicability; BIFR: Functions, and Functions of Operating Agencies, Case Study and Recent Changes.

Unit – 4: Privatization and Disinvestment: Expansion of Public Sector and its Defects, Privatization Reaction, Ways of Privatization, Obstacles, Conditions for Success of Privatization, Benefits of Privatization, Arguments against Privatization, Sins and Pitfalls of Privatization, Rangarajan Committee and Privatization in India; Case Analysis and Recent Developments.

Unit – 5: Competition Act, 2002 and Consumer Protection Act, 1986: Introduction, Definitions, Consumer Enterprise, Goods, etc., Prohibition of Certain Agreements, Abuse of Dominant Position and Regulation of Combinations, Competition Commission of India; Duties, Powers and Functions of Commission; Duties of Director General; Competition Appellate Tribunal and Recent Changes.

Consumer Protection Act, 1986: Introduction, Objectives, Applicability, Consumer and Rights of Consumers, Nature and Scope of Remedies available to Consumer; Case Study and Recent Amendments.


1. K. Ashwathappa, Business Environment, Himalaya Publishing House.

2. Bertozzi-Burgunder, Business, Government, and Public Policy: Concepts and Practices - Prentice Hall

3. Buchholz., Business Environment and Public Policy, Implication for Management and Strategy formulation - Prentice Hall

4. F. Cherunilam -Business & Govt. - Himalaya Publishing House

5. Victor Strategic Management in the Regulating Environment: Cases and Industry Notes - Prentice Hall

6. Subba Rao - Strategic Management.

7. Tokyo, McGram hill –Business Policy and strategic Management

8. K. Ashwathappa, Essential of Business Environment, Himalaya Publishing House.

9. Ghosh and Kapoor, Business Policy and Environment, Himalaya Publishing House.

10. HIgar Ansoff, Corporate Strategy, Tata McGraw Hill.


Page | 15

Semester – II

Course – HC202: Advanced Marketing Management Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours


Objective: To facilitate understanding of the conceptual framework of Marketing and its connection with various strategies of Marketing in achieving Organizational Goals.


Course Inputs

Unit - 1 Introduction: Nature and Scope of Marketing; Core Marketing Concepts; Modern Marketing Concepts; Marketing Mix; Marketing Management Process: A Strategic Perspective; Customer Quality, Value and Satisfaction; Planning and Control. Marketing Environment: Significance of Scanning Marketing Environment; Analyzing Macro Environment of Marketing: Economic, Demographic, Socio-Cultural, Technological, Political and Legal Segments; Impact of Micro and Macro Environment on Marketing Decisions, Recent Trends in Marketing Environment.

Unit – 2 Buyer Behavior and Market Segmentation: Need for Studying Buyer Behavior; Consumer Buying Process; Factors Influencing Consumer Buying Decisions, Models of Consumer Behavior; Market Segmentation: Bases for Segmenting a Consumer Market; Levels of Market Segmentation; Factors Influencing Selection of Market Segments; Criteria for Effective Market Segmentation; Targeting and Positioning: Target Market Selection and Strategies; Positioning: Concept, Bases and Process.

Unit – 3 Product and Pricing Decisions: Product: Concept and Classification; Major Product Decisions; New Product Development; Packaging and Labelling; Product Support Services; Branding Decisions; Product Life Cycle: Concept and Appropriate Strategies Adopted at Different Stages.

Pricing Decisions: Objectives, Factors Affecting Price of a Product, Pricing Policies and Strategies. Ethical Issues in Product and Pricing Decisions.

Unit – 4 Promotion and Distribution Decisions: Role of Promotion in Marketing; Promotion Methods: Advertising, Personal Selling, Publicity, Sales Promotion Tools and Techniques; Promotion Mix; Ethical Issues in Promotion Decisions. Channels of Distribution: Concept and Importance, Different Types of Distribution; Middlemen’s and their Functions; Channel Management, Selection, Motivation and

Performance Appraisal of Distribution Middlemen.

Unit - 5 Trends in Marketing: CRM Service Marketing, Social Media Marketing, Green Marketing, Customer Relationship Management, Rural Marketing, Other Emerging Trends and Recent Developments in Marketing.


1. V. S. Ramaswamy and S Namakumari, Marketing Management, Macmillan Publishers


Page | 16

2. S K Baral and S C Bihari, Advanced Approach to Marketing Management, A.I.T.B.S Publishers

3. David Jobber, John Fahy, Foundations of Marketing, TMH

4. William D Perreault, E Jerome Mc Carthy, Basic Marketing - A Global Managerial Approach, McGraw-Hill Publishers

5. Michael J. Etzel, Bruce J Walker, William J Stanton, Ajay Pandit, Marketing - Concepts and Cases, McGraw-Hill Publishers

6. Philip Kotler, Kevin Lane and Keller, Marketing Management, Pearson Education Publication

7. Philip Kotler, Armstrong, Principles of Marketing, Pearson Education Publication

8. Alexander Chernev, Strategic Marketing Management, Cerebellum Press Publication

9. Geoffery K Francis, Modern Marketing Management, TMH Publication

10. Ralph Westfall, Stanley, F Starch, Marketing Research - Text and Cases, TMH Publication

Semester – II

Course – HC203: Business and Corporate Taxation Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours

Credits: 4 Maximum Marks: 100 Objective: The course aims at making students conversant with the concept of Corporate Tax Laws and also their implications on Tax Planning and Management and to familiarize with latest provisions of Indian Corporate Tax Laws and related Judicial Verdicts.

Pedagogy: A combination of Lectures, Problem Solving, Case Analysis, Group Discussion, Seminars, Assignments, etc. Course Inputs

Unit – 1: Basic Concepts: Income Tax, Corporate Tax; Assessee; Assessment Year; Previous Year; Company; Different kinds of Companies: Indian Company, Foreign Company, Widely Held Company, Closely Held Company, Domestic Company; and Incidence of Tax.

Unit – 2: Tax Planning and Company Promotion: Meaning of Tax Planning, Tax Avoidance, Tax Evasion and Tax Management; Features and Scope for Tax Planning; Business Location and Tax Planning; Nature of Business and Tax Planning: FTZ, Units in SEZ, 100% EOU and Infrastructure Development.

Unit – 3: Computation of Corporate Tax: Carry Forward and Set Off of Losses in the case of Companies, Computation of Taxable Income of Companies; Computation of Corporate Tax Liability; Minimum Alternate Tax; Alternate Minimum Tax; and Tax on Distributed Profits of Domestic Companies. Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement; Provisions for Relief in respect of Double Taxation, GAAR; Transfer Pricing.


Page | 17

Unit – 4: Tax Planning with reference to Managerial Decisions: Financial Decisions: Capital Structure Decisions; Dividend Policy; Bonus Shares and Capital Gains; Bond Washing Transactions; Own or Lease of an Asset, Installment or Hire Purchase, Make or Buy Decisions, Buying an Asset with Own Fund or Borrowed Fund and Repair, Replace, Renewal or Renovation; Shutdown or Continue: Tax Planning in respect of Amalgamation or De-Merger of Companies, Slump Sale, Conversion of a Firm into a Company; Conversion of Sole Proprietorship into Company, Conversion of Company into Limited Liability Partnership.

Unit – 5: Tax Management, Administrative Procedures and ICDS: E-commerce Transaction and Liability in Special Cases; Tonnage Taxation, TDS; Advance Payment of Tax with reference to Corporate Assessee; TCS; Administrative Procedure; Assessment- Procedures and Types of Assessment; Return on Income; Statement of Financial Transaction (SFT). E-Filing: Appeal and Revision; Penalties and ICDS.


1. Vinod K Singhania and Kapil Singhania, Direct Tax Planning and Management, Taxman.

2. Vinod, K. Singhania, Direct Taxes - Law and Practices, Taxman.

3. Mehrotra, H. C, Income Tax Law and Accounts including Tax Planning, Sahitya Bhawan Publications.

4. Narang and Gaur, Income Tax, Himalaya Publishing House.

5. Prasad. B, Direct Tax- Law and Practices, Wishwa Prakashana.

6. T.N.Manoharan, Students Handbook on Income Tax Law, Snow White Publication.

7. Harshad C Chowdhary, Central Excise and Customs, Ashodha Publications.

8. E. A. Srinivas, Corporate Tax Planning, Tata McGraw Hill.

9. V.S.Sundaram, Commentaries on the Law of Income- Tax in India, Law Publisher, Allahabad.

10. Meherotra and Goyanka, Direct Taxes- Tax Planning and Management, Sahitya Bhawan


Page | 18

Semester – II

Course – HC204: Advanced Cost Management Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours


Objective: To enable the students to apply principles and techniques of cost in decision making situations.


Unit – 1: Activity Based Costing (ABC): Cost: Ascertainment, Control, Reduction, Avoidance and Management; Cost Management System. Activity Based Costing: Inadequacies of Traditional Methods of Overhead Absorption, Concept of ABC, Kaplan and Cooper’s Approach to ABC, Cost Drivers and Cost Pools, Main Activities and their Cost Drivers, Allocation of Overheads under ABC: Characteristics, Steps, Implementation; Benefits and Limitations of ABC System.

Unit – 2: Learning Curve Model: Concept and Phases of Learning Curve, Graphical Representation, Learning Curve Applications and Factors Affecting Learning Curve and Experience Curve.

Just-in-Time Approach: Concept, Philosophy of JIT, Sources of Waste, Objectives of JIT, Features and Methodology of Implementation of JIT, Planning for Adoption and Limitations of JIT Costing.

Unit – 3: Life Cycle: Life Cycle Costing: Concept and Characteristics Activities and Phases in Product Life Cycle, Short Product and Extension of Product Life Cycle, Turning Point Indices in Product Life Cycle; and Project Life Cycle Costing.

Unit – 4: Target Costing: Meaning and Definitions, Basic Concepts, Unique Features and Cost Determination Procedure Under Target Costing.

Unit – 5: Cost Analysis for Managerial Decisions: Introduction; Managerial Decisions: Influencing Factors and Relevant Information; Application of Marginal Costing for Managerial Decisions: Product Diversification, Make or Buy Decisions, Pricing Decisions, Joint and By-product Costing: Methods of Apportioning Joint Costs and Sell or Further Process Decisions, Profitability and Scarce Resource Allocation, Temporary Shut-down.


1. J. Madegowda, Cost Management, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai.

2. Horngren et al., Introduction to Management Accounting, PHI, New Delhi.

3. Kaplan and Atkinson, Advanced Management Accounting, PHI Publications, New Delhi.

4. Ravi. M. Kishore, Cost Management, Taxman Publications, New Delhi.

5. Horngren, Foster and Datar, Cost Accounting, A Managerial Emphasis, PHI, New Delhi.


Page | 19

6. Edward Blocher, Cost Management, A strategic Emphasis, TMH, New Delhi.

7. Hilton, Cost Management, TMH, New Delhi.

8. J. Madegowda, Marginal Costing for Managerial Decisions, Prateeksha Publishers.

9. Charles. T. Horngren and George Foster, Cost Accounting – A Managerial Emphasis, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt., Ltd.

10. C. Bursk and John. F. Chapman, New Decisions-Making Tools for Managers, The New American Library Inc.

Semester – II

Course – SC201: Investment Management Weekly Teaching Hours: 3 Examination Duration: 3 hours


Objective: To enable the students to understand various investment avenues and a general frame for valuation of investable securities.


Unit – 1: Introduction: Meaning of Investment; Nature and Scope of Investment Analysis; Elements of Investment – Return, Risk and Time Elements; Objectives of Investment; Approaches to Investment Analysis; Security, Return and Risk Analysis; Measurement of Return and Risk.

Unit – 2: Types of Investments: Financial Investments – Securities and Derivatives, Deposits and Tax-sheltered Investment; Non-Financial Investment – Real Estate, Gold and other Types and their Characteristics; Sources of Financial Information.

Unit – 3: Fundamental and Technical Analysis: Fundamental Analysis-Economic Analysis, Industry Analysis and Company Analysis; Technical Analysis-Various Prices and Volume Indicators, Indices and Moving Averages; Interpretation of Various Types of Trends and Indices.

Unit – 4: Valuation of Investable Securities: Bonds, Debentures, Preference Shares, Convertible Securities and Equity Shares; Valuation of Options and Futures.

Unit – 5: Efficient Market Hypothesis and Portfolio Selections: Weak, Semi-strong and Strong Market; Testing of Different Forms of Market Efficiency and their Significance; Portfolio Selection–Traditional and Modern Approaches; Portfolio Revision and Appraisal.


1. Cheney J and E Muses, Fundamental of Investments, Paul, New York

2. Fabozzi, Frank J, Investment Management, Prentice Hall

3. Bodie Zvi, kane Alex, Marcus J Alan and Mohanty Pitabas, Investment, The TMH

4. Avadhani V A, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, Himalaya Publishing House


Page | 20

5. Pandian Punithavathy, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, Vikas Publishing House

6. Domodaran, Investment Valuation, Jhon Wiley, New York. 7. Prasanna Chandra, Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management, TMH 8. Kevin S, Portfolio Management, PHI, New Delhi

9. Fuller Russew J and Farrel James L, Modern Investment and Security Analysis, TMH 10. Sharpe F William, Alexander J Gordon and Bailey V Jeffery, Investment Practice, PHI

Semester – II

Course – SC202: Advanced Auditing Weekly Teaching Hours: 3 Examination Duration: 3 hours


Objective: To gain expert knowledge of current auditing practices and procedures and apply them in auditing engagements.

Pedagogy: A combination of Lectures, Case Analysis, Group Discussion, Seminars, Assignments, etc. Course Inputs

Unit – 1: Introduction: Definition, Scope and Objectives of Auditing; Basic Principles Governing an Audit; Audit Evidence; Audit Planning and Programming; Audit Sampling; Analytical Procedure; Introduction to Statements on Standard Auditing Practices.

Unit – 2: Company Audit and Independent Financial Audit: Provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 as regards Maintenance of Books of Accounts and Registrars; Audit of Share Capital; Audit of Reserves and Surplus; Audit of Debentures; Audit of Public Deposits; Audit of Investments.

Independent Financial Audit: Vouching, Verification and Valuation of Assets and Liabilities.

Unit – 3: Cost Audit: Definition and Objectives, Cost Audit Vs Financial Audit, Advantages and Criticism against Cost Audit; Cost Auditor: Qualifications and Appointment; Cost Audit Procedure: Material, Labor, Overhead, Depreciation, Work-in-Progress and Stores and Spare Parts; Cost Audit Report.

Unit – 4: Management Audit: Definitions, Objectives, Need and Importance of Management Audit; Management Auditor: Qualifications and Appointment; Techniques of Management Audit; Management Audit Vs Financial Audit; Audit of Management Functions: Production, Personal, Finance and Accounts, Selling and Distribution, General Management and Management Information System; Management Audit Report.


Page | 21

Unit – 5: Trends in Auditing: Audit of Members of Stock Exchange; Non- Banking Financial Company and Audit of Banks; Mutual Funds; Depositories; Environmental Audit; Quality Audit; Energy Audit; System Audit and Safety Audit.

Books Recommended for Reference (Recent Editions) 1.

C. A. Pankaj Garg Advanced Auditing & Professional Ethics Taxmann’s

2. CA Aarthi Lahoti & CA Vinod Kumar Agarwal Advanced Auditing & Professional Ethics

3. Aruna Jha, Auditing, Taxmann’s

4. CA AKS Krishanan, Advanced Auditing & profession Ethics.

5. CA Sarthak join, Advanced Audit

6. CA Aseem Trivedi, Advanced auditing & Professional Ethics.

7. Arpita Ghose, Gourab Ghose, Advanced Auditing & Professional Ethics, Green Edition

8. J. K . Shah, Advanced Auditing

9. Sanjay Gupta, Advanced Auditing , Sahitya Bhavana Publishers & Distributors pvt.ltd.

10. . CA G. Sekar, CA B Saravana Prasath, Advacned Auditing, Wolters Kluwer.

Semester – II

Course – SC203: Supply Chain Management Weekly Teaching Hours: 3 Examination Duration: 3 hours


Objective: To facilitate understanding of the conceptual framework of Supply Chain Management and its application in management.


Unit – 1: Supply Chain Management and Recent issues: Concept, Importance and Objectives- CRM Vs SCM, Benchmarking concept, features and implementation, outsourcing in SCM– basic concepts and value addition in SCM – concept of demand chain management. Role of IT in supply chain management.

Unit – 2: Designing the supply chain network: Designing the distribution network, role of distribution, factors influencing distribution, design options, distribution networks in practice, network design in the supply chain, factors affecting the network design decisions. Designing and Planning Transportation Networks.


Page | 22

Unit – 3: Transportation: Transportation in SCM, Transportation formats, Modes of Transportation, Factors Affecting Transportation Performance, Factors influencing the Selection of Transporter, Modes of Transport, Fleet Management, Multi Model Transport, Containerization, Vehicle Scheduling and Routing, Milk Run and Cross Docking.

Unit – 4: Warehousing: Warehousing – Types of warehouses, warehousing operations, Warehouse automation, Warehouse Management Systems. Third party and value added warehousing, Role and importance of Handling Systems, Pricing, Revenue Management, Selection of Handling Systems for SC integration.

Unit – 5: Logistics Management: Logistics of part of SCM, logistics costs, different models, logistics sub-systems, inbound and out bound logistics bullwhip effects in logistics, distribution and warehousing management. Demand Management and Customer Service: Demand Management, traditional forecasting, CPFRP, customer service, expected cost of stock outs.


1. Martin Christopher “Logistics and Supply Chain Management” 2016 Edinburgh gate UK 2. Alan Harrison” Logistics Management and Strategy: Competing through the Supply Chain”2019

Pearson Education Limited 3. Sunil Chopra” Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning, and Operation” 2019 Pearson

Education Limited. 4. Edward Frazelle “Supply Chain Strategy“2017, McGraw-Hill Education 5. Leenders, Michiel R and others, “Purchasing and Supply Chain Management”, 2010, TMH

6. Coyle, J.J. Bardi E.J. Etc., “A Logistics Approach to Supply Chain Management”, 2009,

Cengage, 1st Edition. 7. Power Mark J & Others, “The Outsourcing Hand Book How to Implement a Successful

Outsourcing Process”, 2007, Kogan Page, 1st Edition. 8. Mohanty, R.P and Deshmukh, S.G, “Essentials of Supply Chain Management”, 2009, 1st

Edition. Jaico, 9. Chandrasekaran. N, “Supply Chain Management process, system and practice”, 2010,

Oxford, 1st Edition.

Semester – II

Course – SC204: Managerial Communication Weekly Teaching Hours: 3 Examination Duration: 3 hours


Objective: To make the students to understand the different aspects of Communication Skills. Pedagogy: A combination of Lectures, Case Analysis, Group Discussion, Seminars, Assignments, etc.

https://www.amazon.com/Logistics-Supply-Chain-Management-5th/dp/1292083794/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&linkCode=ll1&tag=martin04b-20&linkId=4d9c2405bd892844b919b9b16f014990

https://www.amazon.com/Logistics-Management-Strategy-Competing-through/dp/1292183683/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&linkCode=ll1&tag=scm0fa-20&linkId=bd938e0f6442dfa35e734549cd96c0a8

https://www.amazon.com/Supply-Chain-Management-Operation-Operations/dp/0134731883/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&linkCode=ll1&tag=scm0fa-20&linkId=e38f0e5aca0e982ef2b6c1f3556625a0

https://www.amazon.com/Supply-Chain-Strategy-Second-Integration/dp/0071842802/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&linkCode=ll1&tag=scm0fa-20&linkId=bab1825f6295413674cbda65e1bb2015


Page | 23

Course Inputs

Unit – 1: Introduction: Meaning, Importance of Communication, Purpose of Communication, Process of Communication, Communication Structure in Organizations, Barriers in Communication, Pre-requisites for Effective Communication and Communication Network.

Unit – 2: Verbal and Non-Verbal Communication: Meaning, Principles of successful Oral Communication, Barriers in Oral Communication; Conversation Control: Reflection and Empathy, Effective Principles of Oral Communication; Non- verbal Communication: Meaning, Characteristics, Classification, and Guidelines for Developing Non-verbal Communication.

Unit – 3: Written Communication: Meaning, Importance of skills in Written Communication, Purpose of Writing, Elements of Writing and Principles of Effective Writing; Business Letters and Reports: Introduction, Meaning, Importance, Types of Business Letters and Report Writing, Writing of Business Letters and Reports and Writing of Memos; Reading Comprehension: Discussion of Passages with questions to be answered.

Unit – 4: Listening: Meaning, Significance, Types, Myths about Listening, Barriers and Overcoming Measures, Stages of Listening, and Body Language of an Active Listener.

Unit – 5: Presentation Skills and Employment Communication: Meaning, Elements of Presentation, Designing a Presentation, Six great Helpers in Presentation, and Steps to a Successful Presentation; Group Communication: Meetings, Seminars, Conferences, Workshops and Business Etiquettes. Employment Communication: Introduction, Writing CVs, Group Discussion, Interview Skills and Impact of Technological Advancement on Business Communication. (Recent Developments)


1. M. K Seghal and V Khetrapals, Business Communication, Excel Books.

2. P. D Chaturvedi and Mukesh Chaturvedi, Business Communication: Concepts, Cases and Applications, Person Publications.

3. Asha Kaul, Business Communication, Himalaya Publishing House.

4. Rajesh Viswanathan, Business Communication, Himalaya Publishing House.

5. R. K Chopra, Communication Management, Himalaya Publishing House.

6. Dennis Tourish and Owen Hargie, Key Issues in Organizational Communication, Routledge.

7. Michael Kramer, Managing Uncertainty in Organizational Communication, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

8. Sandra M Oliver, Handbook of Corporation Communication and Public Relations: Pure and Applied, Routledge.

9. Renal Fox and John Fox, Organizational Discourse – A Language-Ideology, Power Perspective, Prager.

10. Robert R Ulmar, Communication and Organizational Crisis, Power Perspective, Prager.


Page | 24

Semester – III

Course – HC301: E-Commerce Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 Hours


Objective: To make the students familiar with E-Commerce, E-Commerce Strategies, Technology and Application of Information Technology in Business.

Pedagogy: A Combination of Lectures, Case Analysis, Group Discussion, Seminars, Assignments, etc. Course Inputs

Unit – 1: Conceptual Framework of E-Commerce: Introduction, Meaning, Definitions, Unique Features, Need and Scope, Online Extension of BAM Model, Impact of E-Commerce on Business and Opportunities in E-Commerce, Advantages and Disadvantages of E-Commerce, IT Act - 2000 with Amendments, and its Positive aspects for Corporate Sector.

Unit – 2: Business Models for E-Commerce and Software: E-Business Models Based on Relationship of Transaction Parties and E-Business Models based on Relationship of Transaction Types, Accounting Software, Types- Tally, SAP.

Unit – 3: Digital Marketing and Social Media Strategy: Traditional and Digital Marketing, Internet Marketing Mix, Digital Marketing Trends, E-Marketing and E-Marketing Strategies; E-Advertising and M-Commerce. Social Media Strategy-Concept, Risk and Challenges, Social Media to Solve Business Challenges, Step by Step Guide to Creating a Social Media Strategy.

Unit – 4: E-Customer Relationship Management: Meaning and Definitions, Features, Framework and Architecture of E-CRM, Components of E-CRM, Building E- CRM, Tools to Maintain E-CRM, Strategies for E-CRM Solutions; Data Mining: Elements, Types, Process and Applications, Advantages and Disadvantages; Typical Business Touchpoints.

Unit – 5: E-Payments System and Cyber Crime: Introduction, Special Features, Types - Digital Token Based EPS, Smart Cards, Credit Cards, Digital Signature, E-Cheque, E-Cash, E-Purse, Debit Card and Mobile Payment, Components of an Effective EPS, Risk in EPS; EDI and EFT. Cybercrime: Meaning, Tools and Methods used in Cyber Crime- Proxy Servers and Anonymizers, Phishing, Password Cracking, Key Loggers and Spy Wares, SQL Injection, Buffer Overflow, Attacks on Wireless Network.


1. Joseph P T, E-Commerce: An Indian Perspective, PHI

2. Krishnamurthy Sandeep, E-Commerce Management, Vidya Vikas Publication

3. Paramashivaiah P and Madhu S, E-commerce, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai

4. Murthy C. S. V, E-Commerce – Concepts, Model, And Strategies, Himalaya Publishing House

5. Whitely D, E-Commerce Strategy, Technology and Applications, Mcgraw Hill


Page | 25

6. Wetherbe Turban, Information Technology for Management, John Willey Publishers

7. Eliason Alan L, Business Computer Systems and Applications, Science Research Associates, Chicago

8. Justice Yatindre Singh, Cyber Laws, Universal Law Publishing Company

9. Prajagopalan S. P, Computer Application in Business, Vikas Publishing House

10. Nina Godbole & Sunit Belapure Cyber Security, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2012

Semester – III

Course – HC302: Operations Research

Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours Credits: 4 Maximum Marks: 100

Objective: This course aims at developing an understanding of the application of Operations Research Techniques for optimal managerial decisions.


Course Inputs Unit – 1: Introduction and Linear Programming: Introduction, Meaning, Definition of

Operations Research, Importance and Scope, Quantitative Techniques in Business Applications, Optimization Concept, Operations Research Models, Linear Programming: Introduction to Linear Programming, Problem Formulation, Product Mix and various Managerial Applications, Graphical Method of Problem Solving, Alternate Techniques of Linear Programming Problems, Simplex Method, Duality in Linear Programming, Formulation of Dual Problems, Advantages and its Economic Interpretation.

Unit – 2: Transportation Models: Nature and Scope of Transportation and Allocation Models, Methods of Allocation, Different Methods for Finding Initial Solution: VAM, N-W Corner Rule, and Other Methods, Degeneracy, Finding Optimal Solution, Test for Optimality, Imbalance in Total Availability and Total Requirement, Impossible Shipments, Alternate Methods of Solutions, and Maximization as Objective Applications.

Unit – 3: Assignment Problems: Row Minimum, Column Minimum, Iteration, Balanced, Unbalanced, Infeasible, Maximization, Objectives, Applications, Travelling Salesman Problem.

Unit – 4: Replacement Models: Machines Replacement Models, Replacement of Items Deteriorating with Time, Replacement of Items that fail completely; and Description of Application Areas like Recruitment and Promotion Problems, Equipment Renewal Problems.

Unit – 5: Network Models: Introduction to PERT and CPM Techniques, Determination of Critical Path- PERT, Estimating Activity Times, Network Components, Precedence, Events, Activities, Errors and Dummies, Critical Path Analysis, Float, Probabilities in PERT Analysis, Project Time calculation, Project Crashing, Time, and Cost Considerations.


Page | 26


1. J K Sharma., Quantitative Techniques, Macmillan India

2. N D Vohra., Quantitative Techniques in Management, TMH

3. J K Sharma., Operations Research, Macmillan

4. K. Shridhar Bhat, Operation Research and Quantitative Techniques, Himalaya publishing house

5. Anderson, Sweeney, Williams., Quantitaive Methods for Business. Thomson

6. Srivastava and Others., Quantitative Techniques, New Age International

7. Barry Render, Ralph Stair and Michael Hanna., Quantitative Analysis, Pearson

8. Freederick Hillier and Gerald Lieberman., Operations Research, TMH

9. N.P. Agarwal, Sonia Agarwal, and Himanshu Saxena, Quantitative Techniques,

10. S.D. Sharma., Operations Research, Kedar Nath Ram Nath and co. publishers

Semester - III

Course – HC303: Business Research Methodology Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours


Objective: The course is envisaged to provide the students with the knowledge and skill related to conduct of research related to business and familiarize the students with the technicalities of executing a research assignment.


Unit – 1: Introduction to Research: Meaning and Objectives of Research; Significance of Research; Process of Research; Types of Research; Research Approaches; Criteria for Good Research; Ethics in Business Research; Selection and Formulation of a Research Problem; Criteria of a Good Research Problem; Review of Literature: Role of Literature in Research Process; and Structure of Literature Review.

Unit – 2: Hypothesis and Research Design: Concept, Sources and Types of Hypothesis; Formulation of Hypotheses; Qualities of a Workable Hypothesis; Usefulness of Hypothesis in Business Research; Research Design: Uses of Research Design; Steps in Preparing a Research Design; Classification of Research Design, and Research Design for Business Studies.

Unit – 3: Collection of Data and Sampling: Types of Data Collection; Process of Data Collection through Observation and Schedule; Pilot study; Construction of Questionnaire; Interview Techniques in Business Research. Sampling: Meaning and Definitions of Sampling, Characteristics of Good Sample; Principles of Sampling; Sampling Process; Types of Sampling Techniques; Sampling and Non-Sampling Errors.

Unit – 4: Measurement Scales and Statistical Analysis: Concept and Levels of Measurement; Tests of Sound Measurement: Test of Validity and Reliability;


Page | 27

Concept of Scaling; Types of Measurement Scales; Data Preparation: Editing, Coding, Classification, Tabulation. Statistical Analysis: Measures of Central Tendency; Measures of Variation; Measures of Skewness; Statistical Testing Procedure; Types of Tests: T-Test, Chi-Square Test, ANOVA, Pearson’s

Correlation; and Role of SPSS in Research.

Unit – 5: Interpretation and Report Writing: Meaning and Importance of Interpretation; Pre-requisites of Interpretation; Errors in Interpretation; Report Writing: Essentials of a Good Research Report; Types of Reports; Layout of a Research Report; Guidelines for effective Report Writing; Writing up of the Report; Evaluating a Research Report.


1. Aggarwal. S and Bharadwaj S, Research Methodology, Kalyani Publications.

2. Krishnaswamy. O. R, Research Methodology, Himalaya Publishing House.

3. C. M. Chikkodi and Satyaprasad B, Business Statistics, Himalaya Publishing House.

4. Bhandarkar W. T, Methodology and Techniques of Social Research, Himalaya Publishing House.

5. Pannerselvam R, Research Methodology, Prentice Hall of India.

6. Gupta. S. C and Gupta I, Business Statistics, Himalaya Publishing House.

7. Donald R Cooper and Pamela S Schindler, Business Research Methods, Tata McGraw Hill

8. Aczl-Sounderpandian, Business Statistics, Tata McGraw Hill

9. Wilson. M, Business Statistics, Himalaya Publishing House. 10. Levin. R. I and Rubin D. S, Statistics for Management, Pearson

Semester - III

Course – SC301: Human Resource Management Weekly Teaching Hours: 3 Examination Duration: 3 hours


Objective: To facilitate understanding of the conceptual framework of Human Resource Management and its application in decision making.


Unit – 1: Introduction HRM and HRIMS - Concept, Significance, Objectives and Scope, HR Planning, Job Analysis and Design; Job Description and Job Specification; Strategic HRM. Human Resource Information Management System (HRIMS) and Developing HRIMS.

Unit – 2: HRM Functions and HR Audit: Recruitment, Selection, Induction and Placement, Recruitment Sources: Internal and External, Selection: Steps in Selection Process; Human Resource Audit, Audit of Corporate Strategy, Audit of Human Resource Function, Audit of Managerial Compliance, Audit of


Page | 28

Employee Satisfaction.

Unit – 3: Training, Development and Outsourcing: Training: Need, Importance and Objectives, Methods of Training; Executive Development Programs: Need and Techniques. Outsourcing: Concept and Evolutions, Reasons and Criteria for Outsourcing, Types of Outsourcing, Problems and Remedial Measures of Outsourcing, Future Outsourcing in India.

Unit – 4: Industrial Relations, Compensation and Appraisal: Industrial Relations; Industrial Disputes and Settlements, Disciplinary Procedure, Suspension, Dismissal, Layoff, Retrenchment, Closure, VRS, Health and Safety. Compensation and Rewards, Factors influencing Compensation: Monetary and Non-Monetary Benefits; Performance Appraisal: Process of Performance Appraisal: Methods of Performance Appraisal.

Unit – 5: HRM in the Era of Knowledge and Diversity at Work: Knowledge Management: Concept, Knowledge Conversion, Process of KM, Virtual Organizations: Feature, Types and Issues of HR, Learning Organizations. Diversity at Work: Managing Diversity, Causes of Diversity, The Paradox of Diversity, Diversity with Special Reference to Handicapped, Women and Aging. Empowerment and Gender Issues.


1. Desslor Gary, Human Resource Management, Pearson Education

2. Mathis and Jackson, Human Resource Management, Thomson

3. Flippo, Edwin B, Personnel Management, McGraw-Hill

4. Memoria and Gankar, Personnel Management: Text and Cases, Himalaya Publishing House

5. Monappa and Mirza, Personnel Management, TMH

6. Charles R Green, Strategic Human Resource Management, PHI

7. P. Subba Rao, Human Resource Management, Himalaya Publishing House

8. Deepak Kumar S D, Human Resource Management, Excel Books

9. Gupta C B, Human Resource Management, Sultan Chand & Sons

10. Decenzo, Robbins, Personnel/Human Resource Management, John Wiley & Sons Pvt Ltd.

Semester – III

Course – SC302: Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Weekly Teaching Hours: 3 Examination Duration: 3 hours


Objective: This paper aims at providing the students an understanding of ethical issues related to business and good governance necessary for long term survival of business.



Page | 29

Course Inputs

Unit – 1: Business Ethics: The Concept of Ethics; Ethics and related Connotations, Business Values and Ethics, Concept of Business Ethics, Various Approaches to Business Ethics; Ethical Theories; Ethical Governance; Social Responsibility–

An Extension of Business Ethics; The Concept of Corporate Ethics; Benefits of Adopting Ethics in Business; Code of Ethics, Ethics Committee.

Unit – 2: Business Ethics in Different Streams: Ethics in Finance: Introduction, Accountability and Acquisitions. Fair Value, Finance and Ethics, Insider Trading and Financial Statements. Ethics in HRM: Introduction, Ethical Implications of Variation in HRM Practices; Individualism v/s Collectivism in HRM Practices; Psychological Expectancy Model; Restricting and Layoffs.

Ethics in Marketing: Introduction, Marketing Ethics and Consumer Rights; Criticism of Ethics in Marketing; Ethics in International Marketing.

Unit – 3: Corporate Governance: Concepts of Corporate Governance, Origin and Need for Registered Companies; Models of Corporate Governance; Committees and Authorities on Corporate Governance: Recommendations of Cadbury Committee, Confederation of Indian Industries, Code of Corporate Governance, Kumaramangalam Birla Committee Recommendations; Board Committees: Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Nomination Committee- Constitution, Need, Rights, Duties and Responsibilities.

Unit – 4: Corporate Management: Management v/s Governance; Internal Constituents of the Corporate Governance; Key Managerial Personnel (KMP); Chairman- Qualities of a Chairman, Powers, Responsibilities and Duties of a Chairman; Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Role and Responsibilities of the CEO; Separation of Roles of Chairman and CEO, CFO, Manager, Company Secretary, Auditor.

Unit – 5: Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) –Meaning, Corporate Philanthropy, CSR- An Overlapping Concept, Corporate Sustainability Reporting; CSR through Triple Bottom Line; CSR and Business Ethics; CSR and Corporate Governance; Environmental Aspects of CSR; CSR Models; Drivers of CSR; Global Reporting Initiatives; Major Codes on CSR; Initiatives in India. (Recent Developments)


1. S.K. Bhatia - Business Ethics and Managerial Values (Deep & Deep Publications Pvt.Ltd, 2000)

2. Velasquez – Business Ethics – Concepts and Cases. 3. Reed Darryl – Corporate Governance, Economic Reforms & Development (Oxford). 4. Mathur UC – Corporate Governance & Business Ethics (Mc Millan). 5. A.N. Tripathi, Human Values, New Age International 6. Prof. S.K. Chakraborthy, Wisdom Leadership, Wheeler Publication. 7. Corporate Governance, MacMallin, OUP


Page | 30

8. Chakraborty, The Management and Ethics Omnibus-, OUP 9. S.S. Iyer - Managing for Value (New Age International Publishers, 2002) 10. Laura P Hartman Abha Chatterjee - Business Ethics

Semester - III Course – SC301E: Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) – I

Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours Credits: 4 Maximum Marks: 100

Objective: To familiarize the students with the Corporate Financial Reporting Standards as notified by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, GoI. and Imparting Advanced Accounting Knowledge and Skills.


Course Inputs

Unit – 1: Introduction: An Overview of IND AS: Introduction, Convergence, Need, Challenges, Implementation Road Map. Regulatory Framework in India: Standards Setting Bodies and Process, India and IFRS.

Unit – 2: Conceptual Framework: Ind AS - 8: Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors; Ind AS - 10: Events after Reporting Period; and Ind AS-24 Related Party Disclosure. Other Ind AS: Ind AS – 29: Financial Reporting in Hyper-inflationary Economies; and Ind AS – 34: Interim Financial Reporting.

Unit – 3 Valuation and Measurement of Assets: Ind AS - 16: Property, Plant and Equipment; Ind AS - 38: Intangible Assets; Ind AS - 40: Investment Property; Ind AS - 2: Inventories; Ind AS - 20: Accounting for Government Grants; Ind AS - 23: Borrowing Costs and Ind AS – 36: Impairment of Assets.

Unit – 4: Valuation and Measurement of Liabilities: Ind AS - 19: Employee Benefits and Ind AS - 37: Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets.

Unit – 5: Revenue and Expenses: Ind AS - 18: Revenue; Ind AS - 11: Construction Contracts and Ind AS - 21: The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates; Ind AS - 33: Earnings per Share.


1. Greuning Van Hennie, International Financial Reporting Standards - A Practical Guide.

2. International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs), Taxman.

3. Haskins E Mark and Ferris R Kenneth and Selling J Thomas, International Financial Reporting and Analysis: A Contextual Emphasis.

4. Nobes Christopher and Parker Robert, Comparative International Accounting.

5. Mohapatra A.K. Das, International Accounting.

6. The Companies Act, 2013, Publications Division, Government of India.


Page | 31

7. Mukesh Saraf, Practical Implementation and Application Guide of Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) IFRS- Converged Ind AS, Bharat Law House.

8. B.D. Chatterjee, Illustrated Guide to Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS), Taxman

9. T.P Ghosh, Illustrated Guide to Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS), Taxman

10. Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 (Ind AS), with Referencer, Bharat Law House Pvt.Ltd

Semester - III

Course – SC 302E: Indirect Taxation– I (GST) Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 Hours Credits: 4 Maximum Marks: 100 Objective: To expose the students to the basic concepts of GST, develop the knowledge about the provisions under the Act, impart idea about levy, collection of tax, tax credit and explain the application of GST in business practices. Pedagogy: A combination of Lectures, Problem Solving, Case Analysis, Group Discussion, Seminars, Assignments, etc. Course Inputs

Unit – 1: Introduction: Tax-Direct and Indirect Tax, GST-Stages and Evolution of GST in India, GST Bill, GST Council, Need for GST in India, Challenges for the Introduction of GST in India, Salient Features, Benefits of GST; Subsuming of Taxes, Framework of GST in India: CGST, SGST, UTGST, IGST; Computation, Goods outside the scope of GST; Dual GST Model.

Unit – 2: Basic Concepts: Agent; Aggregate Turnover; Agriculturist; Assessment; Business; Business Vertical; Capital Goods; Casual Taxable Person; Central Tax; Common portal; Composite Supply-Continuous Supply of Goods; Continuous Supply of Services; Electronic Commerce-Electronic Commerce Operator; Concept of GSTN.

Unit – 3: Levy and Collection of Tax: GST Rate Structure, Supply, Scope of Supply, Composite and Mixed Supplies; Levy and Collection; Composition Levy; Exemptions; Person Liable to pay GST; Supply of Goods or Services or both to or by Special Economic Zone. Reverse Charge; Electronic Commerce Operators.

Unit – 4: Time Value and Place of Supply under GST: Time of Supply; Value of Supply and Place of Supply; Change in Rate of Tax in respect of Supply; Exempt Supply; Problems on Time and Place of Supply, Value of Supply, Value of Taxable Supply, Invoice Value, GST Payable. Registration under GST: Introduction, Persons not liable for Registration; Compulsory Registration in Certain Cases; Procedure; Concept of Distinct Person under GST; Deemed Registration; Cancellation of Registration; Revocation of Registration.


Page | 32

Unit – 5: Input Tax Credit (ITC): Introduction, Eligibility for taking Input Tax Credit (ITC); Blocked Credits; Method of Reversal of Credits; Input Tax Credit in Special Circumstances; Input Tax Credit in respect of Goods sent for Job-work; Distribution of Credit by Input Service Distributor (ISD), Recovery of Excess Credit by ISD-Availing and Utilization of ITC; Computation of GST; Problems on ITC.


1. V P Agarwal, H C Meherotra, Goods and Services Tax, Sahithya Bahavan Publication.

2. V S Datey, GST Ready Reckoner, Taxmann’s Publication.

3. Vinod K Singhania, Student guide to GST and Custom Law, Taxmann 4. V P Agarwal, H C Meherotra, Goods and Services Tax and Customs Act, Sahithya

Bahavan Publication. 5. V S Datey, All about GST, Taxmann’s Publication

6. Dr Vandana Bangar and Dr Yogendra Bangar, Beginner‘s Guide to GST. 7. C A Rajat Mohan, Illustrated Guide to Goods and Service Tax, Bharat Publication. Additional References

1.

CGST Act SGST Act IGST Act Study Material of ICAI

Semester – III

Course – SC303E: Risk Management and Financial Derivatives Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours


Objective: To enable the students to understand the concepts and use of Derivatives in Risk Management.


Unit – 1: Risk Management: Introduction to Risk Management, Meaning, Definition, Nature; Types of Risks; Evolution of Risk; Steps in Risk Management; RBI Guidelines; Classification of Risks; Sources of Risk: Internal and External.

Unit – 2: Introduction to Derivatives Market: Concept of Derivatives; Evolution of Derivatives; Emergence of Derivatives Market: Participants, Functions and Development of Exchange Traded Derivatives; Exchange Traded Vs OTC Derivatives; Types of Derivatives; Overview of Indian Derivatives Market and The Regulatory Framework of Derivatives Trading in India.


Page | 33

Unit – 3: Forwards and Futures Market: Pricing; Trading and Settlement Mechanism; Concept of Forward and Futures Contracts; Features; Forward and Futures Trading Mechanisms; Forward Markets as Forerunners of Future Markets; Types of Futures Contracts; Major Distinctions between Forwards and Futures Contracts; Theories of Forward and Futures Pricing; Pricing of Forwards and Futures.

Unit – 4: Options Market and Pricing: Concept of Option Contracts; Development of Options Markets; Types of Options: Call Option and Put Option; Terminologies used for Options Pricing; Styles of Options: European, American and Bermudian Options and Difference between Futures and Options.

Option Pricing: Factors affecting Option Pricing; Put-Call Parity Relationship; Option Greeks; Option Pricing Models: Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model; Binomial Option Pricing Model.

Unit – 5: Concept of Swaps: Mechanics of Interest Rate Swaps, Valuation of Interest Rate Swaps; Currency Swaps, Valuation of Currency Swaps. Uses of Swaps; Warrants, Exotics, Weather, Energy and Insurance Derivatives; Critiques of Derivatives.


1. Hull C John, Options, Futures and Other Derivatives, Pearson Education Publishers.

2. N. D, Vohra and B R Baghi, Futures and Options, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd.

3. David A Dubofsky and Thomas W Miller, Derivatives: Valuation and Risk Management, Oxford University Press, Newyork.

4. S. L. Gupta, Financial Derivatives: Theory, Concepts and Problems, Prentice Hall of India.

5. Red Head, Financial Derivatives: An Introduction to Futures, Forwards, Options, Prentice Hall of India.

6. S. S. S. Kumar, Financial Derivatives, Prentice Hall of India.

7. T.V. Somanathan, Derivatives, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd.

8. www.sebi.com, NSE Manual of Indian Futures and Options

9. Kolb Robert W, Options: An Introduction, Kolb Publishing.

10. G. Kotreshwar, Risk Management – Insurance and Derivatives, Himalaya Publishing House.


Page | 34

Semester - III

Course – SC304E: Indian Banking System Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours


Objective: To expose the students to the fundamental concepts of Banking, its operation and innovations in Banking Sector.


Unit – 1: Commercial Banking: Banking System in India; Phases of Indian Banking; Classification of Banks; Impact of Nationalization and Liberalization on Indian Banking; Challenges after Nationalization and Liberalization; Nature and Structure of Commercial Banking in India and Recent Development in Commercial Banking.

Unit – 2: Central Banking: Central Banking Policy in Developed and Developing Economies; Functions: Note Issue, Bankers to the Government; Bankers to Commercial Banks; Credit Control Techniques; Structure and Organization of RBI - Role of RBI as Central Bank, Banking Regulation Act, 1949; The Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 and Monetary Policy, Instruments; and Role of Monetary Policy Committee.

Unit – 3: Rural Banking: Functions of Co-Operative Banks, Co-Operative Credit, RRBs and their Functions, Structural Changes, Reforms in Co-Operative Credit; NABARD: Its Functions, Objectives and Working, Role of NABARD in Agriculture Finance and Rural Infrastructure Development Funds.

Unit – 4: Information Technology in Banks: Impact of Technology in Banking, Core Banking, Indian Trust Act 1882, Information Assurance Security (IAS), Block Chain, Cryptocurrency, CASA (Current Account and Savings Account), Ethical Hacking, Dormant Account, ATM Management, Cybercrimes, D-MAT, Challenges and Opportunities of E-banking, Committee Recommendations, Cashless Banking, Implementation Computerization and Security. Capital Adequacy Requirements: Capital Adequacy in Banks, Capital Adequacy Norms, Maintenance of CRAR, Basel Accord Framework, Basel Accords – I, II and III; Impact of Basel Accords on Indian Banking System; Statutory Requirements: Need for Reserve Requirements and Computation of CRR and SLR.

Unit – 5: Financial Services and Reforms: Consumer Finance, Housing Finance, Depository Services and Insurance Services; Banking Ombudsman Scheme and Narasimhan Committee Recommendations.

Financial Sector Reforms in India - Need for Reforms, Major Reforms after 1991, Issues and Impact of Financial Reforms, KYC Norms and Money Laundering Regulations Act, 2002.


1. J. F Sinkey, Commercial Bank Financial Management, Macmillan Publishing Co


Page | 35

2. Hawtrey, The Art of Central Banking, Augustus Publishers

3. Charless L Prather, Money and Banking, Richard. D. Irwin Inc 4. Benton E. Gup, Commercial Banking - The Management of Risk, Wiley

5. Jain Rathi Sharma, Banking Service Operations, RBD Publication

6. Indian Institute of Banking and Finance, Principle and Practice of Banking, Macmillan 7. B S Khubchandani, Practice and Law of Banking, Macmillan India Limited

8. K. P. M Sundharam and P. N Varshney, Banking Theory - Law and Practice, Pearson

9. Pai Panandikar and N C Mehra, Rural Banking, National Institute of Bank Management

10. S Natarajan and R. Parameswaran, Indian Banking, S. Chand

Semester - III

Course – SC305E: Management of Life Insurance



Objective: To enable the students to understand various dimensions of life insurance and the IRDA regulations regarding management of life insurance.


Unit – 1: Principles of Life Insurance: Life Insurance in Ancient India, Regulation of Life Insurance, Concept, Growth of Actuarial Science, Life Insurance Needs at various Stages, Benefits of Life Insurance; Essential Elements of Insurance Contract: Utmost Good Faith, Insurable Interest, Representation, Warranty, Indemnity and Contribution.

Unit – 2: Product Development and Life Insurance Products: Concept of Product, Origin of New Product, New Product Development Process; Bancassurance: Models of Bancassurance, E- Insurance; and Emerging Trends in Insurance Sector. Life Insurance Products: The basic elements of Life Insurance Products, Features of Term Insurance and Endowment Insurance, Role of Term Insurance and Endowment Insurance in Product Designing, Whole Life Assurance, Children’s

Life Insurance, Group Insurance, Different Types of Life Insurance Products in Indian Market, Life Insurance Products available in the Overseas Market, Products of the Several Private Insurer’s and Recent Trends in the Insurance

Industry. Unit – 3: Annuities and Pensions: Meaning of Annuities and Pensions, Need for an

Annuity; Different Types; Obligation of the Insurer regarding the payment of Annuity; Different Schemes available in India; Present Status and Future Prospects of Pension Funds in India.


Page | 36

Unit – 4: Risk Assessment and Underwriting: Concept of Underwriting; Different Classes of Lives and the Standard for Classification of Risks; Need for Selection, Purpose of Selection; Important factors to assess the Insurability of Individual; Sources of Information for Underwriting, Classification of Underwriting Process and Measures to be considered for the Sub-Standard Lives.

Unit – 5: Claims Management: Features of Insurance Claims; Operative Clause of Policy, Maturity Claims and Death Claims, Early Claims, Claims Investigation Management of early Claims, Claim Concession Clause, Married Women’s

Property Act, and Accident and Disability Benefits.



2. Mishra K. C, Practice of Life Insurance, Cengage learning

3. Mishra K. C, Life Insurance Underwriting, Cengage Learning


5. G. Krishna Swamy, Principle and Practice of Life Insurance, Excel Books

6. Swaroop C. Sahoo and Suresh C Das, Insurance Management, Himalaya Publishing House

7. Chris Paine, Reinsurance, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd

8. S. V Joga Rao, Principle of Insurance Law, Wadhwa and Co


10. Jawahar Lal U, Insurance Industry, ICFAI Press

Semester - III

Course – SC306E: Consumer Behaviour and Marketing Research



Objective: To enable the students to understand consumer behaviour and different aspects of marketing research.


Unit -1: Consumer Behaviour: Introduction, Definition, Consumer Behaviour and Marketing, Application of Consumer Behaviour Science, Significance, Stages in Consumer Decision Making, Characteristics of Indian Consumers, Types of Consumer Decision Making, Diversity of Consumer Behaviour, Consumer Needs and Motivation - Positive and Negative Motivation, Rational Vs Emotional Motives, Nature and Characteristics of Indian Consumers, Consumer Movement in India, Rights and Responsibilities of Consumers in India.


Page | 37

Unit – 2: Determinants of Consumer Behavior: Individual Determinants of Consumer Behaviour, Personality and Self Concept, Consumer Perception, Consumer Learning, Consumer Attitude Formation and Change; Consumer Relevant Reference Groups - Opinion Leaders - Family Decision Making and Consumption Related Roles - Family Life Cycle - Social Class and Consumer Behavior - Influence of Culture on Consumer Behavior - Cross Cultural Context, Diffusion of Innovations - The Diffusion and Adoption Process - Consumer Innovativeness and Personality Traits, External Influences on Consumer Behaviour Social Class.

Unit – 3: Consumer Decision Making: Models of Consumer Decision Making - Engle- Kollatt Blackwell Model, Howard-Sheth Model, Bettman’s Model and HCB

Model; Concept of Involvement, Extensive/Limited Problem Solving – Reutilized Responsive Behaviour. Post-Purchase Behavior - Consumer Satisfaction Concept and Models - Expectancy Disconfirmation, Desires Congruency Model, Equity Theory, Attribution Theory, Cognitive Dissonance, Consumer Delight and Consumer Complaint Behaviour. Family Decision Making and Consumption Related Roles, Key Family Consumption Roles, Dynamics of Husband-Wife Decision Making

Unit – 4: Consumerism: Evolution of Consumer Society; Definition of Consumerism, Buyers and Sellers Rights, Effects of Consumerism; Organizational Buying - Concept and Comparison with Consumer Buying – Influence of Economic, Political, Legal, Suppliers, Technology, Customers, Government and Labour Factors; Analyzing Buyers’ Strengths and Negotiation Capabilities, Traditional Family Life Cycle & Marketing Implications, Reference Groups: Understanding the Power & Benefits of Reference Groups.

Unit – 5: Conceptual Framework of Marketing Research: Marketing Research, Role of Marketing Research in Marketing, Research Process, Implications of Marketing Research on Marketing Mix, Limitations of Marketing Research, Ethics in Marketing Research and Prominent Market Research Agencies in India. Cluster Analysis for Identifying Market Segments, Conjoint Analysis for Product Research, Multi-Dimensional Scaling, Discriminate Analysis and Perceptual Mapping for Brand Positioning; Advertising Research - Copy Testing, Media Selection, Media Scheduling, Market and Sales Analysis.


1. Debraj Datta and Mahua Datta, Consumer Behaviour and Advertising Management, Vrinda Publication Pvt Ltd

2. S. Sumathi and P. Saravanavel, Marketing Research and Consumer Behavior, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd

3. Leon Schiffman and Lazar Kanuk, Consumer Behaviour, PHI

4. Paco Underhill, Why We Buy: The Science of Shopping, Simon and Schuster

5. Rama Bijapurkar, We Are like that Only, Penguin India

6. Damodar Mall, Super Marketwala: Secrets to Winning Consumer India, Random House

7. Green Paul, Tull Donald, and Albaurn Gerald, Research for Marketing Decisions 8. Akar, Kumar and Day, Marketing Research


Page | 38

9. Tull S Donald and Hawkins I Del, Marketing Research - Measurement and Methods

10. Mittal Sheth, Customer Behavior – A Managerial Perspective, Thomson

Semester - IV

Course – HC401: International Business



Objective: To make the students understand and demonstrate issues of international business in world economy.


Unit – 1: Introduction to International Business: Meaning, Scope, International Orientations, Motives for Internationalization of Firms, Environmental Factors influencing International Business and Strategic Decisions in International Business.

Unit – 2: International Trade Theories: Theory of Mercantilism, Absolute Advantage Theory, Comparative Cost Advantage Theory, Hecksher-Ohlin Theory, New Product Life Cycle Theory, New Trade Theory, Porter’s Diamond Model and

Implications for International Business.

Unit – 3:

Strategies for International Business: Profiting from Global Expansion, Global Expansion and Business Level Strategy, Pressures for Cost Reduction and Local Responsiveness; International Strategies: International, Multi- Domestic, Global, and Transnational Strategies; Strategic Alliances: Types of Competitive Strategic Alliances, Advantages and Disadvantages of Strategic Alliances.

Foreign Direct Investment: Theories of FDI, Benefits and Costs of FDI, Determinants of FDI, Laws and Regulations governing FDI in India, FDI in Indian Retail Sector and Impact of FDI on Indian Economy.

Unit – 4: International Institutions: WTO: Objectives of WTO, Structure of WTO, Fundamental Principles of WTO, Functions of WTO, India and WTO; IMF – Role of IMF in Balance of Payments and SDR, India and IMF; UNCTAD – Role of UNCTAD in Developing Countries, and India and UNCTAD.

Unit – 5: Regional Trade Blocs and Other Issues: Concept of Regional Trade Bloc, Purpose of Regional Trade Blocs, European Union, BRICS, SAARC, ASEAN, NAFTA, APEC, OAU and GCC.

Intellectual Property Rights: Nature of Intellectual Property, TRIPs, Problems and Fears of Developing Nations regarding TRIPs and International Characteristics of Intellectual Property.


1. Alan M. Rugman and Richard M. Hodgetts, International Business, Pearson Publication


Page | 39

2. Donald Ball, International Business, TMH Publication

3. Justin Paul, International Business, PHI Publication

4. Vyuptakesh Sharan, International Business , Concept, Environment and Strategy, Pearson Education Publication.

5. Francis Cherunilam, International Business ,Text and Cases, PHI Publication

6. Charles W. L. Hill, Global Business Today, TMH Publication

7. Therese Flaherty, Global Operations Management, TMH Publication

8. Subba Rao, International Business, Himalaya Publishing House

9. Sundaram and Black, International Business Management, PHI Publication

10. Srivastava R.M., International Strategic Management, Himalaya Publishing House.

Semester – IV

Course – HC402: Entrepreneurship Development Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours


Objective: To expose the students to the foundations and different dimensions of Entrepreneurial Development.


Course Inputs Unit – 1: Introduction: Meaning, Definitions and Concept of Enterprise, Entrepreneurship

and Entrepreneurship Development, Evolution of Entrepreneurship, Theories of Entrepreneurship, Characteristics and Skills of Entrepreneurship, Concepts of Intrapreneurship, Entrepreneur Vs Intrapreneur, Entrepreneur Vs Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneur Vs Manager, Role of Entrepreneurship in Economic Development, Factors Affecting Entrepreneurship, Problems of Entrepreneurship.

Unit – 2: Entrepreneurial Competency and Development: Meaning and Concept of Entrepreneurial Competency, Developing Entrepreneurial Competencies, Entrepreneurial Culture, Entrepreneurial Mobility, Factors Affecting Entrepreneurial Mobility, Types of Entrepreneurial Mobility. Entrepreneurial Motivation: Meaning and Concept of Motivation, Motivation Theories, Entrepreneurship Development Program: Needs and Objectives of EDPs, Phases of EDPs, Evaluation of EDPs


Page | 40

Unit – 3: Institutional Development of Entrepreneurship: Role of Government in Promoting Entrepreneurship, MSMEs Policy in India, Agencies for Policy Formulation and Implementation: District Industries Centres (DIC), Small Industries Service Institute (SISI), Entrepreneurship Development Institute of India (EDII), SIDBI, RUDSETI, MFI, SHGS, National Institute of Entrepreneurship & Small Business Development (NIESBUD), National Entrepreneurship Development Board (NEDB), Financial Support System: Forms of Financial Support, Long Term and Short Term Financial Support, Sources of Financial Support, MUDRA, Development of Financial Institutions, Investment Institutions.

Unit – 4: Women and Social Entrepreneurship: Meaning, Characteristic Features, Problems of Women Entrepreneurship in India, Developing Women Entrepreneurship in India, Concept of Social Enterprise and Social Entrepreneurship, Social Entrepreneurs, Sustainability Issues in Social Entrepreneurship, Rural Entrepreneurship, Family Business Entrepreneurship, Concepts of Entrepreneurship Failure, Issues of Entrepreneurial Failure, Entrepreneurial Resurgence, Reasons for Entrepreneurial Failure, Essentials to Avoid Unsuccessful Entrepreneurship.

Unit – 5: Business Ideas, Project Identification and Formulation: Forms of Business Ownership, Issues in Selecting Forms of Ownership, Environmental Analysis, Identifying Problems and Opportunities, Defining Business Idea, Planning Business Process; Project Management: Concept, Features, Classification of Projects, Issues in Project Management; Project Identification; Project Formulation; Project Design and Network Analysis; Project Evaluation; Project Appraisal; Project Report Preparation; Specimen of a Project Report. (Recent Developments)


1. Singh Narendra, Project Management and Control, Himalaya Publishing House.

2. Prasanna Chandra, Projects: Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation and Review, Tata McGraw Hill.

3. P. Gopala Krishnan and V. E Rama Moorthy, Project Management, MacMillan India.

4. Chandra Prasanna, Project Preparation, Appraisal and Implementation, Tata McGraw Hill.

5. A. N Desai, Entrepreneurship Management, Ashish Publishing House.

6. Vasanth Desai, The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management, Himalaya Publishing House.

7. Nicholas, Project Management for Business and Technology: Principles and Practice, Prentice Hall of India.

8. Hall B. L, Pickle and Yance, Small Business Management, John Wiley & Sons, USA.

9. Kenneth R. Van Vloorthis, Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management, Allyn and Bacon.

10. C. M. Bammback and J. R. Manscusu, Entrepreneurship and Venture Management, Prentice Hall of India.


Page | 41

Semester – IV

Course – HC403: Project Report Objective: The primary objective of making the students to involve in the project work is to expose them to the practical field. The study is a plethora of Principles, Canons, Rules and Regulations, Theories and Tenets in the class-room set-up. In order to understand the versatility of the same in application, they are enthused to take up project work. The industry-related, farm-related, field-related and business-related problems may be chosen for the study. Thus the findings of the study would help the problem encounters to solve them.

Procedure: After the examination of M. Com – II Semester, the students have to finalize the topics for their Project Reports, select the study area and required to complete the preliminary work. During the III – Semester, the students have to collect the data from different sources including the books, journals, reports, websites, etc. Based on this, the students shall prepare the Project Report under the guidance of a teacher (allotted by the Department) and submit two copies, one to the University and another to the concerned Departments at least one week prior to the close of M. Com – IV Semester classes.

Project Report: The size of the report shall be between 80 to 120 pages – 1½ line space, Times New Roman, 12 font size, both sides aligned, and 1.10” margins all sides.

The student shall submit one copy to the Department at least one week prior to the close of M. Com Semester – IV classes.

Credits: 4

Semester – IV

Course SC401 – Security Analysis and Portfolio Management Weekly Teaching Hours: 3 Examination Duration: 3 hours


Objective: To equip the students with advanced analytical tools, models and financial theory necessary for making sound investment decisions and optimum portfolio choice as well as understanding the paradigms by which financial securities are valued.


Unit – 1: Introduction : Fundamental Analysis: Meaning, Economy Analysis, Economic Forecasting, Forecasting Techniques; Industry Analysis: Concept of Industry, Industry Life Cycle, Industry Characteristics, Company Analysis: Financial Statements, Analysis of Financial Statements (Theory Only). Technical Analysis: Meaning, Dow Theory, Basic Principles of Technical Analysis, Trends and Trend Reversal, Eliot Wave Theory, Mathematical Indicators, Market Indicators (Theory).


Page | 42

Unit – 2: Analysis of Fixed Income Securities: Bond Fundamentals; Types of Bonds, Valuation of Bonds, Bond Yields, Bond Price, Yield Relationship; Analysis of Risks in Bonds: Duration and Convexity. Bond Portfolio Management: Passive Bond Management and Active Bond Management Including Bond Immunization Strategies.

Security Market Indexes: Meaning, Different Averages and Indexes Exist, The Construction of Indexes, Maintenance Problems with Security Market Indexes , Stock Market Index Revision (Including Problems).

Unit – 3: Portfolio Selection: Feasible Set of Portfolios, Efficient Set of Portfolios Selection of Optimal Portfolios (Including Problems). Sharpe Single Index Model: Measuring Security Return and Risk, Measuring Portfolio Return and Risk, Multi Index Model (Including Problems).

Unit – 4: Portfolio Analysis : Security Risk and Return Vs. Portfolio Risk and Return; Various Components of Risks-Market Risk, Inflation Risk, Management Risk, Liquidity Risk, Business Risk, Financing Risk etc.; Systematic Vs. Unsystematic Risks.

Unit – 5: Portfolio Management : Selection and Management of Optimum Portfolio Under Markowitz Model; Sharpe Model, Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) and Arbitrage Pricing Model; Portfolio Selection Under Risk-free Lending and Borrowing Assumptions; Portfolio Appraisal and Revision


1. Avadhani,V.A: International finance, Himalaya

2. Avadhani,V.A: Investment & Security Management in India, Himalaya.

3. Bhall,V.K.: Investment Management, S. Chand & Co., 4. Fisher Donald E & Ronald J Jordan: Securities Analysis & Portfolio Management,

PHI; 5. Francaia Jack Clark & Richard W Taylor: Theory & Problems of Investment,

Mcgraw 6. Gangadhar V: Investment Management, Anmole

7. Kevin S: Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, Prentice Hall., 8. Mayo: Investments, Thomson.

9. Punithavathi Pundyan: Securities Analysis & Portfolio Management, Vikas.

10. Reilly: Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management, Thomson.,

Semester - IV

Course – SC402: Strategic Management Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours



Page | 43

Objective: To familiarize the students with various tools of strategic planning and evaluation, to enable them to understand theoretical foundations of Strategic Management and Develop an idea about strategy formulation process


Course Inputs

Unit – 1: An Overview of Strategic Management: Strategy: Concept, Mintzberg Models of Strategy, Strategic Management: Models, Levels, Process, Benefits, Guidelines for Effective Strategic Management. Strategic Management V/s Operational Management, and Strategic Role of Board of Directors and Top Management.

Unit – 2: Environmental Analysis: Internal Analysis: Competitive Advantage, Competencies, SWOT Analysis, Resources, Capabilities and Core Competence, Resource Base View of a Firm, Key Success Factors, Value Chain Analysis, Bench Marking. External Analysis: Components of External Analysis, Segments of General Environment, Industry ‘s Dominant Factors, Porter ‘s Five Forces Model, PEST Analysis, Industry Driving Forces, Strategic Group Mapping.

Unit – 3: Strategic Intent: Vision and Mission, Significance, Characteristics, Objectives, Types, Setting of Objectives, Factors affecting Strategy, Generic Strategies, Other Strategy Choices, Strategic Alliances, Mergers and Acquisitions, Vertical Integration, Outsourcing, Offensive Strategies, First Mover Advantages and Disadvantages, Diversification, Modernization, Turnaround.

Unit – 4: Crafting Strategy: Strategy Framework for Analyzing Competition, Porters Value Chain Analysis, Competitive Advantage of a Firm, Formulation of Strategy at Corporate, Business and Functional Levels, Strategic Analysis and Choice, Strategy Implementation, Inter-Relationship between Formulation and Implementation.

Unit – 5: Evaluation of Strategy: Strategic Evaluation, Significance, Criteria, Barriers and Overcoming Barriers. Strategic Control and Operational Control: Types of Strategic Controls, Process of Operational Control, Evaluation Techniques for Strategic and Operational Control.

Books Recommended for Reference (recent editions)

1. Hill and Jones, Strategic Management – Text and Cases, All India Publishers, Chennai.

2. Peers and Robinson, Strategic Management, AITBS, New Delhi.

3. P. Ghemawat, Commitment: The Dynamics of Strategy, Harvard Business School Press, Boston.

4. Michal. E. Porter, The Competitive Advantage of Nations, Macmillan, New Delhi

5. Lawrence R Jaunch, Business Policy and Strategic Management, McGraw Hill

6. Fred R. David, Strategic Management Concepts and Cases, PHI

7. Sharma R. A, Strategic Management in Indian Companies, Deep and Deep Publications


Page | 44

8. Subba Rao, P, Business Strategic Management, Himalaya Publications

9 Ravi M. Kishore, Strategic Management – Text and Cases, Taxman’s Publishers Ltd.

10 R. M. Srivatsava, Corporate Strategy and Planning, TMH

Semester – IV

Course – SC401E: Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) - II Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours


Objective: To enable the students to understand the IFRS converged Indian Accounting Standards as notified by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, GoI and to equip the learner to understand the applications of accounting in Corporate Sector and recent developments.


Unit – 1: Group Accounting: Ind AS-27: Separate Financial Statements; Ind AS-28: Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures; Ind AS-110: Consolidated Financial Statements; Ind AS-103: Business Combinations; Ind AS-111: Joint Arrangements; and Ind AS-112: Disclosure of Interest in other Entities.

Unit – 2: Technical and Specialized Standards: Ind AS-17: Lease Accounting; Ind AS-12: Income Taxes; Ind AS-102: Share Based Payments; Ind AS-108: Operating Segments and Ind AS-41: Agriculture.

Unit – 3: Financial Instruments: Ind AS-109, Ind AS – 107, Ind AS – 32 and Ind AS – 39: Financial Instruments. Fair Value: Ind AS-113: Fair Value Measurement.

Unit - 4 Other Ind AS: Ind AS-101: First Time Adoption; and Challenges and Issues; Ind AS-105: Non-Current Assets held for Sale and Discontinued Operations; Ind AS – 104: Insurance Contracts; Ind AS-106: Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral Resources; Ind AS – 114: Regulatory Deferral Accounts.

Unit -5 Developments in IFRS: Developments in IFRS Space including New Lease Standard, New Conceptual Framework, and New Revenue Standard.


1. Greuning Van Hennie., International Financial Reporting Standards , A Practical Guide.

2. International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs), Taxman.

3. Haskins E Mark and Ferris R Kenneth and Selling J Thomas, International Financial Reporting and Analysis: A Contextual Emphasis.

4. Nobes Christopher and Parker Robert, Comparative International Accounting.

5. Mohapatra A.K. Das, International Accounting.

6. The Companies Act, 2013, Publications Division, Government of Indian

7. Mukesh Saraf, Practical Implementation and Application Guide of Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) IFRS Converged Ind AS (English), Bharat Law House.

8. B. D. Chatterjee, Illustrated Guide to Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS), Taxman.


Page | 45

9. T. P. Ghosh, Illustrated Guide to Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS), Taxman.

10. Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 (Ind AS) with Referencer, Bharat Law House Pvt. Ltd.

Semester – IV

Course – SC402E: Indirect Taxation – II (GST and Customs) Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours

Credits: 4 Maximum Marks: 100 Objective: To enable the students to understand the principles underlying the Indirect Taxation Statutes (with reference to Goods and Services Tax Act, Customs Act) and their impact on business decision making.


Unit – 1: Introduction: Tax Invoice; Credit and Debit Notes; E-Way Bill, Procedure for Generation of E-Way Bill; Accounts and Records; Electronic Cash Ledger-Manner of Utilization of Amount in Electronic Cash Ledger, Electronic Credit Ledger-Manner of Utilization of ITC, Electronic Liability Ledger-Order of Discharge of Tax and Other Dues.

Unit – 2: Payment of Tax, TDS and TCS under GST: Computation of Tax Liability and Payment of Tax; Interest on Delayed Payment of Tax; Refund of Tax; Tax Deduction at Source (TDS); Collection of Tax at Source (TCS); Computation of Interest on Delayed Payment of Tax.

Unit – 3: Matching Concept and Audit: Matching, Reversal and Reclaim of Input Tax Credit; Matching, Reversal and Reclaim of Reduction in Output Tax Liability; Audit, Meaning, Types of Audit; Returns under GST; Assessment, Types; Furnishing of Returns, First Return, Revision of Return, Final Return, Default in Furnishing Return Information; Penalty/Late Fee; Appeal to Appellate Authority.

Unit – 4: Customs Law: Introduction, Definitions, Circumstances of Levy; Types of Duties, Basic Customs Duty, IGST (Replacement of CVD and Spl .CVD), Protective Duties, Safeguard Duty, Countervailing Duty on Subsidized Articles, Anti-Dumping Duty; Exemption from Customs Duty.

Unit – 5: Valuation under Customs: Introduction, Valuation of Imported Goods; Valuation of Export Goods; Import Export Procedure: Import Procedure, Export Procedure; Deemed Exports; Duty Drawback, Negative List of Duty Drawbacks; Import by 100% Export Oriented Units; Import by SEZs; Project Import.


1. V P Agarwal, H C Meherotra, Goods and Services Tax, Sahithya Bahavan Publication.


Page | 46

2. V S Datey, GST Ready Reckoner, Taxmann’s Publication.

3. Vinod K Singhania, Student guide to GST and Custom Law, Taxmann 4. V P Agarwal, H C Meherotra, Goods and Services Tax and Customs Act, Sahithya

Bahavan Publication. 5. V S Datey, All about GST, Taxmann’s Publication 6. Dr Vandana Bangar and Dr Yogendra Bangar, Beginner‘s Guide to GST. 7. V S Datey, E-Way Bill, Taxmann’s Publication. 8. C A Rajat Mohan, Illustrated Guide to Goods and Service Tax, Bharat Publication. Additional References 1. CGST Act 2. SGST Act 3. IGST Act 4. Study Material of ICAI

Semester-IV

Course – SC403E: Global Business Finance Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours


Objective: The Objective of this course is to make the students to acquaint with the International Financial Management in order to assist the MNCs in respect of International Financial matters.

Pedagogy: A Combination of Lectures, Problem Solving, Case Analysis, Group Discussion, Seminars, Assignments, etc. Course Inputs

Unit – 1: Introduction: An Overview of Global Business Finance, Distinguishing Features, Objectives, Significance, Factors Responsible for Increased Role of Global Business Finance, Challenges, Finance Function in the Global Context, Global Finance Manager, Role of Global Finance Manager in MNCs, and Differences Between Global Financial Management and Domestic Financial Management.

International Financial Institutions and Markets: Origin, Objectives, Structure and Operation of – Bank for International Settlement (BIS), International Monetary Fund (IMF), World Bank Group , International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD), International Finance Corporation (IFC); International Development Agency (IDA), Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency (MIGA) and International Conference for Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID), Development Banks, Euro Currency Markets, Euro Banking, Market for International Securities – International Bonds, Euro Notes and Euro Commercial Papers, and Medium Term Euro Notes.


Page | 47

Unit – 2: Foreign Exchange Market and Exchange Rate Determination: Concept of Forex Market, Features and Structure of Forex Market, Functions and Role of Forex Market, Participants of Forex Market, Mechanics of Currency Trading, Foreign Exchange Market in India, Types of Transactions and Settlement Dates, Exchange Rate and Theories of Exchange Rate Determination, Factors Influencing Exchange Rate, Determination of Exchange Rate in the Spot Market and Forward Market, Calculation of Outright Rate, Bid Price, Ask Price, Quotation, Types of Quotation, Currency Futures , Forward Contracts V/S Future Contracts, Arbitrage, Covered Interest Arbitrage, Hedging and Speculation.

Unit – 3: Foreign Exchange Exposure and Risk: Introduction, Nature of Exposure and Risk, Types of Foreign Exchange Exposures: Translation, Transaction and Economic Exposure, Management of Foreign Exchange Exposure Risk through Hedging: Internal and External Techniques and Balance of Payment.

Unit – 4: Cost of Capital and Financial Structure of MNCs: Introduction, Determination of Cost of Capital , Cost of Debt, Cost of Preference Shares, Cost of Equity Capital, Cost of Retained Earnings, Weighted Average Cost of Capital; Financial Structure of Multinational Groups, and Capital Structure for Foreign Subsidies.

Unit – 5: International Capital Budgeting Decisions: Introduction, Basic Concepts of International Capital Budgeting, Issues in Foreign Investment Analysis, Estimation of Cash Flows, Cost of Capital, and Portfolio Consideration of MNCs.


1. Alan C Shapiro, Multinational Financial Management, John Wiley Publication. 2. Eun and Resnik, International Financial Management, TMH Publication. 3. Reid W. Click, Joshua D. Coval, The Theory and Practice of International Financial

Management, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd

4. Maurice D. Levi, International Finance, McGraw Hill International Editions

5. Jeff Madhura, International Finance Management, South Western Thomson Learning.

6. IAN Giddy, Global Financial Market, AITBS, New Delhi.

7. Jeevanadan C, Foreign Exchange and Risk Management, Sultan Chand and Sons

8. V. K Bhalla, International Finance Management, Galgotia Publishing Company

9. P G Apte, International Financial Management, THM Publication.

10. P K Jain, Josette Peyrard, Surendra S Yadav, International Financial Management, Macmillan India Ltd.


Page | 48

Semester – IV

Course SC404E –: International Banking Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours


Objective: To acquaint the students with different aspects of International Banking.


Unit – 1: Introduction to International Banking: Meaning, Functions, Characteristics, Dimension, Size of International Banking Market, Financing of Exports, Financing of Imports, International Payment System.

Unit – 2: International Capital Market: Introduction, Historical Background, Meaning and Definitions, Types, Financial Market Flow Beyond National Boundaries, Debt and Non-Debt Flow, Volatile and Stable Flows, Interest Rate Differentials, Demand for and Supply of Funds Across Borders.

Unit – 3: Offshore Banking Centres: Introduction, Meaning and Definitions, Role of International Financing, Global Balance Sheet of Banks, Asset and Liability Management of Foreign Banks.

Unit – 4: Foreign Exchange and Market: Introduction, Meaning, Elements, Importance, Evolution of Exchange Rate System; International Monetary System – Gold Standard, Types of Exchange Rates, Fluctuations in Foreign Exchange Rate, Cause and Effect, Need for Stable Foreign Exchange Rates, Determination of Exchange Rates, Theories of Determination of Foreign Exchange Rates.

Unit – 5: Forex Market in India: Introduction, Meaning, Types, Operations, Convertibility, Objectives of Foreign Exchange Control, Problems of Foreign Exchange Markets of India, Mechanism to Settle the Problem, Role of RBI in Settlement of Foreign Exchange Problems in India, EXIM Bank, Exchange Control Regulations Related to Merchant Transactions and Export Credit Guarantee Corporation of India.


1. Bose Rupanarayan, Fundamentals of International Banking, McMillan

2. Indian Institute of Banking and Finance, International Banking Operations.

3. International Banking, ICFAI Publications 4. International Banking , Legal and Regulatory Aspects, McMillan 5. Francis Cherunilam, International Business Environment, HPH

6. Walmsky Julian, The Foreign Exchange and Money Markets 7. Rajwade A V, Foreign Exchange, International Finance and Risk Management 8. Don Dixon and Bishop Paul, The Foreign Exchange Handbook 9. Madhukar R. K, Dynamics of Bank Marketing, UBS Publishers


Page | 49

Semester- IV

Course – SC405E: Management of Non-Life Insurance Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours


Objective: To provide a working knowledge of Non-life Insurance Products and Companies and Reinsurance as a risk management tool.


Unit – 1: Principles of General Insurance: Introduction, Essential Elements and Principles of General Insurance: Indemnity, Utmost Good Faith, Subrogation, Insurable Interest, and Contribution; Nationalization of GIC, GIC and its Subsidiaries, Organization Management of GIC; and Role of Tariff Advisory Committee.

Unit – 2: Fire Insurance and Motor Insurance: Definition of Fire Insurance, Risk Covered under Fire Insurance Policy, Kinds of Fire Insurance Policies, Standard Policy Coverage and Special Coverage; Add-on-Covers, Consequential Loss Insurance; Motor Insurance, Types of Motor Insurance, Motor Vehicle (Amendment) Act, 2019, Third Party Motor Insurance Policy, Surveyor and Loss Assessor in Fire Insurance.

Unit – 3: Marine Insurance: History, Meaning and Definition, Contents of Marine Policy, Maritime Perils, Clauses Incorporated in a Marine Policy, Kinds of Marine Insurance Policies, Marine Losses, Payment of Claims, General Average and Particular Average, Constructive Total Loss, Partial Loss and Marine Claim Documents.

Unit – 4: Rural Insurance in India: Development of Rural Insurance, Opportunities and Challenges, Types of Rural Insurance, Distribution Channels, Strategies Adopted by Insurance Companies and Insurance Schemes for Rural and Social Sectors.

Unit – 5: Health and other Insurance: Reason for the Growth, Health Insurance Schemes in India, Problems of Health Insurance, Health Insurance Portability, Doctor Packages Policy and Cancer Insurance Policy; Burglary Insurance in India, Micro Insurance, Agriculture Insurance, Terrorism Risk Insurance, Crop Insurance; Current Scenario; Reinsurance: Evolution of Reinsurance, Need for Reinsurance and Classification of Reinsurance.


1. K. C Mishra and G. E Thomas, General Insurance, Cengage Learning

2. K.C Mishra, Fire and Marine Underwriting, Cengage Learning

3. Insurance Operations, ICFAI Press

4. K. C Mishra, Principle and Practice of General Insurance, Cengage Learning





Page | 50

8. Kothari and Bathi, Principles and Practice of Insurance, Sahitya Bhavan

9. Redja, Principles of Risk Management and Insurance, TMH

10. Denis Riley, Consequential Loss Insurance and Claims, Sweet Maxwell

Semester-IV

Course – SC406E: Services Marketing Weekly Teaching Hours: 4 Examination Duration: 3 hours


Objective: To expose students to different perspectives and concepts of Services Marketing and to help them in achieving conceptual clarity to develop skills for applying to the business problems. Pedagogy: A combination of Lectures, Case Analysis, Group Discussion, Seminars, Assignments, etc. Course Inputs

Unit – 1: Service and Service Environment: Introduction, Nature and Definition of Services, Classification of Services, Evolution of Services as Value Contribution, Goods and Services Continuum, Contribution of Services Sector to the Economy, Evolving Environment of Services, Extended Services, Services in the Modern Economy, and Global and Indian Scenario.

Unit – 2: Foundations of Services Marketing: Introduction to Services Marketing, Service Marketing Philosophy, Marketing Concept and Orientation, Defining Services Marketing, Differences Between Services and Goods, Marketing Challenges, Marketing Planning, Market Research and Services, Consumer Behaviour, Handling of Consumer Misbehavior, Evaluation of Service Alterations, Customer Satisfaction and Delight, and Post Purchase Evaluation by Customers.

Unit – 3: Services and Pricing of Services: Introduction to 8 Ps of Marketing Mix, Product, Price, Place, Promotion, Process, People, Productivity and Quality, Physical Evidence of Services, Segmenting, Targeting and Positioning and Creating of Services, Identifying and Classifying Supplementary Services, Product Life Cycle of Services, Branding of Services, New Service Development; Pricing of Services: Objectives, Approaches, Methods and Problems in Pricing.

Unit – 4: Management of Service Delivery Process: Blueprinting Services, Service Process Redesign, Service Marketing Triangle, Managing Internal and External Customers, Customer Expectations of Services, Customer Perceptions of Service and Measurement of Quality in Services, SERVQUAL Model and Other Measurement Methods; Creating a Culture of Service, Customer as Co- Producer, Balancing Demand and Capacity, Managing People for Service Advantages, Improving Service Quality and Productivity, The Gap Model, Customers Role in Service Delivery, Services Market Segmentation, Positioning and Differentiation of Services, and Strategies for Managing/Closing the Five Gaps.


Page | 51

Unit – 5: Information Technology (IT) and Services Marketing Applications: Role of IT Services, E-services, Online Consumer Behaviour, Self Service Technologies, Services Marketing Applications: Financial Services, Hospitality Services, Education Services, IT Services, Hotel Services, Event Management Services, Consultancy Services, Retailing Services, Telecommunication Services, Not or Profit Services and Social Services, Government Services, NGO Services, etc.


1. Hoffman, Services Marketing, Thomson.

2. Lovelock Chatterjee, Services Marketing: People, Technology and Strategy, Pearson Education.

3. Christopher Love Lock, Jochen Wirtz and Jayantha Chatterjee, Services Marketing, Pearson Education

4. C. Bhattacharjee, Services Marketing

5. Govind Apte, Service Marketing, Excel Books 6. Kenneth E. Clow and David L. Kurtz, Service Marketing, Biztantra, New Delhi

7. Adrain Payne, Essence of Services Marketing, PHI, New Delhi.

8. Jha, S. M, Services Marketing, Himalaya Publishing House

9. Barrie Hopson and Mike Scally, 12 Steps to Success through Service, Mercury Publication Canada

10. Bateson. J, Managing Services Marketing, Text and Readings, Dryden, Chicago


Page | 52

M.Com (Regular) Question Paper Pattern for Semester-end Examinations

Each Question Paper shall be divided into four Sections viz., Section – A (Basic Skills), Section – B (Conceptual), Section – C (Analytical), and Section – D (Application).

Section – A: Maximum Marks: 10 Five questions shall be answered out of seven questions. Each question

carries two marks.

Section – B: Maximum Marks: 15 Three questions shall be answered out of four questions. Out of four

questions, two shall be problems in the case of Quantitative Courses. Each question carries five marks.

Section – C: Maximum Marks: 20 Two questions shall be answered out of three questions. Out of three

questions, two shall be problems in the case of Quantitative Courses. Each Question carries ten marks.

Section - D: Maximum Marks: 30 Two questions shall be answered out of three questions. Out of three

questions, two shall be problems in the case of Quantitative Courses. Each Question carries fifteen marks.

Note: (1) In the case of theory courses, one case shall be compulsory in Section - D. (2) Calculator, Mathematical Table and Present Value Table are allowed.


Page | 53

Elective (Inter-disciplinary) Courses offered for the Students of other Disciplines/Departments

Semester - II

Course – EL201: E-Banking Weekly Teaching Hours: 2 Examination Duration: 1½ hours


Objective: This course is designed to equip students with current developments in the banking industry with respect to the application of electronics in banking to promote self-service retail banking. Pedagogy: A combination of Lectures, Case Analysis, Group Discussion, Seminars, Assignments, etc.

Course Inputs

Unit – 1: Function of Banks: Functions of Reserve Bank of India, Commercial Banks, Private Sector Banks, Grameena Banks, RRBs and Co-Operative Banks.

Unit – 2: Banker and Customer Relationship: Know your Customer [KYC], CRM in Banks, Factors Influencing to Maintain Relation Between Banker and Customer, Guidelines for Opening of different bank accounts and procedures for their operations.

Unit – 3: Bank Deposits and Loans: Different types of Deposits and Loan Products of Banks, Preparation of Project Proposal for Loan Purpose, Rate of Interest – Fixed and Floating, Documentation Procedures.

Unit – 4: Banking Technology: Electronic Banking, Core Banking Technology, Debit and Credit Cards, ATMs, New Technologies in Banks.


1. Machiraju, H.R., Indian Financial System, Vikas, New Delhi.

2. Verma, J.C. Merchant Banking, TMH, New Delhi.

3. Mithani and Gordeon, Banking Theory and Practice, Himalaya, Bombay.

4. Bhole, L.B., Financial Institutions and Markets, TMH, New Delhi

5. C S Rayudu, E- Business, Himalaya Publishing House.

Semester – II

Course – EL202: Personal Financial Planning Weekly Teaching Hours: 2 Examination Duration: 1½ hours


Objective: To provide an overview to the students of other Disciplines about different personal financial plans for investment, tax, retirement, etc.


Course Inputs


Page | 54

Unit – 1: Financial Planning: Introduction, Importance, Process, Professionalism in Financial Planning, Concepts of Money Value, Net Worth, Simple and Compound Interest.

Unit – 2: Saving and Investment Plans: Introduction, Savings Instruments – Setting Up a Savings Plan – Tax Saving Schemes; Need for Investment, Financial Markets and Instruments, Investment Planning Strategies and Case Studies

Unit – 3: Insurance Plans: Introduction, Features of Insurance, Role of Insurance in Personal Financial Planning, Product Profile of Life and Non-Life Insurance Policies, Tax Benefits and Case Studies.

Unit – 4: Retirement Planning: Introduction, Importance, Process of Retirement Planning, Types of Pension and Annuity Plans and Case Studies.


1. Khan M. Y, Financial Services, Tata McGraw Hill

2. Kotreshwar G, Risk management, Insurance and Derivatives, HPH 3. Jeff Madura, Personal Financial Planning, Pearson Edition

4. ICFAI, Personal Financial Planning

5. Mishra K. C and Steward Doss, Personal Financial Planning, Cengage Learning India

Semester – III

Course – EL301: Stock Markets Weekly Teaching Hours: 2 Examination Duration: 1½ hours


Objective: The course is designed to meet the expectations of non-commercial graduates and intended to help students to understand the, stock market, different types of stock market instruments and fundamentals of indices, such as SENSEX and NIFTY. Pedagogy: A combination of Lectures, Problem Solving, Case Analysis, Group Discussion, Seminars, Assignments, etc.

Course Inputs

Unit – 1: Stock Markets: Meaning, History, Functions of a Stock Exchange; Role of SEBI; Leading Stock Exchange in India- NSE and BSE.

Unit – 2: Stock Market Instruments: Shares: Types of Shares; Stocks Vs Debentures; Debentures: Types of Debentures; Bonds: Types of Bonds; Benefits of investment in Stock v/s Debentures.

Unit – 3: Trading in Stock Market: Trading Mechanism; Speculation: Types of Speculation Membership, Procedure, Advantages; Demat Account; Depository Services; NSDL, CSDL; Brokers, Brokerage; Settlement Procedure.

Unit – 4: Stock Market Indices: NIFTY, SENSEX, S&P, CNX, MIDCAP, Small CAP, Large CAP, Factors Impacting Indices.


1. Dr S. Guruswamy, Capital Markets, , Mcgraw Hill Pulications.


Page | 55

2. Dr M S Khan, S M Farisal, Capital Market and Investment Management, Laxmi Publications, First Edition.

3. Dr. G Kotreshwar, Capital Market Instruments, Chandana Publications, Mysore.

4. Sunil, Parameswaran, Equity Shares , Preferred Shares and Stock Market Indices, Mcgraw Hill Publications.

Semester – III

Course – EL302: Micro Finance Weekly Teaching Hours: 2 Examination Duration: 1½ hours


Objective: To make the students understand the Indian Micro Finance Sector and its contribution for women empowerment and financial inclusion.


Course Inputs

Unit – 1: Introduction: Meaning, Definition, History of Micro Finance, Micro Finance Products and Services, Micro Finance and Rural Financial Services, Micro Finance as a tool for Development, Problems of Micro Finance in India; Micro Finance Vs Micro Credit.

Unit – 2: Micro Finance Models: Credit Lending Models of Micro Finance- Co-operative Model, Grameen Joint Liability Group Model, SHG Model, Federated SHG Model and Status of Micro Finance in India; SHG – Bank Linkage Programmes in India – Introduction, History, and Progress under SHG – Bank Linkage Programmes in India.

Unit – 3: Micro Finance and Women Empowerment: Concept of Women Empowerment, Women Empowerment through SHGs, Role of Micro Finance in Women Empowerment, Socio- Economic Empowerment of Women, and Challenges to Women Empowerment and Micro Finance.

Unit – 4: Financial Inclusion and Micro Finance: Concept of Financial Inclusion, Definition, Importance of Financial Inclusion, Causes of Financial Inclusion, Need for Financial Inclusion, Role of Micro Finance in Financial Inclusion, Tools of Financial Inclusion and Methods, and Achievements of Financial Inclusion of India.


1. Debadutta K. Panda, Understanding Micro Finance, Wiley

2. P. Gupta, Introduction to Managing Micro Finance, Cyber Tech publication

3. Prabhu Ghate, Micro Finance in India, Sage Publication

4. Rohit N. Desai, Micro Finance (Evolution, Achievements and Challenges), Galaxy Book Company

5. NABARD’s Annual Report, Report of Rangarajan Committee on Financial Inclusion, Government of India


Page | 56

Question Paper Pattern for Elective Courses (offered by the DoS in Commerce, Kuvempu University for the students of other

Disciplines at the Post-Graduate Level)

Duration: 1½ hours, Maximum Marks: 40, Students shall answer five questions out of eight questions, and Each question carries 8 marks.

Date post:	28-Apr-2023
Category:	Documents
Upload:	khangminh22
View:	0 times
Download:	0 times